Form 20-F
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

(Mark One)

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

OR

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number: 001-39838

 

 

Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Cayman Islands

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Building 12, Block B, Phase II

Biobay Industrial Park

218 Sangtian St.

Suzhou Industrial Park, 215123

People’s Republic of China

(Address of principal executive offices)

Yili Kevin Xie, Chief Financial Officer

Telephone: +86 512-6262-6701

Email: ir@gracellbio.com

Building 12, Block B, Phase II

Biobay Industrial Park

218 Sangtian St.

Suzhou Industrial Park, 215123

People’s Republic of China

(Name, Telephone, Email and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading Symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

American depositary shares (one American depositary share representing five ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share)   GRCL  

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

(The Nasdaq Global Select Market)

Ordinary shares, par value

US$0.0001 per share*

   

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

(The Nasdaq Global Select Market)

 

*

Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing on The Nasdaq Global Select Market of American depositary shares.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

(Title of Class)

 

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.    

As of December 31, 2020, 272,815,996 ordinary shares, par value of US$0.0001 per share, were outstanding on an as-converted basis.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    ☐  Yes    ☒  No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    ☐  Yes    ☒  No

Note — Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    ☒  Yes    ☐  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    ☒  Yes    ☐  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer     Non-accelerated filer     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.    ☐  Yes    ☒  No

 

The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.    ☐  Yes    ☒  No

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  ☒           International Financial Reporting Standards as issued         Other  ☐
          by the International Accounting Standards Board        

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    ☐  Item 17    ☐  Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    ☐  Yes    ☒  No

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.    ☐  Yes    ☐  No

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

INTRODUCTION

     1  

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

     3  

PART I

     5  

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

     5  

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

     5  

Item 3. Key Information

     5  

Item 4. Information on the Company

     91  

Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments

     146  

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

     146  

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

     159  

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

     169  

Item 8. Financial Information

     171  

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

     172  

Item 10. Additional Information

     173  

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     189  

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

     190  

PART II

     192  

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

     192  

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

     192  

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

     192  

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

     193  

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

     193  

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     194  

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

     194  

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

     194  

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

     194  

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

     194  

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

     195  

PART III

     196  

Item 17. Financial Statements

     196  

Item 18. Financial Statements

     196  

Item 19. Exhibits

     196  

 

 

i


Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this annual report to:

 

   

“ADSs” are to the American depositary shares, each of which represents five of our ordinary shares;

 

   

“CAR” refers to chimeric antigen receptor;

 

   

“ADRs” are to the American depositary receipts that evidence the ADSs;

 

   

“CDE” refers to the Center for Drug Evaluation of the National Medical Products Administration in China;

 

   

“China” or “PRC” refers to the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for the purpose of this annual report only, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan; “Greater China” does not exclude Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan;

 

   

“CR” refers to complete response, which generally means the disappearance of all signs of cancer in response to treatment, with the exact criteria varying from indication to indication;

 

   

“CRi” refers to complete response with incomplete hematologic recovery;

 

   

“CRS” refers to cytokine release syndrome, a symptom complex and an expected adverse event associated with CAR-T cell therapies and measured by Lee grading system or ASBMT grading system. Grade 1 CRS is generally associated with non-life threatening symptoms and requires symptomatic treatment only, Grade 2 or Grade 3 CRS requires moderate to more aggressive intervention, and Grade 4 or higher CRS is associated with life-threatening symptoms that require ventilation support, or death;

 

   

“FDA” refers to U.S. Food and Drug Administration;

 

   

“GvHD” refers to graft versus host disease, where donor cells recognize the patient’s normal tissues as foreign and cause potentially lethal tissue damage;

 

   

“HvG” refers to host versus graft rejection, where a patient’s immune cells recognize infused non-HLA-matched donor cells as foreign and reject them;

 

   

“ICANS” refers to immune effector cell-associated neurotoxicity syndrome, a common adverse event and treatment-related toxicity observed after CAR-T cell therapies and measured by ASBMT grading system. Grade 1 ICANS is generally associated with low depressed level of consciousness where patients awaken spontaneously, Grade 2 or Grade 3 ICANS is generally associated with moderate depressed level of consciousness where patients still awaken to voice or tactile stimulus, and clinical seizure that resolves rapidly, and Grade 4 ICANS is generally associated more serious symptoms such as stupor, coma, prolonged seizure and deep focal motor weakness;

 

   

“MRD” refers to minimal residual disease, the small number of cancer cells in the body after cancer treatment. An MRD positive or MRD+ test result means that disease was still detected after treatment; an MRD negative or MRD- result means that no disease was detected after treatment;

 

   

“NMPA” refers to the National Medical Products Administration in China;

 

   

“Onset” refers to the first appearance of any sign or symptom of an illness;

 

   

“ordinary shares” refer to ordinary shares of our company, par value US$0.0001 per share;

 

1


Table of Contents
   

“ORR” refers to overall response rate, percentage of patients achieving a response to therapy;

 

   

“Renminbi” or “RMB” refers to the legal currency of the PRC;

 

   

“PFS” refers to progression-free survival, the length of time during and after the treatment of a disease, such as cancer, that a patient lives without the disease getting worse;

 

   

“PR” refers to partial response;

 

   

“Preferred Shares” refer to the series A, series B-1, series B-2 and series C preferred shares, par value $0.0001 per share;

 

   

“sCR” refers to stringent complete response, a deeper response category than CR used in multiple myeloma;

 

   

“SOC” refers to standard of care;

 

   

“US$,” “U.S. dollars,” “$,” or “dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States;

 

   

“we,” “us,” “our company” and “our” refer to Gracell Biotechnologies Inc., a Cayman Islands exempted company and its subsidiaries and, in the context of describing our operations and consolidated financial information, also include its consolidated PRC affiliated entities; and

 

   

“VGPR” refers to very good partial response.

Unless otherwise noted, all translations from Renminbi to U.S. dollars and from U.S. dollars to Renminbi in this annual report were made at a rate of RMB6.5250 to US$1.00, the exchange rate as of December 31, 2020 as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. We make no representation that any Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate, or at all.

 

2


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This annual report contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current expectations and views of future events. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors,” “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.” Known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those set forth in “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors,” may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

You can identify some of these forward-looking statements by words or phrases, such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “is/are likely to,” “potential,” “continue” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements include statements relating to:

 

   

the ability of our investigator-initiated trials and clinical trials to demonstrate acceptable safety and efficacy of our product candidates, and other positive results;

 

   

the timing, progress and results of preclinical studies, investigator-initiated trials and clinical trials for product candidates we may develop, including statements regarding the timing of initiation and completion of studies or trials and related preparatory work, the period during which the results of the trials will become available, and our research and development programs;

 

   

the timing, scope and likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals, including final regulatory approval of our product candidates;

 

   

our ability to develop and advance our current product candidates and programs into, and successfully complete, clinical trials;

 

   

our manufacturing, commercialization, and marketing capabilities and strategy;

 

   

our plans relating to commercializing our product candidates, if approved, including the geographic areas of focus and sales strategy;

 

   

the need to hire additional personnel and our ability to attract and retain such personnel;

 

   

the size of the market opportunity for our product candidates, including our estimates of the number of patients who suffer from the diseases we are targeting;

 

   

our expectations regarding the approval and use of our product candidates as first, second or subsequent lines of therapy or in combination with other drugs;

 

   

our ability to implement measures to address the material weakness that has been identified;

 

   

our competitive position and the success of competing therapies that are or may become available;

 

   

our estimates of the number of patients that we will enroll in our clinical trials;

 

   

the beneficial characteristics, safety, efficacy and therapeutic effects of our product candidates;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of our product candidates;

 

   

our plans relating to the further development of our product candidates, including additional indications we may pursue;

 

3


Table of Contents
   

our intellectual property position, including our ability to obtain, maintain, expand, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights covering product candidates we may develop, including the extensions of existing patent terms where available, the validity of intellectual property rights held by third parties, and our ability not to infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any third-party intellectual property rights;

 

   

our continued reliance on third parties to conduct additional clinical trials of our product candidates, and for the manufacture of our product candidates for preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

   

our ability to obtain, and negotiate favorable terms of, any collaboration, licensing or other arrangements that may be necessary or desirable to develop, manufacture or commercialize our product candidates;

 

   

the pricing and reimbursement of our product candidates we may develop, if approved;

 

   

the rate and degree of market acceptance and clinical utility of our product candidates we may develop;

 

   

our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing;

 

   

our financial performance;

 

   

the period over which we estimate our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our future operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements;

 

   

the impact of laws and regulations;

 

   

our expectations regarding the period during which we will qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

   

the effect of epidemics and pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, or other business disruptions on our business; and

 

   

our anticipated use of our existing resources and the proceeds from our initial public offering.

These forward-looking statements involve various risks and uncertainties. You should read thoroughly this annual report and the documents that we refer to with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect. Important risks and factors that could cause our actual results to be materially different from our expectations are generally set forth in “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors,” “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and other sections in this annual report. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The forward-looking statements made in this annual report relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this annual report. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should read this annual report and the documents that we refer to in this annual report and have filed as exhibits to this annual report, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

 

4


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1.

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

Not applicable.

 

Item 2.

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

 

Item 3.

Key Information

A.    Selected Financial Data

The following tables present our selected consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. We have derived the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss data for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, the consolidated statement of financial position data as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing in this annual report. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of financial position data as of December 31, 2018 from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this annual report. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results expected for future periods. You should read this “Selected Financial Data” section together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” included elsewhere in this annual report.

The following table represents our selected consolidated statement of comprehensive loss data for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Selected consolidated statement of comprehensive loss:

        

Expenses

        

Research and development expenses

     (52,243     (119,218     (168,830     (25,874

Administrative expenses

     (10,261     (27,362     (45,566     (6,983

Loss from operations

     (62,504     (146,580     (214,396     (32,857

Interest income

     1,435       3,932       2,870       440  

Interest expense

     —         —         (2,155     (330

Other income

     256       1,449       4,707       721  

Foreign exchange gain, net

     —         2,556       (2,914     (447

Others, net

     20       (21     (12     (2

Loss before income tax

     (60,793     (138,664     (211,900     (32,475

Income tax expense

     —         —         —         —    

Net loss

     (60,793     (138,664     (211,900     (32,475
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deemed dividend to convertible redeemable preferred shareholders

     —         (25,390     —         —    

Accretion of convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

     (12,199     (36,802     (62,733     (9,614

Net loss attributable to Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.’s ordinary shareholders

     (72,992     (200,856     (274,633     (42,089
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

        

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of nil tax

     —         (3,159     (20,753     (3,181

 

5


Table of Contents
     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Total comprehensive loss attributable to Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.’s ordinary shareholders

     (72,992     (204,015     (295,386     (45,270
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in per share calculation

        

Basic

     100,089,552       99,053,363       99,044,776       99,044,776  

Diluted

     100,089,552       99,053,363       99,044,776       99,044,776  

Net loss per share attributable to Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.’s ordinary shareholders

        

Basic

     (0.73     (2.03     (2.77     (0.42

Diluted

     (0.73     (2.03     (2.77     (0.42

The following table presents our selected consolidated statement of financial position data as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  
     (in thousands)  

Selected consolidated statement of financial position data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

     11,890       312,058       754,308       115,603  

Short-term investments

     102,000       4,200       18,743       2,872  

Property, equipment and software

     16,285       48,323       119,083       18,250  

Total assets

     148,518       412,217       964,950       147,884  

Total liabilities

     146,135       156,861       145,287       22,266  

Total mezzanine equity

     83,404       547,843       1,407,536       215,714  

Total shareholders’ deficit

     (81,021     (292,487     (587,873     (90,096

Ordinary shares (par value of US$0.0001 per share; 500,000,000 and 500,000,000 shares authorized; 100,089,552 and 99,044,776 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2019, respectively)

     69       68       68       10  

Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ deficit

     148,518       412,217       964,950       147,884  

The following table presents our selected consolidated statement of cash flows data for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Selected consolidated statement of cash flows:

        

Net cash used in operating activities

     (61,856     (135,393     (198,149     (30,367

Net cash (used in) generated from investing activities

     (113,357     41,368       (93,941     (14,398

Net cash generated from financing activities

     138,695       394,796       756,467       115,933  

Effect of exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents

     —         (603     (22,127     (3,390

Net (decrease) increase cash and cash equivalents

     (36,518     300,168       442,250       67,778  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

     48,408       11,890       312,058       47,825  

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

     11,890       312,058       754,308       115,603  

 

6


Table of Contents

B.    Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C.    Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

D.    Risk Factors

Risks Related to Our Limited Operating History, Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with limited operating history, which may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with limited operating history. Investment in biopharmaceutical product development is highly speculative because it entails substantial upfront capital expenditures and significant risk that any potential product candidate will fail to demonstrate adequate effect or an acceptable safety profile, gain regulatory approval and become commercially viable. All of our product candidates are in early development and none have been approved for commercial sale. We have not demonstrated an ability to successfully complete late-stage clinical trials, obtain regulatory approvals, manufacture our product candidates at commercial scale or arrange for a third-party to do so on our behalf, conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful commercialization, or obtain reimbursement in the countries of sale. We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, and delays in achieving our business objectives. Our short history as an operating company makes any assessment of our future success or viability subject to significant uncertainty. If we do not address these risks successfully or are unable to transition at some point from a company with a research and development focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities, then our business will be materially harmed.

We have incurred significant losses and experienced negative operating cash flows since our inception. We expect to continue to incur losses and experience negative operating cash flows over the next several years and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

We have no products approved for commercial sale, have not generated any revenue from commercial sales of our product candidates, and have incurred net losses and experienced negative operating cash flows since we commenced operations in 2017. For each year ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, our net losses were RMB60.8 million, RMB138.7 million and RMB211.9 million (US$32.5 million), respectively, and our net cash used in operating activities was RMB61.9 million, RMB135.4 million and RMB198.1 million (US$30.4 million), respectively. As of December 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of RMB564.0 million (US$86.4 million).

We have been devoting the majority of our financial resources and efforts to our research and development activities, including pre-clinical testing of our technologies, research and development of our CAR-T cell therapy product candidates as well as building our research and development capabilities. None of our product candidates have received marketing approval, and we may never be successful in obtaining marketing approval and commercializing product candidates. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. These net losses will adversely impact our shareholders’ deficit and net assets and may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially as we:

 

   

continue our ongoing and planned research and development of our pipeline product candidates;

 

   

conduct preclinical studies and clinical trials for any additional product candidates that we may pursue in the future, including ongoing and planned development of additional therapies for the treatment of B and T cell malignancies and solid tumors (ovarian or breast cancer);

 

7


Table of Contents
   

seek to discover and develop additional product candidates and further expand our clinical product pipeline;

 

   

seek regulatory approvals for any product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

 

   

continue to scale up manufacturing capacity with the aim of securing sufficient quantities to meet our capacity requirements for clinical trials and potential commercialization;

 

   

establish sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any product candidate for which we may obtain regulatory approval;

 

   

develop, maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio; acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies;

 

   

hire additional clinical, quality control and manufacturing personnel;

 

   

add clinical, operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development and planned future commercialization efforts;

 

   

expand our operations in China and establish our operations in the United States and other geographic regions; and

 

   

incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses associated with operating as a public company.

To become and remain profitable, we must succeed in developing and eventually commercializing products that generate significant revenue. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including completing preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates, obtaining regulatory approval, manufacturing, marketing and selling any products for which we may obtain regulatory approval, as well as discovering and developing additional product candidates. We may never succeed in these activities and, even if we do, may never generate revenue that is significant enough to achieve profitability.

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development, delivery and commercialization of complex autologous and allogeneic cell therapies, we are unable to accurately predict the timing or amount of expenses or when, or if, we will be able to achieve profitability. If we are required by regulatory authorities to perform studies in addition to those currently expected, or if there are any delays in the initiation and completion of our clinical trials or the development of any of our product candidates, our expenses could increase and profitability could be further delayed.

Even if we achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would depress the market price of the ADSs and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts or continue our operations. A decline in the market price of the ADSs could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

We will need to obtain funding from time to time to complete the development and any commercialization of our product candidates, which may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we may be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or other operations.

Since our inception, we have used substantial amounts of cash to fund our operations and expect our expenses to increase substantially during the next few years. The development of biopharmaceutical product candidates is capital intensive. As our product candidates enter and advance through preclinical studies and clinical trials, we will require substantial additional funding to meet our financial needs and to pursue our business objectives.

 

8


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2020, we had RMB773.1 million (US$118.5 million) in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. We had received total net proceeds of approximately US$220.2 million from our initial public offering (including in connection with the underwriters’ exercise of the over-allotment options in full). We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into 2023. However, we will need to raise additional capital to complete the development and commercialization of our lead product candidates, GC012F, for the treatment of r/r MM, and GC027, for the treatment of r/r T-ALL and our other product candidates and in connection with our continuing operations and other planned activities. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

the progress, results and costs of laboratory testing, manufacturing, and preclinical and clinical development for our current product candidates;

 

   

the scope, progress, results and costs of preclinical development, laboratory testing and clinical trials of other product candidates that we may pursue;

 

   

the development requirements of other product candidates that we may pursue;

 

   

the timing and amounts of any milestone or royalty payments we may be required to make under future license agreements, if we enter into such agreements;

 

   

the costs of expanding our research and development capacities and manufacturing infrastructure into the United States, including hiring additional research and development, clinical, quality control and manufacturing personnel;

 

   

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

 

   

the costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

 

   

the amount of revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

 

   

the costs and timing of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, obtaining, maintaining, protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending against any intellectual property-related claims;

 

   

the costs of operating as a public company; and

 

   

the extent to which we acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies.

Identifying potential product candidates and conducting preclinical testing and clinical trials is a time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain regulatory approval and achieve product sales. In addition, our product candidates, if approved, may not achieve commercial success. To date, we have no products approved for commercial sale, nor have we generated any revenue from product sales. Accordingly, we will need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish some rights to our technologies or our product candidates on terms that are not favorable to us. Any additional capital-raising efforts may divert our management from their day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our current and future product candidates, if approved. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on acceptable terms, we may be forced to delay, reduce or altogether cease our research and development programs or future commercialization efforts.

 

9


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Development of Our Product Candidates

All of our product candidates are in early stages of development. If we are unable to advance our product candidates through clinical development, obtain regulatory approval and ultimately commercialize our product candidates, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

We are very early in our development efforts. Except for our FasTCAR-enabled autologous CAR-T product candidate, GC019F, for which we have obtained IND approvals from the National Medical Products Administration in China, or the NMPA, and, our allogeneic donor-derived CAR-T product candidate, GC007g, for which we subsequently have been granted approval from the NMPA for a seamless Phase 1/2 registrational trial, all of our product candidates are in preclinical studies or investigator-initiated Phase 1 trials and have not been advanced into IND studies. There is no assurance that these or any other future clinical trials of our product candidates will be successful or will generate clinical data that are supportive of further development. Except for the IND approvals we obtained from the NMPA for GC007g in B-ALL and for GC019F in B-ALL, we have not obtained any IND approval from, or submitted any IND application to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, the NMPA or other regulatory authorities in connection with our product candidates. There is no assurance that the NMPA, the FDA or other regulatory authorities will permit the submitted and future IND applications for our product candidates to go into effect in a timely manner or at all. Even if we successfully obtain IND approvals for our product candidates, there is no assurance that we will receive approvals or clearance for advancing or accelerating our development efforts and eventually marketing approval from the FDA, the NMPA or other regulatory agencies for any of our product candidates.

Biopharmaceutical development is a long, expensive and uncertain process, and delay or failure can occur at any stage of any of our clinical trials. Failure to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates will prevent us from commercializing and marketing our product candidates. The success in the development of our product candidates will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

completing preclinical studies and receiving regulatory approvals or clearance for conducting clinical trials for our preclinical-stage programs;

 

   

obtaining positive results in our clinical trials demonstrating efficacy, safety and durability of effect of our product candidates;

 

   

receiving approvals for commercialization of our product candidates from regulatory authorities;

 

   

manufacturing our product candidates at an acceptable quality and cost; and

 

   

maintaining and growing an organization of scientists, medical professionals and business people who can develop and commercialize our products and technology.

Many of these factors are beyond our control, including the time needed to adequately complete clinical testing and the regulatory submission process. It is possible that none of our product candidates will ever obtain regulatory approval, even if we expend substantial time and resources seeking such approval. If we do not achieve one or more of these factors in a timely manner or at all, or any other factors impacting the successful development of biopharmaceutical products, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully develop our product candidates, which would materially harm our business.

Our product candidates are based on novel technologies, which make it difficult to predict the timing, results and cost of product candidate development and likelihood of obtaining regulatory approval.

We have concentrated our primary research and development efforts on our CAR-T cell therapies using our proprietary technology platforms, FasTCAR and TruUCAR, our in-house know-how, our expertise in tumor biology and cell programming, and our future success is highly dependent on the validity of our technology platforms and the successful development and manufacture of our CAR-T product candidates. We do not currently have any approved or commercialized products. As with other targeted therapies, off-tumor or off-target activity could delay development or require us to reengineer or abandon a particular product candidate. Because CAR-T cell therapies represent a relatively new field of cellular immunotherapy and cancer treatment generally, developing and commercializing our product candidates subjects us to a number of risks and challenges, including:

 

10


Table of Contents
   

obtaining regulatory approval for our product candidates, as the FDA, the NMPA and other regulatory authorities have limited experience with CAR-T therapies for cancer;

 

   

in the case of autologous CAR-T cell therapies, developing and deploying consistent and reliable processes for engineering a patient’s T cells ex vivo and infusing the engineered T cells back into the patient;

 

   

conditioning patients with chemotherapy in conjunction with delivering each of our products, which may increase the risk of adverse effects of our product candidates;

 

   

sourcing clinical and, if approved, commercial supplies of the materials used to manufacture our product candidates;

 

   

developing programming modules with the desired properties, while avoiding adverse reactions;

 

   

creating viral vectors capable of delivering multiple programming modules;

 

   

developing a reliable and consistent ex vivo gene modification and manufacturing process;

 

   

establishing manufacturing capacity suitable for the manufacture of our product candidates in line with expanding enrollment in our clinical studies and our projected commercial requirements;

 

   

achieving cost efficiencies in the scale-up of our manufacturing capacity;

 

   

minimizing and avoiding infection and contamination during production of product candidates;

 

   

developing protocols for the safe administration of our product candidates;

 

   

educating medical personnel regarding our CAR-T technologies and the potential side effect profile of each of our product candidates, such as potential adverse effects related to cytokine release syndrome, or CRS, neurotoxicity, including immune effector cell-associated neurotoxicity syndrome, or ICANS, and/or graft versus host disease, or GvHD;

 

   

establishing integrated solutions in collaboration with specialty treatment centers in order to reduce the burdens and complex logistics commonly associated with the administration of T cell therapies;

 

   

establishing sales and marketing capabilities or partnerships to successfully launch and commercialize our product candidates if and when we obtain any required regulatory approvals, and risks associated with gaining market acceptance of a novel therapy if we receive approval; and

 

   

the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors for our novel and personalized therapies in connection with commercialization of any approved product candidates.

We may not be able to successfully develop our CAR-T product candidates or our technology in a manner that will yield products that are safe, effective, scalable or profitable. Additionally, because our technology involves the genetic modification of patient cells ex vivo, we are subject to additional regulatory challenges and risks, including:

 

   

regulatory requirements governing gene and cell therapy products have changed frequently and may continue to change in the future. To date, only a few CAR-T cell therapy products that involve the genetic modification of patient cells have been approved in the United States and/or the European Union, and none have been approved in China;

 

11


Table of Contents
   

genetically modified products in the event of improper insertion of a gene sequence into a patient’s chromosome could lead to lymphoma, leukemia or other cancers, or other aberrantly functioning cells;

 

   

although our viral vectors are not able to replicate, there is a risk with the use of retroviral or lentiviral vectors that they could lead to new or reactivated pathogenic strains of virus or other infectious diseases; and

 

   

the FDA recommends a 15-year follow-up observation period for all patients who receive treatment using gene therapies and a trial guidance promulgated by NMPA requires a similar follow-up observation period for patients who receive cell therapeutic products, which has to be sufficient and could be as long as life-time, and we may need to adopt an observation period for our product candidates.

Moreover, public perception and awareness of cell therapy safety issues may adversely influence the willingness of subjects to participate in clinical trials of our product candidates, or if approved, of physicians to prescribe our products. Physicians, hospitals and third-party payors often are slow to adopt new products, technologies and treatment practices that require additional upfront costs and training. Treatment centers may not be willing or able to devote the personnel and establish other infrastructure required for the administration of CAR-T cell therapies. Physicians may not be willing to undergo training to adopt this novel and personalized therapy, may decide the therapy is too complex to adopt without appropriate training and may choose not to administer the therapy. Based on these and other factors, hospitals and payors may decide that the benefits of this new therapy do not or will not outweigh its costs.

Our future success is highly dependent on the regulatory approval of GC012F, GC027 and our other pipeline programs. All of our product candidates will require significant development through preclinical studies and/or clinical trials before we can seek regulatory approval for and launch a product commercially.

We do not have any products that have gained regulatory approval for marketing. Our business is substantially dependent on our ability to obtain regulatory approval for, and, if approved, to successfully commercialize our lead product candidates, GC012F, for the treatment of r/r MM, and GC027, for the treatment of r/r T-ALL, and our other pipeline programs. We cannot commercialize product candidates in the United States without first obtaining regulatory approval for the product from the FDA; similarly, we cannot commercialize product candidates in China or other countries without obtaining regulatory approval from comparable regulatory authorities in relevant jurisdictions, such as the NMPA in China, the European Medicines Agency in the European Union and the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency in Japan. Before obtaining regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of any product candidate for a particular indication, we must demonstrate with substantial evidence gathered in preclinical and clinical studies that the product candidate is safe and effective for that indication and that the manufacturing facilities, processes and controls comply with regulatory requirements with respect to such product candidate. Prior to seeking approval for any of our product candidates, we will need to confer with the FDA, the NMPA and other regulatory authorities regarding the design of our clinical trials and the type and amount of clinical data necessary to seek and gain approval for our product candidates. In addition, approval policies, regulations, or the type and amount of preclinical and clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s research and development and may vary among jurisdictions. It is possible that none of our existing product candidates or any future product candidates will ever obtain regulatory approval.

Any of the following instances during preclinical studies and clinical trials could cause our product candidates to fail to receive marketing regulatory approval from the FDA, the NMPA or other regulatory authorities:

 

   

disagreement with the design, protocol or conduct of our clinical trials;

 

   

failure to demonstrate that a product candidate is safe and effective for its proposed indication;

 

   

failure of clinical trials to meet the level of statistical significance required for approval;

 

   

failure to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its risks;

 

12


Table of Contents
   

disagreement with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

insufficiency of data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates to support the submission and filing of a biologics license application, or BLA, or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval;

 

   

failure to obtain approval of the manufacturing processes of our facilities;

 

   

changes in the approval policies or regulations that render our preclinical and clinical data insufficient for approval; or

 

   

lack of adequate funding to complete a clinical trial in a manner that is satisfactory to the applicable regulatory authority.

The FDA, the NMPA or a comparable regulatory authority may require us to provide more information, including additional preclinical or clinical data, to support a regulatory approval. To obtain such data, we may need to perform additional preclinical studies, clinical trials, or both, or modify our manufacturing processes, which may delay or prevent regulatory approval and our commercialization plans, or force us to abandon the development program. If we change our manufacturing processes, we may also be required to conduct additional clinical trials or other studies, which equally could delay or prevent approval of our product candidates.

Depending on the results of the preclinical and clinical trials in our product candidates, we may apply for expedited approval programs for those candidates, such as the breakthrough and conditional approval programs. There is no certainty that the clinical data obtained from trials of our product candidates will be sufficient to qualify for any expedited approval program.

Even if a product candidate were to successfully obtain marketing approval from the FDA, the NMPA or other comparable regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions, any approval might contain significant limitations related to use restrictions for specified indications, specified age groups, warnings, precautions, distribution or contraindications, may be subject to burdensome and costly post-approval trials, risk management requirements or other post-marketing commitments, or may be subject to requirement of a liable that does not include the labeling claims necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of that product candidate. If we are unable to obtain regulatory approval for one of our product candidates in one or more jurisdictions, or any approval contains significant limitations, we may not be able to obtain sufficient funding to continue the development of that product or generate revenue attributable to that product candidate. Also, any regulatory approval of our current or future product candidates, even if obtained, may be withdrawn.

We may not be successful in our efforts to extend our pipeline of product candidates, including identifying or discovering additional product candidates in the future.

A key element of our strategy is to use our proprietary technology platforms, FasTCAR and TruUCAR, our in-house know-how and our expertise in tumor biology and cell programming to develop and deliver what we believe are safer and more effective next generation CAR-T cell therapies. Our initial focus is on the development of a pipeline of product candidates for the treatment of hematological cancers, including our lead product candidates, GC012F, for the treatment of r/r MM, and GC027, for the treatment of r/r T-ALL, and the progression of these product candidates through clinical development. We also have a broad portfolio of earlier stage candidates targeting various cancer indications, such as B and T cell malignancies and solid tumors (ovarian or breast cancer). However, we may not be able to develop product candidates that are safe and effective, or which compare favorably with other commercially available alternatives. Even if we are successful in continuing to build our pipeline and developing next generation product candidates or expanding into solid tumor indications, such as ovarian and breast cancer, the potential product candidates that we identify may not be suitable for clinical development, including as a result of lack of safety, lack of tolerability, lack of anti-tumor activity, or other characteristics that indicate that they are unlikely to be products that will receive marketing approval, achieve market acceptance or obtain reimbursements from third-party payors. There is no assurance that we will be able to successfully advance any of these additional product candidates through the development process. Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential product candidates, yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development or commercialization for many reasons, including the following:

 

13


Table of Contents
   

we may not be successful in identifying additional product candidates;

 

   

we may not be able or willing to assemble sufficient resources to acquire or discover additional product candidates;

 

   

our product candidates may not succeed in preclinical or clinical testing;

 

   

a product candidate may on further study be shown to have harmful side effects or other characteristics that indicate it is unlikely to be effective or otherwise does not meet applicable regulatory criteria;

 

   

competitors may develop alternatives that render our product candidates obsolete or less attractive;

 

   

product candidates we develop may nevertheless be covered by third parties’ patents or other exclusive rights;

 

   

the market for a product candidate may change during our development program so that the continued development of that product candidate is no longer reasonable;

 

   

a product candidate may not be capable of being produced in commercial quantities at an acceptable cost, or at all; and

 

   

a product candidate may not be accepted as safe and effective by patients, the medical community or third-party payors, if applicable.

If any of these events occur, we may be forced to abandon our development efforts for a program or programs, or we may not be able to identify, discover, develop or commercialize additional product candidates, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and could potentially cause us to cease operations.

Even if we receive approval from the FDA, the NMPA or other comparable regulatory agencies to market our product candidates, we cannot assure you that any such product candidates will be successfully commercialized, widely accepted in the marketplace or more effective than other commercially available alternatives. Further, because of our limited financial and managerial resources, we are required to focus our research programs on certain product candidates and on specific diseases. As a result, we may fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities, be required to forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or other diseases that may later prove to have greater commercial potential, or relinquish valuable rights to such product candidates through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights.

If we do not successfully develop and commercialize product candidates or collaborate with others to do so, we will not be able to obtain product revenue in future periods, which could significantly harm our financial position and adversely affect the market price of the ADSs.

Our preclinical programs may experience delays or may never advance to clinical trials, which would adversely affect our ability to obtain regulatory approvals or commercialize these product candidates on a timely basis or at all, which would have an adverse effect on our business.

Most of our product candidates are still in the preclinical development and investigator-initiated clinical stage, and the risk of failure of these programs is high. Before we can commence registrational clinical trials for a product candidate, we must complete extensive preclinical testing and studies to obtain regulatory clearance to initiate registrational human clinical trials, including based on IND applications in the United States and clinical trial applications, or CTAs, in China. We cannot be certain of the timely completion or outcome of our preclinical testing and studies and cannot predict if the FDA, the NMPA or other regulatory authorities will accept our proposed clinical programs or if the outcome of our preclinical testing and studies will ultimately support the further development of our programs. As a result, we cannot be sure that we will be able to submit IND applications or similar applications for our preclinical programs on the timelines we expect, or at all, and we cannot be sure that submission of IND applications or similar applications will result in the FDA, the NMPA or other regulatory authorities allowing registrational clinical trials to begin.

 

14


Table of Contents

Clinical trials are difficult to design and implement, involve uncertain outcomes and may not be successful.

Human clinical trials are difficult to design and implement, in part because they are subject to rigorous regulatory requirements. The design of a clinical trial can determine whether its results will support approval of a product candidate and flaws in the design of a clinical trial may not become apparent until the clinical trial is well advanced. As an organization, we have limited experience designing clinical trials and may be unable to design and execute clinical trials to support regulatory approval. There is a high failure rate for biologic products proceeding through clinical trials, which may be higher for our product candidates because they are based on new technology and engineered on a patient-by-patient basis. Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials even after achieving results in preclinical testing and earlier-stage clinical trials that are supportive of further development. Data obtained from preclinical and clinical activities are subject to varying interpretations, which may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. In addition, we may experience regulatory delays or rejections as a result of many factors, including changes in regulatory policy during the period of our product candidate development. Any such delays could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Success in preclinical studies or early phases of clinical trials may not be indicative of results in future clinical trials.

Results from preclinical studies are not necessarily predictive of future clinical trial results, and interim results of a clinical trial or an investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial are not necessarily indicative of final results. While we have received some data to date in the investigator-initiated Phase 1 trials that are supportive of further development for our lead product candidates, such as GC012F, for the treatment of r/r MM, and GC027, for the treatment of r/r T-ALL, these trials are still ongoing except for the completed investigator-initiated Phase 1 trials for GC007g and GC019F, and there is no assurance that we will be able to generate positive data in the subsequent clinical trials. For example, we are still in the process of producing and collecting trial data for GC012F and GC027 in order to support our expected IND applications for GC012F to the FDA and the NMPA in the first half of 2022, and for GC027 to the same regulatory authorities in 2022. We also have a broad portfolio of earlier stage product candidates, and because they are in earlier stages of development, we do not know whether these candidates will be effective and safe for the intended indications in humans. Our product candidates may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy in clinical development despite results in preclinical studies or having successfully advanced through initial investigator-initiated Phase 1 trials that are supportive of further development. Any failure to establish sufficient efficacy and safety could cause us to abandon clinical development of our product candidates.

We depend on enrollment of patients in our clinical trials for our product candidates. If we encounter difficulties enrolling patients in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in clinical trials of our product candidates is critical to our success. We may experience difficulties in patient enrollment in our clinical trials for a variety of reasons, including the COVID-19 pandemic. The timely completion of clinical trials in accordance with the protocols depends, among other things, on our ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients who remain in the study until its conclusion. The enrollment of patients depends on many factors, including:

 

   

the patient eligibility criteria defined in the protocol;

 

   

the number of patients with the disease or condition being studied;

 

   

the understanding of risks and benefits of the product candidate in the trial;

 

15


Table of Contents
   

clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages of the product candidate being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs that may be approved for the indications we are investigating or drugs that may be used off-label for these indications;

 

   

the size and nature of the patient population who meet inclusion criteria;

 

   

the proximity of patients to study sites;

 

   

the design of the clinical trial;

 

   

our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience;

 

   

competing clinical trials for similar therapies or other new therapeutics not involving T cell-based immunotherapy;

 

   

our ability to obtain and maintain patient consents; and

 

   

the risk that patients enrolled in clinical trials will drop out of the clinical trials before completion of their treatment.

In particular, some of our clinical trials are designed to enroll patients with characteristics that are found in a very small population. For example, T cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia, or T-ALL, the lead indication for our lead clinical product candidate GC027 has a low incidence overall and therefore clinical study enrollment with take longer. Other companies are conducting clinical trials with their T cell therapies in multiple myeloma, B cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia or T cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia, and seek to enroll patients in their studies that may otherwise be eligible for our clinical trials, which could lead to slow recruitment and delays in our clinical programs. In addition, since the number of qualified clinical investigators is limited, we will conduct some of our clinical trials at the same clinical trial sites that some of our competitors use, which could further reduce the number of patients who are available for our clinical trials in these clinical trial sites. Moreover, because our product candidates represent a departure from more commonly used methods for cancer treatment, potential patients and their doctors may be inclined to use conventional therapies, such as chemotherapy and antibody therapy, rather than participating in our clinical trials.

Delays in patient enrollment may result in increased costs or may affect the timing or outcome of the planned clinical trials, which could prevent completion of these clinical trials and adversely affect our ability to advance the development of our product candidates. In addition, many of the factors that may lead to a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates.

We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on independent investigators and other third parties to conduct the preclinical and clinical trials for our product candidates. We do not have full control over the conduct of such trials and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including failing to meet deadlines for the completion of such trials or failing to comply with applicable regulatory requirements.

We depend and will continue to depend upon top-tier hospitals in China to conduct preclinical and clinical trials for our product candidates, including both investigator-initiated trials initiated by principal investigators and clinical trials initiated by us. Agreements with such third parties might terminate for a variety of reasons, including a failure to perform by the third parties. If we need to enter into alternative arrangements, our product development activities would be delayed.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our reliance on these third parties for research and development activities will reduce our control over these activities but will not relieve us of our responsibilities. For example, we will remain responsible for ensuring that GC007g’s registrational trial is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the trial. Investigator-initiated trials pose similar risks as clinical trials initiated by us. While investigator-initiated trials may provide us with clinical data that can inform our future development strategy, we do not have full control over the protocols, administration, or conduct of the trials and the compliance of the extensive regulatory requirements that the trials are subject to, especially with respect to portion that needs to be performed by third parties. As a result, we are subject to risks associated with the way investigator-initiated trials are conducted. Third parties in such investigator-initiated trials may not perform their responsibilities for our clinical trials on our anticipated schedule or consistent with clinical trial protocols or applicable regulations. Furthermore, any data integrity issues or patient safety issues arising out of any of these trials would be beyond our control, yet could adversely affect our reputation and damage the clinical and commercial prospects for our product candidates. Additional risks include difficulties or delays in communicating with investigators or administrators, procedural delays and other timing issues, and difficulties or differences in interpreting data. As a result, our reduced control over the conduct and timing of, and communications with the FDA, the NMPA and other comparable regulatory authorities regarding investigator-initiated trials expose us to additional risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside our control, and the occurrence of which could adversely affect the prospects for our product candidates.

Moreover, the NMPA, having adopted the International Council for Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for the Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use, or ICH, requires us to comply with standards commonly referred to as good laboratory practices and good clinical practices for conducting, recording and reporting the results of preclinical and clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of trial participants are protected. Similar regulatory requirements apply in the United States, where we plan to conduct clinical trials for our product candidates in the future. We are also required to register certain ongoing clinical trials and post the results of certain completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database within specified time frames. Failure to do so by us or third parties can result in NMPA’s refusal to approve applications based on the clinical data, enforcement actions, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions.

Furthermore, the third parties we work with may also have relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated protocols, we will not be able to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, marketing approvals for our product candidates and will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully commercialize our product candidates.

In addition, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and may receive cash or equity compensation in connection with such services. If these relationships and any related compensation result in perceived or actual conflicts of interest, or the NMPA concludes that the financial relationship may have affected the interpretation of the trial, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site may be questioned and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized, which could result in the delay or rejection by the NMPA. Any such delay or rejection could prevent us from commercializing our clinical-stage product candidates or any future product candidates.

We have derived and plan to continue to derive results from investigator-initiated trials of our product candidates to expedite our global clinical development activities. Investigator-initiated trials are sponsored and conducted by principal investigators. As a result, our role and access to the clinical results and data are limited and there is no assurance that the clinical data from these trials will be accepted or considered by the FDA, the NMPA, or other comparable regulatory authorities.

Certain of our product candidates are being studied in investigator-initiated trials. In addition, part of our strategy is to continue to explore new opportunities for cell therapy in investigator-initiated trials in China, where such trials are initiated and conducted by principal investigators under the oversight of the China National Health Commission, or NHC, as a medical practice technology, rather than the NMPA as a medical product. As a result, our role and access to clinical results and data are limited. We engineer, produce and provide CAR-T cells to the principal investigators at the specialized hospitals for administration in patients. The principal investigators agree to provide us results and findings generated from the investigator-initiated trials, and will only provide the underlying data points if separately requested by us and approved by them. To the extent that, after discussions with the FDA and/or the NMPA, we are permitted to rely on all or part of the initial results and the underlying data points from these studies to support our regulatory filings with the FDA and/or the NMPA, we work in close collaboration with the principal investigators to collect the data with their approval. As a general matter, the NMPA will accept, review, and reject or approve a CTA only from the manufacturer of the investigational product as the sponsor of the CTA, rather than from a physician who intends to be the investigator and sponsor of the CTA. The NMPA distinguishes the former as registrational clinical trial, and the latter as non-registrational clinical trial, and normally will not consider the data generated from investigator-initiated non-registrational clinical trials, when it reviews the application for registrational clinical trial from the manufacturer.

 

17


Table of Contents

In the case of CAR-T cell therapy, however, the NMPA is aware of the large number of investigator-initiated trials in China and the United States, and some reviewers from its CDE have published two articles on its website in February 2018 and October 2018, expressing the view that (1) the mainstream regulatory oversight is to follow the pathway of registrational clinical trial, but that (2) data from investigator-initiated trials may be considered if the non-registrational clinical trials otherwise fully comply with the same requirements applicable to registrational clinical trials, in particularly the requirements related to manufacturing quality control, informed consent, data integrity, data management, and all GCP requirements.

Accordingly, there is risk to part of our strategy to continue to explore new opportunities for cell therapy in investigator-initiated clinical trials in China that the NMPA may refuse to consider the data from the investigator-initiated clinical trials of our product candidates due to concerns that (1) this does not follow the mainstream regulatory pathway of relying on registrational clinical trial, or that (2) the non-registrational clinical trials of our product candidates may not otherwise fully comply with the same requirements applicable to registrational clinical trials, as further explained below. There is no assurance that the clinical data from any of our investigator-initiated trials in China will be accepted by the FDA or other comparable regulatory authorities outside of China, for any of our product candidates, nor can we assure that the clinical data from any of our investigator-initiated trials in China, where the patients are predominately of Chinese descent, will produce similar results in patients of different races, ethnicities or those of non-Chinese descent.

The market opportunities for certain of our product candidates may be limited to those patients who are ineligible for or have failed prior treatments and may be small, and our projections regarding the size of the addressable market may be incorrect.

Cancer therapies are may be characterized as first line, second line or third line therapy depending on options for treatment and prior treatments received, and the NMPA and the FDA may approve new therapies initially only for the last line of therapy after SOC treatment. When blood cancers are detected, they are first treated with a curative intent. This approach may consist of chemotherapy, radiation, antibody drugs, tumor-targeted small molecules, or a combination of these. In addition, sometimes a bone marrow transplantation can be used as first treatment approach or first line therapy. If a patient’s cancer relapses, then he or she may be given a second line and thereafter a third or fourth line therapy, which can consist of more chemotherapy, radiation, antibody drugs, tumor-targeted small molecules, or a combination of these, or bone marrow transplant. Generally, the higher the line of therapy, the lower the chance of a cure. With third or higher line, the goal of the therapy in the treatment of lymphoma and myeloma is to control the growth of the tumor and extend the life of the patient.

While we are initially developing GC012F as therapy for patients with r/r MM in later lines of therapy, there is no guarantee that it, or any of our product candidates, even if approved, would be approved for an earlier line of therapy. In addition, we may have to conduct additional large randomized clinical trials prior to gaining approval for an earlier line of therapy.

Our projections of both the number of people who have the cancers we are targeting, as well as the size of the patient population subset of people with these cancers in a position to receive first, second, third and fourth line therapy and who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidates, are based on our beliefs and estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including scientific literature, surveys of clinics, patient foundations, or market research and may prove to be incorrect. Further, new studies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these cancers. The number of patients may turn out to be fewer than expected. Additionally, the potentially addressable patient population for our product candidates may be limited or may not be amenable to treatment with our product candidates. For example, our ongoing investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial for GC027 is seeking to enroll patients with r/r T-ALL, an indication that has a low incidence overall. Even if we obtain significant market share for our product candidates, because the potential target populations are small, we may never achieve significant revenue without obtaining regulatory approval for additional indications or as part of earlier lines of therapy.

 

18


Table of Contents

Adverse effects or other safety risks associated with our product candidates could delay or preclude approval, cause us to suspend or discontinue clinical trials, cause us to abandon product candidates, limit the commercial profile of an approved label or result in significant negative consequences following any potential marketing approval.

In clinical trials conducted by other companies involving CAR-T cells, the most prominent acute toxicities included symptoms thought to be associated with CRS, such as fever, low blood pressure and kidney dysfunction. Some patients also experienced toxicity of the central nervous system, or neurotoxicity, such as confusion, tremor, cranial nerve dysfunction, seizures and speech impairment. Adverse events with the worst grades and attributed to CAR-T cells were severe and life threatening in some patients and often occur in the first two weeks after cell infusion. Although most of such adverse effects would be resolved within three weeks, some may progress to a life-threatening condition and lead to patient deaths.

Our clinical trials include cancer patients who are very sick and whose health is deteriorating. So far, adverse events observed in our clinical studies include but are not limited to CRS, ICANS, cytopenia’s, infection, bleeding and GvHD. While most of these adverse events were managed with treatment and supportive care, one r/r MM patient in the investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial for GC012F presented with fever and died shortly after Day 78 of unknown cause during the COVID-19 pandemic and one B-ALL patient withdrew treatment from the investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial for GC007g due to severe CRS accompanied with infection. It is possible that patients may continue to experience similar adverse events as were observed in clinical trials conducted by other companies and academic institutions involving CAR-T cells, and that patients may die during our clinical trials for various reasons, including as a result of receiving our product candidates, because the patient’s disease is too advanced, or because the patient experiences medical problems that may not be related to our product candidate. Even if the deaths are not related to our product candidate, the deaths could affect perceptions regarding the safety of our product candidate.

Patient deaths and severe adverse effects caused by products or product candidates of other companies that are thought to have similarities with our product candidates, could result in the delay, suspension, clinical hold or termination of clinical trials by us, ethics committee, the FDA, the NMPA or other regulatory authorities for a number of reasons. If we elect or are required to delay, suspend or terminate any clinical trial of any product candidates that we develop, the commercial prospects of such product candidates will be harmed and our ability to generate product revenue from any of these product candidates would be delayed or eliminated. Serious adverse events observed in clinical trials could hinder or prevent market acceptance of the product candidate at issue. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations significantly.

Additionally, if one or more of our product candidates receives marketing approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such products, including during any long-term follow-up observation period recommended or required for patients who receive treatment using our products, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

   

regulatory authorities may withdraw approvals of such product;

 

   

regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label;

 

   

we may be required to create a Risk Management Plan, or RMP, or similar risk management plan, which could include a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients, a communication plan for healthcare providers and/or other elements to assure safe use;

 

   

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; and

 

   

our reputation may suffer.

Any of the foregoing could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the particular product candidate, if approved, and could significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

 

19


Table of Contents

Preliminary, interim and topline data from our clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, we may publicly disclose interim, preliminary or topline data from our preclinical and clinical studies as well as results and findings from the investigator-initiated trails of our product candidates conducted by principal investigators if we obtain their consent, which are based on a preliminary analysis of then-available data and are subject to change as patient enrollment and treatment continues and more patient data become available. For example, we have reported interim data from the ongoing investigator-initiated Phase 1 trials of GC012F for the treatment of r/r MM and GC027 for the treatment of T-ALL elsewhere in this annual report. Both of these trials are being conducted by principal investigators at specialized hospitals in China. Adverse differences between previous preliminary or interim data and future interim or final data could significantly harm our business prospects. We may also announce topline data following the completion of a preclinical study, investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial (with necessary consent from principal investigators) or clinical trial, which may be subject to change following a more comprehensive review of the data related to the particular study or trial.

We also make assumptions, estimations, calculations and conclusions as part of our analysis of data, and we may not have received or had the opportunity to fully and carefully evaluate all data. Regulatory agencies, including the FDA and the NMPA, may not accept or agree with our assumptions, estimates, calculations, conclusions or analysis or may interpret or weigh the importance of data differently, which could impact the value of the particular program, the approvability or commercialization of the particular product candidate or product and our company in general.

As a result, the preliminary, interim or topline results that we report or release may differ from future results of the same studies, or different conclusions or considerations may qualify such results, once additional data have been received and fully evaluated. Topline data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the preliminary data we previously published. As a result, topline data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available.

If the interim, preliminary or topline data that we report differ from final results, or if others, including regulatory authorities, disagree with the conclusions reached, our ability to obtain approval for, and commercialize, our product candidates may be harmed, which could harm our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.

If the clinical trials of any of our product candidates fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of the FDA, the NMPA or other comparable regulatory authorities, or do not otherwise produce favorable results, we may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

We may not commercialize, market, promote or sell any product candidate without obtaining marketing approval from the FDA, the NMPA or other comparable regulatory authority, and we may never receive such approvals. It is impossible to predict accurately when or if any of our product candidates will prove effective or safe in humans and will receive regulatory approval. Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the commercial sale of any of our product candidates, we must demonstrate through lengthy, complex and expensive preclinical studies and clinical trials that our product candidates are both safe and effective for use in each proposed indication. Clinical trials are expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and are uncertain as to outcome. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of clinical development.

We may experience numerous unforeseen events prior to, during or as a result of clinical trials that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize any of our product candidates, including:

 

   

the FDA, the NMPA or other comparable regulatory authority may disagree as to the number, design or implementation of our clinical trials, or may not interpret the results from clinical trials as we do;

 

20


Table of Contents
   

regulators or institutional review boards may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;

 

   

we may not reach agreement on acceptable terms with prospective clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different clinical trial sites;

 

   

clinical trials of our product candidates may produce negative or inconclusive results;

 

   

we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or abandon product development programs;

 

   

the number of patients required for clinical trials of our product candidates may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate, participants may drop out of these clinical trials at a higher rate than we anticipate or we may fail to recruit eligible patients to participate in a trial;

 

   

our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all;

 

   

regulators may issue a clinical hold, and regulators or institutional review boards may require that we or our investigators suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

 

   

the cost of clinical trials of our product candidates may be greater than we anticipate;

 

   

the FDA, the NMPA or other comparable regulatory authorities may fail to approve our manufacturing processes or facilities;

 

   

the supply or quality of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates may be insufficient or inadequate;

 

   

our product candidates may have undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics, particularly given their novel, first-in-human application, such as cytokine-induced toxicity and T cell aplasia, causing us or our investigators, regulators or institutional review boards to suspend or terminate the clinical trials; and

 

   

the approval policies or regulations of the FDA, the NMPA or other comparable regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

To the extent that the results of the trials are not satisfactory for the FDA, the NMPA or regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions to approve our new drug application, or NDA, BLA or other comparable applications, the commercialization of our product candidates may be significantly delayed, or we may be required to expend significant additional resources, which may not be available to us, to conduct additional trials in support of potential approval of our product candidates.

We may not be able to successfully develop or operate our own manufacturing infrastructure for supply of our requirements of programmed CAR-T cell product candidates for use in clinical trials and for commercial sale.

We currently have manufacturing facilities in Suzhou and Shanghai, which meet the supply for the preclinical and clinical development and early-stage commercialization of our pipeline product candidates. We also have the capacity to support our global preclinical and clinical development and early commercialization with our manufacturing facilities.

 

21


Table of Contents

We expect that operating our own commercial cell manufacturing facilities will provide us with enhanced control of material supply for both preclinical and clinical studies and the commercial market, enable the more rapid implementation of process changes, and allow for better long-term cost margins. However, we have limited experience as a company in designing and operating a commercial manufacturing facility and may never be successful in developing new manufacturing capability either on our own or together with a third-party. We plan to establish a manufacturing facility in the United State and may establish more manufacturing sites as we expand our commercial footprint to multiple geographies, which may lead to regulatory delays or prove costly. Even if we are successful, our manufacturing operations could be affected by cost-overruns, unexpected delays, equipment failures, labor shortages, natural disasters, power failures and numerous other factors, or we may not be successful in establishing sufficient capacity to produce our product candidates in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the potential launch or to meet potential future demand, all of which could prevent us from realizing the intended benefits of our manufacturing strategy and have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may not be successful in achieving cost of goods at commercial scale that provide for an attractive margin.

We believe that our current, robust manufacturing processes are fit for commercial scale and we anticipate they will enable commercial supply at an economical cost. However, we have not yet established manufacturing capacity at sufficient commercial scale and may underestimate the cost and time required to do so, or overestimate cost reductions from economies of scale that can be realized with our manufacturing processes. We may ultimately be unable to manage the cost of goods for our product candidates to levels that will allow for a margin in line with our expectations and return on investment if and when those product candidates are commercialized.

Our product candidates are biologics whose manufacture is complex. If we encounter any difficulties in production, particularly with respect to process development or scaling-out of our manufacturing capabilities, supply of our product candidates for clinical trials or for patients, if approved, could be delayed or stopped.

We have developed our proprietary technology platform, FasTCAR, to manufacture autologous CAR-T cells with desired quality, significantly shortening manufacturing time from an industry norm of two to six weeks and achieving next-day manufacturing (22 to 36 hours). While we believe that the manufacture of autologous CAR-T cells using the FasTCAR platform is scalable for commercial production, each manufacturing process must be validated through the performance of process validation runs to guarantee that the facility, personnel, equipment and process work as designed. The other proprietary technology platform, TruUCAR, is designed to manufacture allogeneic CAR-T cells readily available off-the-shelf. We have not yet manufactured or processed our product candidates on a commercial scale using either FasTCAR platform or TruUCAR platform, and may not be able to do so for any of our product candidates.

We, like other manufacturers of biologic products, may encounter various difficulties in production, particularly in scaling up or out, validating the production process, and assuring high reliability of the manufacturing process. These problems include delays or breakdowns in logistics and shipping, difficulties with production costs and yields, quality control, product testing, operator error, lack of availability of qualified personnel, as well as failure to comply with strictly enforced regulations.

Furthermore, if microbial, viral or other contaminations are discovered in our supply of product candidates or in the manufacturing facilities, such manufacturing facilities may need to be closed for an extended period of time to investigate and remedy the contamination. We cannot assure you that any of these or other issues relating to the manufacture of our product candidates will not occur in the future. Any delay or interruption in the supply of clinical trial supplies could delay the completion of clinical trials, increase the costs associated with maintaining clinical trial programs and, depending upon the period of delay, require us to begin new clinical trials at additional expense or terminate clinical trials completely.

 

22


Table of Contents

The manufacture and delivery of CAR-T cell therapies, in particular, autologous CAR-T cell therapies, to patients involves complex, integrated processes, including harvesting T cells from patients, programming the T cells ex vivo, multiplying the CAR-T cells to obtain the desired dose, and ultimately infusing the CAR-T cells back into a patient’s body. As a result of the complexities, the cost to manufacture biologics in general, and our CAR-T cell product candidates in particular, is generally higher than traditional small molecule chemical compounds, and the manufacturing process is more variable and is more difficult and costly to reproduce. In addition, our manufacturing process will be susceptible to product loss or failure due to logistical issues associated with the collection of white blood cells from the patient, shipping such patient material to the manufacturing site, storing and processing such patient material, shipping the patient material with the CAR-T cells back to the patient, and infusing the patient with the final product. Other manufacturing issues include the differences in patient starting materials, inconsistency in cell growth, variability in product characteristics, interruptions in the manufacturing process, equipment or reagent failure, improper installation or operation of equipment, and vendor or operator error. Even minor deviations from normal manufacturing processes could result in reduced production yields, product defects, and other supply disruptions. If we lose, destroy or otherwise impair the patient materials at any point in the “vein-to-vein” supply chain, the manufacturing process for that patient may need to be restarted and the resulting delay may adversely affect that patient’s outcome due to the risk of disease progression. In addition, because our product candidates are manufactured for each particular patient, we will be required to maintain a chain of identity with respect to materials as they move from the patient to the manufacturing facility, through the manufacturing process, and back to the patient. Maintaining such a chain of identity is difficult and complex, and failure to do so could result in adverse patient outcomes, loss of product, or regulatory action including withdrawal of our products from the market.

Our manufacturing facilities also require commissioning and validation activities to demonstrate that they operate as designed, and are subject to government inspections by the FDA, the NMPA and other comparable regulatory authorities. If we are unable to reliably produce products to specifications acceptable to the regulatory authorities, we may not obtain or maintain the approvals we need to manufacture our products. Further, our facilities may fail to pass government inspections prior to or after the commercial launch of our product candidates, which would cause significant delays and additional costs required to remediate any deficiencies identified by the regulatory authorities. Any of these challenges could delay completion of clinical trials, require bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial costs, delay approval of our product candidate, impair commercialization efforts, increase our cost of goods, and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Changes in methods of product candidate manufacturing may result in additional costs or delays.

As product candidates progress through preclinical to late-stage clinical trials to marketing approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize yield, manufacturing batch size, minimize costs and achieve consistent quality and results. We may also from time to time change our method of manufacturing, including chemistry, manufacturing and control, or CMC, processes, and such changes carry the risk that they will not achieve these intended objectives. Any of these changes could cause our product candidates to perform differently and affect the results of planned clinical trials or other future clinical trials conducted with the altered materials. This could delay completion of clinical trials, require the conduct of bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial costs, delay approval of our product candidates and jeopardize our ability to commercialize our product candidates and generate revenue. In addition, if our technical transfer in connection with CMC is delayed, our efforts in building our research and development capacity in a new geographic area may also be delayed.

We have contracted with a third party for the manufacture of certain of our product candidates for use in clinical trials in the United States and may in the future contract with additional third parties for the manufacturing and supply of certain of our product candidates for use in preclinical testing and clinical trials or for commercial use. Supply of the relevant product candidates could become limited or interrupted or may not be of satisfactory quality and quantity.

 

23


Table of Contents

We currently manufacture all of our product candidates for use in preclinical testing and clinical trials in China, and enter into manufacturing service agreement for manufacturing GC012F in support of our planned IND submission in the United States and conducting clinical studies. Any such future reliance may increase the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or products, if approved, or such quantities at an acceptable cost or quality, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts. Furthermore, all entities involved in the preparation of therapeutics for clinical trials or commercial sale, including any contract manufacturer for our product candidates, are subject to extensive regulation. Components of a finished therapeutic product approved for commercial sale or used in clinical trials must be manufactured in accordance with cGMP requirements. These regulations govern manufacturing processes and procedures, including record keeping, and the implementation and operation of quality systems to control and assure the quality of investigational products and products approved for sale. Poor control of production processes can lead to the introduction of contaminants, or to inadvertent changes in the properties or stability of our product candidates that may not be detectable in final product testing. Manufacturing in the United States must supply all necessary documentation in support of a BLA on a timely basis and must adhere to the FDA’s Good Laboratory Practice regulations and cGMP regulations enforced by the FDA through its facilities inspection program. Manufacturing of our products in the China requires regulatory approvals and is subject to the NMPA’s ongoing and periodic inspection to ensure compliance with GMP requirements. Comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require compliance with similar requirements. The facilities and quality systems of us and any of our future third-party contract manufactures must pass a pre-approval inspection for compliance with the applicable regulations as a condition of marketing approval of our product candidates. We may not be able to control the manufacturing activities of a third-party contract manufacturer for compliance with cGMP regulations.

Our or a third-party’s failure to execute on our manufacturing requirements, do so on commercially reasonable terms and comply with cGMP may adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including:

 

   

an inability to initiate or continue clinical trials of our product candidates under development;

 

   

delay in submitting regulatory applications, or receiving marketing approvals, for our product candidates;

 

   

loss of the cooperation of future collaborators;

 

   

subjecting third-party manufacturing facilities or our manufacturing facilities to additional inspections by regulatory authorities;

 

   

requirements to cease development or to recall batches of our product candidates; and

 

   

in the event of approval to market and commercialize our product candidates, an inability to meet commercial demands for our product or any other future product candidates.

Cell-based therapies rely on the availability of reagents, specialized equipment, and other specialty materials, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. For some of these reagents, equipment, and materials, we rely or may rely on sole source vendors or a limited number of vendors, which could impair our ability to manufacture and supply our products.

Manufacturing our product candidates will require many reagents, which are substances used in our manufacturing processes to bring about chemical or biological reactions, and other specialty materials and equipment, some of which are manufactured or supplied by small companies with limited resources and experience to support commercial biologics production. We currently depend on a limited number of vendors for access to facilities and supply of certain materials and equipment used in the manufacture of our product candidates. Some of our suppliers may not have the capacity to support commercial products manufactured under cGMP by biopharmaceutical firms or may otherwise be ill-equipped to support our needs. We also do not have supply contracts with many of these suppliers, and may not be able to obtain supply contracts with them on acceptable terms or at all. Accordingly, we may not be able to obtain key materials and equipment to support clinical or commercial manufacturing.

For some of these reagents, equipment, and materials, we rely and may in the future rely on sole source vendors or a limited number of vendors. An inability to continue to source product from any of these suppliers, which could be due to regulatory actions or requirements affecting the supplier, adverse financial or other strategic developments experienced by a supplier, labor disputes or shortages, unexpected demands, or quality issues, could adversely affect our ability to satisfy demand for our product candidates, which could adversely and materially affect our product sales and operating results or our ability to conduct clinical trials, either of which could significantly harm our business.

 

24


Table of Contents

As we continue to develop and scale our manufacturing process, we may need to obtain rights to and supplies of certain materials and equipment to be used as part of that process. We may not be able to obtain rights to such materials on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and if we are unable to alter our process in a commercially viable manner to avoid the use of such materials or find a suitable substitute, it would have a material adverse effect on our business.

The process for treating cancer patients using T cell therapy is subject to human and systemic risks.

The “vein-to-vein” cycle for treating cancer patients using autologous T cell therapy involves multiple steps and human participants. In our FasTCAR process, the patient’s T cells are extracted in the treatment center and shipped to the manufacturing site, followed by a “concurrent activation-transduction” step during which T cells are genetically modified to express one or more CAR(s). The CAR-T cells are then formulated into finished product and delivered back to the treatment center and administered to the patient. Our TruUCAR process for allogeneic T cell therapy involves similar manufacturing steps, such as T cell extraction and modification, and therefore is subject to similar human and systemic risks facing autologous T cell therapy.

In both China and the United States, samples of the final product are subjected to several release tests which must fulfill specified criteria for the drug product to be released for infusion. These include sterility, identity, purity, potency and other tests. We are subject to stringent regulatory and quality standards in the course of a T cell therapy treatment process. We cannot assure you that our quality control and assurance efforts will be successful or that the risk of human or systemic errors in these processes can be eliminated.

Prior treatments can alter the cancer and negatively impact chances for achieving clinical activity with our CAR-T cells.

Patients with hematological cancers typically receive highly toxic chemotherapy as their initial treatment that can impact the viability of the T cells collected from the patient and may contribute to highly variable responses to CAR-T cell therapies. Patients could also have received prior therapies that target the same target antigen on the cancer cells as our intended programmed CAR-T cell product candidate and thereby these patients may have cancer cells with low or no expression of the target. As a result, our CAR-T cell product candidates may not recognize the cancer cell and may fail to achieve clinical activity. Take one of our lead product candidates, GC012F, for example, most of the patients enrolled for our GC012F study are r/r MM patients with high-risk features as assessed by Mayo Stratification for Myeloma and Risk-Adapted Therapy, or mSMART, criteria, who have exhausted other therapeutic options, including radiotherapy and chemotherapy. If any of our product candidates do not achieve a sufficient level of clinical activity, we may discontinue the development of that product candidate, which could have an adverse effect on the market price of the ADSs.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or indication and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or have a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and management resources, we focus on research programs and product candidates that we identify for specific indications. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate.

 

25


Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Business Operations

As a company currently with substantial operations outside of the United States, our business is subject to economic, political, regulatory and other risks associated with international operations.

As a company with substantial operations in China, our business is subject to risks associated with conducting business outside the United States. Many of our suppliers and clinical trial relationships are located outside the United States. Accordingly, our future results could be harmed by a variety of factors, including:

 

   

economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular non-U.S. economies and markets;

 

   

differing and changing regulatory requirements for product approvals;

 

   

differing jurisdictions could present different issues for securing, maintaining or obtaining freedom to operate in such jurisdictions;

 

   

potentially reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

 

   

difficulties in compliance with different, complex and changing laws, regulations and court systems of multiple jurisdictions and compliance with a wide variety of foreign laws, treaties and regulations;

 

   

changes in non-U.S. regulations and customs, tariffs and trade barriers;

 

   

foreign exchange risks and currency controls;

 

   

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic environment;

 

   

trade protection measures, import or export licensing requirements or other restrictive actions by governments;

 

   

differing reimbursement regimes and price controls in certain non-U.S. markets;

 

   

negative consequences from changes in tax laws;

 

   

compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad, including, for example, the variable tax treatment in different jurisdictions of options granted under our share incentive plans;

 

   

workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States;

 

   

litigation or administrative actions resulting from claims against us by current or former employees or consultants individually or as part of class actions, including claims of wrongful terminations, discrimination, misclassification or other violations of labor law or other alleged conduct;

 

   

difficulties associated with staffing and managing international operations, including differing labor relations;

 

   

production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and

 

   

business interruptions resulting from geo-political actions, including war and terrorism, health epidemics, or natural disasters including earthquakes, typhoons, floods and fires.

 

26


Table of Contents

See “—Risks Related to Doing Business in China” for additional risks related to our operations in China.

We are a fast-growing emerging company and may experience difficulties in managing this growth.

As of December 31, 2020, we had 202 full-time employees. As our development and commercialization plans and strategies to expand and develop, and as we transition into operating as a public company, we expect to need additional managerial, operational, financial and other personnel, including personnel to support our product development and planned future commercialization efforts. Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including:

 

   

identifying, recruiting, integrating, maintaining and motivating additional employees;

 

   

managing our internal development efforts effectively, including the clinical, NMPA, FDA review processes for our product candidates; and

 

   

improving our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures.

There are a small number of individuals with experience in cell therapy and the competition for these individuals is high. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize our product candidates will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth, and our management may also have to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from day-to-day activities in order to devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities.

If we are not able to effectively expand our organization by hiring new employees, we may not be able to successfully implement the tasks necessary to further develop and commercialize our product candidates and, accordingly, may not achieve our research, development and commercialization goals.

In addition to expanding our organization, we are increasing the size of our facilities and building out our development and manufacturing capabilities, which requires significant capital expenditures and technology. If these capital expenditures are higher than expected, it may adversely affect our financial condition and capital resources. In addition, if the increase in the size of our facilities is delayed, it may limit our ability to rapidly expand the size of our organization in order to meet our corporate goals.

Our future success depends on our ability to retain key members of senior management and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

Our ability to compete in the highly competitive biopharmaceutical industry depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified management, research and development, clinical, financial and business development personnel. We are highly dependent on our management, scientific and medical personnel, including Dr. William Wei Cao, our Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Martina Sersch, our Chief Medical Officer and Dr. Yili Kevin Xie, our Chief Financial Officer. Although we have entered into employment arrangements with the members of our senior management, other than Dr. Cao, each of them may currently terminate their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain “key person” insurance for any of our employees.

Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and clinical personnel and, if we progress the development of any of our product candidates, commercialization, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel, will be critical to our success. The loss of the services of members of our senior management or other key employees could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives and seriously harm our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. While we enter into non-competition agreements with our departed employees, there is no guarantee that these agreements will be fully complied by such departed employees. Furthermore, replacing members of our senior management and key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to successfully develop, gain regulatory approval of and commercialize our product candidates. Our success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled junior, mid-level and senior managers, as well as junior, mid-level and senior scientific and medical personnel. Competition to hire from this limited candidate pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions.

 

27


Table of Contents

If we engage in future acquisitions or strategic collaborations, this may increase our capital requirements, dilute our shareholders, cause us to incur debt or assume contingent liabilities and subject us to other risks.

From time to time, we may evaluate various acquisitions and strategic collaborations, including licensing or acquiring complementary products, intellectual property rights, technologies or businesses, as we may deem appropriate to carry out our business plan. Any potential acquisition or strategic collaboration may entail numerous risks, including:

 

   

increased operating expenses and cash requirements;

 

   

the assumption of additional indebtedness or contingent liabilities;

 

   

assimilation of operations, intellectual property and products of an acquired company, including difficulties associated with integrating new personnel;

 

   

the diversion of our management’s attention from our existing programs and initiatives in pursuing such a strategic partnership, merger or acquisition;

 

   

retention of key employees, the loss of key personnel and uncertainties in our ability to maintain key business relationships;

 

   

risks and uncertainties associated with the other party to such a transaction, including the prospects of that party and their existing products or product candidates and regulatory approvals; and

 

   

our inability to generate revenue from acquired technology sufficient to meet our objectives in undertaking the acquisition or even to offset the associated acquisition and maintenance costs.

Additionally, if we undertake acquisitions, we may issue dilutive securities, assume or incur debt obligations, incur large onetime expenses and acquire intangible assets that could result in significant future amortization expenses. Moreover, we may not be able to locate suitable acquisition opportunities and this inability could impair our ability to grow or obtain access to technology or products that may be important to the development of our business.

Our internal information technology systems, or those of our third-party vendors, collaborators or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches or other unauthorized or improper access, which could result in a significant disruption of our product development programs, give rise to significant liability, subject us to costly and protracted litigation, cause significant reputational harm and impact our ability to operate our business effectively.

We are increasingly dependent upon information technology systems, infrastructure, and data to operate our business. In the ordinary course of business, we collect, store, and transmit confidential information (including but not limited to intellectual property, proprietary business information, and personal information). It is critical that we do so in a secure manner to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of such information. We also have outsourced elements of our operations to third parties, and as a result we manage a number of third-party vendors and other contractors and consultants who have access to our confidential information.

 

28


Table of Contents

Our internal information technology systems and those of our current and any future third-party vendors, collaborators and other contractors or consultants may be vulnerable to a variety of disruptive elements, including data breaches, cyber-attacks by malicious third parties (including the deployment of computer viruses, harmful malware, ransomware, denial-of-service attacks, social engineering, and other means to affect service reliability and threaten the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of information), unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war, telecommunication and electrical failures and persons with access to systems inside our organization. In particular, the risk of a security breach or disruption, particularly through cyber-attacks or cyber intrusion, including by computer hackers and cyber terrorists, has generally increased as the number, intensity, and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. We may not be able to anticipate all types of security threats, and we may not be able to implement preventive measures effective against all such security threats. Because the techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently, may not be recognized until launched, and can originate from a wide variety of sources, including outside groups such as external service providers, organized crime affiliates or terrorist organizations, we and our partners may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. Further, we do not have any control over the operations of the facilities or technology of third parties that collect, process and store personal data on our behalf.

While we have not experienced any significant system failure, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations or a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or those of our third-party vendors and other collaborators, contractors and consultants, it could result in a disruption of our development programs and our business operations, whether due to a loss of our trade secrets or other confidential, personal or proprietary information, significant delays or setbacks in our research, or other similar disruptions. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential, personal or proprietary information, we could incur significant liability, our competitive position could be harmed, our reputation could be damaged, and the further development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed.

Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential data, including personal information, whether through a breach of computer systems, systems failure, employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, or otherwise, or unauthorized access to or through our information systems and networks, whether by our employees or third parties, could result in negative publicity, damage to our reputation and/or compel us to comply with federal and/or state breach notification laws and foreign law equivalents, subject us to mandatory corrective action, and otherwise subject us to liability under laws and regulations that protect the privacy and security of personal information. The costs related to significant security breaches or disruptions could be material. If the information technology systems of our third-party vendors and other collaborators, contractors and consultants become subject to disruptions or security breaches, we may be exposed to material liability and have insufficient recourse against such third parties and we may have to expend significant resources to mitigate the impact of such an event, and to develop and implement protections to prevent future events of this nature from occurring. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

We are or may become subject to a variety of privacy and data security laws, policies and contractual obligations, and our failure or failure of our third-party vendors, collaborators, contractors or consultants to comply with them could harm our business.

We collect, maintain and process, and our third-party vendors, collaborators, contractors and consultants collect, maintain and process on our behalf, sensitive information, including confidential business and personal information, including health information in connection with our preclinical and clinical studies and information regarding our employees, and are subject to federal, state and foreign laws and regulations governing the privacy and security of such information. Failure by us, our third-party vendors, collaborators, contractors and consultants to comply with any of these laws and regulations could result in enforcement action against us, including fines, imprisonment of company officers and public censure, claims for damages by affected individuals, damage to our reputation and loss of goodwill, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

 

29


Table of Contents

In China, regulatory authorities have implemented and are considering a number of legislative and regulatory proposals concerning data protection. For example, the Cyber Security Law of PRC, or the Cyber Security Law, which became effective in June 2017, created China’s first national-level data protection for “network operators” which may include all network service providers in China. Numerous regulations, guidelines and other measures are expected to be adopted under the umbrella of the Cyber Security Law. Drafts of some of these measures have now been published, including the draft rules on cross-border transfers published by the Cyberspace Administration of China in 2017, which if enacted, may require security review before transferring human health-related data out of China. Furthermore, the Data Security Law of the PRC (Draft) was published on July 3, 2020 by the National People’s Congress for public comment. The draft law consists of seven chapters, namely General Provisions, Data Security and Development, Data Security System, Data Security Protection Obligation, Security and Openness of Government Data, Legal Liability and Supplementary Provisions. However, the relationship between the Data Security Law of the PRC and the implemented National Security Law of the PRC, the Cyber Security Law of the PRC, the Confidentiality Law of the PRC and the ongoing Personal Information Protection Law of the PRC needs to be carefully clarified. In addition, certain industry-specific laws and regulations affect the collection and transfer of personal data in China. The regulations of the People’s Republic of China on the Administration of Human Genetic Resources promulgated by the State Council on May 28, 2019 and implemented on July 1, 2019 stipulates that in order to obtain marketing authorization for relevant drugs and medical devices in China, no approval is required in international clinical trial cooperation using China’s human genetic resources, or the HGR at clinical institutions without export of HGR materials. However, the two parties among international clinical trial cooperation shall file the type, quantity and usage of the HGR to be used with the administrative department of science and technology under the State Council before clinical trials. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our practices, potentially resulting in confiscation of HGR samples and associated data and administrative fines.

In addition, the interpretation and application of data protection laws in China and elsewhere are often uncertain and in flux. Many statutory requirements include obligations for companies to notify individuals of security breaches involving certain personal information, which could result from breaches experienced by us or our third-party service providers. These laws are not consistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach is difficult and may be costly. We also may be contractually required to notify customers or other counterparties of a security breach. Any contractual protections we may have from our third-party service providers, contractors or consultants may not be sufficient to adequately protect us from such liabilities and losses, and we may not be able to enforce any such contractual protections. Moreover, governments have been frequently amending existing laws and implementing regulations, requiring attention to changing regulatory requirements. We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws and regulations concerning data privacy and security, and we cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. New laws, amendments to or re-interpretations of existing laws, regulations, standards and other obligations may require us to incur additional costs and restrict our business operations. Because the interpretation and application of health-related and data protection laws, regulations, standards and other obligations are still uncertain, and often contradictory and in flux, it is possible that the scope and requirements of these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our practices and our efforts to comply with the evolving data protection rules may be unsuccessful. If so, this could result in government-imposed fines or orders requiring that we change our practices, which could adversely affect our business.

In the United States, where we expect to commence our operations and clinical trials in the future, there are numerous federal and state privacy and data security laws and regulations governing the collection, use, disclosure and protection of personal information, including federal and state health information privacy laws, federal and state security breach notification laws, and federal and state consumer protection laws. Each of these constantly evolving laws can be subject to varying interpretations. For example, regulations promulgated pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, establish privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information, or protected health information, and require the implementation of administrative, physical and technological safeguards to protect the privacy of protected health information and ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic protected health information. Determining whether protected health information has been handled in compliance with applicable privacy standards and our contractual obligations can be complex and may be subject to changing interpretation. The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, has the discretion to impose penalties without attempting to first resolve violations. HHS enforcement activity can result in financial liability and reputational harm, and responses to such enforcement activity can consume significant internal resources.

 

30


Table of Contents

In addition, states in the United States are constantly adopting new laws or amending existing laws, requiring attention to frequently changing regulatory requirements. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA, which went into effect on January 1, 2020, gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability. Although there are limited exemptions for certain health-related information, including certain clinical trial data, the precise application and scope of these exemptions as well as how they would apply to our business is not yet clear. As currently written, the CCPA may impact our business activities and exemplifies the vulnerability of our business to the evolving regulatory environment related to personal data and protected health information. Some observers have noted that the CCPA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States, which could increase our potential liability and adversely affect our business.

In May 2018, a new privacy regime, the General Data Protection Regulation, or the GDPR, took effect in the European Economic Area, or the EEA, into which we may expand our business. The GDPR governs the collection, use, disclosure, transfer or other processing of personal data of European persons. Among other things, the GDPR imposes requirements regarding the security of personal data and notification of data processing obligations to the competent national data processing authorities, changes the lawful bases on which personal data can be processed, expands the definition of personal data and requires changes to informed consent practices, as well as more detailed notices for clinical trial subjects and investigators. In addition, the GDPR imposes substantial fines for breaches and violations (up to the greater of €20 million or 4% of our consolidated annual worldwide gross revenue) and increases the scrutiny of transfers of personal data from clinical trial sites located in the EEA to the United States and other jurisdictions that the European Commission does not recognize as having “adequate” data protection laws. The efficacy and longevity of current transfer mechanisms between the EU and the United States remains uncertain. For example, in 2016, the EU and United States agreed to a transfer framework for data transferred from the EU to the United States, called the Privacy Shield, but the Privacy Shield was invalidated in July 2020 by the Court of Justice of the European Union. The GDPR also confers a private right of action on data subjects and consumer associations to lodge complaints with supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies and obtain compensation for damages resulting from violations of the GDPR. Further, while the United Kingdom enacted the Data Protection Act 2018 in May 2018 that supplements the GDPR and has publicly announced that it will continue to regulate the protection of personal data in the same way post-Brexit, Brexit has created uncertainty with regard to the future of regulation of data protection in the United Kingdom. Some countries also are considering or have passed legislation requiring local storage and processing of data, or similar requirements, which could increase the cost and complexity of delivering our products and services.

Many statutory requirements, in China, the United States, Europe and elsewhere, include obligations for companies to notify individuals of security breaches involving certain personal information, which could result from breaches experienced by us or our third-party service providers. For example, laws in all 50 states of the United States and the District of Columbia require businesses to provide notice to consumers whose personal information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. These laws are not consistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach is difficult and may be costly. Moreover, states have been frequently amending existing laws, requiring attention to changing regulatory requirements. We also may be contractually required to notify customers or other counterparties of a security breach. Any contractual protections we may have from our third-party service providers, contractors or consultants may not be sufficient to adequately protect us from any such liabilities and losses, and we may be unable to enforce any such contractual protections.

We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws and regulations concerning data privacy and security, and we cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. New laws, amendments to or re-interpretations of existing laws, regulations, standards and other obligations may require us to incur additional costs and restrict our business operations. Because the interpretation and application of health-related and data protection laws, regulations, standards and other obligations are still uncertain, and often contradictory and in flux, it is possible that the scope and requirements of these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our practices and our efforts to comply with the evolving data protection rules may be unsuccessful. If so, this could result in government-imposed fines or orders requiring that we change our practices, which could adversely affect our business. In addition, these privacy regulations may differ from country to country and may vary based on where testing is performed. Our operations or business practices may not comply with these regulations in each country.

 

31


Table of Contents

Compliance with these and any other applicable privacy and data security laws and regulations is a rigorous and time-intensive process, and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance with the new data protection rules. If we or our third-party vendors, collaborators, contractors and consultants fail to comply with any such laws or regulations, we may face regulatory investigations, significant fines and penalties, reputational damage or be required to change our business practices, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The COVID-19 coronavirus could adversely impact our business, including our clinical trials.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19, was first reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, the COVID-19 coronavirus has spread globally. The outbreak and government measures taken in response have had a significant impact, both direct and indirect, on businesses, as worker shortages have occurred; supply chains have been disrupted; facilities and production have been suspended; and demand for certain goods and services, such as medical services and supplies, has spiked. As a result, although we have not experienced any material impact due to COVID-19 yet, we may experience disruptions that could severely impact our business and clinical trials, including:

 

   

limitation in patient enrollment, disruptions to patient follow-up during the lockdown periods, and curtailed screening visits;

 

   

delays or difficulties in enrolling patients in our clinical trials;

 

   

delays or difficulties in clinical site initiation, including difficulties in recruiting clinical site investigators and clinical site staff;

 

   

delays in clinical sites receiving the supplies and materials needed to conduct our clinical trials;

 

   

diversion of healthcare resources away from the conduct of clinical trials, including the diversion of hospitals serving as our clinical trial sites and hospital staff supporting the conduct of our clinical trials;

 

   

interruption of key clinical trial activities, such as clinical trial site monitoring, due to limitations on travel imposed or recommended by governments, employers and others;

 

   

limitations in employee resources that would otherwise be focused on the conduct of our clinical trials, including because of sickness of employees or their families or the desire of employees to avoid contact with large groups of people;

 

   

delays in receiving approval from local regulatory authorities to initiate our planned clinical trials;

 

   

interruption in global shipping that may affect the transport of clinical trial materials;

 

   

changes in local regulations as part of a response to the COVID-19 coronavirus outbreak which may require us to change the ways in which our clinical trials are conducted, which may result in unexpected costs, or to discontinue the clinical trials altogether;

 

   

delays in necessary interactions with local regulators, ethics committees and other important agencies and contractors due to limitations in employee resources or forced furlough of government employees; and

 

   

refusal of the relevant regulatory authorities to accept data from clinical trials in these affected geographic regions.

The extent to which the COVID-19 coronavirus may impact our business and clinical trials is highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, such as the ultimate geographic spread of the disease, the duration of the outbreak and social distancing regulations, travel restrictions, business closures or business disruptions and the effectiveness of actions taken to contain and treat the disease.

 

32


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Regulatory Approval of Our Product Candidates and Other Legal Compliance Matters

Even if we complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials, the regulatory approval process is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain and may prevent us from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of some or all of our product candidates. As a result, we cannot predict when or if, and in which territories, we will obtain marketing approval to commercialize a product candidate.

Our product candidates and the activities associated with their development and commercialization, including their design, research, testing, manufacture, safety, efficacy, quality control, recordkeeping, labeling, packaging, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, sale, distribution, import, export, and reporting of safety and other post-market information, are subject to comprehensive regulation by the FDA, the NMPA and other comparable regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions. Failure to obtain marketing approval for a product candidate will prevent us from commercializing the product candidate. We have not received approval to market any of our product candidates from regulatory authorities in any jurisdiction. We have only limited experience in filing and supporting the applications necessary to gain marketing approvals and may rely on third-party CROs to assist us in this process. Securing marketing approval requires the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the product candidate’s safety and efficacy. Securing marketing approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the regulatory authorities. Our product candidates may not be effective, may be only moderately effective or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use. If any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, the accompanying label may limit its approved use, which could limit sales of the product.

The process of obtaining marketing approvals in China, the United States and elsewhere is expensive and may take many years, if approval is obtained at all, and can vary substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved. Securing marketing approval requires the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the product candidate’s safety and efficacy. Securing marketing approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the regulatory authorities. The FDA, the NMPA or other regulatory authorities may determine that our product candidates are not safe and effective, only moderately effective or have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use. Any marketing approval we ultimately obtain may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the approved product not commercially viable. Any marketing approval we ultimately obtain may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the approved product not commercially viable.

In addition, changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations, or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application, may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. Regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data is insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from preclinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent marketing approval of a product candidate. Any marketing approval we ultimately obtain may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the approved product not commercially viable.

If we experience delays in obtaining approval or if we fail to obtain approval of our product candidates, the commercial prospects for our product candidates may be harmed and our ability to generate revenue will be impaired.

 

33


Table of Contents

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not mean that we will be successful in obtaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in other jurisdictions.

In order to market and sell our products in the United States or other jurisdictions outside of China in the future, we must obtain separate marketing approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from those in China, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials as clinical studies conducted in one jurisdiction may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions.

The time required to obtain approval may differ substantially from that required to obtain approval from the NMPA. The regulatory approval process outside China generally includes all of the risks associated with obtaining approval from the NMPA. Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not guarantee that we will be able to obtain or maintain regulatory approval in any other jurisdiction, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. For example, even if the NMPA grants marketing approval of a product candidate, comparable regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions must also approve the manufacturing, marketing and promotion of the product candidate in those countries. In many jurisdictions outside the United States, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that jurisdiction. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products is also subject to approval. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and/or to receive applicable marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our product candidates will be harmed.

Even if we obtain marketing approvals for our product candidates, the terms of approvals and ongoing regulation of our products may limit how we manufacture and market our products and compliance with such requirements may involve substantial resources, which could materially impair our ability to generate revenue.

Even if marketing approval of a product candidate is granted, an approved product and its manufacturer and marketer are subject to ongoing review and extensive regulatory requirements for manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion, sampling, and recordkeeping, including the potential requirements to implement a Risk Management Plan, or RMP, or to conduct costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the product. We must also comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for any of our product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drugs are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved labeling. Thus, we will not be able to promote any products we develop for indications or uses for which they are not approved. In addition, manufacturers of approved products and those manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive regulatory requirements of the FDA, the NMPA and other regulatory authorities, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMP and other comparable regulations and standards, which include requirements relating to quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation and reporting requirements. We or our suppliers could be subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA, the NMPA or other regulatory authorities to monitor and ensure compliance with cGMP.

Accordingly, assuming we receive marketing approval for one or more of our product candidates, we and our suppliers will continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production, product surveillance and quality control. If we are not able to comply with post-approval regulatory requirements, we could have the marketing approvals for our products withdrawn by regulatory authorities and our ability to market any future products could be limited, which could adversely affect our ability to achieve or sustain profitability. Thus, the cost of compliance with post-approval regulations may have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition.

 

34


Table of Contents

Any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval will be subject to various post-approval regulatory requirements, and we may be subject to significant penalties, sanctions and other damages if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements.

The FDA and other federal and state agencies, including the U.S. Department of Justice, or DOJ, closely regulate compliance with all requirements governing prescription drug products, including requirements pertaining to marketing and promotion of products in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling and manufacturing of products in accordance with cGMP requirements. The FDA and DOJ impose stringent restrictions on manufacturers’ communications regarding off-label use and if we do not market our products for their approved indications, or if other of our marketing claims are deemed false or misleading, we may be subject to enforcement action. Violations of such requirements may lead to investigations alleging violations of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and other statutes, including the False Claims Act and other federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws as well as state consumer protection laws.

Our failure to comply with all regulatory requirements, and later discovery of previously unknown adverse events or other problems with our products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes, may yield various results, including:

 

   

litigation involving patients taking our products;

 

   

restrictions on such products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes;

 

   

restrictions on the labeling or marketing of a product;

 

   

restrictions on product distribution or use;

 

   

requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

 

   

warning or untitled letters;

 

   

withdrawal of the products from the market;

 

   

refusal to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications that we submit;

 

   

recall of products;

 

   

fines, restitution or disgorgement of profits or revenue;

 

   

suspension or withdrawal of marketing approvals;

 

   

suspension of any ongoing clinical trials;

 

   

damage to relationships with any potential collaborators;

 

   

unfavorable press coverage and damage to our reputation;

 

   

refusal to permit the import or export of our products;

 

   

product seizure; or

 

   

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

Noncompliance by us or any future collaborator with regulatory requirements regarding safety monitoring or pharmacovigilance, and with requirements related to the development of products for the pediatric population, can also result in significant financial penalties. Similarly, failure to comply with regulatory requirements regarding the protection of personal information can also lead to significant penalties and sanctions.

 

35


Table of Contents

Likewise, the NMPA and other relevant PRC regulatory authorities closely regulate the manufacture, labeling, marketing and promotion of product candidates that have received a marketing approval. Approved products must be manufactured in compliance with GMP and other applicable standards and regulatory requirements. The NMPA and other PRC regulatory authorities may conduct periodic inspections of the manufacturers and raw material suppliers that are involved in the manufacturing of the approved products to ensure compliance with standards on qualify control, quality assurance, recordkeeping and reporting. Further, we are prohibited from marketing and promoting our approved products outside of their approved indications and uses. Promotions of prescription drugs, in particular, must be consistent with the information in the labeling approved for such drugs. In addition, we may be required in certain circumstances to conduct post-marketing studies, clinical trials or other actions to continuously monitor the safety and efficacy of the product. If we fail to comply with post-approval regulatory requirements, the marketing approvals we obtain for our product candidates could be withdrawn by regulatory authorities and our abilities to market any future products could be limited.

In addition, noncompliance with EU requirements regarding safety monitoring or pharmacovigilance, and with requirements related to the development of products for the pediatric population, also can result in significant financial penalties. Similarly, failure to comply with the European Union’s requirements regarding the protection of personal information can also lead to significant penalties and sanctions.

If any of these events occurs, our ability to sell such product may be impaired, and we may incur substantial additional expense to comply with regulatory requirements, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, consultants, commercial partners and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk of employee and third-party fraud or other misconduct or failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements. Misconduct by employees and independent contractors, such as principal investigators, consultants, commercial partners, and vendors, could include failures to comply with regulations of the FDA, the NMPA and other comparable regulatory authorities, to provide accurate information to such regulators, to comply with manufacturing standards we have established, to comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws, to report financial information or data accurately or to disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and other business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of business activities, including, but not limited to, research, manufacturing, distribution, pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Employee and independent contractor misconduct could also involve the improper use of individually identifiable information, including, without limitation, information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation.

It is not always possible to identify and deter employee and independent contractor misconduct, and any precautions we take to detect and prevent improper activities may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws. If any such actions are instituted against us, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgement of profits, imprisonment, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, or other government supported healthcare in other jurisdictions, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, additional reporting or oversight obligations if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of noncompliance with the law and curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate.

 

36


Table of Contents

Our product candidates are subject to government price controls in certain jurisdictions that may affect our revenue.

There has been heightened governmental scrutiny in China and other jurisdictions of pharmaceutical pricing practices in light of the rising cost of prescription drugs. In the United States, such scrutiny has resulted in several recent Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for products. `At the federal level, Congressional leadership and the Trump administration have each indicated that they will continue to seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs. At the state level, legislatures have increasingly enacted legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. In China, the government has recently announced their intension to revise and introduce more measures on the centralized procurement of drugs, price management and setting up standards on charges for medical consultants and prescriptions, all for the purpose of reducing people’s medical expenses. In the European Union, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain coverage and reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be harmed.

Recently enacted and future legislation in the United States and other countries may affect the prices we may obtain for our product candidates and increase the difficulty and cost for us to commercialize our product candidates.

In the United States and many other countries, rising healthcare costs have been a concern for governments, patients and the health insurance sector, which resulted in a number of changes to laws and regulations, and may result in further legislative and regulatory action regarding the healthcare and health insurance systems that could affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. For a detailed discussion of healthcare reform initiatives of importance to the pharmaceutical industry, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulation—United States Regulation—Healthcare Reform.”

For example, the Affordable Care Act, or ACA, was enacted in the United States in March 2010 with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality and expanding access to healthcare, and includes measures to change healthcare delivery, increase the number of individuals with insurance, ensure access to certain basic healthcare services, and contain the rising cost of care. Congress has considered legislation that would repeal or repeal and replace all or part of the ACA. While Congress has not passed repeal legislation, several bills affecting the implementation of certain taxes under the ACA have been signed into law. H.R. 1: An Act to provide for reconciliation pursuant to titles II and V of the concurrent resolution on the budget for fiscal year 2018, or the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, includes a provision repealing, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.” Additionally, the 2020 federal spending package permanently eliminated, effective January 1, 2020, the ACA-mandated “Cadillac” tax on high-cost employer-sponsored health coverage and medical device tax and, effective January 1, 2021, also eliminates the health insurer tax.

On December 14, 2018, a Texas U.S. District Court Judge ruled that the ACA is unconstitutional in its entirety because the “individual mandate” was repealed by Congress as part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Further, on December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit upheld the District Court ruling that the individual mandate was unconstitutional and remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. In March 2020, the Supreme Court granted a writ of certiorari and agreed to review the judgement of the federal appeals court. Oral argument was held in the case in November 2020, and a decision is expected by the time the current Supreme Court term ends in June of 2021. Pending action by the Supreme Court and any remand of the action to a court below or further litigation that may follow, which could take an extended period of time, the ACA remains operational. It is also unclear how such litigation and other efforts to repeal and replace the ACA will impact the ACA.

 

37


Table of Contents

In addition, other federal health reform measures have been proposed and adopted in the United States that may impact reimbursement by Medicare or other government healthcare programs. For example, as a result of the Budget Control Act of 2011, providers are subject to Medicare payment reductions of 2% per fiscal year through 2030, with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2021, unless additional Congressional action is taken. While the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021 extended the suspension through March 31, 2021, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (ARPA) did not include any additional extensions, and, under the Statutory Pay-As-You-Go Act of 2010, per the analysis of the Congressional Budget Office, could trigger reductions in Medicare spending of up to four (4) percentage points. Further, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 reduced Medicare payments to several providers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments from providers from three to five years. The Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 ended the use of the statutory formula, also referred to as the Sustainable Growth Rate, for clinician payment, which would have significantly cut payment for participating Medicare clinicians, and established a quality payment incentive program, also referred to as the Quality Payment Program. This program provides clinicians with two ways to participate, including through the Advanced Alternative Payment Models, or APMs, and the Merit-based Incentive Payment System, or MIPS. Under both APMs and MIPS, performance data collected each performance year will affect Medicare payments in later years, including potentially reducing payments. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government healthcare programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors, or private payors may independently reduce reimbursement under their health plans.

Further, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny in the United States of pharmaceutical pricing practices in light of the rising cost of prescription drugs and biologics. Such scrutiny has resulted in several recent Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for products. At the federal level, the Trump administration’s budget proposal for fiscal year 2021 included a $135 billion allowance over 10 years to support legislative proposals seeking to reduce drug prices, increase competition, lower out-of-pocket drug costs for patients, and increase patient access to lower-cost generic and biosimilar drugs. Additionally, the Trump administration previously released a “Blueprint” to lower drug prices and reduce out-of-pocket costs of drugs that contained additional proposals to increase manufacturer competition, increase the negotiating power of certain federal healthcare programs, incentivize manufacturers to lower the list price of their products and reduce the out-of-pocket costs of drug products paid by consumers. The HHS has solicited feedback on some of these measures and, at the same time, has implemented others under its existing authority. The FDA also released a final rule on September 24, 2020 providing guidance for states to build and submit importation plans for drugs from Canada. On November 23, 2020, a trio of industry groups sued HHS and FDA, seeking to enjoin the final rule, and a few days later, Canada passed an interim order banning the export of certain drugs from Canada. Further, on November 20, 2020, HHS finalized a regulation removing safe harbor protection for price reductions from pharmaceutical manufacturers to plan sponsors under Part D, either directly or through pharmacy benefit managers, unless the price reduction is required by law. The rule also creates a new safe harbor for price reductions reflected at the point-of-sale, as well as a safe harbor for certain fixed fee arrangements between pharmacy benefit managers and manufacturers. HHS was sued over the rule, which was challenged as arbitrary and capricious under the Administrative Procedure Act. In response, the government agreed to delay the effective date and evaluate the rule adopted by the previous administration. In the interim, the status quo has been restored. The likelihood of implementation of, or willingness to defend, any of the other Trump administration reform initiatives is uncertain, particularly in light of the recent transition to the Biden administration. At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.

We cannot predict the likelihood, nature, or extent of health reform initiatives that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, particularly as a result of the recent presidential election. The combination of healthcare cost containment measures, increased health insurance costs, reduction of the number of people with health insurance coverage, as well as future legislation and regulations focused on reducing healthcare costs by reducing the cost of or reimbursement and access to pharmaceutical products, may limit or delay our ability to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our products. Further, it is possible that additional governmental action is taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

38


Table of Contents

Our product candidates may face competition sooner than anticipated from biosimilar products.

Even if we are successful in achieving regulatory approval to commercialize a product candidate faster than our competitors, our product candidates may face competition from biosimilar products. In the United States, our product candidates are regulated by the FDA as biologic products and we intend to seek approval for these product candidates pursuant to the BLA pathway. The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, created an abbreviated pathway for the approval of biosimilar and interchangeable biologic products. The abbreviated regulatory pathway establishes legal authority for the FDA to review and approve biosimilar biologics, including the possible designation of a biosimilar as “interchangeable” based on its similarity to an existing brand product. Under the BPCIA, an application for a biosimilar product cannot be approved by the FDA until 12 years after the original branded product was approved under a BLA. The law is complex and is still being interpreted and implemented by the FDA. As a result, its ultimate impact, implementation, and meaning are subject to uncertainty. While it is uncertain when such processes intended to implement BPCIA may be fully adopted by the FDA, any such processes could have a material adverse effect on the future commercial prospects for our product candidates.

There is a risk that any exclusivity we may be afforded if any of our product candidates are approved as a biologic product under a BLA could be shortened due to congressional action or otherwise, or that the FDA will not consider our product candidates to be reference products for competing products, potentially creating the opportunity for generic or biosimilar competition sooner than anticipated. Moreover, the extent to which a biosimilar product, once approved, will be substituted for any one of our reference products in a way that is similar to traditional generic substitution for non-biologic products is not yet clear, and will depend on a number of marketplace and regulatory factors that are still developing. In addition, a competitor could decide to forego the biosimilar approval path and submit a full BLA after completing its own preclinical studies and clinical trials. In such cases, any exclusivity to which we may be eligible under the BPCIA would not prevent the competitor from marketing its product as soon as it is approved.

In Europe, the European Commission has granted marketing authorizations for several biosimilar products pursuant to a set of general and product class-specific guidelines for biosimilar approvals issued over the past few years. In Europe, a competitor may reference data supporting approval of an innovative biological product, but will not be able to market it until 10 years after the time of approval of the innovative product. This 10-year marketing exclusivity period may be extended to 11 years if, during the first eight of those 10 years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an approval for one or more new therapeutic indications that bring significant clinical benefits compared with existing therapies. In addition, companies may be developing biosimilar products in other countries that could compete with our products, if approved.

If competitors are able to obtain marketing approval for biosimilars referencing our product candidates, if approved, such products may become subject to competition from such biosimilars, with the attendant competitive pressure and potential adverse consequences. Such competitive products may be able to immediately compete with us in each indication for which our product candidates may have received approval.

We are subject to certain foreign export and import controls, sanctions, embargoes, anti-corruption laws, and anti-money laundering laws and regulations. Any violation of such laws and regulations may subject us to criminal liability and other serious consequences.

We are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations, various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, and other state and national anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees, agents, contractors, and other collaborators from authorizing, promising, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to recipients in the public or private sector. We may engage third parties to sell our products outside the United States, to conduct clinical trials, and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations, and other regulatory approvals. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities, and other organizations. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, agents, contractors, and other collaborators, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. Any violations of the laws and regulations described above may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, imprisonment, the loss of export or import privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm, and other consequences.

 

39


Table of Contents

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety and social impact assessment laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could harm our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations. In addition, in connection with the construction of certain research and development facilities in China, we have not completed all required fire prevention and safety and construction related procedures and filings in a timely manner, which could subject us to fines and other administrative penalties.

Although we maintain insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biological or hazardous materials.

Furthermore, we are subject to numerous international, national, municipal and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations relating to, among other matters, safe working conditions, product stewardship and environmental protection. However, environmental and social laws and regulations have tended to become increasingly stringent. There has been increased global focus on environmental and social issues and it is possible that China may potentially adopt more stringent standards or new regulations in these areas. The extent regulatory changes occur in the future, they could result in, among other things, increased costs to our company.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Our business operations and relationships with healthcare professionals, principal investigators, consultants, customers and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere are subject, directly or indirectly, to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, physician payment transparency, health information privacy and security and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to substantial penalties.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors in the United States and elsewhere will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Our current and future arrangements with healthcare professionals, principal investigators, consultants, customers and third-party payors may expose us to broadly applicable healthcare laws, including, without limitation, the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the U.S. federal False Claims Act, that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we sell, market and distribute any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. In addition, we may be subject to physician payment transparency laws and privacy and security regulation by the U.S. federal government and by the states and foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. The applicable federal, state and foreign healthcare laws that may affect our ability to operate include the following:

 

40


Table of Contents
   

the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value. This statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on the one hand and prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers on the other hand. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain common activities from prosecution or other regulatory sanctions, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and practices that involve remuneration that are alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all its facts and circumstances. Several courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered business, the federal Anti-Kickback Statute has been violated;

 

   

U.S. federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the federal False Claims Act, which can be enforced through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, and civil monetary penalty laws, which, among other things, impose criminal and civil penalties, against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Pharmaceutical and other healthcare companies have been prosecuted under these laws for, among other things, allegedly inflating drug prices they report to pricing services, which in turn were used by the government to set Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement rates, and for allegedly providing free product to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal programs for the product. In addition, certain marketing practices, including off-label promotion, may also violate false claims laws. Further, pharmaceutical manufacturers can be held liable under the False Claims Act even when they do not submit claims directly to government payors if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims. Criminal prosecution is also possible for making or presenting a false, fictitious or fraudulent claim to the federal government;

 

   

HIPAA, which contains new federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of whether the payor is public or private, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters;

 

   

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, which impose obligations on “covered entities,” including certain healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, as well as their respective “business associates” that create, receive, maintain or transmit individually identifiable health information for or on behalf of a covered entity, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Additionally, HITECH also contains four new tiers of civil monetary penalties; amends HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in U.S. federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and to seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions;

 

41


Table of Contents
   

the U.S. federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, which prohibits, among other things, the adulteration or misbranding of drugs, biologics and medical devices;

 

   

the U.S. federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, created under Section 6002 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively, the ACA, and its implementing regulations, created annual reporting requirements for certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologicals and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions), to report information related for certain payments and “transfers of value” provided to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; and analogous state laws and regulations and foreign laws, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers; state and foreign laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or to adopt compliance programs as prescribed by state laws and regulations, or that otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers; state and foreign laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers, marketing expenditures or drug pricing; state and local laws that require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives; and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Further, the ACA, among other things, amended the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and certain criminal statutes governing healthcare fraud. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the ACA provided that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of their exceptions and safe harbors, it is possible that our business activities can be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry.

Efforts to ensure that our internal operations and future business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, including, without limitation, damages, monetary fines, imprisonment, disgorgement of profits, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, additional reporting or oversight obligations if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of noncompliance with the law and curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and pursue our strategy. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business, including future collaborators, are found not to be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to significant criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from participation in government healthcare programs, which could also affect our business.

 

42


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Commercialization of Our Product Candidates

If we are unable to establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for our product candidates, or enter into sales, marketing and distribution agreements with third parties, we may not be successful in commercializing our product candidates, if and when they are approved.

We may not be successful in locating suitable medical centers or partners or enter into an agreement on commercially reasonable terms or at all. We would have limited control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our product candidates effectively.

For the future potentially partnered product candidates, we would not market our products alone once they have obtained marketing authorization. The risks inherent in entry into these contracts are as follows:

 

   

the negotiation and execution of these agreements is a long process that may not result in an agreement being signed or that can delay the development or commercialization of the product candidate concerned;

 

   

these agreements are subject to cancellation or nonrenewal by our collaborators, or may not be fully complied with by our collaborators;

 

   

in the case of a license granted by us, we lose control of the development of the product candidate licensed;

 

   

in such cases we would have only limited control over the means and resources allocated by our partner for the commercialization of our product; and

 

   

collaborators may not properly obtain, maintain, enforce, or defend our intellectual property or proprietary rights or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation.

Should any of these risks materialize, or should we fail to find suitable collaborators, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We operate in a rapidly changing industry and face significant competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than we do.

The development and commercialization of new biopharmaceutical products is highly competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological advancements. We face competition from major multi-national pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies and specialty pharmaceutical companies with respect to our current and future product candidates that we may develop and commercialize in the future. There are a number of large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that currently market and sell products or are pursuing the development of product candidates for the treatment of cancer. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large, established companies. Potential competitors also include academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations. Due to their promising clinical therapeutic effect in clinical exploratory trials, engineered T cell therapies, redirected T cell therapies in general and antibody-drug conjugates are being pursued by multiple biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. Our competitors may succeed in developing, acquiring or licensing technologies and products that are more effective, more effectively marketed and sold or less costly than any product candidates that we may develop, which could render our product candidates noncompetitive and obsolete.

Our potential CAR-T cell therapy competitors include, among others, companies developing autologous and allogeneic CAR-T treatments, discovering dual or novel antigens, developing transposon or gene editing technologies to improve manufacturing. In addition, we may compete with cell therapies companies that are focused on development in Asia. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Competition” for more details.

 

43


Table of Contents

Many of our competitors, either alone or with their strategic collaborators, have substantially greater financial, technical and human resources than we do. Accordingly, our competitors may be more successful than we are in obtaining approval for treatments and achieving widespread market acceptance, which may render our treatments obsolete or noncompetitive. Mergers and acquisitions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical study sites and patient registration for clinical studies, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive or better reimbursed than any products that we may commercialize. Our competitors also may obtain NMPA, FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we do, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position for either the product or a specific indication before we are able to enter the market.

Due to the novelty of our technologies, our new and emerging CAR-T cell therapies may have difficulty or encounter significant delays in achieving the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

Even if we obtain approvals from the FDA, the NMPA or other comparable regulatory agencies and are able to initiate commercialization of our clinical-stage product candidates or any other product candidates we develop, the product candidate may not achieve market acceptance among physicians, patients, hospitals, including pharmacy directors, and third-party payors and, ultimately, may not be commercially successful. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the clinical indications for which our product candidates are approved;

 

   

physicians, hospitals, cancer treatment centers, and patients considering our product candidates as a safe and effective treatment;

 

   

hospitals and cancer treatment centers establishing the infrastructure required for the administration of redirected CAR-T cell therapies;

 

   

the potential and perceived advantages of our product candidates over alternative treatments;

 

   

the prevalence and severity of any side effects;

 

   

product labeling or product insert requirements of the FDA, the NMPA or other comparable regulatory authorities;

 

   

limitations or warnings contained in the labeling approved by the FDA, the NMPA or other comparable regulatory authorities;

 

   

the timing of market introduction of our product candidates as well as competitive products;

 

   

the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments;

 

   

the amount of upfront costs or training required for physicians to administer our product candidates;

 

   

the availability of coverage, adequate reimbursement, and pricing by third-party payors and government authorities;

 

44


Table of Contents
   

the willingness of patients to pay out-of-pocket in the absence of comprehensive coverage and reimbursement by third-party payors and government authorities;

 

   

relative convenience and ease of administration, including as compared to alternative treatments and competitive therapies; and

 

   

the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts and distribution support.

Our efforts to educate physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community on the benefits of our products, if approved, may require significant resources and may never be successful. Such efforts may require more resources than are typically required due to the complexity and uniqueness of our product candidates. Because we expect sales of our product candidates, if approved, to generate substantially all of our product revenue for the foreseeable future, the failure of our product candidates to find market acceptance would harm our business and could require us to seek additional financing.

In addition, although we are not utilizing embryonic stem cells or replication competent vectors, adverse publicity due to the ethical and social controversies surrounding the therapeutic use of such technologies, and reported side effects from any clinical trials using these technologies or the failure of such trials to demonstrate that these therapies are safe and effective, may limit market acceptance of our product candidates. If our product candidates are approved but fail to achieve market acceptance among physicians, patients, hospitals, cancer treatment centers or others in the medical community, we will not be able to generate significant revenue.

Even if our products achieve market acceptance, we may not be able to maintain that market acceptance over time if new products or technologies are introduced that are more favorably received than our products, are more cost effective or render our products obsolete.

Coverage and adequate reimbursement may not be available for our current or any future product candidates, which could make it difficult for us to sell profitably, if approved.

Market acceptance and sales of any product candidates that we commercialize, if approved, will depend in part on the extent to which reimbursement for these products and related treatments will be available from third-party payors, including government health administration authorities, managed care organizations and private health insurers. Third-party payors decide which therapies they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels.

In China, the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security of China or provincial or local human resources and social security authorities, together with other government authorities, review the inclusion or removal of drugs from the China’s National Drug Catalog for Basic Medical Insurance, Work-related Injury Insurance and Maternity Insurance, or the National Reimbursement Drug List, or the NRDL, or provincial or local medical insurance catalogues for the National Medical Insurance Program, or the PRDL, regularly, and the tier under which a drug will be classified, both of which affect the amounts reimbursable to program participants for their purchases of those drugs. There can be no assurance that any of our future approved drug candidates will be included in the NRDL or the PRDL. Products included in the NRDL or the PRDL are typically generic and essential drugs. Innovative drugs similar to our drug candidates have historically been more limited on their inclusion in the NRDL or the PRDL due to the affordability of the government’s Basic Medical Insurance. If we were to successfully launch commercial sales of our products in China but fail in our efforts to have our products included in the NRDL or PRDL, our revenue from commercial sales in China will be highly dependent on patient self-payment, which can make our products less competitive. Additionally, even if the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security of the PRC or any of its local counterparts accepts our application for the inclusion of products in the NRDL or PRDL, our potential revenue from the sales of these products in China could still decrease as a result of the significantly lowered prices we may be required to charge for our products to be included in the NRDL or PRDL.

 

45


Table of Contents

Third-party payors in the United States often rely upon Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own coverage and reimbursement policies. However, decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided for any product candidates that we develop will be made on a payor-by-payor basis. One payor’s determination to provide coverage for a drug does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage and adequate reimbursement for the drug. Additionally, a third-party payor’s decision to provide coverage for a therapy does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of medical products, therapies and services, in addition to questioning their safety and efficacy. These pressures are further compounded by significant controversies and intense political debate and publicity about prices for pharmaceuticals that some consider excessive, including government regulatory efforts, funding restrictions, legislative proposals, policy interpretations, investigations and legal proceedings regarding pharmaceutical pricing practices. Global pressures on pricing may negatively impact, in parallel, both our product pricing and our market access. We may incur significant costs to conduct expensive pharmaco-economic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of our product candidates, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA approvals. Our product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective.

Each payor determines whether or not it will provide coverage for a therapy, what amount it will pay the manufacturer for the therapy, and on what tier of its list of covered drugs, or formulary, it will be placed. The position on a payor’s formulary, generally determines the co-payment that a patient will need to make to obtain the therapy and can strongly influence the adoption of such therapy by patients and physicians. Patients who are prescribed treatments for their conditions and providers prescribing such services generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the associated healthcare costs. Patients are unlikely to use our products, and providers are unlikely to prescribe our products, unless coverage is provided, and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our products and their administration. Therefore, coverage and adequate reimbursement is critical to new medical product acceptance.

A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for any drug that we commercialize and, if reimbursement is available, what the level of reimbursement will be. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more product candidates for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future. Inadequate coverage and reimbursement may impact the demand for, or the price of, any drug for which we obtain marketing approval. If coverage and adequate reimbursement are not available, or are available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our current and any future product candidates that we develop.

We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement in China, the United States or elsewhere will be available for any product that we may develop, and any reimbursement that may become available may be decreased or eliminated in the future.

Product liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and to limit commercialization of any products that we may develop.

We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of our product candidates in human clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we commercially sell any products that we may develop. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product candidates or products caused injuries, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

   

reduced resources of our management to pursue our business strategy;

 

   

decreased demand for any product candidates or products that we may develop;

 

   

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

   

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

   

initiation of investigations by regulators;

 

   

product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

46


Table of Contents
   

significant costs to defend the resulting litigation;

 

   

substantial monetary awards paid to clinical trial participants or patients;

 

   

loss of revenue; and

 

   

the inability to commercialize any products that we may develop.

While we maintain clinical trial insurance, which covers certain bodily injury or damage in connection with our clinical trials and investigator-initiated trials for our product candidates, our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. We may need to increase our insurance coverage as we expand our clinical and investigator-initiated trials or if we commence commercialization of our product candidates. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.

We may enter into partnership agreements with third parties for the development and commercialization of our product candidates, which may adversely affect our ability to generate revenue.

We may seek to enter into collaborations or partnerships with third parties for the development and potential commercialization of our product candidates. We face competition in seeking partners and may not be able to locate a suitable partner or to enter into an agreement on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we succeed in securing partners for the development and commercialization of our product candidates, we will have limited control over the time and resources that our partners may dedicate to the development and commercialization of our product candidates. These partnerships pose a number of risks, including the following:

 

   

partners may not have sufficient resources or decide not to devote the necessary resources due to internal constraints such as budget limitations, lack of human resources or a change in strategic focus;

 

   

partners may believe our intellectual property is not valid or is unenforceable or the product candidate infringes on the intellectual property rights of others;

 

   

partners may dispute their responsibility to conduct development and commercialization activities pursuant to the applicable collaboration, including the payment of related costs or the division of any revenue;

 

   

partners may decide to pursue a competitive product developed outside of the collaboration arrangement;

 

   

partners may not be able to obtain, or believe they cannot obtain, the necessary regulatory approvals; or

 

   

partners may delay the development or commercialization of our product candidates in favor of developing or commercializing another party’s product candidate.

Thus, partnership agreements may not lead to development, regulatory approval or successful commercialization of product candidates in the most efficient manner or at all and we may not be able to advance our product candidates or generate meaningful revenue.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain, maintain, defend and enforce patent and other intellectual property rights for our technologies and product candidates, or if the scope of the patent and other intellectual property rights obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors and other third parties could develop and commercialize technology and biologics similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and product candidates may be impaired.

 

47


Table of Contents

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to obtain, maintain, defend and enforce patent protection in the United States, China and other countries with respect to our product candidates and technology. We seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications related to our technology and product candidates in the major pharmaceutical markets, including China and the United States. As of the date of this annual report, our patent portfolio for our lead product candidates and technology platforms is currently comprised of three Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, applications (which have entered into the national stage in the U.S.), one patent application in China, and three patent applications in Taiwan. We own five PCT applications, five patent applications in U.S., five issued invention patents in China and ten issued utility model patents in China, 24 patent applications in China, two patent applications in Europe, and one patent application in Taiwan related to our other products and/or technologies. We currently do not own or license any issued patents that cover any of our platforms or product candidates. If we are unable to obtain or maintain patent protection with respect to our proprietary product candidates and technology or do not otherwise adequately obtain, maintain and protect our intellectual property, competitors may be able to use our technologies and erode or negate any competitive advantage that we may have, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability. Our ability to stop unauthorized third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing or otherwise commercializing our product candidates we may develop is dependent upon the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable patents or trade secrets that cover these activities.

To protect our proprietary positions, we file patent applications in the United States, China and other countries related to our novel technologies and product candidates that are important to our business. The patent application and prosecution process is expensive, complex and time-consuming. We may not be able to file, prosecute, maintain, defend, enforce or license all necessary or desirable patent applications in all potential jurisdictions at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. We may also fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development before it is too late to obtain patent protection. It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, such as with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, claim scope or patent term adjustments. The patent applications that we own may fail to result in issued patents with claims that cover our current and future product candidates in China or elsewhere. Our patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless, and until, a patent issues from such applications, and then only to the extent the issued claims cover the technology. If there are material defects in the form or preparation of our patents or patent applications, such patents or applications may be invalid and unenforceable. In addition, under the PRC patent law, if an applicant applies for a patent in a jurisdiction outside of China for an invention or utility model invented within China, such applicants must concurrently report to the National Intellectual Property Administration for confidentiality examination of such invention or utility model. If an applicant fails to make such reporting but files a patent application in China for the same invention or utility model at a later time, a patent will not be granted to such applicant. If the patent applications we hold with respect to our development programs and product candidates fail to issue, if their breadth or strength of protection is threatened, or if they fail to provide meaningful exclusivity for our current and future product candidates, it could threaten our ability to commercialize our product candidates. Any such outcome could have a negative effect on our business. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties.

In some circumstances, we do not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain and defend the patents, related to technology that we license from third parties. If any current or future licensors or licensees are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent, such patent could be compromised and we might not be able to prevent third parties from making, using and selling competing products. We cannot be certain that patent prosecution and maintenance activities by our licensors have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, which may affect the validity and enforceability of such patents or any patents that may issue from such patent applications. If our licensors fail to do so, this could cause us to lose rights in any applicable intellectual property that we in-license, and as a result, our ability to develop and commercialize products or product candidates may be adversely affected and we may be unable to prevent competitors from making, using and selling competing products.

Prosecution of our patent portfolio is at a very early stage. Much of our patent portfolio consists of pending applications (including priority applications) in China, United States, Europe, and under the PCT that have not been examined. Neither priority applications nor PCT applications can themselves give rise to issued patents. Rather, protection for the inventions disclosed in these applications must be further pursued by applicable deadlines via non-provisional or national stage applications that are subject to examination. As applicable deadlines for the priority and PCT applications become due, we will need to decide whether and in which countries or jurisdictions to pursue patent protection for the various inventions claimed in these applications, and we will only have the opportunity to pursue and obtain patents in those jurisdictions where we pursue protection. Moreover, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Even if patent applications we own currently or in the future issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors or other third parties from competing with us, or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Any patents that we own or in-license may be challenged, narrowed, circumvented, or invalidated by third parties. Consequently, we do not know whether any of our platform advances and product candidates we may develop will be protectable or remain protected by valid and enforceable patents. Our competitors or other third parties may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner.

 

48


Table of Contents

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in China, the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our patents or narrow the scope of our patent protection. In addition, the protections offered by laws of different countries vary. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology and pharmaceutical patents has emerged to date in China, the United States or in other jurisdictions. In addition, the determination of patent rights with respect to pharmaceutical compounds and technologies commonly involves complex legal and factual questions, which has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Furthermore, recent changes in patent laws in the United States, may affect the scope, strength, validity and enforceability of our patent rights or the nature of proceedings that may be brought by or against us related to our patent rights. Additionally, the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. For example, in the case, Assoc. for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics, Inc., the U.S. Supreme Court held that certain claims to DNA molecules are not patentable. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. federal courts, and the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that could weaken our ability to obtain patents or to enforce any patents that we might obtain in the future. Furthermore, the complexity and uncertainty of European patent laws have also increased in recent years.

We may not be aware of all third-party intellectual property rights potentially relating to our current and future product candidates. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. Similarly, should we own or in-license any patents or patent applications in the future, we may not be certain that we or the applicable licensor were the first to file for patent protection for the inventions claimed in such patents or patent applications. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity and commercial value of our patent rights cannot be predicted with any certainty.

We may be subject to a third-party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the USPTO or become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, post-grant, inter partes review or interference proceedings, in the United States or elsewhere, challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, hold unenforceable or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or product candidates and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights, which could significantly harm our business and results of operations. Moreover, we may have to participate in interference proceedings declared by the USPTO to determine priority of invention or in post-grant challenge proceedings, such as oppositions in the courts or patent offices in the United States or elsewhere, that challenge priority of invention or other features of patentability. Such challenges may result in loss of patent rights, loss of exclusivity, or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated, or held unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and product candidates. Such proceedings also may result in substantial cost and require significant time from our scientists and management, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us.

 

49


Table of Contents

Our pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued that protect our technology or product candidates, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products. Moreover, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Even if our patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection against competing products or processes sufficient to achieve our business objectives, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors or other third parties may be able to circumvent our patents, should they issue, by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. Our competitors or other third parties may seek approval to market their own products similar to or otherwise competitive with our products. In these circumstances, we may need to defend and/or assert our patents, including by filing lawsuits alleging patent infringement. In any of these types of proceedings, a court or other agency with jurisdiction may find our patents invalid and/or unenforceable. Consequently, we do not know whether any of our technologies and product candidates will be protectable or remain protected by valid and enforceable patents.

In addition, given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our intellectual property may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The intellectual property landscape around technology involving cellular therapies, including CAR-T cell therapies, is highly dynamic, and third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could significantly harm our business.

Our commercial success depends, in part, on our ability and/or the ability of our collaborators to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our proprietary and modular CAR-T cell technology without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property and other proprietary rights of third parties. There has been extensive patenting activity in the field of CAR-T cellular therapies, and pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies, and academic institutions are competing with us or are expected to compete with us in the in this field and filing patent applications potentially relevant to our business. We are aware of several third-party patents, and patent applications, that if issued, may be construed to cover our proprietary and modular CAR-T cell technology and product candidates, including GC012F and GC027. We are in the process of negotiating licenses with certain third-party holders of such patent rights and we may find it necessary or prudent to obtain additional such licenses. However, we may be unable to secure such licenses on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, or otherwise acquire or in-license any compositions, methods of use, processes, or other intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary for product candidates we may develop and base editing technology. Even if we obtain a license, it may only be non-exclusive, which may limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing technology and products similar or identical to ours. If we are unable to obtain a license, such third parties may seek to enforce their patent rights against us claiming that our product candidates infringe such patent rights and may obtain injunctive or other equitable relief against us, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize one or more of our product candidates in the countries where such patent protection exists. Defense of these claims, including demonstrating non-infringement, invalidity or unenforceability of the respective patent rights in question, regardless of their merit, is time-consuming, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. We cannot guarantee that a court of competent jurisdiction will hold in our favor in any such proceeding. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, pay royalties, redesign our infringing product candidates or obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the market price of the ADSs.

 

50


Table of Contents

The field of CAR-T cell therapies is still in its infancy, and only a few product candidates have reached the market. Due to the intense research and development that is taking place by several companies, including us and our competitors, in this field, the intellectual property landscape is evolving and in flux, and it may remain uncertain for the coming years. There may be significant intellectual property related litigation and proceedings relating to our owned and in-licensed, and other third party, intellectual property and proprietary rights in the future. Numerous third-party issued patents exist in this area of biotechnology, including relating to the modification of T cells and the production of CAR-T cells, and including patents held or controlled by our competitors, such as Nanjing Legend Biotech, bluebird Bio, Inc., Allogene, Inc. Juno Therapeutics, Inc. (acquired by Celgene Corporation), Kite Pharma, Inc. (a Gilead Sciences, Inc. company), Poseida Therapeutics, Celyad, Novartis AG and other companies or academic institutions. Because of the large number of patents issued and patent applications filed in our field, these and other third parties could allege they have patent rights encompassing our product candidates, technologies or methods.

There is a substantial amount of intellectual property litigation in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, and we may become party to, or threatened with, litigation or other adversarial proceedings regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our technology or product candidates, including interference proceedings, post-grant review, inter partes review and derivation proceedings before the USPTO and similar proceedings in foreign jurisdictions. Intellectual property disputes arise in a number of areas including with respect to patents, use of other proprietary rights and the contractual terms of license arrangements. Third parties may assert claims against us based on existing or future intellectual property rights and claims may also come from competitors against whom our own patent portfolio may have no deterrent effect. The outcome of intellectual property litigation is subject to uncertainties that cannot be adequately quantified in advance. Other parties may allege that our product candidates or the use of our technologies infringes patent claims or other intellectual property rights held by them or that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. As we continue to develop and, if approved, commercialize our current and future product candidates, competitors may claim that our technology infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates their intellectual property rights as part of business strategies designed to impede our successful commercialization. There are and may in the future be additional third-party patents or patent applications with claims to, for example, materials, compositions, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of any one or more of our product candidates. Moreover, we may fail to identify relevant third-party patents or patent applications, or we may incorrectly conclude that the claims of an issued patent are invalid, unenforceable or are not infringed by our activities.

Because patent applications can take many years to issue, third parties may have currently pending patent applications which may later result in issued patents that any of our product candidates may infringe, or which such third parties claim to be infringed by our technologies. As the CAR-T therapy field expands and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our proprietary and modular CAR-T cell technology and product candidates may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others. Moreover, it is not always clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of therapies, products or their methods of use or manufacture. Because of the large number of patents issued and patent applications filed in our field, third parties may allege they have patent rights encompassing our product candidates, technologies or methods. Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization and may file patent infringement claims or lawsuit against us, and if we are found to infringe such third-party patents, we may be required to pay damages, cease commercialization of the infringing technology, or obtain a license from such third parties, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Even if we would have valid defenses against any assertion of such patents against us, such defenses may be unsuccessful. There is no assurance that a court would find in our favor on questions of infringement, validity, enforceability, or priority. A court of competent jurisdiction could hold that these third-party patents are valid, enforceable, and infringed, which could materially and adversely affect our ability to commercialize any product candidates we may develop and any other product candidates or technologies covered by the asserted third party patents. If any of our products is found to infringe any of these patents, we could be required to obtain a license from the respective patent owners, or, if applicable, their licensees, to continue developing, manufacturing, marketing, selling and commercializing such products. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving the licensor and other third parties the right to use the same technologies licensed to us, and it could require us to make substantial licensing, royalty and other payments. We also could be forced, including by court order, to permanently cease development, manufacturing, marketing and commercializing the applicable products. In addition, we could be found liable for significant monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willingly infringed any such patent. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative effect on our business. Even if successful, the defense of any claim of infringement or misappropriation is time-consuming, expensive and diverts the attention of our management from our ongoing business operations. Some third parties may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the market price of the ADSs. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

51


Table of Contents

Changes in United States and Chinese patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our product candidates.

As is the case with other biotech and pharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involve both technological and legal complexity, and is therefore costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

Intellectual property laws in China are constantly evolving, with efforts being made to improve intellectual property protection in China, which currently may not be sufficient to protect our intellectual property in China. For example, an amendment to the PRC Patent Law, or Amendment to the PRC Patent Law, was approved in October 2020 and it introduces patent extensions to eligible innovative drug patents. When it becomes effective on June 1, 2021, the patents owned by third parties may be eligible for patent term extension, which may in turn affect our ability to commercialize our product candidates (if approved) without facing infringement risks. The precise length of any such extension by a third party is uncertain though the extended length has a maximum of five years. If we are required to delay commercialization for an extended period of time, technological advances may develop and new products may be launched, which may render our product non-competitive. We also cannot guarantee that other changes to Chinese intellectual property laws would not have a negative impact on our intellectual property protection.

In the United States, changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents and may affect the scope, strength and enforceability of our patent rights or the nature of proceedings that may be brought by or against us related to our patent rights. Assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, prior to March 2013, in the United States, the first to invent the claimed invention was entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application was entitled to the patent. After March 2013, under the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the America Invents Act, enacted in September 2011, the United States transitioned to a first inventor to file system in which, assuming that other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether a third-party was the first to invent the claimed invention. This will require us to be cognizant going forward of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing or until issuance, we cannot be certain that we were the first to either file any patent application related to our technology or product candidates or invent any of the inventions claimed in our patents or patent applications. The America Invents Act also includes a number of significant changes that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These include allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review, and derivation proceedings. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action. However, the America Invents Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

 

52


Table of Contents

The life of patent protection is limited, and third parties could develop and commercialize products and technologies similar or identical to ours and compete directly with us after our patent expires, which could materially and adversely affect our ability to commercialize our products and technologies.

The life of a patent and the protection it affords is limited. For example, in the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. In China, the expiration of an invention patent is 20 years from its filing date and the expiration of a utility model patent or industrial design is ten years from its filing date. The Amendment to the PRC Patent Law introduces patent extensions to patents of new drugs that launched in the PRC, which may enable the patent owner to submit applications for a patent term extension. The precise length of any such extension is uncertain though the extended length has a maximum of five years. Even if we successfully obtain patent protection for an approved drug candidate, it may face competition from generic or biosimilar medications. Manufacturers of generic or biosimilar drugs may challenge the scope, validity or enforceability of our patents in court or before a patent office, and we may not be successful in enforcing or defending those intellectual property rights and, as a result, may not be able to develop or market the relevant product exclusively, which would materially adversely affect any potential sales of that product.

Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new drug candidates, patents protecting such drug candidates might expire before or shortly after such drug candidates are commercialized. As a result, our patents and patent applications may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours. Even if we believe that we are eligible for certain patent term extensions, there can be no assurance that the applicable authorities, including the FDA and the USPTO in the United States, and any equivalent regulatory authority in other countries, will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions are available, and such authorities may refuse to grant extensions to our patents, or may grant more limited extensions than we request. For example, depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of any FDA marketing approval of any product candidates we may develop, one or more of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Action of 1984, or Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent extension term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent may be extended and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. However, we may not be granted an extension because of, for example, failing to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents, or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the applicable time period or the scope of patent protection afforded could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or term of any such extension is less than we request, our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration, and our business could be harmed.

The pending patent applications, if issued, for our product candidates are expected to expire on various dates as described in “Item 4. Information on the Company—Business Overview—Intellectual Property.” Upon the expiration of our patents that may issue from our pending patent applications, we will not be able to assert such patent rights against potential competitors, which would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patent rights and other intellectual property.

We generally enter into confidentiality and intellectual property assignment arrangements with our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors. However, these agreements may be breached and may not effectively assign intellectual property rights to us. For example, disputes may arise from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our technology and product candidates. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

 

53


Table of Contents

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents and other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate our patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intellectual property. In addition, our patents also are, and may in the future become, involved in inventorship or priority disputes. To counter or defend against infringement, misappropriation, violation or unauthorized use, we may be required to file claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming and divert the time and attention of our management and scientific personnel. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated their patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intellectual property. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, there is a risk that a court will decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue. There is also a risk that, even if the validity of such patents is upheld, the court will construe the patent’s claims narrowly or decide that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the invention at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the invention. An adverse outcome in a litigation or proceeding involving our patents could limit our ability to assert our patents against those parties or other competitors, could put one or more of our owned patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and may curtail or preclude our ability to exclude third parties from making and selling similar or competitive products. Similarly, if we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.

In any infringement or other intellectual property-related litigation, any award of monetary damages we receive may not be commercially valuable. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the market price of the ADSs. Moreover, there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient financial or other resources to file and pursue such infringement, misappropriation or violation claims, which typically last for years before they are concluded. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent or other intellectual property litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. Even if we ultimately prevail in such claims, the monetary cost of such litigation and the diversion of the attention of our management and scientific personnel for significant periods of time during such litigation could outweigh any benefit we receive as a result of the proceedings. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing, misappropriating, violating or successfully challenging our intellectual property rights. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent or other intellectual property litigation or other proceedings could have a negative impact on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

If we initiate legal proceedings against a third-party to enforce a patent covering a product candidate we may develop or our technologies, the defendant could counterclaim that such patent is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Third parties may raise challenges to the validity of certain of our patent claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, interference proceedings, derivation proceedings, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in the revocation of, cancellation of, or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our technologies or product candidates that we may develop. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we or our licensing partners and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a third party were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our technologies or product candidates that we may develop. Such a loss of patent protection would have a material adverse impact on our business.

 

54


Table of Contents

Conversely, we may choose to challenge the patentability of claims in a third-party’s U.S. patent by requesting that the USPTO review the patent claims in re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, interference proceedings, derivation proceedings, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). We may also in the future choose to challenge, third party patents in patent opposition proceedings in the European Patent Office, or the EPO, or another foreign patent office. Even if successful, the costs of these opposition proceedings could be substantial, and may consume our time or other resources. If we fail to obtain a favorable result at the USPTO, the EPO or other patent office then we may be exposed to litigation by a third party alleging that the patent may be infringed by our product candidates, proprietary and modular CAR-T cell technology or other or proprietary technologies.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions, or other interim proceedings or developments, and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the market price of the ADSs. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing, or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to seeking patent and trademark protection for our technology and product candidates, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. Trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary technology, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality arrangement with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, CROs and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or intellectual property assignment arrangement with our employees, CROs and other third parties. We cannot guarantee that we have entered into such arrangement with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary technology and processes. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the arrangements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be effective. In addition, we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for any such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts in the United States or in other jurisdictions are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets.

In addition to contractual measures, we try to protect the confidential nature of our proprietary information through other appropriate precautions, such as physical and technological security measures. However, trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. These measures may not, for example, in the case of misappropriation of a trade secret by an employee or third party with authorized access, provide adequate protection for our proprietary information. Our security measures may not prevent an employee or consultant from misappropriating our trade secrets and providing them to a competitor, and any recourse we might take against this type of misconduct may not provide an adequate remedy to protect our interests fully.

 

55


Table of Contents

Moreover, our competitors or other third parties may independently develop knowledge, methods and know-how equivalent to our trade secrets. Competitors or other third parties could purchase our products and replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts for technologies on which we do not have patent protection. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third parties, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor or other third parties, our competitive position would be harmed.

In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are sometimes less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If we choose to go to court to stop a third party from using any of our trade secrets, we may incur substantial costs. Even if we are successful, these types of lawsuits may consume our time and other resources. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business

We are currently party to several in-license agreements under which we have the rights to use, develop, manufacture and/or commercialize certain of our technology platforms and resulting product candidates. If we breach our obligations under these agreements, we may be required to pay damages, lose our rights to these technologies or both, which would adversely affect our business and prospects.

We rely, in part, on license and other strategic agreements, which subject us to various obligations, including diligence obligations with respect to development and commercialization activities, payment obligations for achievement of certain milestones and royalties on product sales, negative covenants and other material obligations. For example, we received a license from ProMab Biotechnologies, Inc. to develop and commercialize certain CAR-T technology related to our GC007g, GC007F, and GC019F product candidates in the field of human therapeutics in Greater China. If we fail to comply with the obligations under our license agreements, including as a result of COVID-19 impacting our operations, or use the intellectual property licensed to us in an unauthorized manner, we may be required to pay damages and our licensors may have the right to terminate the license. If our license agreements are terminated, we may not be able to develop, manufacture, market or sell the products covered by our agreements and those being tested or approved in combination with such products. Such an occurrence could materially adversely affect the value of the product candidates being developed under any such agreement.

Disputes may arise regarding intellectual property subject to, and any of our rights and obligations under, any license or other strategic agreement, including:

 

   

the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

 

   

the extent to which our technology and processes infringe, misappropriate or violate the intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the license agreement;

 

   

our diligence obligations under the license agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

 

   

the sublicensing of patent and other rights to third parties under any such agreement or collaborative relationships;

 

   

the inventorship and ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners; and

 

   

the priority of invention of patented technology.

 

56


Table of Contents

In addition, the agreements under which we license intellectual property or technology to or from third parties are complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Moreover, if disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on commercially acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates.

Our business also would suffer if any current or future licensors fail to abide by the terms of the license, if the licensors fail to enforce licensed patents against infringing third parties, if the licensed patents or other rights are found to be invalid or unenforceable, or if we are unable to enter into necessary licenses on acceptable terms. Moreover, our licensors may own or control intellectual property that has not been licensed to us and, as a result, we may be subject to claims, regardless of their merit, that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the licensor’s rights.

If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property rights or maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to seek alternative options, such as developing new product candidates with design-around technologies, which may require more time and investment, or abandon development of the relevant research programs or product candidates and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could suffer.

We may need to license intellectual property from third parties, and such licenses may not be available or may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

A third-party may hold intellectual property rights, including patent rights, that are important or necessary to the development or manufacture of our product candidates. It may be necessary for us to use the patented or proprietary technology of third parties to commercialize our product candidates, in which case we would be required to obtain a license from these third parties. Such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and we could be forced to accept unfavorable contractual terms. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to redesign our technology, product candidates, or the methods for manufacturing them or to develop or license replacement technology, all of which may not be feasible on a technical or commercial basis. If we are unable to do so, our business could be harmed.

The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment or at all. If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third party intellectual property rights or maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development of the relevant program or product candidate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We may wish to form collaborations in the future with respect to our product candidates, but may not be able to do so or to realize the potential benefits.

The development and potential commercialization of our product candidates will require substantial additional capital to fund expenses. We may, in the future, decide to collaborate with other biopharmaceutical companies for the development and potential commercialization of those product candidates, including in territories outside the United States or for certain indications. We will face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish a strategic partnership or other alternative arrangements for our product candidates because they may be deemed to be at a stage of development too early for collaborative effort and third parties may not view our product candidates as having the requisite potential to demonstrate safety and efficacy. If and when we collaborate with a third-party for development and commercialization of a product candidate, we can expect to relinquish some or all of the control over the future success of that product candidate to the third-party. Our ability to reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of our technologies, product candidates and market opportunities. The collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available to collaborate on and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidate. We may also be restricted under any license agreements from entering into agreements on certain terms or at all with potential collaborators.

 

57


Table of Contents

Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators and changes to the strategies of the combined company. As a result, we may not be able to negotiate collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of such product candidate, reduce or delay one or more of our other development programs, delay the potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any planned sales or marketing activities for such product candidate, or increase our expenditures and undertake development, manufacturing or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development, manufacturing or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue.

Additionally, we may collaborate with academic institutions to accelerate our preclinical research or development under written agreements with these institutions. In certain cases, these institutions provide us with an option to negotiate a license to any of the institution’s rights in technology resulting from the collaboration. Even if we hold such an option, we may be unable to negotiate a license from the institution within the specified timeframe or under terms that are acceptable to us. If we are unable to do so, the institution may offer the intellectual property rights to others, potentially blocking our ability to pursue our program.

Our product candidates may also require specific components to work effectively and efficiently, and rights to those components may be held by others. We may be unable to in-license any compositions, methods of use, processes or other third-party intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify. We may fail to obtain any of these licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms or at all, which would harm our business. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to develop or license replacement technology.

Any trademarks we may obtain may be infringed or successfully challenged, resulting in harm to our business.

We expect to rely on trademarks as one means to distinguish any of our product candidates that are approved for marketing from the products of our competitors. We have not yet selected trademarks for our product candidates and have not yet begun the process of applying to register trademarks for our product candidates. Once we select trademarks and apply to register them, our trademark applications may not be approved. Third parties may oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Our competitors may infringe our trademarks and we may not have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

In addition, any proprietary name we propose to use with our clinical-stage product candidates or any other product candidate in the United States must be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of the potential for confusion with other product names. If the FDA objects to any of our proposed proprietary product names, we may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable proprietary product name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA. The NMPA may also object to our proposed proprietary product name that infringes the existing rights of third parties.

 

58


Table of Contents

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade secrets, domain names, copyrights or other intellectual property may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States could be less extensive than those in the United States. In some cases, we may not be able to obtain patent protection for certain technology outside the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States, even in jurisdictions where we do pursue patent protection. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, even in jurisdictions where we do pursue patent protection or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions.

Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not pursued and obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our product candidates and preclinical programs and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents, if pursued and obtained, or marketing of competing products in violation of our intellectual property and other proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license. Moreover, the initiation of proceedings by third parties to challenge the scope or validity of our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we or any of our licensors is forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may be adversely affected.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other government fees on patents and applications are due to be paid to the USPTO and patent agencies outside the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patent and applications. The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our products or product candidates, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would harm our business.

 

 

59


Table of Contents

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

 

   

any product candidates we may develop will eventually become commercially available in generic or biosimilar product forms;

 

   

others may be able to make products that are similar to any product candidates we may develop or utilize similar technology but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we may own or license now or in the future;

 

   

we, or any future license partners or collaborators, might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patent or pending patent application that we own or license now or in the future;

 

   

we, or any future license partners or collaborators, might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our or their inventions;

 

   

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

 

   

it is possible that our pending patent applications or those that we may own in the future will not lead to issued patents;

 

   

it is possible that there are prior public disclosures that could invalidate our issued patents, or parts of our issued patents;

 

   

it is possible that there are unpublished applications or patent applications maintained in secrecy that may later issue with claims covering our product candidates or technology similar to ours;

 

   

issued patents that we hold rights to may be held invalid or unenforceable, including as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

 

   

the claims of our patent applications, if and when issued, may not cover our product candidates;

 

   

our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

   

the laws of foreign countries may not protect our proprietary rights or the proprietary rights of license partners or current or future collaborators to the same extent as the laws of the United States;

 

60


Table of Contents
   

the inventors of our patent applications may become involved with competitors, develop products or processes that design around our patents, or become hostile to us or the patents or patent applications on which they are named as inventors;

 

   

we engage in scientific collaborations and will continue to do so in the future, and our collaborators may develop adjacent or competing products that are outside the scope of our patents;

 

   

any product candidates we develop may be covered by third parties’ patents or other exclusive rights;

 

   

the patents of others may harm our business;

 

   

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable; and

 

   

we may choose not to file a patent in order to maintain certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third-party may subsequently file a patent covering such intellectual property.

Should any of these events occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure

The uncertainties in the PRC legal system may subject our contractual arrangements to different interpretations or enforcement challenges, or subject us to severe penalties or force us to relinquish our interests in our operations.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company and we obtain control over our VIE, Gracell Biotechnologies (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., or Shanghai Gracell Biotech, through our wholly owned PRC subsidiary, Gracell Bioscience (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., or Gracell Bioscience or our WFOE, by entering into a series of contractual arrangements by and among our WFOE, our VIE, and its shareholders, which enable us to (i) exercise effective control over our VIE, (ii) receive economic benefits from our VIE that potentially could be significant to our VIE, and (iii) have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests and assets in our VIE, when and to the extent permitted by PRC laws. As a result of these contractual arrangements, we have control over and are the primary beneficiary of our VIE and hence consolidate its financial results under U.S. GAAP. See “Item 4. Information on the Company––C. Organizational Structure” for further details.

Our PRC legal counsel, AllBright Law Offices, based on its understanding of the relevant laws and regulations, is of the opinion that (i) the ownership structure of our WFOE, our VIE and its subsidiary are in compliance with applicable PRC laws or regulations and (ii) such contractual arrangements constitute valid, legal and binding obligations enforceable against each party of such agreements in accordance with the terms of each agreement, and will not result in any violation of PRC laws or regulations currently in effect. However, our PRC legal counsel has also advised us that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, regulations and rules. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may take a view that is contrary to the opinion of our PRC legal counsel.

If we or our VIE are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion to take action in dealing with such violations or failures, including:

 

   

revoking the business licenses and/or operating licenses of such entities;

 

   

discontinuing or placing restrictions or onerous conditions on our operation through any transactions between our WFOE and our VIE;

 

   

imposing fines, confiscating the income from our WFOE or our VIE, or imposing other requirements with which we or our VIE may not be able to comply;

 

61


Table of Contents
   

requiring us to restructure our ownership structure or operations, including terminating the contractual arrangements with our VIE and deregistering the equity pledges of our VIE, which in turn would affect our ability to consolidate, derive economic interests from, or exert effective control over our VIE;

 

   

restricting or prohibiting use of any of our offering proceeds to finance our business and operations in China, and taking other regulatory or enforcement actions that could be harmful to our business;

 

   

confiscating any of our income deemed to be obtained through illegal operations;

 

   

discontinuing or placing restrictions or onerous conditions on our operations;

 

   

imposing additional conditions or requirements with which we may not be able to comply; or

 

   

taking other regulatory or enforcement actions against us that could be harmful to our business.

The imposition of any of these penalties would result in a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business. In addition, it is unclear what impact the PRC government actions would have on us and on our ability to consolidate the financial results of our VIE in our consolidated financial statements, if the PRC government authorities were to find our legal structure and contractual arrangements to be in violation of PRC laws and regulations. If the imposition of any of these government actions causes us to lose our right to direct the activities of our VIE or our right to receive substantially all the economic benefits and residual returns from our VIE and we are not able to restructure our ownership structure and operations in a satisfactory manner, we would no longer be able to exert effective control over or consolidate the financial results of our VIE in our consolidated financial statements. Either of these results, or any other significant penalties that might be imposed on us in this event, would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on contractual arrangements with our VIE to use, or otherwise benefit from, the foreign restricted licenses and permits, which may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing operational control.

We have relied and expect to continue to rely on contractual arrangements with Shanghai Gracell Biotech, our VIE, and its shareholders, and its subsidiary to operate our business in China. These contractual arrangements may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing us with control over our VIE. For example, our VIE and its shareholders could breach their contractual arrangements with us by, among other things, failing to conduct their operations in an acceptable manner or taking other actions that are detrimental to our interests.

If we had direct ownership of our VIE, we would be able to exercise our rights as a shareholder to effect changes in the board of directors of our VIE, which in turn could implement changes, subject to any applicable fiduciary obligations, at the management and operational level. However, under the current contractual arrangements, we rely on the performance by our VIE and its shareholders of their respective obligations under the contracts to exercise control over our VIE. The shareholders of our VIE may not act in the best interests of our company or may not perform their obligations under these contracts. Such risks exist throughout the period in which we intend to operate certain portion of our business through the contractual arrangements with our VIE. If any dispute relating to these contracts remains unresolved, we will have to enforce our rights under these contracts through arbitration, litigation or other legal proceedings and therefore will be subject to uncertainties in the PRC legal system. Therefore, our contractual arrangements with our VIE may not be as effective in controlling our business operations as direct ownership.

Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation and implementation of the newly enacted Foreign Investment Law and how it may impact the viability of our current structure, our business, financial condition and results of operations.

On March 15, 2019, the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress of the PRC passed the Foreign Investment Law of the People’s Republic of China, or the Foreign Investment Law, which took effect on January 1, 2020 and replaced three existing laws regulating foreign investment in China, namely, the PRC Equity Joint Venture Law, the PRC Cooperative Joint Venture Law and the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise Law, together with their implementation rules and ancillary regulations. Among other things, the Foreign Investment Law defines the “foreign investment” as the investment activities in China conducted by foreign individuals, enterprises and other organizations, or collectively, the Foreign Investors, in a direct or indirectly manner, including any of the following circumstances: (1) the foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise within the territory of China, independently or jointly with any other investor; (2) the foreign investor acquires shares, equities, property shares or any other similar rights and interests of an enterprise within the territory of China; (3) the foreign investor makes investment to initiate a new project within the territory of China, independently or jointly with any other investor; and (4) the foreign investor makes investment in any other way stipulated by laws, administrative regulations or provisions of the State Council. The Foreign Investment Law leaves uncertainty with respect to whether Foreign Investors control PRC onshore variable interest entities via contractual arrangements will be recognized as “foreign investment”. PRC governmental authorities will administrate foreign investment by applying the principal of pre-entry national treatment together with a “negative list,” or the Negative List, which shall be promulgated by or promulgated with approval by the State Counsel, to be specific, Foreign Investors are prohibited from making any investments in the fields which are catalogued into prohibited industries for foreign investment based on the Negative List, while Foreign Investors are allowed to make investments in the restricted industries provided that all the requirements and conditions as set forth in the Negative List have been satisfied; when Foreign Investors make investments in the fields other than those included in the Negative List, the national treatment principle shall apply. Besides, certain approval and/or filing requirements shall be fulfilled in accordance with applicable foreign investment laws and regulations.

 

62


Table of Contents

The operations that we conduct through our VIE and its subsidiary may be subject to the latest version of the “negative list”, namely, the Special Management Measures (Negative List) for the Access of Foreign Investment (2020), which became effective on July 23, 2020, or the 2020 Negative List, or any successor regulations. If our control over our VIE through contractual arrangements are deemed as foreign investment in the future, and any business of our VIE is restricted or prohibited from foreign investment under the “negative list” effective at the time, we may be deemed to be in violation of the Foreign Investment Law, the contractual arrangements that allow us to have control over our VIE may be deemed as invalid and illegal, and we may be required to unwind such contractual arrangements and/or restructure our business operations, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our business operation and consequently affecting our ability to prepare for and seek approval and commercialization of our product candidates both in China and elsewhere.

The shareholders of our VIE may have actual or potential conflicts of interest with us and fail to perform their obligations under our contractual arrangements, which, in turn, may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The shareholders of our VIE may have potential conflicts of interest with us. For example, Dr. William Wei Cao is one of the shareholders of our VIE. Dr. Cao is also our founder, chairman and chief executive officer. Any shareholder of our VIE may breach, or cause our VIE to breach, or refuse to renew, the existing contractual arrangements we have with any of them and our VIE, which would have a material and adverse effect on our ability to effectively control our VIE and receive substantially all the economic benefits from them. For example, the shareholders may be able to cause our agreements with our VIE to be performed in a manner adverse to us by, among other things, failing to remit payments due under the contractual arrangements to us on a timely basis. There can be no assurance that when conflicts of interest arise, any or all of these shareholders will act in the best interests of our company or such conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

Currently, we do not have any arrangements to address potential conflicts of interest between these shareholders and our company, except that we could exercise our purchase option under the exclusive option agreements with these shareholders to request them to transfer all of their equity interests in our VIE to a PRC entity or individual designated by us, to the extent permitted by PRC laws. For the shareholders who are also our directors and executive officers, we rely on them to abide by the laws of the Cayman Islands and China, which provide that directors owe a fiduciary duty to the company that requires them to act in good faith and in what they believe to be the best interests of the company and not to use their position for personal gain. There is currently no specific and clear guidance under PRC laws that addresses any conflict between PRC laws and laws of Cayman Islands in respect of any conflict relating to corporate governance. The shareholders of our VIE have executed powers of attorney to appoint our WFOE to vote on their behalf and exercise voting rights as shareholders of our VIE. If we cannot resolve any conflicts of interest or disputes between us and the shareholders of our VIE, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which may be expensive, time-consuming and disruptive to our operations. There is also substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

 

63


Table of Contents

Under our current contractual arrangements, (i) the spouse of the individual shareholders of our VIE has executed a spousal consent letter, under which such spouse agrees that she will not raise any claims against the equity interest, and will take every action to ensure the performance of the contractual arrangements, and (ii) the VIE and its shareholders shall not assign any of their respective rights or obligations to any third party without the prior written consent of our WFOE. However, we cannot assure you that these undertakings and arrangements will be complied with or effectively enforced. The shareholders of our VIE may be involved in personal disputes with third parties or other incidents that may have an adverse effect on their respective equity interests in our VIE and the validity or enforceability of our contractual arrangements with its shareholders. For example, in the event that any of the shareholders of our VIE divorces his or her spouse, the spouse may claim that the equity interest of our VIE held by such shareholder is part of their community property and should be divided between such shareholder and his or her spouse. If such claim is supported by the court, the relevant equity interest may be obtained by the shareholder’s spouse or another third-party who is not subject to obligations under our contractual arrangements, which could result in a loss of the effective control over our VIE by us. Similarly, if any of the equity interests of our VIE is inherited by a third-party with whom the current contractual arrangements are not binding, we could lose our control over our VIE or have to maintain such control by incurring unpredicted costs, which could cause significant disruption to our business and operations and harm our financial condition and results of operations.

Contractual arrangements in relation to our VIE may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities and they may determine that we or our VIE owes additional taxes, which could negatively affect our financial condition and the value of your investment.

Under applicable PRC laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities. The Enterprise Income Tax Law requires every enterprise in China to submit its annual enterprise income tax return together with a report on transactions with its related parties to the relevant tax authorities. The tax authorities may impose reasonable adjustments on taxation if they have identified any related party transactions that are inconsistent with arm’s length principles. We may face material and adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities determine the contractual arrangements among our WFOE, our VIE and VIE’s shareholders were not entered into on an arm’s length basis in such a way as to result in an impermissible reduction in taxes under applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations, and adjust the income of our VIE in the form of a transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could, among other things, result in a reduction of expense deductions recorded by our VIE for PRC tax purposes, which could increase our tax expenses. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may impose late payment fees and other penalties on our VIE for the adjusted but unpaid taxes according to the applicable regulations. Our financial position could be materially and adversely affected if our VIE’s tax liabilities increase or if it is required to pay late payment fees and other penalties.

We may lose the ability to use and enjoy assets held by our VIE and its subsidiary that are important to our business if our VIE and its subsidiary declare bankruptcy or become subject to a dissolution or liquidation proceeding.

As part of our contractual arrangements with our VIE, our VIE and its subsidiary hold certain assets that are material to the operation of certain portion of our business, including permits, domain names and certain of our intellectual property rights. If our VIE and its subsidiary are declared bankrupt and all or part of their assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors, we may be unable to continue some or all of our business activities, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Under the contractual arrangements, our VIE may not, in any manner, sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of its assets or legal or beneficial interests in the business without our prior consent. If our consolidated affiliated entity undergoes a voluntary or involuntary liquidation proceeding, the independent third-party creditors may claim rights to some or all of these assets, thereby hindering our ability to operate our business, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

64


Table of Contents

If the chops of our PRC subsidiary, our VIE and its subsidiary, are not kept safely, are stolen or are used by unauthorized persons or for unauthorized purposes, the corporate governance of these entities could be severely and adversely compromised.

In China, a company chop or seal serves as the legal representation of the company towards third parties even when unaccompanied by a signature. Each legally registered company in China is required to maintain a company chop, which must be registered with the local Public Security Bureau. In addition to this mandatory company chop, companies may have several other chops which can be used for specific purposes. The chops of our WFOE and VIE are generally held securely by personnel designated or approved by us in accordance with our internal control procedures. To the extent those chops are not kept safely, are stolen or are used by unauthorized persons or for unauthorized purposes, the corporate governance of these entities could be severely and adversely compromised and those corporate entities may be bound to abide by the terms of any documents so chopped, even if they were chopped by an individual who lacked the requisite power and authority to do so. In addition, if the chops are misused by unauthorized persons, we could experience disruption to our normal business operations. We may have to take corporate or legal action, which could involve significant time and resources to resolve while distracting management from our operations.

Our contractual arrangements are governed by PRC law. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law, and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures, which may not protect you as much as those of other jurisdictions, such as the United States.

All the agreements under our contractual arrangements with our VIE and its equity owners are governed by PRC law and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration in China. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the PRC is not as developed as in some other jurisdictions, such as the United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements. Meanwhile, there are very few precedents and little formal guidance as to how contractual arrangements in the context of a VIE should be interpreted or enforced under PRC law. There remain significant uncertainties regarding the ultimate outcome of such arbitration should legal action become necessary. In addition, under PRC law, rulings by arbitrators are final, parties cannot appeal the arbitration results in courts, and if the losing parties fail to carry out the arbitration awards within a prescribed time limit, the prevailing parties may only enforce the arbitration awards in PRC courts through arbitration award recognition proceedings, which would require additional expenses and delay. In the event we are unable to enforce these contractual arrangements, or if we suffer significant delay or other obstacles in the process of enforcing these contractual arrangements, we may not be able to exert effective control over our VIE, and our ability to conduct our business may be negatively affected.

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

The pharmaceutical industry in China is highly regulated and such regulations are subject to change which may affect approval and commercialization of our drugs.

Currently, a material portion of our research and development operations and manufacturing facilities are in China, which we believe confers clinical, commercial and regulatory advantages. The pharmaceutical industry in China is subject to comprehensive government regulation and supervision, encompassing the approval, registration, manufacturing, packaging, licensing and marketing of new drugs. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulation—PRC Regulation” for a discussion of the regulatory requirements that are applicable to our current and planned business activities in China. For example, under PRC law, before we or our subsidiaries commence a clinical trial with a PRC partner, an approval or filing, as the case may be, needs to be obtained in advance for any projects involving international collaboration in respect of human genetic resources in order to collect any biological samples that contain the genetic material of Chinese human subjects. Any failure to obtain such approval or filing could cause relevant collaboration projects to be suspended by governing authorities, may result in fines and also may constitute a breach under our agreements with certain CROs. Investigator-initiated trials cannot be implemented in a medical and healthcare institution without first being approved by such medical and healthcare institution. Such medical and healthcare institution shall file such approval to the medical and healthcare authority which issues its operating license for record. Furthermore, under relevant PRC laws, a license for use of laboratory animals is required for performing experimentation on animals. Any failure of fully comply with such requirement may result in the invalidation of our experimental data. In recent years, the regulatory framework in China regarding the pharmaceutical industry has undergone significant changes, and we expect that it will continue to undergo significant changes. Any such changes or amendments may result in increased compliance costs on our business or cause delays in or prevent the successful development or commercialization of our drug candidates in China and reduce the current benefits we believe are available to us from developing and manufacturing drugs in China. PRC authorities have become increasingly vigilant in enforcing laws in the pharmaceutical industry and any failure by us or our partners to maintain compliance with applicable laws and regulations or obtain and maintain required licenses and permits may result in the suspension or termination of our business activities in China. We believe our strategy and approach are aligned with the PRC government’s regulatory policies, but we cannot ensure that our strategy and approach will continue to be aligned.

 

65


Table of Contents

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including a higher level of government involvement, the ongoing development of a market-oriented economy, a higher level of control over foreign exchange, and a less efficient allocation of resources.

While the PRC economy has experienced significant growth since the late 1970s, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The PRC government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. These measures are intended to benefit the overall PRC economy, but may also have a negative effect on us. For example, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by PRC government control over capital investments or changes in regulations that are applicable to us.

The PRC economy has been transitioning from a centrally planned economy to a more market-oriented economy. Although the PRC government has implemented measures since the late 1970s that emphasize the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The PRC government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through the allocation of resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

The PRC legal system contains uncertainties, which could limit the legal protections available to you and to us.

In 1979, the PRC government began to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws and regulations governing economic matters in general. The overall effect of legislation over the past four decades has significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investment in China. Our PRC subsidiary is subject to laws and regulations applicable to foreign-invested enterprises in China. In particular, they are subject to PRC laws, rules and regulations governing foreign companies’ ownership and operation of pharmaceutical businesses. Such laws and regulations are subject to change, and their interpretation and enforcement involve uncertainties, which could limit the legal protections available to us and our investors. In addition, we cannot predict the effect of future developments in the PRC legal system, including the promulgation of new laws, changes to existing laws or the interpretation or enforcement of such laws, or the preemption of local regulations by PRC laws, rules and regulations.

Moreover, China has a civil law system based on written statutes, which, unlike common law systems, is a system in which decided judicial cases have little precedential value. Furthermore, interpretation of statutes and regulations may be subject to government policies reflecting domestic political changes. The relative inexperience of China’s judiciary in many cases creates additional uncertainty as to the outcome of litigation. In addition, enforcement of existing laws or contracts based on existing laws may be uncertain and sporadic, and it may be difficult to obtain swift and equitable enforcement within China. All such uncertainties could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

66


Table of Contents

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in China against us or our management based on foreign laws. It may also be difficult for overseas regulators or you to conduct investigations or collect evidence within China.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. We conduct a material portion of our operations in China and a material portion of our assets are located in China. In addition, many of our senior executive officers and directors reside within China for a significant portion of the time and some of them are PRC nationals. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process upon us or those persons inside China. It may also be difficult for you to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands or the PRC would (i) recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts against us or our directors or officers that are predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, or (ii) entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands against us or our directors or officers that are predicated upon the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any state in the United States.

The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law and other applicable laws, regulations and interpretations based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other forms of written arrangement with the United States that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, the PRC courts will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC laws or national sovereignty, security or the public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States.

It may also be difficult for you or overseas regulators to conduct investigations or collect evidence within China. For example, in China, there are significant legal and other obstacles to obtaining information, documents and materials needed for regulatory investigations or litigation outside China or otherwise with respect to foreign entities. Although the authorities in China may establish a regulatory cooperation mechanism with the securities regulatory authorities of another country or region to implement cross-border supervision and administration, such regulatory cooperation with the securities regulatory authorities in the Unities States may not be efficient in the absence of mutual and practical cooperation mechanism. Furthermore, according to Article 177 of the PRC Securities Law, which became effective in March 2020, no overseas securities regulator is allowed to directly conduct investigation or evidence collection activities within the territory of the PRC. Accordingly, without the consent of the competent PRC securities regulators and relevant authorities, no entity or individual may provide the documents and materials relating to securities business activities to overseas parties. While detailed interpretation of or implementing rules under Article 177 have yet to be promulgated, the inability for an overseas securities regulator to directly conduct investigation or evidence collection activities within China may further increase difficulties faced by you in protecting your interests.

We may be restricted from transferring our scientific data abroad.

On March 17, 2018, the General Office of the PRC State Council promulgated the Measures for the Management of Scientific Data, or the Scientific Data Measures, which provide a broad definition of scientific data and relevant rules for the management of scientific data. According to the Scientific Data Measures, enterprises in China must seek governmental approval before any scientific data involving a state secret may be transferred abroad or to foreign parties. Further, researchers conducting research funded, at least in part, by the PRC government may be required to submit relevant scientific data for management by the entity to which such researcher is affiliated before such data may be published in any foreign academic journal. Currently, as the term “state secret” is not clearly defined, there is no assurance that we can always obtain relevant approvals for sending scientific data (such as the results of our pre-clinical studies or clinical trials conducted within China) abroad, or to our foreign partners in China.

 

67


Table of Contents

If we are unable to obtain the necessary approvals in a timely manner, or at all, our research and development of drug candidates may be hindered, which may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial conditions and prospects. If relevant government authorities consider the transmission of our scientific data to be in violation of the requirements under the Scientific Data Measures, we may be subject to specific administrative penalties imposed by those government authorities.

Changes in U.S. and international trade policies, particularly with regard to China, may adversely impact our business and operating results.

The U.S. government has recently made statements and taken certain actions that may lead to potential changes to U.S. and international trade policies, including imposing several rounds of tariffs affecting certain products manufactured in China. In March 2018, U.S. President Donald J. Trump announced the imposition of tariffs on steel and aluminum entering the United States and in June 2018 announced further tariffs targeting goods imported from China. Recently both China and the United States have each imposed tariffs indicating the potential for further trade barriers. It is unknown whether and to what extent new tariffs (or other new laws or regulations) will be adopted, or the effect that any such actions would have on us or our industry. While we have not started commercialization of drug candidates, any unfavorable government policies on international trade, such as capital controls or tariffs, may affect the demand for our drug products, the competitive position of our drug products, the hiring of scientists and other research and development personnel, and import or export of raw materials in relation to drug development, or prevent us from selling our drug products in certain countries. If any new tariffs, legislation and/or regulations are implemented, or if existing trade agreements are renegotiated or, in particular, if the U.S. government takes retaliatory trade actions due to the recent U.S.-China trade tension, such changes could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business benefits from certain financial incentives and discretionary policies granted by local governments. Expiration of, or changes to, these incentives or policies would have an adverse effect on our operations.

In the past, local governments in China granted certain financial incentives from time to time to our VIE and its subsidiary as part of their efforts to encourage the development of local businesses. The timing, amount and criteria of government financial incentives are determined within the sole discretion of the local government authorities and cannot be predicted with certainty before we actually receive any financial incentive. We generally do not have the ability to influence local governments in making these decisions. Governments authorities may decide to reduce or eliminate incentives or may amend or terminate the relevant financial incentive policies at any time. In addition, some of the government financial incentives are granted on a project basis and subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including compliance with the applicable agreements and completion of the specific obligations therein. We cannot guarantee that we will satisfy all relevant conditions, and if we fail to satisfy any such conditions, we may be deprived of the relevant incentives. We cannot assure you of the continued availability of the government incentives currently enjoyed by us. Any reduction or elimination of incentives would have an adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, according to relevant PRC tax laws and regulations, enterprises in the PRC are entitled to tax preferences when certain requirements and qualifications are satisfied.

We may rely on dividends paid by our subsidiaries for our cash needs, and any limitation on the ability of our subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

As a holding company, we conduct substantially all of our business through our consolidated subsidiaries incorporated in China. We may rely on dividends paid by these PRC subsidiaries for our cash needs, including the funds necessary to pay any dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders, to service any debt we may incur and to pay our operating expenses. The payment of dividends by entities established in China is subject to limitations. Regulations in China currently permit payment of dividends only out of accumulated profits as determined in accordance with accounting standards and regulations in China. In accordance with the Article 166, 168 of the Company Law of the PRC (Amended in 2018), each of our PRC subsidiaries is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profit based on PRC accounting standards each year to its general reserves or statutory capital reserve fund until the aggregate amount of such reserves reaches 50% of its respective registered capital. A company may discontinue the contribution when the aggregate sum of the statutory surplus reserve is more than 50% of its registered capital. The statutory common reserve fund of a company shall be used to cover the losses of the company, expand the business and production of the company or be converted into additional capital. As a result, our PRC subsidiaries are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to us in the form of dividends. In addition, if any of our PRC subsidiaries incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us. Any limitations on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to transfer funds to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends and otherwise fund and conduct our business. As of December 31, 2020, our PRC subsidiaries have not generated any after-tax profit and therefore have not set aside any capital reserve fund.

 

68


Table of Contents

Dividends we receive from our subsidiaries located in the PRC may be subject to PRC withholding tax, which could materially and adversely affect the amount of dividends, if any, we may pay our shareholders.

The PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law classifies enterprises as resident enterprises and non-resident enterprises. The PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law provides that an income tax rate of 20% may be applicable to dividends payable to non-resident investors, which (i) do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC, or (ii) have an establishment or place of business in the PRC but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business, to the extent such dividends are derived from sources within the PRC. The State Council of the PRC reduced such rate to 10% through the implementation regulations of the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law. Further, pursuant to the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement between Hong Kong and Mainland China, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement, and the Notice on Certain Issues with Respect to the Enforcement of Dividend Provisions in Tax Treaties issued in February 2009 by the State Administration of Taxation of the PRC, or the SAT, if a Hong Kong resident enterprise owns more than 25% of the equity interest in a company in China at all times during the 12-month period immediately prior to obtaining a dividend from such company, the 10% withholding tax on dividends is reduced to 5% provided that certain other conditions and requirements under the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement and other applicable PRC laws are satisfied at the discretion of relevant PRC tax authority.

If our British Virgin Island subsidiary and our Hong Kong subsidiary are considered as non-resident enterprises and our Hong Kong subsidiary is considered as a Hong Kong resident enterprise under the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement and is determined by the competent PRC tax authority to have satisfied relevant conditions and requirements, then the dividends paid to our Hong Kong subsidiary by its PRC subsidiary may be subject to the reduced income tax rate of 5% under the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement. However, based on the Notice on Certain Issues with Respect to the Enforcement of Dividend Provisions in Tax Treaties, if the relevant PRC tax authorities determine, in their discretion, that a company benefits from such reduced income tax rate due to a structure or arrangement that is primarily tax-driven, such PRC tax authorities may adjust the preferential tax treatment. In addition, based on the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Relating to Beneficial Owner in Tax Treaties, effective from April 1, 2018, under certain conditions a company cannot be defined as a beneficial owner under the treaty and thus are not entitled to the abovementioned reduced income tax rate of 5% under the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement. If we are required under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law to pay income tax for any dividends we receive from our subsidiaries in China, or if our Hong Kong subsidiary is determined by PRC government authority as receiving benefits from reduced income tax rate due to a structure or arrangement that is primarily tax-driven, it would materially and adversely affect the amount of dividends, if any, we may pay to our shareholders and may also have an adverse impact on the value of the ADSs or ordinary shares.

If we are classified as a “resident enterprise” of China under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, we and our non-PRC shareholders could be subject to unfavorable tax consequences, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside the PRC with “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a “resident enterprise” and will be subject to the enterprise income tax on its global income at the rate of 25%. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In 2009, SAT issued a circular, known as SAT Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” text should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to SAT Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its global income only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in the PRC; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in the PRC; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located or maintained in the PRC; and (iv) at least 50% of board members with voting rights or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC.

 

69


Table of Contents

As advised by our PRC counsel, we will not be considered as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” If the PRC tax authorities determine that we are a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we may be required to withhold a 10% tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises, including the holders of the ADSs. In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders, including the ADS holders, may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 10% on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. Furthermore, if we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, dividends paid to our non-PRC individual shareholders, including the ADS holders, and any gain realized on the transfer of ADSs or ordinary shares by such shareholders may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 20%, which in the case of dividends may be withheld at source. Any PRC tax liability may be reduced by an applicable tax treaty. However, it is unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of our company would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. Any such tax may reduce the returns on your investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares.

SAT Public Notice 7 further clarifies that, if a non-resident enterprise derives income by acquiring and selling shares in an offshore listed enterprise in the public market, such income will not be subject to PRC tax. However, there is uncertainty as to the application of SAT Bulletin 37 and SAT Public Notice 7, we and our non-PRC resident shareholders may be required to file a return and being taxed under SAT Bulletin 37 and SAT Public Notice 7.

In addition to the uncertainty as to the application of the “resident enterprise” classification, we cannot assure you that the PRC government will not amend or revise the taxation laws, rules and regulations to impose stricter tax requirements or higher tax rates. Any of such changes could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Governmental control of currency conversion may affect the value of your investment.

Currently, the RMB cannot be freely converted into any foreign currency. The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of RMB into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. Shortages in the availability of foreign currency may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiary to remit sufficient foreign currency to pay dividends or other payments to us, or otherwise satisfy their foreign currency dominated obligations. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and expenditures from trade-related transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from the PRC State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, for most capital account items, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of bank loans denominated in foreign currencies. The PRC government may also at its discretion restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currency to satisfy our currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders, including holders of the ADSs.

 

70


Table of Contents

Fluctuation in exchange rates could have a negative effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

The value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions in China and by China’s foreign exchange policies. Since June 2010, the RMB has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. On November 30, 2015, the Executive Board of the International Monetary Fund completed the regular five-year review of the basket of currencies that make up the Special Drawing Right, or the SDR, and decided that with effect from October 1, 2016, the RMB is determined to be a freely usable currency and will be included in the SDR basket as a fifth currency, along with the U.S. dollar, the euro, the Japanese yen and the British pound. Since the fourth quarter of 2016, the RMB has depreciated significantly in the backdrop of a surging U.S. dollar and persistent capital outflows of China. With the development of the foreign exchange market and progress toward interest rate liberalization and RMB internationalization, the PRC government may in the future announce further changes to the exchange rate system, and we cannot assure you that the RMB will not appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the future. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar in the future.

Significant revaluation of the RMB may have a negative effect on your investment. For example, to the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive into RMB for our operations, appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the RMB amount we would receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert our RMB into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our ordinary shares or ADSs or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the RMB would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us.

Very limited hedging options are available in China to reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. As of the date of this annual report, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedges may be limited and we may not be able to adequately hedge our exposure or at all. In addition, our currency exchange losses may be magnified by PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into foreign currency or to convert foreign currency into RMB.

PRC regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents and enterprises may increase our administrative burden and restrict our overseas and cross-border investment activity. If our PRC resident and enterprise shareholders fail to make any required applications and filings under such regulations, we may be unable to distribute profits to such shareholders and may become subject to liability under PRC law.

In July 2014, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, which replaces the Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for PRC Residents to Engage in Financing and Round-tripping Investment via Overseas Special Purpose, or SAFE Circular 75. SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents, including PRC individuals and PRC corporate entities, to register with SAFE or its local branches in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. SAFE Circular 37 is applicable to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may be applicable to any offshore acquisitions that we may make in the future.

Under SAFE Circular 37, PRC residents who make, or have prior to the implementation of SAFE Circular 37 made, direct or indirect investments in offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, are required to register such investments with SAFE or its local branches. In addition, any PRC resident who is a direct or indirect shareholder of an SPV, is required to update its registration with the local branch of SAFE with respect to that SPV, to reflect any change of basic information or material events. If any PRC resident shareholder of such SPV fails to make the required registration or to update the registration, the subsidiary of such SPV in China may be prohibited from distributing its profits or the proceeds from any capital reduction, share transfer or liquidation to the SPV, and the SPV may also be prohibited from making additional capital contributions into its subsidiaries in China. In February 2015, SAFE promulgated a Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving Foreign Exchange Administration Policy on Direct Investment, or SAFE Notice 13. Under SAFE Notice 13, applications for foreign exchange registration of inbound foreign direct investments and outbound direct investments, including those required under SAFE Circular 37, shall be filed with qualified banks instead of SAFE. Qualified banks should examine the applications and accept registrations under the supervision of SAFE. Due to the inherent uncertainty in PRC government authorities’ implementation of the regulations, SAFE Circular 37 registration may not always be practically available under all circumstances prescribed in these regulations.

 

71


Table of Contents

We may not be aware of the identities of all of our beneficial owners who are PRC residents. To our knowledge, some of our beneficial owners have not complied with SAFE registration requirements under SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules on time or at all. However, we do not have control over our beneficial owners and cannot compel them to comply with SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules. Therefore, we cannot assure you that any required registration under SAFE Circular 37 and any amendment has been or will be completed in a timely manner, or at all. The failure of our beneficial owners who are PRC residents to register or amend their foreign exchange registrations pursuant to SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules, or the failure of future beneficial owners of our company who are PRC residents to comply with the registration procedures set forth in SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules, may subject such beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiary to fines and legal sanctions, or could result in liability under PRC laws for evasion of applicable foreign exchange restrictions, including (i) the requirement by SAFE to return the foreign exchange remitted overseas or into the PRC within a period of time specified by SAFE, with a fine of up to 30% of the total amount of foreign exchange remitted overseas or into PRC and deemed to have been evasive or illegal and (ii) in circumstances involving serious violations, a fine of no less than 30% of and up to the total amount of remitted foreign exchange deemed evasive or illegal. Failure to register or comply with relevant requirements may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital to our PRC subsidiary and limit our PRC subsidiary’s ability to distribute dividends to us. These risks may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, as these foreign exchange and outbound investment related regulations and their interpretation and implementation have been constantly evolving, it is unclear how these regulations, and any future regulation concerning offshore or cross-border investments and transactions, will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant government authorities. For example, we may be subject to a more stringent review and approval process with respect to our foreign exchange activities, such as remittance of dividends and foreign-currency-denominated borrowings, which may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We cannot assure you that we have complied or will be able to comply with all applicable foreign exchange and outbound investment related regulations. In addition, if we decide to acquire a PRC domestic company, we cannot assure you that we or the owners of such company, as the case may be, will be able to obtain the necessary approvals or complete the necessary filings and registrations required by the foreign exchange regulations. This may restrict our ability to implement our acquisition strategy and could adversely affect our business and prospects.

PRC regulation of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from making loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC operating subsidiary.

As an offshore holding company of our PRC operating subsidiary, we may make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary, subject to satisfaction of applicable governmental registration and approval requirements.

Any loans we extend to our PRC subsidiary, which is treated as a foreign-invested enterprise under PRC law, cannot exceed the statutory limit and must be registered with the local counterpart of the SAFE.

We may also decide to finance our PRC subsidiary by means of capital contributions. According to the relevant PRC regulations on foreign-invested enterprises in China, these capital contributions are subject to registration with State Administration for Market Regulation or its local counterparts. In addition, the PRC government also restricts the convertibility of foreign currencies into RMB and use of the proceeds. On March 30, 2015, SAFE promulgated the Notice on Reforming the Management Method for the Settlement of Foreign Exchange Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 19, which took effect and replaced certain previous SAFE regulations from June 1, 2015. SAFE further promulgated the Circular on Reforming and Regulating Policies on the Management of Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital Accounts, or SAFE Circular 16, effective on June 9, 2016, which, among other things, amends certain provisions of SAFE Circular 19. According to SAFE Circular 19 and SAFE Circular 16, the flow and use of the RMB capital converted from foreign currency denominated registered capital of a foreign-invested company is regulated such that RMB capital may not be used for business beyond its business scope or to provide loans to persons other than affiliates unless otherwise permitted under its business scope. Violations of the applicable circulars and rules may result in severe penalties, including substantial fines as set forth in the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations. These circulars may limit our ability and speed to transfer any offering proceeds we receive to our PRC subsidiary. On October 23, 2019, SAFE promulgated the Circular to Further Facilitating Cross-border Trade and Investment, or SAFE Circular 28, which took effect on the same day. SAFE Circular 28 cancels restrictions on domestic equity investments made with capital funds by non-investing foreign-funded enterprises. If a non-investing foreign-funded enterprise makes domestic equity investment with capital funds obtained from foreign exchange settlement, the investee shall undergo registration formalities for accepting domestic reinvestment and open the “capital account—account for settled foreign exchange to be paid” to receive the corresponding funds according to relevant provisions. However, it still remains unclear how SAFE and competent banks will carry this out in practice. Despite the restrictions and procedural requirements under these SAFE circulars, our PRC subsidiary may use RMB funds converted from foreign currency registered capital to carry out any activities within their normal course of business and business scope, including to fund operational needs, and to make equity investments in domestic companies.

 

72


Table of Contents

In light of the various requirements imposed by PRC regulations on loans to, and direct investment in, PRC entities by offshore holding companies, we cannot assure you that we have completed or will be able to complete the necessary government registrations, meet the relevant government requirements or obtain the necessary government approvals on a timely basis, or at all, with respect to existing or future loans to our PRC subsidiary or future capital contributions by us to our PRC subsidiary. If we fail to complete such registrations or obtain such approvals, our ability to use any offering proceeds we receive to fund our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

Failure to comply with PRC regulations regarding the registration requirements for employee stock ownership plans or share option plans may subject the PRC plan participants or us to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions.

Under the applicable regulations and SAFE rules, PRC citizens who participate in an employee stock ownership plan or a stock option plan in an overseas publicly listed company are required to register with SAFE and complete certain other procedures. In February 2012, SAFE promulgated the Notices on Issues concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plans of Overseas Publicly Listed Companies, or the Stock Option Rules, which replaced the Application Procedures of Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Employee Stock Ownership Plan or Stock Option Plans of Overseas Publicly Listed Companies issued by SAFE in March 2007. Pursuant to the Stock Option Rules, if a PRC resident participates in any stock incentive plan of an overseas publicly listed company, a qualified PRC domestic agent must, among other things, file on behalf of such participant an application with SAFE to conduct the SAFE registration with respect to such stock incentive plan and obtain approval for an annual allowance with respect to the purchase of foreign exchange in connection with the exercise or sale of stock options or stock such participant holds. Such participating PRC residents’ foreign exchange income received from the sale of stock and dividends distributed by the overseas publicly listed company must be fully remitted into a PRC collective foreign currency account opened and managed by the PRC agent before distribution to such participants. As an overseas listed company, we and our PRC resident employees who have been granted stock options or other share-based incentives of ours are subject to the Stock Option Rules. If we or our PRC resident participants fail to comply with these regulations, we and/or our PRC resident participants may be subject to fines and legal sanctions. In addition, the State Administration of Taxation has issued certain circulars concerning employee share options and restricted shares. Under these circulars, our employees working in China who exercise share options and/or are granted restricted shares in the future will be subject to PRC individual income tax. Our PRC subsidiaries have obligations to file documents related to employee share options and/or restricted shares with tax authorities and to withhold individual income taxes of those employees who exercise their share options. If our employees fail to pay or we fail to withhold their income taxes according to laws and regulations, we may face sanctions imposed by the tax authorities or other PRC government authorities.

 

73


Table of Contents

The M&A Rules and certain other PRC regulations establish complex procedures for some acquisitions of PRC companies by foreign investors, which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions in China.

The M&A Rules and relevant regulations and rules concerning mergers and acquisitions established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex. The M&A Rules require that the Ministry of Commerce, or the MOFCOM, be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise, if (i) any important industry is concerned, (ii) such transaction involves factors that have or may have an impact on the national economic security; or (iii) such transaction will lead to a change in control of a domestic enterprise which holds a famous trademark or PRC time-honored brand. The approval from MOFCOM shall be obtained in circumstances where overseas companies established or controlled by PRC enterprises or residents acquire affiliated domestic companies.

The Anti-Monopoly Law promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress, or NPC, which became effective in August 2008, requires that when a concentration of undertakings occurs and reaches statutory thresholds, the undertakings concerned shall file a prior notification with the anti-monopoly enforcement agency of the State Council. Without the clearance from such agency, no concentration of undertakings shall be implemented and effected. Mergers, acquisitions or contractual arrangements that allow one market player to take control of or to exert decisive impact on another market player must also be notified in advance to the anti-monopoly enforcement agency of the State Council, when the threshold under the Provisions on Thresholds for Prior Notification of Concentrations of Undertakings, or the Prior Notification Rules, issued by the State Council in August 2008 and amended in September 2018 is triggered. If such prior notification is not obtained, the anti-monopoly enforcement agency may order the concentration to cease its operations, dispose of shares or assets, transfer the business of the concentration within a time limit, take any other necessary measures to restore the situation as it was before the concentration, and may impose administrative fines.

In addition, the Implementing Rules Concerning Security Review on the Mergers and Acquisitions by Foreign Investors of Domestic Enterprises, issued by the MOFCOM in August 2011, specify that mergers and acquisitions by foreign investors involved in “an industry related to national security” are subject to strict review by the MOFCOM, and prohibit any activities attempting to bypass such security review, including by structuring the transaction through a proxy or contractual control arrangement. In the future, we may grow our business by acquiring complementary businesses. Complying with the requirements of the abovementioned regulations and other relevant rules to complete such transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval from the MOFCOM or its local counterparts may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions.

We cannot preclude the possibility that the MOFCOM or other government agencies may publish explanations contrary to our understanding or broaden the scope of such security reviews in the future, in which case our future acquisitions in the PRC, including those by way of entering into contractual control arrangements with target entities, may be closely scrutinized or prohibited. Our ability to expand our business or maintain or expand our market share through future acquisitions would as such be materially and adversely affected.

We and our shareholders face uncertainty with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises, assets attributed to a PRC establishment of a non-PRC company or immovable properties located in China owned by non-PRC companies.

In February 2015, SAT issued a Public Notice Regarding Certain Corporate Income Tax Matters on Indirect Transfer of Properties by Non-Tax Resident Enterprises, or SAT Public Notice 7. SAT Public Notice 7 extends its tax jurisdiction to transactions involving transfer of other taxable assets through offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. In addition, SAT Public Notice 7 provides clear criteria for assessment of reasonable commercial purposes and has introduced safe harbors for internal group restructurings and the purchase and sale of equity through a public securities market. SAT Public Notice 7 also brings challenges to both foreign transferor and transferee (or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer) of taxable assets. In October 2017, SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning the Withholding of Non-resident Enterprise Income Tax at Source, or SAT Bulletin 37, which came into effect on December 1, 2017. The Bulletin 37 further clarifies the practice and procedure of the withholding of nonresident enterprise income tax. Where a non-resident enterprise transfers taxable assets indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, which is an indirect transfer, the non-resident enterprise as either transferor or transferee, or the PRC entity that directly owns the taxable assets, may report such Indirect Transfer to the relevant tax authority. Using a “substance over form” principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer other than transfer of shares of ADSs acquired and sold on public markets may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise. Both the transferor and the transferee may be subject to penalties under PRC tax laws if the transferee fails to withhold the taxes and the transferor fails to pay the taxes.

 

74


Table of Contents

We face uncertainties as to the reporting and other implications of certain past and future transactions that involve PRC taxable assets, such as offshore restructuring, sale of the shares in our offshore subsidiaries and investments. Our company may be subject to filing obligations or taxed if our company is the transferor in such transactions, and may be subject to withholding obligations if our company is the transferee in such transactions, under SAT Public Notice 7 or Bulletin 37, or both.

The audit report included in this annual report is prepared by an auditor who is not inspected by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and, as such, our investors are deprived of the benefits of such inspection.

Our independent registered public accounting firm that issued the audit report included in this annual report, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, is required by the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by the PCAOB to assess its compliance with the laws of the United States and applicable professional standards. Because our auditor is located in, and organized under the laws of, the PRC, a jurisdiction where the PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the Chinese authorities, our auditors are not currently inspected by the PCAOB.

Inspections of other firms that the PCAOB has conducted outside of China have identified deficiencies in those firms’ audit procedures and quality control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality. This lack of PCAOB inspections in China prevents the PCAOB from regularly evaluating our auditor’s audits and its quality control procedures. As a result, investors may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB inspections. The inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections of auditors in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our auditor’s audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to auditors outside China that are subject to PCAOB inspections. Investors may lose confidence in our reported financial information and procedures and the quality of our financial statements.

 

75


Table of Contents

We could be delisted if we are unable to meet the PCAOB inspection requirements in time. In addition, various legislative and regulatory developments related to U.S.-listed China based companies due to lack of PCAOB inspection may have a material adverse impact on our listing and trading in the U.S. and the trading prices of our ADSs.

On May 24, 2013, the PCAOB announced that it had entered into a Memorandum of Understanding, or MOU, on Enforcement Cooperation with the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or CSRC and the PRC Ministry of Finance, which establishes a cooperative framework between the parties for the production and exchange of audit documents relevant to investigations undertaken by the PCAOB, the CSRC or the PRC Ministry of Finance in the United States and the PRC, respectively. The parties were unable to make substantive progress on the MOU and, as recently as April 21, 2020, the SEC and the PCAOB issued a joint statement highlighting the PCAOB’s inability to inspect audit documentation and practices of accounting firms in China.

On December 18, 2020, the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, or the HFCA Act, was enacted. In essence, the HFCA Act requires the SEC to prohibit securities of any foreign companies from being listed on U.S. securities exchanges or traded “over-the-counter” if a company retains a foreign accounting firm that cannot be inspected by the PCAOB for three consecutive years, beginning in 2021. On March 24, 2021, the SEC adopted interim final amendments to implement the HFCA Act. A registrant will not be required to comply with the amendments until the SEC has identified it as having a non-inspection year. As of the date of this annual report, the SEC is seeking public comment on this identification process. Our independent registered public accounting firm is located in and organized under the laws of the PRC, a jurisdiction where the PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the Chinese authorities, and therefore our auditors are currently not inspected by the PCAOB. On March 24, 2021, the SEC adopted interim final rules relating to the implementation of certain disclosure and documentation requirements of the HFCA Act. We will be required to comply with these rules if the SEC identifies us as having a “non-inspection” year under a process to be subsequently established by the SEC. The SEC is assessing how to implement other requirements of the HFCA Act, including the listing and trading prohibition requirements described above.

The SEC may propose additional rules or guidance that could impact us if our auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspection. For example, on August 6, 2020, the President’s Working Group on Financial Markets, or the PWG, issued the Report on Protecting United States Investors from Significant Risks from Chinese Companies to the then President of the United States. This report recommended the SEC implement five recommendations to address companies from jurisdictions that do not provide the PCAOB with sufficient access to fulfil its statutory mandate. Some of the concepts of these recommendations were implemented with the enactment of the HFCA Act. However, some of the recommendations were more stringent than the HFCA Act. For example, if a company was not subject to PCAOB inspection, the report recommended that the transition period before a company would be delisted would end on January 1, 2022.

The SEC has announced that the SEC staff is preparing a consolidated proposal for the rules regarding the implementation of the HFCA Act and to address the recommendations in the PWG report. It is unclear when the SEC will complete its rulemaking and when such rules will become effective and what, if any, of the PWG recommendations will be adopted. The implications of this possible regulation in addition the requirements of the HFCA Act are uncertain.

 

76


Table of Contents

The enactment of the HFCA Act and any additional rulemaking efforts to increase U.S. regulatory access to audit information in China could cause investor uncertainty for affected SEC registrants, including us, and the market price of the ADSs could be materially adversely affected. Additionally, whether the PCAOB will be able to conduct inspections of our auditors in the next three years, or at all, is subject to substantial uncertainty and depends on a number of factors out of our control. If we are unable to meet the PCAOB inspection requirement in time, we could be subject to additional submission and disclosure requirements, delisted from the Nasdaq Global Select Market and the ADSs will not be permitted for trading “over-the-counter” either. Such a delisting would substantially impair your ability to sell or purchase the ADSs when you wish to do so, and the risk and uncertainty associated with delisting would have a negative impact on the market price of the ADSs. Also, such a delisting would significantly affect our ability to raise capital on terms acceptable to us, or at all, which would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.

Various proceedings and legislative and regulatory developments due to political tensions between the U.S. and China may have an adverse impact on our listing and trading in the U.S., including adverse impact on the market prices of the ADSs.

Political tensions between the United States and China have escalated due to, among other things, trade disputes, the COVID-19 outbreak, sanctions imposed by the U.S. Department of Treasury on certain officials of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region and the central government of the PRC and the executive orders issued by U.S. President Donald J. Trump in August 2020 that prohibit certain transactions with certain Chinese companies and their applications. Rising political tensions could reduce levels of trade, investment, technological exchange and other economic activities between the two major economies, which would have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Proceedings instituted by the SEC against the “big four” PRC-based accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, could result in financial statements being determined to not be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, adverse impact on the trading prices of the ADSs, or possible delisting.

In late 2012, the SEC commenced administrative proceedings under Rule 102(e) of its Rules of Practice and also under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 against the “big four” PRC-based accounting firms (including our auditors). The Rule 102(e) proceedings initiated by the SEC relate to these firms’ inability to produce documents, including audit work papers, in response to the request of the SEC pursuant to Section 106 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as the auditors located in China are not in a position lawfully to produce documents directly to the SEC because of restrictions under PRC laws and specific directives issued by the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC. The issues raised by the proceedings are not specific to our auditors or to us, but affect equally all audit firms based in China and all China-based businesses with securities listed in the United States.

In January 2014, the administrative judge reached an initial decision that each of these firms should be barred from practicing before the SEC for six months. Thereafter, the accounting firms filed a petition for review of the initial decision, prompting the SEC commissioners to review the initial decision, determine whether there had been any violation and, if so, determine the appropriate remedy to be placed on these audit firms.

In February 2015, “big four” PRC-based accounting firms (including our auditors) each agreed to censure and pay a fine to the SEC to settle the dispute and avoid suspension of their ability to practice before the SEC and audit U.S. listed companies. The settlement requires the firms to follow detailed procedures and to seek to provide the SEC with access to the Chinese firms’ audit documents via the CSRC. Under the terms of the settlement, the underlying proceeding against the four China-based accounting firms was deemed dismissed with prejudice four years after entry of the settlement. The four-year mark occurred on February 6, 2019

While we cannot predict if the SEC will further challenge the four China-based accounting firms’ compliance with U.S. law in connection with U.S. regulatory requests for audit work papers or if the results of such a challenge would result in the SEC imposing penalties such as suspensions, if the accounting firms are subject to additional remedial measures, our ability to file our financial statements in compliance with SEC requirements could be impacted. A determination that we have not timely filed financial statements in compliance with SEC requirements could ultimately lead to the delisting of the ADSs or the termination of the registration of the ADSs under the Exchange Act, or both, which would substantially reduce or effectively terminate the trading of the ADSs in the United States.

 

77


Table of Contents

In the event that the SEC restarts the administrative proceedings, depending upon the final outcome, listed companies in the United States with major PRC operations may find it difficult or impossible to retain auditors in respect of their operations in China, which could result in financial statements being determined to not be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, and could result in delisting. Moreover, any negative news about the proceedings against these audit firms may cause investor uncertainty regarding China-based, United States-listed companies and the market price of our shares may be adversely affected. If our independent registered public accounting firm was denied, temporarily, the ability to practice before the SEC and we were unable to timely find another registered public accounting firm to audit and issue an opinion on our financial statements, our financial statements could be determined to not be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act.

Our business may be significantly affected by the newly enacted Foreign Investment Law and the “negative list.”

The Foreign Investment Law grants foreign invested entities the same treatment as PRC domestic entities, except for those foreign invested entities that operate in industries deemed to be either “restricted” or “prohibited” in the “negative list” published by the State Council. We are a Cayman Islands exempted company and our PRC subsidiary, Gracell Bioscience (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., or Gracell Bioscience, is currently considered to be a foreign invested entity in China.

The 2020 Negative List provides that foreign investment is prohibited in the development and application of human stem cell or gene diagnostic and therapeutic technologies. As of the date of this annual report, there has been no official interpretation of the scope of “human stem cell or gene diagnostic and therapeutic technologies” and the application of this regulation remains unclear. If our CAR-T cell therapies or other technologies that are being researched and developed are deemed by relevant PRC regulatory agencies as falling into the category of “human stem cell or gene diagnostic and therapeutic technologies,” Gracell Bioscience would be prohibited from engaging in the research or development of such technologies in the future. For risks relating to the “negative list” in connection with our VIE structure, see “—Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation and implementation of the newly enacted Foreign Investment Law and how it may impact the viability of our current structure, our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

Our leased property interest may be defective and our right to lease the properties may be challenged, which could cause significant disruption to our business.

In China, we lease certain premises used in our operations from third parties. We lease our research and development site in Shanghai from a third-party landlord who was granted the land use right on this site from the local government authority for free. According to the relevant regulations in the PRC, approval of the relevant government department is required for leasing allocated land. The third-party landlord for this particular leased site has not made the required filing. If a granted land use right for free is assigned, leased or mortgaged without approval, such landlord maybe subject to the confiscation of the illegal revenue and fine in the light of the seriousness of the case. As a result, our lease may be negatively affected. Certain lessors have not provided us with valid ownership certificates, or authorization of sublease for our leased properties. Under the relevant PRC laws and regulations, if the lessors are unable to obtain certificates of title because such properties were built illegally or failed to pass the inspection or other reasons, or relevant lease has not been approved by competent government authority in accordance with applicable law, such lease contracts may be recognized as void and, as a result, we may be required to vacate the relevant properties. In addition, if our lessors are not the owners of the properties and they have not obtained consents from the owners or their lessors, our leases could be invalidated. If this occurs, we may have to renegotiate the leases with the owners or the parties who have the right to lease the properties, and the terms of the new leases may be less favorable to us, or we may be required to vacate the relevant properties if the terms of the new leases are not reached.

Under PRC laws, all lease agreements are required to be registered with the local housing authorities. We have not registered certain of our lease agreements with the relevant government authorities. Failure to complete these required registrations may expose our landlords, lessors and us to potential monetary fines.

 

78


Table of Contents

Increases in labor costs and enforcement of stricter labor laws and regulations in the PRC may adversely affect our business and our profitability.

China’s overall economy and the average wage level in China have increased in recent years and are expected to continue to grow. The average wage level for our employees has also increased in recent years. We expect that our labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to increase.

In addition, we have been subject to stricter regulatory requirements in terms of entering into labor contracts with our employees, protecting occupational health and safety, and paying various statutory employee benefits, including pensions, housing funds, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance to designated government agencies for the benefit of our employees. We cannot assure you that we have complied or will be able to comply with all labor-related laws and regulations including those relating to obligations to make social insurance payments and contribute to the housing provident funds. We have not fully paid the housing provident funds for all of our employees as required by applicable PRC regulations. We may be required to make up the contributions for our employees, resulting in financial conditions and results of operations to be adversely affected. Furthermore, certain overseas employee of our PRC subsidiary has not obtained required work permit or residence permit, which may subject our PRC subsidiary to fines and penalty.

We have granted, and may continue to grant, options and other types of awards under our share incentive plans, which may result in significant share-based compensation expenses and you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

We have adopted an employee stock option plan, which was amended and restated in October 2020, for the purpose of granting share-based compensation awards to employees, directors and consultants to incentivize their performance and align their interests with ours. In addition, our shareholders and board of directors have approved a share incentive plan in December 2020 which became effective in January 2021. As of the date of this annual report, options to purchase a total of 10,343,355 ordinary shares have been granted and outstanding under our employee stock option plan. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation.” As of the date of this annual report, we did not incur share-based compensation expenses relating to awards granted under our employee stock option plan. We believe the granting of share-based compensation is of significant importance to our ability to attract and retain key personnel and employees, and we will continue to grant share-based compensation awards to employees in the future. As a result, our expenses associated with share-based compensation may increase, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations. We may re-evaluate the vesting schedules, lock-up period, exercise price or other key terms applicable to the grants under our currently effective employee stock option plans from time to time. If we choose to do so, we may experience substantial change in our share-based compensation charges.

Risks Related to the ADSs

If we fail to implement and maintain effective internal controls to remediate our material weakness over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.

We are subject to reporting obligations under U.S. securities laws, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404(a), requires that, beginning with our second annual report following our initial public offering, management assess and report annually on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and identify any material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting. Although Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404(b), requires our independent registered public accounting firm to issue an annual report that addresses the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, we have opted to rely on the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act, and consequently will not be required to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404(b) until such time as we are no longer an emerging growth company.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Prior to our initial public offering that was completed in January 2021, we had been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal control and procedures and we were never required to evaluate our internal control within a specified period, and, as a result, we have experienced and may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner.

 

79


Table of Contents

During the audit of our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, one material weakness was identified in our internal control over financial reporting. Under standards established by the PCAOB, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness that has been identified relate to our lack of sufficient and competent financial reporting and accounting personnel with appropriate knowledge of U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting and compliance requirements to prepare consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

We are in the process of implementing a number of measures to address the material weakness that has been identified including: (i) hiring additional accounting and financial reporting personnel with U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting experience and qualifications, (ii) expanding the capabilities of existing accounting and financial reporting personnel through continuous training and education in the accounting and reporting requirements under U.S. GAAP, and SEC rules and regulations, and (iii) enhancing internal audit function as well as engaging an external consulting firm to assist us in assessing compliance with the SEC requirements and improve overall internal control.

We may incur significant costs in the implementation of such measures. We cannot assure you that all these measures will be sufficient to remediate our material weakness in time, or at all. Additionally, we cannot assure you that we have identified all, or that we will not in the future have additional, material weaknesses. As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in revenue for our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting.

The presence of material weaknesses could result in financial statement errors which, in turn, could lead to errors in our financial reports or delays in our financial reporting, which could require us to restate our operating results or result in our auditors issuing a qualified audit report. In order to establish and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, we will need to expend significant resources and provide significant management oversight. Developing, implementing and testing changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training of our directors and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify our existing accounting systems, take a significant period of time to complete and divert management’s attention from other business concerns. These changes may not, however, be effective in establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls.

If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting or, at the appropriate time, our independent auditors are unwilling or unable to provide us with an unqualified report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as required by Section 404(b), investors may lose confidence in our operating results, the price of the ADSs could decline and we may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. In addition, if we are unable to meet the requirements of Section 404, we may not be able to remain listed on the Nasdaq.

Holders of the ADSs have fewer rights than our shareholders and must act through the depositary to exercise their rights.

Holders of the ADSs do not have the same rights as our shareholders and may only exercise their voting rights with respect to the underlying ordinary shares in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement. Holders of the ADSs will appoint the depositary or its nominee as their representative to exercise the voting rights attaching to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs. When a general meeting is convened, if you hold ADSs, you may not receive sufficient notice of a shareholders’ meeting to permit you to cancel your ADSs and withdraw the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs to allow you to vote with respect to any specific matter. We will make all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the depositary to extend voting rights to you in a timely manner, but we cannot assure you that you will receive voting materials in time to instruct the depositary to vote, and it is possible that you, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote. Furthermore, the depositary will not be liable for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote, for the manner in which any vote is cast or for the effect of any such vote. As a result, you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and you may lack recourse if your ADSs are not voted as you request. In addition, in your capacity as an ADS holder, you will not be able to call a shareholders’ meeting.

 

80


Table of Contents

ADSs holders may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the deposit agreement, which could augur less favorable results to the plaintiff(s) in any such action.

The deposit agreement governing the ADSs representing our shares provides that holders and beneficial owners of ADSs, including those who purchase the ADSs in a secondary transaction, irrevocably waive the right to a trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to the deposit agreement, our shares or the ADSs or the transactions contemplated thereby, including claims under federal securities laws, against us or the depositary to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. If this jury trial waiver provision is prohibited by applicable law, an action could nevertheless proceed under the terms of the deposit agreement with a jury trial. To our knowledge, the enforceability of a jury trial waiver under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by a federal court. However, we believe that a jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable under the laws of the State of New York, which govern the deposit agreement, by a court of the State of New York or a federal court in New York, which have non-exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising under the deposit agreement, applying such law. In determining whether to enforce a jury trial waiver provision, New York courts and federal courts will consider whether the visibility of the jury trial waiver provision within the agreement is sufficiently prominent such that a party has knowingly waived any right to trial by jury. We believe that this is the case with respect to the deposit agreement, our shares and the ADSs and the transactions contemplated thereby. In addition, New York courts will not enforce a jury trial waiver provision in order to bar a viable setoff or counterclaim sounding in fraud or one which is based upon a creditor’s negligence in failing to liquidate collateral upon a guarantor’s demand, or in the case of an intentional tort claim (as opposed to a contract dispute), none of which we believe are applicable in the case of the deposit agreement, our shares or the ADSs or the transactions contemplated thereby. No condition, stipulation or provision of the deposit agreement or the ADSs serves as a waiver by any holder or beneficial owner of the ADSs or by us or the depositary of compliance with any provision of the federal securities laws. If you or any other holder or beneficial owner of the ADSs brings a claim against us or the depositary in connection with matters arising under the deposit agreement, our shares or the ADSs or the transactions contemplated thereby, you or such other holder or beneficial owner may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to such claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against us and/or the depositary, lead to increased costs to bring a claim, limited access to information and other imbalances of resources between such holder and us, or limit such holder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such holder finds favorable. If a lawsuit is brought against us and/or the depositary under the deposit agreement, it may be heard only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which would be conducted according to different civil procedures and may augur different results than a trial by jury would have had, including results that could be less favorable to the plaintiff(s) in any such action, depending on, among other things, the nature of the claims, the judge or justice hearing such claims, and the venue of the hearing.

You may not receive distributions on our ordinary shares represented by the ADSs or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical to make them available to holders of ADSs.

Although we do not have any present plans to declare or pay any dividends on our ordinary shares, in the event we declare and pay any dividends, the depositary for the ADSs has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on our ordinary shares or other deposited securities after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of our ordinary shares your ADSs represent. However, in accordance with the limitations set forth in the deposit agreement, it may be unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to holders of ADSs. We have no obligation to register under U.S. securities laws any offering of ADSs, ordinary shares or other securities received through such distributions. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit distribution on the ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or anything else to holders of the ADSs. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value from them if it is unlawful or impractical to make them available to you. These restrictions may have an adverse effect on the value of your ADSs.

 

81


Table of Contents

Your right to participate in any future rights offerings may be limited, which may cause dilution to your holdings.

We may from time to time distribute rights to our shareholders, including rights to acquire our securities. However, we cannot make rights available to you in the United States unless we register the rights and the securities to which the rights relate under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements is available. Also, under the deposit agreement, the depositary bank will not make rights available to you unless either both the rights and any related securities are registered under the Securities Act, or the distribution of them to ADS holders is exempted from registration under the Securities Act. We are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to any such rights or securities or to endeavor to cause such a registration statement to be declared effective. Moreover, we may not be able to establish an exemption from registration under the Securities Act. If the depositary does not distribute the rights, it may, under the deposit agreement, either sell them, if possible, or allow them to lapse. Accordingly, you may be unable to participate in our rights offerings and may experience dilution in your holdings.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on the ADSs in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gains and you may never receive a return on your investment.

We have never declared or paid a dividend on our ordinary shares in the past, and we currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. Therefore, you should not rely on an investment in the ADSs to provide dividend income. Our board of directors has complete discretion as to whether to distribute dividends, subject to certain restrictions under Cayman Islands law, namely that our company may only pay dividends out of profits or out of the credit standing in our company’s share premium account, and provided always that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in our company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. In addition, our shareholders may, subject to our memorandum and articles of association, by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our board of directors. Even if our board of directors decides to declare and pay dividends, the timing, amount and form of future dividends, if any, will depend on, among other things, our future results of operations and cash flow, our capital requirements and surplus, the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from our subsidiaries, our financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, on the ADSs will be your sole source of gains for the foreseeable future. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase the ADSs.

If we are or become classified as a passive foreign investment company, our U.S. shareholders may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result.

Generally, for any taxable year, if at least 75% of our gross income is passive income, or at least 50% of the value of our assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income, including cash, we would be characterized as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For purposes of these tests, passive income includes dividends, interest, gains from commodities and securities transactions, the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets which produce passive income (including amounts derived by reason of the temporary investment of funds raised in offerings of our shares) and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. If we are characterized as a PFIC, our U.S. shareholders may suffer adverse tax consequences, including having gains realized on the sale of our ordinary shares treated as ordinary income, rather than capital gain, the non-availability of the preferential rate applicable to dividends received by U.S. non-corporate holders, and having interest charges apply to distributions by us and gains from the sales of our shares.

We currently cannot express a view as to whether we will be a PFIC for our current or future taxable year. The determination of whether we are a PFIC is a fact-intensive determination made on an annual basis and the applicable law is subject to varying interpretation. In particular, the characterization of our assets as active or passive may depend in part on our current and intended future business plans, which are subject to change. The treatment of our goodwill as a passive or active asset will depend on the allocation of our goodwill to our business assets, which is subject to significant uncertainty. Our status as a PFIC will depend on the nature and composition of our income and the nature, composition and value of our assets (which may be determined based on the fair market value of each asset, with the value of goodwill and going concern value determined in large part by reference to the market value of the ADSs, which may be volatile). Therefore, declines in our market capitalization could adversely affect our PFIC status for any taxable year. Our status may also depend, in part, on how quickly we utilize our current cash balances in our business. Furthermore, prior to the commercialization of any of our product candidates, for any taxable year interest or other passive income may constitute 75% or more of our total gross income. Moreover, it is not entirely clear how the contractual arrangements between us, our VIE and its nominal shareholders will be treated for purposes of the PFIC rules, and we may be or become a PFIC if our VIE is not treated as owned by us for these purposes. Even if we determine that we are not a PFIC for a taxable year, there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, will agree with our conclusion and that the IRS would not successfully challenge our position. Because our PFIC status is a factual determination, our U.S. counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status for any taxable year.

 

82


Table of Contents

The tax consequences that would apply if we are classified as a PFIC will be different from those described above if a U.S. shareholder makes a valid qualified electing fund, or QEF, election. See “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—United States Federal Income Tax Consequences” for more details.

Tax authorities may disagree with our positions and conclusions regarding certain tax positions, resulting in unanticipated costs, taxes or non-realization of expected benefits.

A tax authority may disagree with tax positions that we have taken, which could result in increased tax liabilities. For example, the IRS or another tax authority could challenge our allocation of income by tax jurisdiction and the amounts paid between our affiliated companies pursuant to our intercompany arrangements and transfer pricing policies, including amounts paid with respect to our intellectual property development. Similarly, a tax authority could assert that we are subject to tax in a jurisdiction where we believe we have not established a taxable connection, often referred to as a “permanent establishment” under international tax treaties, and such an assertion, if successful, could increase our expected tax liability in one or more jurisdictions. A tax authority may take the position that material income tax liabilities, interest and penalties are payable by us, in which case, we expect that we might contest such assessment. Contesting such an assessment may be lengthy and costly, and if we were unsuccessful in disputing the assessment, the implications could increase our anticipated effective tax rate, where applicable.

If the ownership of our shares continues to be highly concentrated, it may prevent you and other minority shareholders from influencing significant corporate decisions and may result in conflicts of interest.

As of March 31, 2021, Dr. William Wei Cao, through Gracell Venture Holdings Limited, beneficially owned approximately 27.4% of our ordinary shares. As a result, Dr. Cao will exercise significant influence over all matters requiring a shareholder vote, including the election of directors; mergers, consolidations and acquisitions; the sale of all or substantially all of our assets and other decisions affecting our capital structure; the amendment of our amended and restated memorandum of association; and our winding up and dissolution. This concentration of ownership may delay, deter or prevent acts that would be favored by our other shareholders. The interests of Dr. Cao may not always coincide with our interests or the interests of our other shareholders. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of us. Also, Dr. Cao may seek to cause us to take courses of action that, in his judgment, could enhance his investment in us, but which might involve risks to our other shareholders or adversely affect us or our other shareholders, including our public investors. As a result, the market price of our shares could decline or shareholders might not receive a premium over the then-current market price of our shares upon a change in control. In addition, this concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our shares because investors may perceive disadvantages in owning shares in a company with significant shareholders.

We are an “emerging growth company” and as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, the ADSs may be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the aggregate market value of our ordinary shares, including ordinary shares represented by ADSs, held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the end of our second fiscal quarter before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31 (the last day of our fiscal year). Emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies Additionally, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. We cannot predict if investors will find the ADSs less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find the ADSs less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the ADSs and the trading price of the ADSs may be more volatile.

 

83


Table of Contents

We qualify as a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we are not subject to U.S. proxy rules and are subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that permit less detailed and frequent reporting than that of a U.S. domestic public company.

We report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including (i) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and (iii) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8-K upon the occurrence of specified significant events. In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year.

Foreign private issuers also are exempt from Regulation FD, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of the above, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

If we lose our status as a foreign private issuer, we would be required to comply with the Exchange Act reporting and other requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, which are more detailed and extensive than the requirements for foreign private issuers. We may also be required to make changes in our corporate governance practices in accordance with various SEC and Nasdaq rules. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws if we are required to comply with the reporting requirements applicable to a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher than the cost we would incur as a foreign private issuer. As a result, we expect that a loss of foreign private issuer status would increase our legal and financial compliance costs and would make some activities highly time-consuming and costly. We also expect that if we were required to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, it would make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we have elected to, rely on exemptions from certain Nasdaq corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers, including the requirement that a majority of an issuer’s directors consist of independent directors. This may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

As a Cayman Islands company listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, we are subject to the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards. For example, Rule 5605 of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules requires listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of its board members to be independent, and to have independent director oversight of executive compensation and nomination of directors.

 

 

84


Table of Contents

However, Nasdaq rules permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, may differ significantly from the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards. For example, under Cayman Islands law we are not required to have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. With respect to the foregoing corporate governance requirement, we have elected to follow home country practice. See “Item 16G. Corporate governance.” We may also elect to rely on home country practice to be exempted from other corporate governance requirements. As a result, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would enjoy under the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

Our articles of association designate specific courts in Cayman Islands and the United States as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by the holders of our ordinary shares, ADSs or other securities, which could limit their ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Pursuant to our articles of association, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the courts of the Cayman Islands shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear, settle and/or determine any dispute, controversy or claim (including any non-contractual dispute, controversy or claim) whether arising out of or in connection with these articles or otherwise, including any questions regarding their existence, validity, formation or termination, or the Cayman Forum Provision. The Cayman Forum Provision will not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act or Exchange Act. Our articles of association further provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by relevant law, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, regardless of whether such legal suit, action, or proceeding also involves parties other than us, or the Federal Forum Provision. In addition, our articles of association provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any shares or other securities in us, or purchasing or otherwise acquiring ADSs issued pursuant to the deposit agreements is deemed to have notice of and consented to the Cayman Forum Provision and the Federal Forum Provision. Notwithstanding the above, holders of our ordinary shares, ADSs or other securities cannot and will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

We recognize that the Cayman Forum Provision and the Federal Forum Provision in our articles of association may impose additional litigation costs on holders of our ordinary shares, ADSs or other securities in pursuing their claims, particularly if the holders do not reside in or near the Cayman Islands or the United States. Additionally, the forum selection clauses in our amended and restated articles of association may limit the holders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage the filing of lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees, even though an action, if successful, might benefit holders of our securities. In addition, while the Delaware Supreme Court ruled in March 2020 that federal forum selection provisions purporting to require claims under the Securities Act be brought in federal court were “facially valid” under Delaware law and the California Supreme Court made a similar ruling under the California law, there is uncertainty as to whether other courts will enforce our Federal Forum Provision. If the Federal Forum Provision is found to be unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters. The Federal Forum Provision may also impose additional litigation costs on holders of our securities who assert that the provision is not enforceable or invalid.

Since shareholder rights under Cayman Islands law differ from those under U.S. law, you may have difficulty protecting your shareholder rights.

We are an exempted company limited by shares incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act (as amended) of the Cayman Islands, or the Companies Act, and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against our directors, actions by our minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding, on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Cayman Islands. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

 

85


Table of Contents

Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies like us have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records, other than the memorandum and articles of association and any special resolutions passed by such companies, and the registers of mortgages and charges of such companies. The Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands shall make available the list of the names of the current directors of the Company (and where applicable the current alternate directors of the Company) for inspection by any person upon payment of a fee by such person. Our directors have discretion under our memorandum and articles of association to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, differ significantly from requirements for companies incorporated in other jurisdictions such as the United States. Since we have chosen to follow certain home country practice, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would enjoy under the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. See “—As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we have elected to, rely on exemptions from certain Nasdaq corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers, including the requirement that a majority of an issuer’s directors consist of independent directors. This may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs.”

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by our management, members of our board of directors or our controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a company incorporated in the United States. For a discussion of significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Act and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders, see “Item 10. Additional Information—B. Memorandum and Articles of Association—Differences in Corporate Law.”

Provisions in our memorandum and articles of association may prevent or frustrate attempts by our shareholders to change our management and hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in us, and the market price of the ADSs may be lower as a result.

There are provisions in our memorandum and articles of association that may make it difficult for a third-party to acquire, or attempt to acquire, control of our company, even if a change of control was considered favorable by you and other shareholders. For example, our board of directors will have the authority to issue up to 1,000,000 shares of an additional class or classes of shares, which could include preference shares. The board of directors can fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of the other classes of shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders. The issuance of such shares may delay or prevent a change of control transaction. As a result, the market price of the ADSs and the voting and other rights of our shareholders may be adversely affected. An issuance of other classes of shares may result in the loss of voting control to other shareholders.

Our charter documents will also contain other provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect, including:

 

   

only one of our three classes of directors will be elected each year;

 

   

shareholders will be entitled to remove directors only for cause;

 

   

shareholders will not be permitted to take actions by written consent;

 

86


Table of Contents
   

shareholders must give advance notice to nominate directors or submit proposals for consideration at annual general meetings.

These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change of control transaction. They could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers, including transactions that may be in your best interests. These provisions may also prevent changes in our management or limit the price that investors are willing to pay for the ADSs.

You may be subject to limitations on transfers of your ADSs.

Your ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its transfer books at any time or from time to time when deemed necessary or advisable by it in good faith in connection with the performance of its duties or at our reasonable written request, subject in all cases to compliance with applicable U.S. securities laws. In addition, the depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary deems it advisable to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason.

General Risk Factors

Business disruptions could seriously harm our future revenue and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.

Our operations, and those of our vendors and suppliers, could be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics and other natural or man-made disasters or business interruptions, for which we are predominantly self-insured. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. We currently rely on third-party suppliers to produce and process our product candidates on a patient-by-patient basis. Our ability to obtain clinical supplies of our product candidates could be disrupted if the operations of these suppliers are affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that we or our employees, consultants or advisors have misappropriated, wrongfully used or disclosed their trade secrets or other intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees, consultants and advisors are currently or were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and advisors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of third parties in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have inadvertently or otherwise used intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual’s former employer. We may also in the future be subject to claims that we have caused such individual to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these potential claims.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception, development or reduction to practice of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives, develops or reduces to practice intellectual property that we regard as our own or such employees and contractors may breach the agreement and claim the developed intellectual property as their own. Our assignment agreements may not be self-executing or may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties or defend claims they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

87


Table of Contents

If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A court could prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our product candidates if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management. In addition, any litigation or threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with independent service providers. Moreover, a loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our products.

The trading price of the ADSs may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of the ADSs has been volatile and has ranged from a low of US$12.34 to a high of US$30.57 since the ADSs started to trade on Nasdaq on January 8, 2021. The trading price of the ADSs may continue to be volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control, including limited trading volume. The stock market in general and the market for biopharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their ADSs at or above the price paid for the ADSs. In addition to the factors discussed in “Item 3. Key Information––D. Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this annual report, these factors include:

 

   

the commencement, enrollment or results of our planned and future clinical trials;

 

   

positive or negative results from, or delays in, testing and clinical trials by us, collaborators or competitors;

 

   

the loss of any of our key scientific or management personnel;

 

   

regulatory or legal developments in the United States, China and other countries;

 

   

the success of competitive products or technologies;

 

   

adverse actions taken by regulatory agencies with respect to our clinical trials or manufacturers;

 

   

changes or developments in laws or regulations applicable to our product candidates and preclinical program;

 

   

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

   

changes to our relationships with collaborators, manufacturers or suppliers;

 

   

concerns regarding the safety of our product candidates or CAR-T cells in general;

 

   

announcements concerning our competitors or the pharmaceutical industry in general;

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

 

   

changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

   

potential acquisitions, financing, collaborations or other corporate transactions;

 

   

the results of our efforts to discover, develop, acquire or in-license additional product candidates;

 

   

the trading volume of the ADSs on Nasdaq;

 

88


Table of Contents
   

sales of the ADSs or ordinary shares by us, members of our senior management and directors or our shareholders or the anticipation that such sales may occur in the future;

 

   

general economic, political, and market conditions and overall fluctuations in the financial markets in the United States or China;

 

   

stock market price and volume fluctuations of comparable companies and, in particular, those that operate in the biopharmaceutical industry;

 

   

investors’ general perception of us and our business; and

 

   

other events and factors, many of which are beyond our control.

These and other market and industry factors may cause the market price and demand for the ADSs to fluctuate substantially, regardless of our actual operating performance, which may limit or prevent investors from selling their ADSs at or above the price paid for the ADSs and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of the ADSs. In addition, the stock market in general, and biopharmaceutical companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies.

Some companies that have experienced volatility in the trading price of their shares have been the subject of securities class action litigation. Any lawsuit to which we are a party, with or without merit, may result in an unfavorable judgment. We also may decide to settle lawsuits on unfavorable terms.

Any such negative outcome could result in payments of substantial damages or fines, damage to our reputation or adverse changes to our business practices. Defending against litigation is costly and time-consuming, and could divert our management’s attention and our resources. Furthermore, during the course of litigation, there could be negative public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, which could have a negative effect on the market price of the ADSs.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to holders of the ADSs or other securities of our company, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

We expect that significant additional capital may be needed in the future to continue our planned operations, including conducting clinical trials, commercialization efforts, expanded research and development activities and costs associated with operating a public company. Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through any or a combination of securities offerings, debt financings, license and collaboration agreements and research grants. If we raise capital through securities offerings, such sales may also result in material dilution to our existing shareholders, and new investors could gain rights, preferences and privileges senior to the holders of the ADSs or other securities of our company.

To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a shareholder. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, could result in fixed payment obligations, and we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios or restrict our ability to pay dividends or make acquisitions.

If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may be required to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. In addition, we could also be required to seek funds through arrangements with collaborators or others at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable. If we raise funds through research grants, we may be subject to certain requirements, which may limit our ability to use the funds or require us to share information from our research and development. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to a third-party to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves. Raising additional capital through any of these or other means could adversely affect our business and the holdings or rights of our shareholders, and may cause the market price of the ADSs to decline.

 

89


Table of Contents

We will incur significantly increased costs as a result of operating as a company whose ADSs are publicly traded in the United States, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company in the United States, we have incurred, and expect to continue to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. These expenses will likely be even more significant after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of Nasdaq and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies in the United States, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our senior management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which in turn could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified senior management personnel or members for our board of directors.

However, these rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

Pursuant to Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by our senior management on our internal controls over financial reporting. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal controls over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To prepare for eventual compliance with Section 404, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal controls over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal controls over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal controls over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed time frame or at all, that our internal controls over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports, or publish unfavorable research or reports, about us, our business or our market, the price and trading volume of the ADSs could decline.

The trading market for the ADSs will be influenced by the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. If research analysts do not establish and maintain adequate research coverage of our ADSs or if one or more equity research analysts downgrade the ADSs or issue other unfavorable commentary or research about us, the market price of the ADSs could decline. If one or more equity research analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for the ADSs could decrease, which in turn could cause the trading price or trading volume of the ADSs to decline.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management’s attention.

The market price of the ADSs may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

 

90


Table of Contents
Item 4.

Information on the Company

A.    History and Development of the Company

We commenced operations in May 2017 through Gracell Biotechnologies (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in China, which we refer to as Shanghai Gracell Biotech in this annual report. In April 2018, Shanghai Gracell Biotech incorporated Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in China, which we refer to as Suzhou Gracell Biotech in this annual report. Currently, we conduct research and development activities in biotechnologies and pharmaceutical industries primarily through Suzhou Gracell Biotech and Shanghai Gracell Biotech.

In May 2018, we incorporated Gracell Biotechnologies Inc., or Gracell Cayman, under the laws of the Cayman Islands as our offshore holding company. Shortly after its incorporation, Gracell Cayman established a wholly owned subsidiary, Gracell Biotechnologies Holdings Limited, or Gracell BVI, under the laws of the British Virgin Islands in May 2018. Gracell BVI in turn established its wholly owned subsidiaries Gracell Biotechnologies (HK) Limited, or Gracell HK, and Gracell Biopharmaceuticals, Inc., or Gracell US, in June 2018 and February 2020, respectively. In August 2018, Gracell Bioscience (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., which we refer to as Gracell Bioscience or our wholly foreign-owned enterprise, or WFOE, in this annual report, was incorporated as a PRC subsidiary wholly owned by Gracell HK. Our WFOE incorporated its wholly owned PRC subsidiary Gracell Biomedicine (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. in August 2020.

We obtained control over Shanghai Gracell Biotech, or our variable interest entity, or VIE, and its subsidiary through a series of contractual arrangements, as amended and restated, entered into among our WFOE, our VIE and shareholders of our VIE. As a result, we are regarded as the primary beneficiary of our VIE and its subsidiary. We treat our VIE and its subsidiary as our consolidated affiliated entities under U.S. GAAP and have consolidated the financial results of these entities in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. For more details and risks related to our variable interest entity structure, please see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions—Contractual Agreements with Our VIE and its Shareholders” and “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure.”

PRC laws and regulations impose restrictions on foreign ownership companies engaged in the development and application of human stem cell or gene diagnostic and therapeutic technologies, or the Restricted Activities. Although as of the date of this annual report, there has been no official interpretation of the scope of the Restricted Activities, and the application of this regulation remains unclear, we carry out all of our operations that may fall into the Restricted Activities through our VIE and its subsidiary. We use our WFOE to carry out preliminary research and development activities on animals, which we believe do not fall into the Restricted Activities. The research and development activities of our VIE and its subsidiary are not attributable to our WFOE.

On January 8, 2021, the ADSs representing our ordinary shares commenced trading on Nasdaq under the symbol “GRCL.” We raised from our initial public offering US$220.2 million in net proceeds after deducting underwriting commissions and discounts and the offering expenses payable by us.

Our principal executive offices are located at Building 12, Block B, Phase II, Biobay Industrial Park, 218 Sangtian St., Suzhou Industrial Park, People’s Republic of China. Our telephone number at this address is +86-512-6262-6701. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman, KY1-1002, Cayman Islands. Investors should submit any inquiries to the address and telephone number of our principal executive offices.

SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC on www.sec.gov. You can also find information on our website www.gracellbio.com. The information contained on our website is not a part of this annual report.

 

91


Table of Contents

B.    Business Overview

We are a global clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company dedicated to discovering and developing breakthrough cell therapies to address major industry challenges and fulfill unmet medical needs in the treatment of cancer. We aim to disrupt conventional approaches to CAR-T cell therapies with our proprietary technology platforms—FasTCAR and TruUCAR.

 

   

With FasTCAR, we are able to deliver younger, less exhausted T cells for autologous cell therapies with enhanced activities and next-day manufacturing versus the industry norm of two to six weeks. Our lead FasTCAR-enabled autologous product candidate, GC012F, has achieved high percentage of negative minimal residual disease, or MRD-, stringent complete responses, or sCR, in relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma, or r/r MM, patients in an ongoing investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial in China.

 

   

With TruUCAR, we are able to derive T cells from non-HLA-matched healthy donors to generate allogeneic CAR-T cell therapies that are readily available off-the-shelf at lower cost for a broad patient base, including those less suitable for autologous CAR-T cell therapies. Our lead TruUCAR-enabled allogeneic product candidate, GC027, has achieved high percentage of complete responses, or CR, in relapsed or refractory T cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia, or r/r T-ALL, patients in an ongoing investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial in China.

In addition to our technology platforms, we utilize our proprietary genetic engineering techniques, Dual CAR and Enhanced CAR, to generate FasTCAR and TruUCAR product candidates. Leveraging our pioneering platforms, know-how and experience, we are developing a rich clinical-stage pipeline of multiple autologous and allogeneic product candidates that we believe will unlock the long-held promise of CAR-T cell therapies for a broad range of patients with advanced hematologic malignancies and solid tumors.

GC012F, our lead FasTCAR autologous product candidate, is currently being studied in an ongoing investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial in China. 16 r/r MM patients were enrolled and treated for this trial with 15, or 93.8%, of these patients exhibiting high-risk features, which represent a subgroup of MM patients that are most difficult to treat. As of the July 2020 data cutoff date, 15 of 16 patients responded to therapy, resulting in an overall response rate, or ORR, of 93.8%, with all six patients, or 100%, from the highest dose cohort achieving a sCR, which was maintained through the landmark analysis at six months after CAR-T infusion. Cytokine release syndrome, or CRS, was a common and expected adverse event in CAR-T cell therapy that initially manifests with fever and can potentially progress to a life-threatening condition. CRS was observed with mostly low grade and non-life-threatening symptoms and was managed with standard of care, or SOC, treatment, including tocilizumab and steroids and resolved in all cases. No patient developed immune effector cell-associated neurotoxicity syndrome, or ICANS, another common adverse event and treatment-related toxicity observed after CAR-T cell therapy.

GC027, our lead TruUCAR allogeneic product candidate, is currently being studies in an ongoing investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial in China and has demonstrated a high overall response rate with all six enrolled adult r/r T-ALL patients, or 100%, achieving a CR or complete response with incomplete hematologic recovery, or CRi, as of the February 4, 2021 data cutoff date. Grade 3 or 4 CRS was observed in all patients and was managed with standard of care, tocilizumab and ruxolitinib treatment, as well as best supportive care. No ICANS or acute graft versus host disease, or aGvHD, was observed.

Despite the vast potential of CAR-T cell therapies, major challenges persist for both autologous and allogeneic approaches. Autologous cell therapies are highly personalized, making the manufacturing process time-consuming, complex, costly and difficult to scale. It is also challenging to generate sufficient high-quality T cells as T cells of patients are often compromised from earlier lines of cancer treatment. Unlike autologous therapies that derive cells from patients, allogeneic therapies, including those intended for use off-the-shelf, derive cells from healthy donors but require modifications to reduce or eliminate host versus graft rejection, or HvG, where a patient’s immune cells recognize infused non-HLA-matched donor cells as foreign and reject them, and GvHD. Additionally, despite progress in treating hematologic malignancies, CAR-T cell therapies have had little success with treating solid tumors, primarily as a result of CAR-T cells’ limited ability to penetrate and persist in solid tumors.

 

92


Table of Contents

Our pioneering platforms, FasTCAR and TruUCAR, are designed to provide significant advantages as highlighted below:

 

   

FasTCAR. FasTCAR is designed to address the most pressing challenges associated with autologous therapies, such as lengthy manufacturing time, suboptimal manufacturing quality, high therapy cost and poor T cell fitness. We transform the three primary production steps—activation, transduction and expansion—into a single “concurrent activation-transduction” step. This is achieved by utilizing XLenti vectors derived from lentivirus to concurrently activate and transduce resting T cells and enable them to stably express one or more CARs and proliferate actively in vivo. In addition, FasTCAR manufactured CAR-T cells are younger, less exhausted and show enhanced proliferation, tissue migration and tumor cell clearance activities as demonstrated in preclinical studies, eliminating the need for the ex vivo expansion phase in the conventional process. This streamlined process significantly shortens the production time from an industry norm of two to six weeks and achieves next-day manufacturing. Shorter manufacturing time is of particular importance to increasing the widespread utility of CAR-T cell therapies, particularly in the case of rapidly progressing cancers. We established fully-closed capability designed to produce FasTCAR product candidates while reducing the risk of contamination and optimizing cost-efficiency. Our significantly shorter manufacturing time and highly efficient manufacturing process may result in meaningful cost savings, increasing the accessibility of cell therapies for cancer patients. We are developing our lead autologous product candidate, GC012F, as well as multiple autologous clinical-stage pipeline candidates on our FasTCAR platform.

 

   

TruUCAR. TruUCAR is designed to generate high-quality allogeneic CAR-T cell therapies that can be administered “off-the-shelf” at lower cost. As with FasTCAR, TruUCAR uses a lentivirus to deliver its CAR. TruUCAR has several key design differences when compared to conventional allogeneic CAR-T approaches. TruUCAR is designed to specifically target a patient’s T cells and natural killer, or NK, cells that would otherwise be directed against the foreign, or allogeneic, cells resulting in rejection by the patients. This feature allows our allogeneic cell therapies to survive a patient’s immune system without the need for combination treatment with anti-CD52 antibodies that may leave a patient at increased risk for infection. TruUCAR is designed to avoid GvHD, one of the most severe adverse events of allogeneic CAR-T cell therapies, and rapidly eliminate cancer cells without the need to bridge to hematopoietic stem cell transplantation, or HSCT, which is often used with conventional allogeneic CAR-T cell therapy to strengthen its therapeutic effects but pose a risk of early mortality. As a result, TruUCAR’s monotherapy approach has the potential to significantly reduce the cost and length of treatment by achieving fast remission and avoiding anti-CD52 treatment and potentially HSCT. We believe that TruUCAR may result in meaningful cost savings, further increasing the accessibility of cell therapies for cancer patients. We are developing our lead allogeneic product candidate, GC027, as well as multiple allogeneic pipeline candidates based on our TruUCAR platform.

In addition, we have a suite of genetic engineering techniques, Dual CAR and Enhanced CAR, that can be leveraged with FasTCAR and TruUCAR to generate CAR-T cell therapies. Dual CAR has the potential to control relapse by reducing the likelihood of antigen escape and to reduce rejection of the CAR-T cells by patients treated with TruUCAR-enabled allogeneic CAR-T cell therapies. Enhanced CAR further strengthens CAR-T cells’ functionality, for example by overcoming the immunosuppressive tumor microenvironment, or TME, and/or increasing cytokine signaling. Additionally, with donor-derived CAR technique, we are developing an allogeneic CAR-T cell therapy program using T cells from HLA-matched donors to minimize risk of GvHD as well as HvG without gene editing.

We have generated a pipeline of autologous and allogeneic cell therapy candidates with the potential to treat both hematologic malignancies and solid tumors. Our clinical development strategy is built on the robust pre-IND investigator-initiated trials program that we have established in partnership with top-tier hospitals in China. We engineer, produce and provide CAR-T cells to the principal investigators at those hospitals for administration in patients. The principal investigators agree to provide us results and findings generated from the investigator-initiated trials. We do not have access to the underlying data points from these studies unless separately requested by us and approved by them. To the extent that, after discussions with the FDA and/or the NMPA, we are permitted to rely on all or part of these initial results and the underlying data points to support our regulatory filings with the FDA and/or the NMPA, we work in close collaboration with the principal investigators to collect the data with their approval. This strategy is designed to expedite our global clinical development activities with the initial results in investigator-initiated Phase 1 trials utilizing safety as primary endpoint and overall response rate, or ORR, as secondary endpoint. There is no guarantee that this strategy will be successful or will speed up the development of our product candidates. We have generated all our product candidates internally.

 

93


Table of Contents

The pipeline diagram below presents our most clinically advanced product candidates that we have either submitted IND or received IND approval to commence clinical trials. We have not submitted IND for any of our product candidates to the FDA.

 

LOGO

B-ALL = B cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia

Additionally, we have generated a suite of product candidates that are being studied in investigator-initiated trials in China as presented in the pipeline diagram below.

 

LOGO

* We intend to use the clinical data generated from the investigator-initiated trials in China (China IITs) in our IND filings to FDA and NMPA; however, we make no guarantee that such data will be accepted by the FDA and/or the NMPA.

MM = multiple myeloma, T-ALL = T cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia

Our lead product candidates include:

 

   

GC012F. GC012F is a FasTCAR-enabled dual BCMA- and CD19-directed autologous CAR-T product candidate being studied for the treatment of MM in an ongoing investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial across multiple centers in China. As of July 2020, 16 r/r MM patients were enrolled and treated with 93.8% of these patients having high-risk features, which represent a subgroup of MM patients with a poor prognosis and potentially rapid disease progression, making them particularly challenging to treat even with novel agents. All patients in the trial had relapsed from, or were refractory to, previous treatments, including most commonly used agents and SOC treatments. 15 of 16 patients achieved and maintained a response. In the highest dose cohort which is the recommended dosage level, 100% of the six evaluable patients achieved MRD- sCR as best response which was maintained through the landmark analysis at six months after CAR-T infusion. Based on these results, we expect to submit IND applications for GC012F in r/r MM to the FDA and the NMPA in the first half of 2022.

 

   

GC019F. GC019F is a FasTCAR-enabled CD19-directed autologous CAR-T product candidate that has been studied for the treatment of adult B-ALL in an investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial across multiple centers in China. We have obtained IND approval from the NMPA to study GC019F in adult B-ALL and are currently in the process of initiating the Phase 1 study at select clinical sites.

 

94


Table of Contents
   

GC027. GC027 is a TruUCAR-enabled CD7-directed allogeneic CAR-T product candidate being studied for the treatment of adult T-ALL in an ongoing investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial across multiple centers in China. As of February 2021, six adult r/r T-ALL patients were enrolled and treated on study. All six patients enrolled had relapsed from, or were refractory to, their prior line of therapy. All six evaluable patients achieved a CR or CRi, resulting in an ORR of 100%, including five patients, or 83%, achieving MRD- CR on Day 28 after treatment. CRS was observed in all patients and was resolved with treatment. No patient developed ICANS or acute GvHD. We expect to submit an IND application for GC027 in adult r/r T-ALL to the FDA and the NMPA in 2022.

 

   

GC007g. GC007g is a donor-derived CD19-directed allogeneic CAR-T cell therapy that has been studied for the treatment of r/r B-ALL in a completed investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial, where CAR-T cells were manufactured using T cells from an HLA-matched healthy donor. We have obtained IND approval from the NMPA to study GC007g in B-ALL and were granted approval from the NMPA on December 24, 2020 for a seamless Phase 1/2 registrational trial. Our goal is to submit a biologics license application, or BLA, to the NMPA for GC007g upon completion of a registrational trial.

In addition to our lead product candidates, we have a broad portfolio of earlier stage product candidates targeting various cancer indications, such as B and T cell malignancies and solid tumors.

CAR-T cell manufacturing is a critical component of our clinical development and future commercialization, as CAR-T cell therapies are complex and, in the case of autologous therapies, highly personalized. We control our manufacturing mainly through our good manufacturing practices, or GMP, compliant manufacturing facility in Suzhou and also through our Shanghai process development center for preclinical and clinical engineering runs, making us self-sufficient in the production of CAR-T cells for preclinical and clinical development as well as early stage commercialization. We established fully-closed capability in our Suzhou facility and Shanghai process development center, which are designed to produce FasTCAR product candidates while reducing contamination risks and optimizing cost-efficiency. With this fully-closed design, we will be able to operate multiple systems in one manufacturing cleanroom at the same time, with each system producing CAR-T cells for an individual patient. We believe these advantages, coupled with our ability to achieve next-day manufacturing for autologous CAR-T cells in one production shift, allow us to substantially reduce manufacturing costs, improve productivity and scale up our production in a cost-efficient manner. Our Shanghai process development center supports high-quality engineering runs for IND preparations.

We are led by an experienced management team with an unwavering commitment to developing next generation cell and gene therapies. Our Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Dr. William Wei Cao, Ph.D., B.M., has over 30 years of research and development experience in the biotechnology industry and previously co-founded and served as chief executive officer and executive board member of Cellular Biomedicine Group, Inc., a cell therapy company. Prior to that, Dr. Cao held research positions at Harvard Medical School and Stanford University Medical Center, as well as senior roles at Chiron (Novartis and Bayer) and Affymetrix (ThermoFisher). Our Chief Medical Officer, Dr. Martina Sersch, M.D., has over 25 years of academia and industry experience and previously served in senior roles at Amgen, Roche/Genentech and Pfizer. Dr. Sersch also served as Chief Medical Officer of Mustang Bio, Inc. (Nasdaq: MBIO), a Nasdaq-listed CAR-T and gene therapy company where she successfully led the IND approval of a CAR-T cell therapy. Our Chief Financial Officer, Dr. Kevin Xie, Ph.D., has over 20 years of experience in healthcare industry and healthcare investment and held various leadership and management positions at Fosun Group, Locust Walk Capital, Scopia Capital, and Great Point Partners. Dr. Xie serves on the board of ViewRay Inc (Nasdaq: VRAY) and Alpha Healthcare Acquisition Corp. (Nasdaq: AHAC).

Our Proprietary Technologies

With FasTCAR, we are able to deliver younger, less exhausted T cells for autologous cell therapies with enhanced activities and next-day manufacturing versus the industry norm of two to six weeks. With TruUCAR, we are able to derive T cells from non-HLA-matched healthy donors to generate allogeneic CAR-T cell therapies that are readily available off-the-shelf at lower cost for a broad range of patients, including those less suitable for autologous CAR-T cell therapies. In addition, we have a suite of genetic engineering techniques, Dual CAR and Enhanced CAR, that can be leveraged with FasTCAR and TruUCAR technology platforms to generate CAR-T cell therapies. Dual CAR is designed to control relapse by reducing the likelihood of antigen escape and to reduce rejection of the CAR-T cells by patients treated with TruUCAR-enabled allogeneic CAR-T cell therapies. Enhanced CAR further strengthens CAR-T cells’ functionality, for example by overcoming the immunosuppressive TME and/or increasing cytokine signaling. Additionally, with donor-derived CAR technique, we are developing an allogeneic CAR-T cell therapy program using T cells from HLA-matched donors to minimize risk of GvHD as well as HvG without gene editing.

 

95


Table of Contents

FasTCAR – Our Autologous CAR-T Platform

FasTCAR is our novel autologous CAR-T platform that tackles the most pressing challenges associated with autologous therapies, such as lengthy manufacturing time, suboptimal manufacturing quality, high therapy cost and poor T cell fitness. In the conventional CAR-T manufacturing process, the first and most essential step is activating a patient’s T cells using CD3 and/or CD28 antibodies. As the next step, activated T cells will be transduced by virus vectors to express one or more CARs. Engineered CAR-T cells will then need to be expanded ex vivo before they can be administered into the human body. As depicted in the figure below, the conventional process can take about two to six weeks. Our ability to revolutionize the autologous CAR-T manufacturing process relies on several proprietary technological innovations, including our system of concurrently activating and transducing T cells in a single step with no extra ex vivo T cell expansion phase and the use of XLenti vectors, our viral vectors with higher transduction efficiency. We developed a proprietary system of concurrently activating and transducing resting T cells using XLenti vectors derived from lentivirus, that are of high-quality and exhibit high gene transduction efficiency. As a result, after transduction, one or more CARs are integrated in the T cell genome and expressed stably. Based on our preclinical studies, these transduced T cells are highly active in proliferation and tumor cell clearance, as shown below, and therefore can be administered into the human body without the need for ex vivo cell expansion. With these innovations, FasTCAR transforms the activation, transduction and expansion steps into a single “concurrent activation-transduction” step, as depicted in the figure below, significantly reducing the autologous CAR-T cell manufacturing time from an industry norm of two to six weeks and achieving next-day manufacturing.

 

LOGO

As exemplified by the preclinical studies for FasTCAR T cells targeting CD19, FasTCAR T cells are younger, less exhausted and show enhanced proliferation, tissue migration and tumor cell clearance activities, as compared to conventional CAR-T cells targeting CD19, as demonstrated by the figures below. We conducted a preclinical study in which the percentages of stem cell memory T cells, or Tscm cells, and central memory T cell, or Tcm cells, in FasTCAR T cells were compared to those in conventional CAR-T cells in vitro. Memory T cells, such as Tscm cells and Tcm cells, are indicators of T cell youth, and are associated with CAR-T cell therapeutic effects. Effector memory T cells, or Tem cells, and effector T cells, or Teff cells, are late-differentiated T cells that attack the tumor cells. As depicted in the figure below, we observed that FasTCAR T cells were younger than conventional CAR-T cells as demonstrated by the larger percentage of Tscm and Tcm cells in the FasTCAR T cells.

 

96


Table of Contents

FasTCAR T Cells Are Younger than Conventional CAR-T Cells, As Demonstrated by the Percentage of Tscm and Tcm Cells In Vitro

 

LOGO

We compared T cell exhaustion of FasTCAR T cells targeting CD19 to conventional CAR-T cells targeting CD19 in a preclinical study, where the percentage of exhausted T cells was measured using common exhaustion markers, PD-1+Lag3+Tim3. T cell exhaustion is a state of T cell dysfunction due to reasons such as prolonged antigen stimulation and cancer. As depicted in the figure below, we observed that FasTCAR cells are less exhausted than conventional CAR-T cells.

FasTCAR T Cells Are Less Exhausted than Conventional CAR-T Cells, As Measured by the Percentage of T Cell Exhaustion Markers

 

LOGO

We observed that FasTCAR-T cells targeting CD19 also demonstrated more robust and enhanced proliferation activities than conventional CAR-T cells in vitro upon antigen re-stimulation, as depicted in the figure below.

 

97


Table of Contents

FasTCAR T Cells Are More Robust and Active in Proliferation than Conventional CAR-T Cells

 

LOGO

We also assessed the CAR-T cell migration to the bone marrow after infusion. As depicted in the figure below, we observed that significantly more FasTCAR T cells targeting CD19 were found in the bone marrow than conventional CAR-T cells ten days after CAR-T cell infusion.

FasTCAR T Cells Infiltrate into Bone Marrow Better than Conventional CAR-T Cells

 

LOGO

Additionally, we observed that FasTCAR T cells targeting CD19 demonstrated significantly better and more sustained anti-leukemia effects in vivo in a Raji xenograft mouse model, or Raji-Luc, as depicted in the figure below. Immunocompromised mice were implanted intravenously with tumor cells and the tumors were established for seven days before injection with a dose of 5.0x10^5 total CAR-T cells. FasTCAR T cells targeting CD19 exhibited better and more sustained anti-tumor effects than conventional CAR-T cells at the same dose.

 

98


Table of Contents

FasTCAR T Cells Exhibit Significantly More Active and Sustained Anti-Tumor Effects than Conventional CAR-T Cells in A B Cell Malignancy Xenograft Mouse Model

 

LOGO

The in vivo expansion of FasTCAR T cells targeting CD19 was more robust than conventional CAR-T cells, as depicted in the figure below.

Enhanced Anti-Tumor Activities of FasTCAR T Cells Was, at Least Partly, Attributable to Increased Proliferation Activities of FasTCAR T Cells Observed In Vivo

 

LOGO

We believe our autologous CAR-T manufacturing process has the potential to reduce contamination risk, lower manufacturing cost and improve productivity. We established fully-closed capability in our Suzhou and Shanghai facilities, which are designed to produce FasTCAR product candidates while reducing contamination risks and optimizing cost-efficiency. With this fully-closed design, we will be able to operate multiple systems in one manufacturing cleanroom at the same time, with each system producing CAR-T cells for an individual patient. On the contrary, autologous CAR-T cell therapy producers without a fully-closed system can only produce one batch of CAR-T cells for a single patient in one manufacturing cleanroom at one time in order to avoid potential cross-contamination. Our fully-closed system reduces reagent consumable costs, labor costs, workshop equipment operations and depreciation. We believe these advantages, coupled with our ability to achieve next-day manufacturing for autologous CAR-T cells in one production shift, allow us to substantially reduce manufacturing cost, improve productivity and scale up our production in a cost-efficient manner.

 

99


Table of Contents

Given the number of patients with these fast-progressing diseases our autologous CAR-T product candidates are currently being developed to treat, the time saved by our faster and more reliable manufacturing process alone could make a large difference in clinical outcomes and, together with the substantial cost savings, could improve accessibility of cell therapies for patients. We believe that FasTCAR can be applied broadly to any CAR-T antigens and a variety of tumor markers, based on our clinical and preclinical studies. With FasTCAR, we are currently developing our lead autologous product candidates, GC012F and GC019F, targeting hematologic malignancies, such as MM, B-ALL and B-NHL, as well as earlier-stage autologous product candidates targeting a variety of indications, such as ovarian cancer and breast cancer.

TruUCAR – Our Off-the-Shelf Allogeneic CAR-T Platform

TruUCAR is our proprietary and innovative technology platform for generating high-quality allogeneic CAR-T therapies that can be administered “off-the-shelf” at lower cost. Unlike autologous CAR-T therapies, these product candidates use T cells from non-HLA-matched healthy donors, making them readily available to treat cancer patients, including those who are less suitable for, or have relapsed after, autologous CAR-T cell therapy as well as those with rapidly progressing cancer. Allogeneic CAR-T cell therapies that are derived from higher quality T cells from healthy donors have the potential to be superior to T cells derived from cancer patients in multiple attributes, including fitness, proliferation, differentiation, homing and tumor cell clearance ability in vivo.

Despite these advantages, allogeneic cell therapy approaches are often limited by HvG and GvHD, which limit the therapeutic potential of these therapies by reducing potential efficacy and posing significant safety challenges. HvG occurs when a patient’s immune cells recognize infused non-HLA-matched donor cells as foreign and reject them. The most common method used for mitigating the potential for HvG is to suppress the patient’s own alloreactive killer cells, including T cells and NK cells. We believe the only clinically proven strategy to achieve such suppression of T and NK cells to date is to administer anti-CD52 antibodies as part of the preconditioning regimen. Since CD52 is broadly expressed on the surface of many immune cells including not only T and NK cells, but also monocytes and granulocytes, depletion of these cell types increases the risk of infections. GvHD is a potentially fatal condition, where transplanted cells, or specifically allogeneic CAR-T cells in this case, recognize the patient’s normal tissues as foreign and cause potentially lethal tissue damage. GvHD associated with allogeneic CAR-T cell therapies can be addressed by knocking out, or making functionally inactive, TCRs, and this approach has been validated by our and others’ early results observed in clinical trials. Due to the limited monotherapy efficacy, the current-generation of off-the-shelf allogeneic cell therapies are often coupled with or bridged into HSCT to strengthen the therapeutic effects that may leave a patient at risk of neutropenia and early mortality. Antibody therapies and HSCT, as well as the risks associated with each of them together, result in increased treatment timeframes and medical costs.

As depicted in the figure below, to reduce HvG, we engineer T cells to express a CAR that specifically targets a patient’s own T cells and NK cells that would otherwise be directed against the foreign, or allogeneic, CAR-T cells, preventing rejection by the patient without affecting the recovery of other immune cell compartments, such as monocytes and granulocytes, during treatment. This feature allows our allogeneic cell therapies to survive in a patient’s immune system without the need for combination treatment with anti-CD52 antibodies that may leave the patient at risk for infection. To reduce the possibility of GvHD from allogeneic T cells, we utilize CRISPR/Cas9 to disrupt the T cell receptor alpha constant, or TRAC, locus to eliminate surface expression of the TCR complex of our TruUCAR product candidates. Furthermore, to eliminate potential fratricide, or self-killing of CAR-T cell during the production process, we utilize CRISPR/Cas9 to disrupt CD7, a pan T and NK marker on the CAR-T cells. To enable TruUCAR T cell therapies to function as a standalone therapy, our proprietary enhancer for proliferation, or EP, is implanted in TruUCAR T cells utilizing a lentivirus-based gene delivery system, to strengthen cell expansion and in vivo engraftment. We believe these differentiating design features of TruUCAR can work together to enable the creation of safer and more effective allogeneic CAR-T cell therapies.

 

100


Table of Contents

Mechanism of Action of TruUCAR

 

LOGO

Since TruUCAR is modular, alternative CAR constructs targeting against different antigens can be applied to TruUCAR to achieve similar effects. For example, the anti-HvG and anti-GvHD functions can be carried out by a dual CAR design or a single CAR design for dual functions. In the case of a dual CAR design, as depicted in the figure above, one CAR serves a “defensive” purpose, targeting the patient’s own alloreactive killer T cells and NK cells while the second CAR serves an “attack” purpose, targeting tumor antigen to eradicate tumor cells. In the case of a single CAR design, as in the case of GC027, our CD7-directed allogeneic CAR-T product candidate, the CAR targeting CD7 carries out dual functions, targeting both alloreactive killer T cells and NK cells, as well as T leukemia cells.

We believe TruUCAR’s standalone therapy approach has the potential to provide significant benefit to patients with a high unmet medical need and significantly reduce cost and length of treatment by achieving fast remission and avoiding anti-CD52 treatment. HSCT, which carries a risk of early mortality and may require lengthy hospitalization may be deferred or replaced. We believe that TruUCAR can result in meaningful cost savings, further increasing the accessibility of CAR-T cell therapies for cancer patients. In preclinical studies that we conducted for TruUCAR T cells targeting CD7, TruUCAR T cells demonstrated comparable short-term cancer cell killing in vitro and better long-term expansion over conventional UCAR T cells targeting CD7 without EP modifications.

 

101


Table of Contents

TruUCAR T Cells Exhibited Comparable In Vitro Cancer Cell Killing and Better Expansion over Conventional UCAR T Cells

 

LOGO

Additionally, TruUCAR T cells targeting CD7 demonstrated better engraftment and anti-leukemia effects in vivo compared to conventional UCAR T cells targeting CD7 in a highly malignant xenograft murine model for T-ALL. As depicted in the figures below, immunocompromised NOG mice were implanted intravenously with 2.0x10^6 CCRF-CEM leukemia cells and leukemia were established for six days before injection with 1.0x10^6 CAR-T cells. CCRF-CEM is an aggressive, highly malignant T-ALL cell line. Mice in the control groups all succumbed to death within two weeks post CAR-T infusion. TruUCAR T cells exhibited better and more sustained anti-leukemia effects than conventional UCAR T cells. TruUCAR T cells also demonstrated better in vivo proliferation as well as duration of expansion in the peripheral blood of treated animals, which was correlated with its robust anti-leukemia effects in mouse models.

In Murine Xenograft Model of Human T-ALL, TruUCAR T Cells Demonstrated Better In Vivo Engraftment and Anti-Leukemia Effects Compared to Conventional UCAR T Cells

 

LOGO

Technology Enhancements

We also have a suite of proprietary genetic engineering techniques, Dual CAR and Enhanced CAR, that can be leveraged with FasTCAR and TruUCAR technology platforms to generate CAR-T product candidates.

 

102


Table of Contents

Dual CAR

Dual CAR is designed to control relapse in patients in FasTCAR by reducing the likelihood of antigen escape and to reduce rejection of the CAR-T cells by patients treated with TruUCAR-enabled allogeneic CAR-T cell therapies. Stimulated by two CARs, dual antigen targeting CAR-T cells have the potential to maintain in vivo longer than single antigen targeting CAR-T cells. The second CAR can be designed to target early lineage cells or progenitors that will ultimately develop into cancer cells. A Dual CAR construct can come in a parallel design, a loop design or a tandem design. The final designs for our dual antigen targeting product candidates are determined through in vivo and in vitro screening. For example, our lead product candidate, GC012F, adopts a loop design.

Enhanced CAR

Enhanced CAR further strengthens CAR-T cells’ functionality, for example by overcoming the immunosuppressive TME and/or increasing cytokine signaling. Working on the hypothesis that PD-1 mediated immunosuppression causes CAR-T cell hypofunction, we utilize CRISPR/Cas9 to knock out PD-1 expressed on CAR-T cells to release potential suppression from programmed death-ligand 1, or PD-L1, expressed on tumor cells and other suppressive immune cells in tumor tissue. With Enhanced CAR, we can also enable CAR-T cells to achieve intended functions by regulating the expression of one or a combination of cytokine, cytokine receptors or checkpoint ligands.

Donor-derived CAR

Donor-derived CAR technique produces allogeneic CAR-T cells based on HLA-matching, offering an alternative CAR-T cell therapy option for patients who are less suitable for autologous CAR-T cell therapies due to various reasons. Autologous CAR-T cells are produced from T cells of patients. Due to repeated radiotherapy and chemotherapy, the survival, proliferation, differentiation, homing and tumor killing ability of T cells in cancer patients are often compromised, thus affecting the quality of autologous CAR-T products. Our donor-derived CAR technique is designed to derive higher quality T cells from healthy donors to manufacture CAR-T cells that demonstrate better tumor cell clearance ability as well as improved response rate and persistence of efficacy. GC007g, enabled by our allogeneic donor-derived CAR, is our most clinically advanced product candidate. We have obtained IND approval from then NMPA to study GC007g in B-ALL and been granted approval from the NMPA for a seamless Phase 1/2 registrational trial.

Our Clinical Development

FasTCAR Autologous Product Candidates

GC012F: BCMA-CD19-directed Autologous Dual CAR-T for the Treatment of Multiple Myeloma

Overview

GC012F, our FasTCAR-enabled autologous dual CAR-T product candidate, is being studied in an ongoing investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial across multiple centers in China for the treatment of MM. The goal of GC012F is to tackle MM by simultaneously targeting both malignant plasma cells expressing BCMA and early progenitor cells expressing CD19. Targeting both antigens in multiple myeloma is designed to drive fast, deep and durable responses in MM patients. This trial commenced in September 2019 and has been sponsored and conducted by principal investigators at specialized hospitals in China. As of July 17, 2020, 16 r/r MM patients were enrolled and treated. All patients in the trial had relapsed from, or were refractory to, previous treatments including commonly used agents and SOC treatments. Notably, the majority of this study population belong to a subgroup of MM patients with high-risk features, a poor prognosis and potentially rapid disease progression. These patients often, in later lines, do not respond to therapy or soon progress after a short initial response, making them particularly challenging to treat even with novel agents. Despite this, 15 of 16 patients treated with GC012F achieved and maintained a response. In the highest dose cohort, 100% of the six evaluable patients achieved MRD- sCR/CR as best response, which was maintained through the landmark analysis at six months post CAR-T infusion. Most patients experienced Grade 1 or Grade 2 CRS, only two patients experienced Grade 3, and no patient experienced Grade 4 or Grade 5 CRS or ICANS of any grade.

 

103


Table of Contents

Background on Multiple Myeloma

Multiple myeloma is the third most common type of blood cancer in the United States, originating from plasma cells, a type of immune cell that is typically responsible for secreting antibodies to fight infection. DNA damage can turn these plasma cells into cancerous cells known as myeloma cells. Often asymptomatic initially, in later stages of the disease patients experience a number of different signs and symptoms that can greatly vary. Multiple myeloma patients may experience severe bone pain, anemia, kidney dysfunction, easy bruising and bleeding and infections as the disease progresses. Myeloma cells produce high levels of single antibodies, resulting in dysfunction of the immune system and kidneys and other organs. Overproduction of abnormal plasma cells are also a hallmark of MM. The underlying cause of the disease is still unknown. In recent years, many advances have been made to treat MM, however, the disease is still considered incurable. Globally, approximately 160,000 patients are diagnosed with MM every year with over 32,000 expected to be diagnosed in the United States in 2020.

Multiple myeloma patients with certain cytogenetic and other abnormalities are classified by the International Myeloma Working Group, or IMWG, and Mayo Stratification for Myeloma and Risk-Adapted Therapy, or mSMART, criteria as high-risk patients. They represent a smaller portion of the overall MM patient population accounting for approximately 20-30% of MM patients. High-risk patients have a much higher risk of early relapse and shorter progression free and overall survival. These patients are considered the most difficult to treat MM patients, typically with a poor prognosis. Novel antibody therapy has not yet shown to add any significant benefit to this subgroup of patients when added to SOC therapy in early lines of therapy. This challenge was recently discussed in the Hematologic Malignancies-Plasma Cell Dyscrasia session at the 2020 American Society of Clinical Oncology Annual Meeting (ASCO 2020, Highlights of the Day Session, Suzanne Lentzsch). High-risk MM continues to represent a high unmet medical need in all stages of the disease and through all lines of therapy.

Dual Antigen Targeting with GC012F

CAR-T cell therapy directed at BCMA, a well-established MM target, has provided an encouraging modality for the management of r/r MM. However, CAR-T cells targeting a single antigen may not be sufficient to control the relapse resulting from antigen escape or auto-antibody, an antibody produced by the immune system that is directed against self-antigens that can induce the immune system to attack a patient’s tissues. According to a 2016 study of BCMA expression after CAR-T treatment, BCMA loss occurred in approximately 10% of MM patients after BCMA-targeted therapy. Additionally, it has been demonstrated that CD19-directed CAR-T cell therapy was effective in certain MM patients, likely due to CD19 expression on subsets of MM cells, including early-stage MM cells, known as progenitor cells. In order to improve the efficacy and duration of responses to CAR-T cell therapy for r/r MM, we designed GC012F with dual CARs targeting both BCMA and CD19. As depicted in the figure below, in the GC012F construct, BCMA and CD19 scFv are linked, and joined by a hinge, a transmembrane domain, a co-stimulatory domain and CD3z intracellular domain.

 

104


Table of Contents

GC012F Structure

 

LOGO

Ongoing Investigator-Initiated Phase 1 Trial and Preliminary Evidence of Clinical Benefit

GC012F is being studied in an ongoing investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial across multiple centers in China, for the treatment of MM. The primary endpoint of this first-in-human, single-arm, open-label trial is safety, as determined by the occurrence of treatment-related adverse events, such as CRS and neurotoxicity. CRS is the most significant treatment-related toxicity, and may result from rapid immune activation induced by CAR-T cell therapies. CRS initially manifests with fever, depending on grade hypoxia and hypotension and can progress to a life-threatening condition. Another common toxicity observed after CAR-T cell therapy is neurotoxicity, including ICANS which may manifest as delirium, encephalopathy, aphasia and lethargy among other symptoms. A secondary endpoint is efficacy, as determined by clinical response, such as sCR, CR in accordance with the IMWG uniform response criteria for MM. The IMWG uniform response criteria has been utilized in registrational trials of approved drugs, including as a primary endpoint. As such, ORR and depth of response such as MRD and sCR are important parameters to establish efficacy in MM. ORR, the percentage of patients achieving a response to therapy, is also a secondary endpoint for this trial, and an approvable endpoint for MM in later line settings.

This trial commenced in September 2019 and has been sponsored and conducted by principal investigators at specialized hospitals in China. As of July 2020, 16 patients had been enrolled and this trial continues to enroll patients. Patients enrolled in the trial had r/r MM and were heavily pretreated with previous therapies, including anti-CD38 agents (four out of 16 patients). These patients had failed a median of five prior lines of therapy, with a range of two to seven prior therapies. In addition, 15 patients, representing 93.8% of total patients enrolled, had high-risk features as assessed by mSMART 3.0 guidelines. This trial is distinguished by the high percentage of high-risk patients, making the demonstration of a high ORR and a longer lasting response particularly challenging. As such, based on the data observed, GC012F may represent a highly competitive new treatment approach to high-risk MM and beyond.

According to study protocol, all patients in this investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial were preconditioned with fludarabine and cyclophosphamide over three days. Following preconditioning, the principal investigators at this trial administered GC012F as single infusion. As of July 17, 2020, 16 patients had been enrolled and were evaluable for assessment.

 

105


Table of Contents

Response Assessment, as of July 17, 2020

 

LOGO

Efficacy Results. As of July 17, 2020, 15 of 16 patients had responded to therapy, resulting in an ORR of 93.8% of VGPR or better, including nine patients, or 56.3%, achieving MRD- CR/sCR as best response as of the July 17, 2020 data cutoff date. One patient (Pt 14 as labeled in the figure above) achieved an MRD- response, however, was found to have relapsed extramedullary lesion and was counted as non-responder. Response was observed in all dosage levels with the earliest response observed on Day 28 after treatment. In dose level 3, or DL3, all six patients, or 100% of patients, achieved MRD- sCR, and three had been confirmed by PET/CT, a highly sensitive imaging technique to detect any remaining disease, as of the July 2020 data cutoff date. The median follow-up time was 7.3 months, with a range of one to ten months post infusion.

Minimal Residual Disease Assessment, as of July 17, 2020

 

LOGO

At one month, three months and six months after treatment, 14, 11 and ten patients, respectively, were evaluable for efficacy assessment. 11 of 14 evaluable patients, or 78.6%, were MRD- at one month after treatment, all 11 evaluable patients, or 100%, were MRD- at three months after treatment, and all ten evaluable patients, or 100%, were MRD- at six months after treatment. Of the overall 16 patients, seven patients were measured by flow cytometry with a sensitivity level of 10-4, and nine patients were measured by EuroFlow, a standardized procedure designed to measure MRD, with a sensitivity level of 10-6 and at least 1.08x10^7 cells analyzed. At the landmark analysis at six months post treatment, all six patients in DL3, which were evaluable for assessment, or 100%, had achieved and maintained MRD- sCR, which includes patients heavily pretreated, including by anti-CD38 agents such as daratumumab.

 

106


Table of Contents

Safety Results. As of July 17, 2020, 16 patients experienced CRS with mostly low grade. 14 patients, or 87.5%, experienced Grade 1 or Grade 2 CRS and two patients, or 12.5%, experienced Grade 3 CRS. No Grade 4 or Grade 5 CRS was observed. The median time to onset, the first appearance of any symptom, of CRS was six days, with a range from two to ten days. The median duration of CRS was four days, with a range from one to eight days. CRS symptoms were managed with SOC treatment, including tocilizumab and steroids, and resolved in all cases. No patient developed ICANS of any grade. Treatment-emergent adverse events presented predominantly as cytopenias and aspartate transaminase release and were resolved with standard therapy. Lower respiratory tract infection was observed in three patients. One patient at dosage level 2, or DL2, presented with fever and died shortly after Day 78 of unknown cause during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Expansion Kinetics. During the observation period, the CAR-T median proliferation peak was reached on Day 10 (Day 8-Day 14), and the median peak copy number was 140,982 (16,011-374,346) copies /ug DNA, as depicted below.

 

LOGO

DL3: Peak (median): 212,666 (97,580-374,346) copies/ugDNA Day 12 (Day 8-Day 14)

 

LOGO

 


 

107


Table of Contents

DL2 Peak (median): 67,970 (16,011-272,401) copies/ugDNA Day 10 (Day 8-Day 14)

 

LOGO

DL1 Peak: 96,438 copies/ugDNA Day 10

 

LOGO

GC012F Future Clinical Plans

The ongoing investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial has demonstrated GC012F’s potential to deliver responses in r/r MM patients, including high-risk MM patients who have exhausted other therapeutic options. We intend to use DL3 as the recommended Phase 2 dose for dose expansion studies. Based on these results generated from this trial by the principal investigators, we intend to conduct clinical trials of GC012F in r/r MM and potentially in earlier lines of therapy. We expect to submit IND applications for GC012F to the FDA and the NMPA in the first half of 2022. To the extent permitted by the FDA and the NMPA, we plan to work in close collaboration with the principal investigators to collect and use the data from the investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial as supportive evidence in our IND applications. We expect to discuss options for clinical development in earlier lines of therapy and accelerated regulatory pathways for GC012F with the FDA and the NMPA.

Preclinical Data

As demonstrated in a preclinical study that we conducted, we observed that our GC012F, dual CAR-T cells targeting both BCMA and CD19 were more effective in killing BCMA+ and/or CD19+ target cells including MM cell lines both in vitro and in vivo. More importantly, BCMA-CD19 dual CAR-T cells were shown to be more effective than single CAR-T cells targeting either BCMA or CD19 (CD19-CAR-T and BCMA-CAR-T as labeled in the figure below) in eliminating bone marrow MM progenitors, as depicted in the figure below.

 


 

108


Table of Contents

BCMA-CD19 Dual CAR-T Cells Eliminate MM Progenitors More Effectively than BCMA and CD19 Single CAR-T Cells

 

LOGO

GC019F: CD19-directed Autologous CAR-T for the Treatment of Adult B Cell Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia and B Cell Non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma

Overview

GC019F, our FasTCAR-enabled autologous CAR-T product candidate, has been studied in a completed investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial in China, for the treatment of r/r B-ALL. This trial was sponsored and conducted by principal investigators at specialized hospitals in China. We have obtained IND approval from the NMPA to study GC019F in B-ALL.

Background on B Cell Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia

Acute lymphoblastic leukemia, or ALL, is characterized by the proliferation of immature lymphocytes in the bone marrow. Symptoms may include fatigue, pale skin, fever, easy bleeding or bruising, enlarged lymph nodes and bone pain. ALL progresses rapidly and, if left untreated, is generally fatal within weeks or months. ALL can involve either the T lymphocytes, referred to as T-ALL, or the B lymphocytes, referred to as B-ALL. B-ALL occurs mainly in children and adolescents, with two-thirds of affected patients being male. A second peak incidence occurs later in life, among people over 40 years of age. SOC treatment for B-ALL includes chemotherapy, radiation therapy and stem cell transplantation. Globally, approximately 64,000 patients are diagnosed with ALL every year with over approximately 6,000 expected to be diagnosed in the United States in 2020. B-ALL accounts for 75% of ALL diagnoses in adults.

Ongoing Investigator-initiated Phase 1 Trial and GC019F Future Clinical Plans

GC019F has been studied in a completed investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial across multiple centers in China, for the treatment of r/r B-ALL. This trial was conducted and sponsored by principal investigators at specialized hospitals in China. We have obtained IND approval from the NMPA to study GC019F in B-ALL and the study will start recruiting patients in the second half of 2021.

TruUCAR Off-the-Shelf Allogeneic Product Candidate

GC027: CD7-directed Allogeneic CAR-T for the Treatment of Adult T Cell Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia

Overview

 

109


Table of Contents

GC027, our TruUCAR-enabled allogeneic CAR-T product candidate, is being studied in an ongoing investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial across multiple centers in China, for the treatment of adult T-ALL. This trial has been sponsored and conducted by principal investigators at specialized hospitals in China. As of February 4, 2021, six adult r/r T-ALL patients were enrolled and treated on study. All six evaluable patients achieved a CR or CRi, resulting in an ORR of 100%, including five patients, or 83%, achieving MRD- CR on Day 28 after treatment. At 6 months after treatment, three out of these five patients, or 60%, had maintained MRD- CR. After 18.5 months of follow up for the initial patients treated, one patient continued to be MRD- CR at 16.8 months. One patient maintained MRD- CR until month 9 and one patient with primary refractory disease maintained his MRD- CR status until month 7. One additional patient treated presented initially with a high tumor burden and extensive extramedullary disease. After treatment with GC027 and as confirmed by PET CT scan, all extramedullary lesions in this patient resolved and this patient achieved MRD- CR at Day 28. All CRS observed were managed with standard of care including tocilizumab. No patient developed ICANS or aGvHD.

Background on T Cell Malignancies and T Cell Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia

T cell malignancies are a group of cancers involving T lymphocytes, including acute T cell lymphoblastic leukemia or T-ALL. The symptoms of T-ALL are similar to B-ALL, including fatigue, pallor, fever, easy bleeding or bruising, enlarged lymph nodes and bone pain. SOC treatment for T-ALL includes chemotherapy, radiation therapy and stem cell transplantation. Patients with T cell malignancies usually have high relapse and mortality rates. Due to shared common surface antigen and potential contamination by malignant cells, development of CAR-T cell therapies is lagged behind. In addition, no new therapies have been approved for the treatment of T-ALL since the approval of Nelarabine (marketed by GlaxoSmithKline) by the FDA in 2005. Globally, approximately 64,000 patients are diagnosed with ALL every year with over approximately 6,000 expected to be diagnosed in the United States in 2020. T-ALL accounts for approximately 25% of ALL diagnoses in adults.

Dual Functions Single Antigen Targeting with GC027

To avoid the potential for HvG, which may lead to rejection of allogeneic CAR-T cells by patients’ own immune system, we have designed GC027 with a CD7-directed single CAR that carries out dual functions, targeting both the patient’s own alloreactive killer T cells and NK cells as well as tumor antigen to eradicate tumor cells. To alleviate the potential of GvHD, which causes tissue damage in the recipient patient, we utilize CRISPR/Cas9 to disrupt the TRAC locus to eliminate surface expression of the TCR complex of GC027. To eliminate potential fratricide, we utilize CRISPR/Cas9 to disrupt CD7, a pan T and NK marker on the CAR-T cells. In addition, an enhancer is implanted in the CAR-T cells utilizing a lentivirus-based gene delivery system, to strengthen cell expansion and in vivo engraftment.

Ongoing Investigator-initiated Phase 1 Trial and Preliminary Evidence of Clinical Benefit

GC027 is being studied in an ongoing investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial across multiple centers in China, for the treatment of adult T-ALL. The primary endpoint of this first-in-human, single-arm and open-label trial is safety, as determined by the occurrence of treatment-related adverse events, such as CRS, ICANS, GvHD and aGvHD. The secondary endpoint is efficacy, as determined by clinical response, such as ORR.

This trial has been sponsored and conducted by principal investigators at specialized hospitals in China. As of February 4, 2021, six adult r/r T-ALL patients had been enrolled, including one T-ALL patient with extensive extramedullary disease. Patients in this trial had failed a median of six prior lines of therapy. All patients enrolled had relapsed from, or were refractory to, their prior line of therapy. According to study protocol, all patients in this trial were preconditioned with a lymphodepleting regimen with a fludarabine and cyclophosphamide backbone. Following preconditioning, the principal investigators administered all patients with a single infusion of GC027, including two patients at dosage level 1, or DL1 (0.6x10^7 CAR+ cells/kg), three patients at dosage level 2, or DL2 (1.0x10^7 CAR+ cells/kg) and one patient at dosage level 3, or DL3 (1.5x10^7 CAR+ cells/kg). As of February 4, 2021, all six patients were evaluable for safety and efficacy assessment.

 

110


Table of Contents

Response, Duration of Remission and Adverse Events, as of February 2021

 

LOGO

Efficacy Results. As of February 4, 2021, all six evaluable patients achieved a CR or CRi, representing an ORR of 100%, including five patients, or 83%, achieving MRD- CR on Day 28 after treatment. At 6 months after treatment, three out of these five patients, or 60%, had maintained MRD- CR. After 18.5 months of follow up for the initial patients treated, one patient continued to be MRD- CR at 16.8 months. One patient maintained MRD- CR until month 9 and one patient with primary refractory disease maintained his MRD- CR status until month 7. One additional patient treated presented initially with a high tumor burden and extensive extramedullary disease. After treatment with GC027 and as confirmed by PET CT scan, all extramedullary lesions in this patient resolved and this patient achieved MRD- CR at Day 28.

Safety Results. As of February 4, 2021, all six evaluable patients tolerated their dose levels. All six patients experienced Grade 3 or Grade 4 CRS. CRS symptoms were managed with standard of care including tocilizumab and ruxolitinib and resolved after treatment and best supportive care. No ICANS or aGvHD were observed.

Expansion Kinetics. The peripheral blood of six patients enrolled as of the February 2021 data cutoff date was analyzed by flow cytometry, or FCM, a technique used to detect and measure characteristics of a population of cells or particles, and quantitative polymerase chain reaction, or qPCR, a laboratory technique of molecular biology based on the polymerase chain reaction.

 

Patient #

   Tumor Burden     Dose Level      Peak TruUCAR
cells/ul blood
     Peak TruUCAR
copies/ug DNA
 

Patient 1

     38.20     3        9,716        872,170  

Patient 3

     4     2        69        308,303  

Patient 4

     80.2     2        0.06        205,963  

Patient 5

     6.7     2        613.44        98,460  

Patient 2

     45.84     1        2,179        1,241,762  

Patient 6

     6.57     1        648.26        525,508  

 

111


Table of Contents

Expansion Kinetics Measured by Flow Cytometry (FCM)

 

LOGO

Expansion Kinetics Measured by qPRC

 

LOGO

GC027 Future Clinical Plans

We expect to submit IND applications for GC027 to the FDA and the NMPA in 2022. We intend to work in close collaboration with the principal investigators at this trial to collect and use the data from investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial as supportive evidence in our IND applications.

 

112


Table of Contents

Donor-derived Allogeneic Product Candidate

GC007g: CD19-directed Allogeneic CAR-T for the Treatment of B Cell Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia

Overview

GC007g, our donor-derived allogeneic CAR-T product candidate, has been studied in a completed investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial across multiple centers in China, for the treatment of B-ALL patients who relapsed after receiving allogeneic stem cell transplantation. We submitted the interim results and the relevant underlying data collected by the principal investigators as of the June 17, 2019 data cutoff date from this trial to the CDE as part of our IND application for GC007g. This trial was sponsored and conducted by principal investigators at specialized hospitals in China. As of June 17, 2019, 14 patients were enrolled and treated. 11 of 13 evaluable patients achieved a CR, resulting in an ORR of 84.6%, including ten patients, or 76.9%, achieving an MRD- CR on Day 28 after treatment. CRS and neurotoxicity observed were managed and resolved after treatment and supportive care, except for one early withdrawal due to CRS.

We obtained IND approval from the NMPA for GC007g in B-ALL, and were granted approval from the NMPA on December 24, 2020 for a seamless Phase 1/2 registrational trial. This study is ongoing and enrolling patients. Our goal is to submit a BLA to the NMPA for GC007g upon completion of a registrational trial.

Background

There are a significant portion of B-ALL patients who are not suitable for the autologous CAR-T cell therapy due to various reasons, including but not limited to existing viral infections, high tumor burden, poor quality of their own T cells, conditions prohibitive to leukapheresis and failure to prior autologous CAR-T cell therapies. Reported failure rates of autologous CAR-T cell manufacturing range from 5% to 14%. Under certain circumstances, collection of autologous T cells directly from cancer patients may be difficult due to poor general condition or concomitant viral infections. Donor-derived CAR technology has the potential to resolve the T cell fitness issue associated with autologous CAR-T cell therapies and offer an alternative treatment options for B-ALL patients.

Interim Results from Completed Investigator-Initiated Phase 1 Trial and Preliminary Evidence of Clinical Benefit

GC007g has been studied by principal investigators in an investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial across three independent centers in China, for the treatment of r/r B-ALL. The primary endpoint of this first-in-human, single-arm and open-label trial was safety, as measured by the occurrence of treatment-related adverse events, such as CRS, neurotoxicity (ICANS), GvHD and acute GvHD. The secondary endpoint was efficacy, as determined by clinical response, such as ORR, CR, PFS and overall survival, or OS.

We submitted interim results as of the June 17, 2019 data cutoff date that we obtained from the principal investigators at this investigator-initiated Phase 1 trial to the CDE as part of our IND application for GC007g. This trial was sponsored and conducted by principal investigators at specialized hospitals in China. As of June 17, 2019, 14 patients had been enrolled. Patients enrolled in the trial had r/r B-ALL and had relapsed after receiving allogeneic stem cell transplantation as the last line of therapy. The study protocol varied across sites, allowing us to explore multiple treatment protocols within a single trial. The study protocol was standardized to the extent possible across sites; however, some variation in methodologies may have occurred due to the flexible nature of this first-in-human study. According to study protocol, patients were preconditioned with fludarabine and cyclophosphamide. Following preconditioning, the principal investigators administered all patients with a single infusion of GC007g including three patients at dosage level 1, or DL1 (1.0x10^5 CAR+ cells/kg), nine patients at dosage level 2, or DL2 (2.0x10^6 CAR+ cells/kg) and two patients at dosage level 3, or DL3 (4.2x10^6 CAR+ cells/kg). As of June 17, 2019, all 14 patients were evaluable for safety assessment and 13 patients were evaluable for efficacy assessment. One patient withdrew on Day 8 after treatment due to severe CRS accompanied with infection and the patient failed to receive the efficacy evaluation before such withdrawal.

 

113


Table of Contents

Efficacy Results. During the observation period, 11 of the 13 evaluable patients responded, resulting in an ORR of 84.6%, including ten patients, or 76.9%, achieving MRD- CR on Day 28 after treatment. 11 patients, or 84.6%, achieved PFS one month after treatment and seven patients, or 77.8%, achieved PFS three months after treatment. The remaining four patients have not reached the three months follow-up time point after GC007g infusion.

Efficacy Results by Dosage, as of June 2019

 

Efficacy

   DL1 (n=3)   DL2 (n=9)   DL3 (n=1)   Overall (n=13)

ORR (Day 28)

   3 (100%)   7 (77.8%)   1 (100%)   11 (84.6%)

MRD- (Day 28)

   3 (100%)   6 (66.7%)   1 (100%)   10 (76.9%)

Safety Results. During the observation period, 12 patients, or 85.7%, experienced CRS, including one patient, or 7.1%, experiencing Grade 3 or higher CRS. No patient experienced neurotoxicity and two patients, or 14.3%, experienced acute GvHD. CRS and GvHD symptoms were managed with SOC treatment.

Safety Results by Dosage, as of June 2019

 

Safety

   DL1 (n=3)   DL2 (n=9)   DL3 (n=2)   Overall (n=14)

CRS

   1 (33.3%)   9 (100%)   2 (100%)   12 (85.7%)

Grade 3 or higher CRS

   0   1 (11.1%)   0   1 (7.1%)

Neurotoxicity

   0   0   0   0

Grade 3 or higher neurotoxicity

   0   0   0   0

acute GvHD

   0   2 (22.2%)   0   2 (14.3%)

GC007g Future Clinical Plans

We obtained the IND approval from the NMPA for GC007g in B-ALL, and were granted approval from the NMPA on December 24, 2020 for a seamless Phase 1/2 registrational trial. Several site initiation visits were concluded and the study is ongoing and enrolling patients. The primary endpoint of this trial is to evaluate the safety and tolerability of GC007g injection in patients with r/r B-ALL after allogeneic transplantation. The secondary endpoint is to evaluate the efficacy of GC007g injection in patients with r/r B-ALL after allogeneic transplantation. Our goal is to submit a BLA to the NMPA for GC007g upon completion of a registrational trial.

Preclinical Data

Data from a preclinical study of GC007g that we conducted demonstrate that CAR-T cells derived from healthy donor T cells showed potency to kill tumor cells expressing CD19 specifically in vitro and to eliminate tumor cell very fast in animal model. Co-cultured GC007g CAR-T cells with Hela cells or Hela-CD19 cells can be specifically eliminated. In tumor bearing mice, high dose GC007g eliminated tumor cells on Day 10 after infusion, and no weight loss and other side effects were observed. These data indicate GC007g has the potential to be an effective CAR-T therapy against CD19+ B cell malignancies.

Early Pipeline and Potential Additional Programs

While we have leveraged our technology platforms to currently pursue the development of CAR-T cell product candidates targeting MM, B-ALL, and T-ALL, we believe our technology platforms have broad applicability across a wide array of cell therapeutic modalities and diseases. We are developing a broad portfolio of preclinical programs beyond our current clinical pipeline.

Our lead FasTCAR-enabled preclinical programs include:

 

   

Dual-target product candidates. We plan to develop new dual-targeted product candidates for B-NHL, to further improve the efficacy and reduce relapse rate.

 

114


Table of Contents
   

GC008E. GC008E is a highly differentiated solid tumor CAR-T program designed to address the most significant challenges in treating solid tumors with CAR-T cell therapies. Utilizing FasTCAR and genetic engineering techniques, Enhanced CAR and Dual CAR, GC008E is engineered to enable CAR-T cells to infiltrate, survive and proliferate against immunosuppressive TME. We are developing a portfolio of solid CAR-T product candidates under this program to target mesothelin positive solid tumors, such as ovarian cancer and breast cancer.

Additionally, a significant portion of cancer patients cannot benefit from autologous CAR-T cell therapies due to medical reasons or product quality issues. To address these unmet needs, we plan to advance the following lead TruUCAR-enabled preclinical programs:

 

   

GC502. GC502 is a CD19-directed allogeneic CAR-T product candidate for the treatment of B cell malignancies, including B-ALL and B-NHL.

 

   

GC202. GC202 is an allogeneic CAR-T product candidate for the treatment of Peripheral T cell lymphoma, or PTCL, a subtype of non-Hodgkin lymphoma, or NHL. PTCL develops from mature T cells and is a subtype of NHL with a high unmet medical need. PTCL patients represent approximately 7-10% and 10-15% of the NHL patient populations in the United States and China, respectively. Patients with r/r PTCL usually have poor prognosis and high long-term mortality rates.

 

   

GC207. GC207 is an allogeneic CAR-T product candidate for the treatment of T-ALL or T cell lymphoblastic leukemia/lymphoma.

 

   

GC212. GC212 is an allogeneic CAR-T product candidate for the treatment of r/r MM. While autologous CAR-T cell therapies for MM have achieved significant success, there are still more than 10% of the MM patient population who are not suitable for autologous CAR-T cell therapy. We are developing this program with additional modifications designed to produce TruUCAR T cells that are more potent and capable to deliver safer and more durable responses.

Our Global Clinical Development Strategy

We seek to bridge the gap between research and development and patient treatments by leveraging our relationships with clinicians and key opinion leaders in China, the United States and Europe. In particular, our clinical development strategy is built on the robust pre-IND investigator-initiated trials program that we have established in partnership with top-tier hospitals in China. This strategy is designed to expedite our global clinical development activities with the initial results in investigator-initiated Phase 1 trials utilizing safety as primary endpoint and ORR as key secondary endpoint. However, there is no guarantee that this strategy will be successful or will speed up the development of our product candidates.

Our CAR-T Manufacturing Capacity and Strategy

We have established state-of-the-art development centers and GMP facility, including over 14,700 square feet Shanghai R&D center, over 45,500 square feet Shanghai process development center, and over 66,000 square feet Suzhou GMP facility. We control our manufacturing through our GMP compliant manufacturing facility in Suzhou and process development center in Shanghai with high productivity. We have also completed dozens of engineering runs for IND preparation in our Shanghai process development center, achieving high product quality and good production repeatability. We have produced hundreds of samples for our product candidates to be used with patients in the ongoing investigator-initiated Phase 1 trials in China.

Our Suzhou facility and Shanghai process development center established fully-closed capability designed to produce FasTCAR product candidates while reducing contamination risks and optimizing cost-efficiency. With this fully-closed design, we are able to operate multiple systems in one manufacturing cleanroom at the same time, with each system producing CAR-T cells for an individual patient. This fully-closed system is designed to reduce reagent consumable costs, labor costs, workshop equipment operations and depreciation. We believe these advantages, coupled with our ability to achieve next-day manufacturing for autologous CAR-T cells in one production shift, allow us to substantially reduce manufacturing cost, improve productivity and scale up our production in a cost-efficient manner. We are self-sufficient in the production of CAR-T cells for clinical development and early stage commercialization. We have the capacity to support our global preclinical and clinical development and early commercialization with our GMP facility and process development center. We also plan to expand our manufacturing capabilities to the United States to enable a local supply of high-quality novel cell therapies, including through potential collaborations with contract development and manufacturing organizations in the U.S.

 

115


Table of Contents

Competition

The biotechnology industry, and specifically the CAR-T cell therapy sciences, are characterized by intense and rapidly changing competition to develop new technologies and proprietary products. While we believe that our pioneering technology platforms, know-how and scientific expertise in cell therapies provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including biopharmaceutical companies, academic research institutions, government agencies and public and private research institutions, in addition to SOC treatments. Smaller or early-stage companies may compete with us through collaborative arrangements with more established companies.

Due to the promising clinical therapeutic effect of CAR-T product candidates in clinical trials, we anticipate direct competition from other organizations developing advanced T cell therapies and other types of oncology therapies. This would include companies in the CAR-T space, including Nanjing Legend Biotech, bluebird Bio, Inc., Allogene, Inc. Juno Therapeutics, Inc. (acquired by Celgene Corporation), Kite Pharma, Inc. (acquired by Gilead Sciences, Inc.), Poseida Therapeutics, Inc., Celyad Oncology AG, and Novartis AG. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are more effective, safer, have fewer or less severe side effects, and more convenient, or cost less than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient enrollment for clinical trials.

Intellectual Property

Intellectual property is of vital importance in our field and in biotechnology generally. We seek to protect and enhance proprietary technology, inventions, and improvements that are commercially important to the development of our business by seeking, maintaining, and defending patent rights, whether developed internally, acquired or licensed from third parties.

As of the date of this annual report, we own one Patent Cooperation Treaty application (which has entered into the national stage in the U.S.) and one patent application in Taiwan directed to composition-of-matter coverage, manufacture and methods of use of our FasTCAR technology platform. These patent applications also relate to the manufacture of our product candidates, GC012F, GC019F, and GC007F. For our TruUCAR technology platform, as of the date of this annual report, we own one Patent Cooperation Treaty application (which has entered into the national stage in the U.S.) and one patent application in Taiwan, both of which are directed to composition-of-matter coverage, manufacture and methods of use of our TruUCAR technology platform. These patent applications are directed to composition of matter coverage and method of use of our GC027 product candidate.

Additionally, for our GC012F product candidate, we own one Patent Cooperation Treaty application (which has entered into the national stage in the U.S.) and one patent application in Taiwan, both of which are directed to composition-of-matter coverage, manufacture and methods of use, as of the date of this annual report. For our GC019F, GC007F and GC007g product candidates, we own one patent application in China directed to composition-of-matter coverage of these product candidates. We currently do not own or license any issued patents that cover any of our platforms or product candidates. We have additionally applied for patents, and expect to file additional patent applications in support of current and new product candidates and technologies. Our commercial success will depend in part on obtaining and maintaining patent, trade secret and other intellectual property protection for our current and future product candidates and the methods used to develop and manufacture them, as well as successfully defending such intellectual property rights against third-party challenges and operating without infringing, misappropriating or violating the intellection property rights of others. Furthermore, our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates, including GC012F and GC027, in certain jurisdictions will depend on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property owned by third parties. In addition, our ability to stop third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing our products depends on the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights that cover these activities.

 

116


Table of Contents

In November 2017, we entered into an Amended and Restated No. 1 to Exclusive License Agreement with Sublicensing Terms with ProMab Biotechnologies, Inc., or ProMab, and Unitex Capital, Ltd., or Unitex, pursuant to which Unitex agreed to transfer all its rights and obligations under its Exclusive License Agreement with ProMab dated April 19, 2017 to us, or the ProMab Agreement. Under the ProMab Agreement, we received an exclusive license to develop and commercialize certain CAR-T technology related to our GC007g, GC007F and GC019F product candidates in the field of human therapeutics in Greater China, which we refer to as the Licensed Technology. As of the date of this annual report, we have made an upfront payment of US$0.9 million to ProMab, including a license fee and one milestone payment and are subject to up to a total of approximately US$2.3 million additional milestone payments to ProMab under the ProMab Agreement. Pursuant to the ProMab Agreement, we are required to use reasonable commercial efforts to develop, commercialize and market the Licensed Technology with diligent research and development, testing, government approval, manufacturing, marketing and sale or lease of such technology.

ProMab has the right, at its option, upon written notice to us to terminate the ProMab Agreement or convert all exclusive licenses granted under the ProMab Agreement to nonexclusive licenses if we fail to make any payments, commit a material breach, or challenge the validity or enforceability of any patents or patent applications included within the Licensed Technologies. In addition, ProMab can convert all exclusive licenses granted under the ProMab Agreement to nonexclusive licenses if we have failed to achieve certain clinical development milestones. We have the right to terminate the ProMab Agreement upon two months’ prior written notice at any time without cause, and without incurring any additional obligation, liability or penalty, or upon notice if ProMab commits a material breach under the ProMab Agreement. Upon termination of the ProMab Agreement, all rights and licenses granted to us will be terminated and we must cease to manufacture or sell the Licensed Technology. Upon termination of the ProMab Agreement for any reason other than breach by ProMab, we will permit ProMab and their future licensees to utilize, reference and otherwise have the benefit of all regulatory approvals of, or clinical trials or other studies conducted on, and all filings made with regulatory agencies with respect to, the Licensed Technology.

The area of patent and other intellectual property rights in biotechnology is an evolving one with many risks and uncertainties. We cannot be sure that patents will be granted with respect to any of our pending patent applications or with respect to any patent applications filed by us in the future, nor can we be sure that any of our existing patents or any patents that may be granted to us in the future will be commercially useful in protecting any of our platforms, product candidates, discovery programs and processes. Furthermore, the term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained and extend for varying periods depending on the date of filing of the patent application or the date of patent issuance. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest non-provisional filing date. The life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is therefore limited and once the patent life of our issued patents has expired, we may face competition, including from other competing technologies. In China, the expiration of an invention patent is 20 years from its filing date and the expiration of a utility model patent or industrial design is ten years from its filing date. The Amendment to the PRC Patent Law introduces patent extensions to patents of new drugs that launched in the PRC, which may enable the patent owner to submit applications for a patent term extension. The precise length of any such extension is uncertain though the extended length has a maximum of five years. For more information regarding the risks related to our intellectual property, see “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

We expect to rely on trademarks as one means to distinguish any of our product candidates that are approved for marketing from the products of our competitors. We have not yet selected trademarks for our product candidates and have not yet begun the process of applying to register trademarks for our product candidates. The period of validity for a registered trademark in China is ten years, commencing from the date of registration. The registrant shall go through the formalities for renewal within twelve months prior to the expiry date of the trademark if continued use is intended. Where the registrant fails to do so, a grace period of six months may be granted. The validity period for each renewal of registration is ten years commencing from the day immediately after the expiry of the preceding period of validity for the trademark. In the absence of a renewal upon expiry, the registered trademark shall be canceled. For more comprehensive regulations related to intellectual property protection in the China, see “—Regulation—PRC Regulation—Regulatory Protections.” For more information regarding the risks related to trademarks, see “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property—Any trademarks we may obtain may be infringed or successfully challenged, resulting in harm to our business.”

 

117


Table of Contents

Furthermore, we rely upon trade secrets, know-how, confidential information, unpatented technologies, continuing technological innovation and other proprietary information to develop, protect and maintain our competitive position and aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not presently consider appropriate for, patent protection and prevent competitors from reverse engineering or copying our technologies. However, the foregoing rights, technologies and information are difficult to protect. We seek to protect them by, in part, using confidentiality agreements with our employees and consultants and any potential commercial partners and collaborators and invention assignment agreements with our employees. We also have implemented or intend to implement confidentiality agreements or invention assignment agreements with our selected consultants and any potential commercial partners. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information and, in the case of the invention assignment agreements, to grant us ownership of technologies that are developed through a relationship with a third party. These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. There can be no assurance that these agreements will be self-executing or otherwise provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other intellectual property or proprietary information. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our commercial partners, collaborators, employees and consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions. For this and more comprehensive risks related to our intellectual property, see “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

Regulation

United States Regulation

The FDA and other regulatory authorities at federal, state, and local levels, as well as in foreign countries, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, import, export, safety, effectiveness, labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, record keeping, approval, advertising, promotion, marketing, post-approval monitoring and post-approval reporting of biologics such as those we are developing. We, along with third-party contractors, will be required to navigate the various preclinical, clinical and commercial approval requirements of the governing regulatory agencies of the countries in which we wish to conduct studies or seek approval or licensure of our product candidates.

In the United States, the FDA regulates biologic products under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, its implementing regulations and other laws, including, in the case of biologics, the Public Health Service Act. Our product candidates are subject to regulation by the FDA as biologics. Biologics require the submission of a BLA and licensure, which constitutes approval, by the FDA before being marketed in the United States. None of our product candidates has been approved by the FDA for marketing in the United States, and we currently have no BLAs pending. Failure to comply with applicable FDA or other requirements at any time during product development, clinical testing, the approval process or after approval may result in administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, suspension or revocation of approved applications, warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspensions of manufacturing or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties or criminal prosecution.

The process required by the FDA before biologic product candidates may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

   

completion of preclinical laboratory tests and animal studies performed in accordance with the FDA’s good laboratory practices, or GLP, regulations;

 

   

submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before clinical trials may begin and must be updated annually or when significant changes are made;

 

118


Table of Contents
   

approval by an independent Institutional Review Board, or IRB, or ethics committee at each clinical site before the trial is commenced;

 

   

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety and effectiveness of the proposed biologic product candidate for its intended indications;

 

   

preparation of and submission to the FDA of a BLA when adequate data are obtained from pivotal clinical trials;

 

   

a determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of a BLA to accept the application for review;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA Advisory Committee review, if applicable;

 

   

satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the proposed product is produced to assess compliance with cGMP and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the biological product’s continued safety, purity and potency, and of selected clinical investigation sites to assess compliance with Good Clinical Practices, or GCP regulations; and

 

   

FDA review and approval of the BLA to permit commercial marketing of the product for particular indications for use in the United States.

Preclinical and Clinical Development

Prior to beginning the first clinical trial with a product candidate in the United States, we must submit an IND application to the FDA. An IND application is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational new drug product to humans. The central focus of an IND application is on the general investigational plan and the protocol(s) for clinical studies. The IND application also includes results of animal and in vitro studies assessing the toxicology, pharmacokinetics, pharmacology, and pharmacodynamic characteristics of the product; chemistry, manufacturing, and controls, or CMC, information; and any available human data or literature to support the use of the investigational product. An IND must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, raises safety concerns or questions about the proposed clinical trial. If the IND sponsor is not able to address FDA’s concerns satisfactorily within the 30-day time frame, the IND may be placed on clinical hold. The IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns or questions before the IND is cleared by the FDA and the clinical trial can begin. Submission of an IND therefore may or may not result in FDA authorization to begin a clinical trial.

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCPs, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical study. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Generally, a separate submission to the existing IND must be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development and for any subsequent protocol amendments. Furthermore, an independent IRB for each site proposing to conduct the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial and its informed consent form before the clinical trial begins at that site, and must monitor the study until completed. Regulatory authorities, the IRB or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk or that the trial is unlikely to meet its stated objectives. Some studies also include oversight by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical study sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board, or DSMB, which provides recommendation on whether or not a study should move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the study. The DSMB may recommend halting of the clinical trial if it determines that there is an unacceptable safety risk for subjects or on other grounds, such as no demonstration of efficacy. There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical studies and clinical study results to public registries.

 

119


Table of Contents

For purposes of BLA approval, human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap.

 

   

Phase 1. The investigational product is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition. These studies are designed to test the safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism and distribution of the investigational product in humans, the side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness. For investigational products developed for oncology indications, the Phase 1 trials are normally conducted in patients with serious or life-threatening diseases without other treatment alternatives.

 

   

Phase 2. The investigational product is administered to a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to evaluate the preliminary efficacy, optimal dosages and dosing schedule and to identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expensive Phase 3 clinical trials. For certain indications in patients with serious or life-threatening diseases and with no available therapies, it may be possible to obtain BLA approval based on data from Phase 2 trials if a positive benefit risk profile is demonstrated.

 

   

Phase 3. The investigational product is administered to an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, to provide statistically significant evidence of clinical efficacy and to further test for safety, generally at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit ratio of the investigational product and to provide an adequate basis for product approval.

In some cases, the FDA may require, or companies may voluntarily pursue, additional clinical trials after a product is approved to gain more information about the product. These so-called Phase 4 studies may be made a condition to approval of the BLA. Concurrent with clinical trials, companies may complete additional animal studies and develop additional information about the biological characteristics of the product candidate, and must finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product, or for biologics, the safety, purity and potency. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

BLA Submission and Review

Assuming successful completion of all required testing in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements, the results of product development, nonclinical studies and clinical trials are submitted to the FDA as part of a BLA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. The BLA must include all relevant data available from pertinent preclinical and clinical studies, including negative or ambiguous results as well as positive findings, together with detailed information relating to the product’s CMC, and proposed labeling, among other things. The submission of a BLA requires payment of a substantial application user fee to the FDA unless a waiver or exemption applies.

Once an original BLA has been submitted, FDA has 60 days to determine whether the application can be filed. If FDA determines that an application to be deficient, on its face, in a way that precludes a complete review, FDA may not accept the application for review and may issue a refuse-to-file letter to the sponsor. If FDA determines the application is fillable, the FDA’s goal is to review standard applications within ten months after it accepts the application for filing, or, if the application qualifies for priority review, six months after the FDA accepts the application for filing. In both standard and priority reviews, the review process is often significantly extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification. The FDA reviews a BLA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe, pure and potent and the facilities in which it is manufactured, processed, packed, or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued safety, purity and potency. The FDA may convene an advisory committee to provide clinical insight on application review questions. Before approving a BLA, the FDA will typically inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications.

 

120


Table of Contents

Additionally, before approving a BLA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. If the FDA determines that the application, manufacturing process or manufacturing facilities are not acceptable, it will outline the deficiencies in the submission and often will request additional testing or information. Notwithstanding the submission of any requested additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

After the FDA evaluates a BLA and conducts inspections of manufacturing facilities where the commercial product and/or its drug substance will be produced, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a Complete Response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response letter will describe all of the deficiencies that the FDA has identified in the BLA, except that where the FDA determines that the data supporting the application are inadequate to support approval, the FDA may issue the Complete Response letter without first conducting required inspections, testing submitted product lots, and/or reviewing proposed labeling. In issuing the Complete Response letter, the FDA may recommend actions that the applicant might take to place the BLA in condition for approval, including requests for additional information or clarification. The FDA may delay or refuse approval of a BLA if applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied, require additional testing or information and/or require post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor safety or efficacy of a product.

If regulatory approval of a product is granted, such approval will be granted for particular indications and may entail limitations on the indicated uses for which such product may be marketed. For example, the FDA may approve the BLA with a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, to ensure the benefits of the product outweigh its risks. A REMS is a safety strategy to manage a known or potential serious risk associated with a product and to enable patients to have continued access to such medicines by managing their safe use, and could include medication guides, physician communication plans, or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. The FDA also may condition approval on, among other things, changes to proposed labeling or the development of adequate controls and specifications. Once approved, the FDA may withdraw the product approval if compliance with pre- and post-marketing requirements is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the marketplace. The FDA may require one or more Phase 4 post-market studies and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization, and may limit further marketing of the product based on the results of these post-marketing studies.

Expedited Development and Review Programs

The FDA offers a number of expedited development and review programs for qualifying product candidates. The fast track program is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new products that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new products are eligible for fast track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the disease or condition. Fast track designation applies to the combination of the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a fast track product has opportunities for frequent interactions with the review team during product development and, once a BLA is submitted, the product may be eligible for priority review. A fast track product may also be eligible for rolling review, in which case the FDA may consider for review sections of the BLA on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the BLA, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the BLA and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the BLA.

A product intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition may also be eligible for breakthrough therapy designation to expedite its development and review. A product can receive breakthrough therapy designation if preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The designation includes all of the fast track program features, as well as more intensive FDA interaction and guidance beginning as early as Phase 1 and an organizational commitment to expedite the development and review of the product, including involvement of senior managers.

 

121


Table of Contents

Any marketing application for a biologic submitted to the FDA for approval, including a product with a fast track designation and/or breakthrough therapy designation, may be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite the FDA review and approval process, such as priority review and accelerated approval. A product is eligible for priority review if it has the potential to provide a significant improvement in the treatment, diagnosis or prevention of a serious disease or condition compared to marketed products. For products containing new molecular entities, priority review designation means the FDA’s goal is to take action on the marketing application within six months of the 60-day filing date (compared with ten months under standard review).

Additionally, products studied for their safety and effectiveness in treating serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions may receive accelerated approval upon a determination that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of accelerated approval, the FDA will generally require the sponsor to perform adequate and well- controlled post-marketing clinical studies to verify and describe the anticipated effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit. In addition, the FDA currently requires as a condition for accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product.

In 2017, FDA established a new regenerative medicine advanced therapy, or RMAT, designation as part of its implementation of the 21st Century Cures Act, which was signed into law in December 2016. The RMAT designation program is intended to fulfill the 21st Century Cures Act requirement that FDA facilitate an efficient development program for, and expedite review of, any drug that meets the following criteria: (1) it qualifies as a RMAT, which is defined as a cell therapy, therapeutic tissue engineering product, human cell and tissue product, or any combination product using such therapies or products, with limited exceptions; (2) it is intended to treat, modify, reverse, or cure a serious or life-threatening disease or condition; and (3) preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug has the potential to address unmet medical needs for such a disease or condition. Like fast track and breakthrough therapy designation, RMAT designation provides potential benefits that include more frequent meetings with the FDA to discuss the development plan for the product candidate and eligibility for rolling review and priority review.

Products granted RMAT designation may also be eligible for accelerated approval on the basis of a surrogate or intermediate endpoint reasonably likely to predict long-term clinical benefit, or reliance upon data obtained from a meaningful number of sites, including through expansion to additional sites. Once approved, when appropriate, the FDA can permit fulfillment of post-approval requirements under accelerated approval through the submission of clinical evidence, clinical studies, patient registries, or other sources of real-world evidence such as electronic health records; through the collection of larger confirmatory datasets; or through post-approval monitoring of all patients treated with the therapy prior to approval.

Fast track designation, breakthrough therapy designation, priority review, accelerated approval, and RMAT designation do not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development or approval process.

Orphan Drug Designation

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biologic intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or if it affects more than 200,000 individuals in the United States, there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making available a drug or biologic for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales in the United States for that drug or biologic. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting a BLA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. The orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review or approval process.

If a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusive approval (or exclusivity), which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications, including a full BLA, to market the same biologic for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent the FDA from approving a different drug or biologic for the same disease or condition, or the same drug or biologic for a different disease or condition. Among the other benefits of orphan drug designation are tax credits for certain research and a waiver of the BLA application fee.

 

 

122


Table of Contents

A designated orphan drug may not receive orphan drug exclusivity if it is approved for a use that is broader than the indication for which it received orphan designation. In addition, exclusive marketing rights in the United States may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantities of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.

Post-Approval Requirements

Any products manufactured or distributed by us pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to record keeping, reporting of adverse experiences, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, and advertising and promotion of the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing user fee requirements, under which FDA assesses an annual program fee for each product identified in an approved BLA. Biologic manufacturers and their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP, which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements upon us and our third-party manufacturers. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated, and, depending on the significance of the change, may require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting requirements upon us and any third-party manufacturers that we may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP and other aspects of regulatory compliance.

The FDA may withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical studies to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

   

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of a product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls

 

   

fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical studies;

 

   

refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of existing product approvals;

 

   

product seizure or detention, or refusal of the FDA to permit the import or export of products; or

The FDA closely regulates the marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of biologics. A company can make only those claims relating to safety and efficacy, purity and potency that are approved by the FDA and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in, among other things, adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties. Physicians may prescribe legally available products for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those tested by us and approved by the FDA. Such off-label uses are common across medical specialties. Physicians may believe that such off-label uses are the best treatment for many patients in varied circumstances. The FDA does not regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments. The FDA does, however, restrict manufacturer’s communications on the subject of off-label use of their products.

 

 

123


Table of Contents

Biosimilars and Reference Product Exclusivity

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively, the ACA, signed into law in 2010, includes a subtitle called the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, which created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products that are biosimilar to or interchangeable with an FDA-approved reference biological product.

Biosimilarity, which requires that there be no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity, and potency, can be shown through analytical studies, animal studies, and a clinical study or studies. Interchangeability requires that a product be biosimilar to the reference product and the product must demonstrate that it can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product in any given patient and, for products that are administered to a patient more than once, the biologic and the reference biologic may be alternated or switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biologic. Complexities associated with the larger, and often more complex, structures of biological products, as well as the processes by which such products are manufactured, pose significant hurdles to implementation of the abbreviated approval pathway that are still being worked out by the FDA.

Under the BPCIA, an application for a biosimilar product may not be submitted to the FDA until four years following the date that the reference product was first licensed by the FDA. In addition, the FDA may not approve a biosimilar product until 12 years from the date on which the reference product was first licensed. During this 12-year period of exclusivity, another company may still market a competing version of the reference product if the FDA approves a full BLA containing that applicant’s own preclinical data and data from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to demonstrate the safety, purity and potency of the competing product. The BPCIA also created certain exclusivity periods for biosimilars approved as interchangeable products. At this juncture, it is unclear whether products deemed “interchangeable” by the FDA will, in fact, be readily substituted by pharmacies, which are governed by state pharmacy law.

The BPCIA is complex and continues to be interpreted and implemented by the FDA. In addition, government proposals have sought to reduce the 12-year reference product exclusivity period. Other aspects of the BPCIA, some of which may impact the BPCIA exclusivity provisions, have also been the subject of recent litigation. As a result, the ultimate implementation and impact of the BPCIA is subject to significant uncertainty.

Other Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements

Pharmaceutical companies are subject to additional healthcare regulation and enforcement by the federal government and by authorities in the states and foreign jurisdictions in which they conduct their business. Such laws include, without limitation: the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, to induce, or in return for, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase or recommendation of an item or service for which payment may be made under any federal healthcare program; federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act, and civil monetary penalty laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment to the federal government, including federal healthcare programs, that are false or fraudulent; the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created additional federal criminal statutes which prohibit, among other things, executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and making false statements relating to healthcare matters, and which, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, also imposes certain requirements on HIPAA covered entities and their business associates relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information; the U.S. federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to annually report to the federal government, information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians, as defined by such law, and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; and U.S. state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, which, in some cases, differ from each other in significant ways, and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. If their operations are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply, they may be subject to significant penalties, including, without limitation, civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from government-funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid or similar programs in other countries or jurisdictions, integrity oversight and reporting obligations to resolve allegations of non-compliance, disgorgement, imprisonment, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

 

 

124


Table of Contents

Coverage and Reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any pharmaceutical or biological product for which we obtain regulatory approval. Sales of any product depend, in part, on the extent to which such product will be covered by third-party payors, such as federal, state, and foreign government healthcare programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations, and the level of reimbursement for such product by third-party payors. Decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided are made on a plan-by-plan basis. As there is no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug products among third-party payors in the United States, coverage and reimbursement policies for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor. There may be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement as the process of determining coverage and reimbursement is often time-consuming and costly which will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage or adequate reimbursement will be obtained. It is difficult to predict at this time what government authorities and third-party payors will decide with respect to coverage and reimbursement for our drug products. For products administered under the supervision of a physician, obtaining coverage and adequate reimbursement may be particularly difficult because of the higher prices often associated with such drugs. Additionally, separate reimbursement for the product itself or the treatment or procedure in which the product is used may not be available, which may impact physician utilization.

In addition, the U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have continued implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on coverage and reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost effectiveness of pharmaceutical or biological products, medical devices and medical services, in addition to questioning safety and efficacy.

Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit sales of any product. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for any product or a decision by a third-party payor not to cover a product could reduce physician usage and patient demand for the product.

Healthcare Reform

The United States and some foreign jurisdictions are considering or have enacted a number of reform proposals to change the healthcare system. There is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality or expanding access. In the United States, the pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly affected by federal and state legislative initiatives, including those designed to limit the pricing, coverage, and reimbursement of pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical products, especially under government-funded healthcare programs, and increased governmental control of drug pricing.

 

125


Table of Contents

In March 2010, the ACA was signed into law, which substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers in the United States, and significantly affected the pharmaceutical industry. The ACA contains a number of provisions of particular import to the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, including, but not limited to, those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs, a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected, and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal healthcare programs. Since its enactment, there have been judicial, Congressional, and executive branch challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the ACA in the future. For example, the 2020 federal spending package permanently eliminate, effective January 1, 2020, the ACA-mandated “Cadillac” tax on high-cost employer- sponsored health coverage and medical device tax and, effective January 1, 2021, also eliminates the health insurer tax. In addition, the Tax Act was enacted, which, among other things, removes penalties for not complying with ACA’s individual mandate to carry health insurance. On December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court Judge in the Northern District of Texas ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the ACA, and therefore, because it was repealed as part of the Tax Act, the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. Additionally, on December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit upheld the District Court ruling that the individual mandate was unconstitutional and remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. In March 2020, the Supreme Court granted a writ of certiorari and agreed to review the judgement of the federal appeals court. Oral argument was held in the case in November 2020, and a decision is expected by the time the current Supreme Court term ends in June of 2021. Pending action by the Supreme Court and any remand of the action to a court below or further litigation that may follow, which could take an extended period of time, the ACA remains operational. It is also unclear how such litigation and other efforts to repeal and replace the ACA will impact the ACA.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted, including aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year and reduced payments to several types of Medicare providers, which will remain in effect through 2030 with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020, unless additional Congressional action is taken. Moreover, there has recently been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. At the federal level, the Trump administration’s budget proposal for fiscal year 2021 included a $135 billion allowance over 10 years to support legislative proposals seeking to reduce drug prices, increase competition, lower out-of-pocket drug costs for patients, and increase patient access to lower-cost generic and biosimilar drugs. Further, the Trump administration previously released a “Blueprint,” or plan, to lower drug prices and reduce out of pocket costs of drugs that contained proposals to increase drug manufacturer competition, increase the negotiating power of certain federal healthcare programs, incentivize manufacturers to lower the list price of their products, and reduce the out-of-pocket costs of drug products paid by consumers. The Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, has solicited feedback on some of these measures and has implemented others under its existing authority. The FDA also released a final rule on September 24, 2020 providing guidance for states to build and submit importation plans for drugs from Canada. On November 23, 2020, a trio of industry groups sued HHS and FDA, seeking to enjoin the final rule, and a few days later, Canada passed an interim order banning the export of certain drugs from Canada. Further, on November 20, 2020, HHS finalized a regulation removing safe harbor protection for price reductions from pharmaceutical manufacturers to plan sponsors under Part D, either directly or through pharmacy benefit managers, unless the price reduction is required by law. The rule also creates a new safe harbor for price reductions reflected at the point-of-sale, as well as a safe harbor for certain fixed fee arrangements between pharmacy benefit managers and manufacturers. HHS was sued over the rule, which was challenged as arbitrary and capricious under the Administrative Procedure Act. In response, the government agreed to delay the effective date and evaluate the rule adopted by the previous administration. In the interim, the status quo has been restored. The likelihood of implementation of any of the other Trump administration reform initiatives is uncertain, particularly in light of the recent transition to the Biden administration. However, the Biden administration will continue to work on healthcare access and affordability with an expectation that it will protect and build on the ACA. At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.

We expect health reform initiatives to continue, particularly as a result of the recent presidential election. Further, it is possible that additional governmental action is taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

126


Table of Contents

PRC Regulation

In the PRC, we operate in an increasingly complex legal and regulatory environment. We are subject to a variety of PRC laws, rules and regulations affecting many aspects of our business. This section summarizes the principal PRC laws, rules and regulations that we believe are relevant to our business and operations.

PRC Drug Regulation

Introduction

China strictly supervises and regulates the development, approval, manufacturing and distribution of drugs, including biologics. The specific regulatory requirements applicable depend on whether the drug is made and finished in China, which is referred to as a domestically manufactured drug, or made abroad and imported into China in finished form, which is referred to as an imported drug, as well as the approval or “registration” category of the drug. For both imported and domestically manufactured drugs, China typically requires regulatory approval for a clinical trial application, or CTA, to conduct clinical trials in China and submit China clinical trial data, prior to submitting an application for marketing approval. For a domestically manufactured drug, there is also a requirement to have a drug manufacturing license for a facility in China.

In 2017, the drug regulatory system entered a new and significant period of reform. The General Office of the State Council and the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China jointly issued the Opinion on Deepening the Reform of the Evaluation and Approval System to Encourage Innovation in Drugs and Medical Devices, or the Innovation Opinion in October 2017. The expedited programs and other advantages under this and other related recent reforms encourage drug manufacturers to seek marketing approval in China first, manufacture domestically, and develop drugs in high priority disease areas, such as oncology.

To implement the regulatory reform introduced by the Innovation Opinion, the NPC and the NMPA has been revising the fundamental laws, regulations and rules regulating pharmaceutical products and the industry, which include the framework law known as the PRC Drug Administration Law, or Drug Administration Law. Drug Administration Law was promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NPC on September 20, 1984 and last amended on August 26, 2019 and took effect as of December 1, 2019. The Drug Administration Law is implemented by a high-level regulation issued by the State Council referred to as the Implementing Regulations of the PRC Drug Administration Law. The NMPA has its own set of regulations further implementing Drug Administration Law; the primary one governing CTAs, marketing approval, and post-approval amendment and renewal is known as the Drug Registration Regulation, or DRR. The DDR (Trial) was published in 2002 by SFDA and the DRR was promulgated by the State Food and Drug Administration, or the SFDA (the predecessor of CFDA and NMPA) on February 28, 2005 and the latest amendment of DRR promulgated by the State Administration for Market Regulation, or the SAMR, in January 2020 took effect as of July 1, 2020. Although the NMPA has issued several notices and proposed regulations in 2018 and 2019 to implement the reforms, the implementing regulations for many of the reforms in the Innovation Opinion have not yet been finalized and issued, and therefore, the details regarding the implementation of the regulatory changes remained uncertain in some respects.

Regulatory Authorities and Recent Government Reorganization

In the PRC, the NMPA is the primary regulatory agency for pharmaceutical products and businesses. The agency was formed from the prior China Food and Drug Administration, or CFDA, in 2018 as part of a government reorganization. Pursuant to the Decision of the First Session of the Thirteenth National People’s Congress on the State Council Institutional Reform Proposal made by the NPC on March 17, 2018, the CFDA’s functions with respect to drug supervision has been transferred to NMPA, a newly established regulatory authority responsible for registration and supervision of drugs, cosmetics and medical equipment under the supervision of the SAMR, which are responsible for consumer protection, advertising, anticorruption, pricing and fair competition matters. The CFDA was canceled following the structure reform of administrative organs led by the State Council.

Like the CFDA, the NMPA is still the primary drug regulatory agency and implements the same laws, regulations, rules, and guidelines as the CFDA, and it regulates almost all of the key stages of the life-cycle of pharmaceutical products, including nonclinical studies, clinical trials, marketing approvals, manufacturing, advertising and promotion, distribution, and pharmacovigilance (i.e., post-marketing safety reporting obligations). The Center for Drug Evaluation, or CDE, which remains under the NMPA, conducts the technical evaluation of each drug and biologic application to assess safety and efficacy.

 

 

127


Table of Contents

The NHC (formerly known as the Ministry of Health, or MOH, and National Health and Family Planning Commission, or NHFPC), is China’s primary healthcare regulatory agency. It is responsible for overseeing the operation of medical institutions, some of which also serve as clinical trial sites, and regulating the licensure of hospitals and other medical personnel. NHC plays a significant role in drug reimbursement. Furthermore, the NHC and its local counterparts at or below the provincial level of local government also oversee and organize public medical institutions’ centralized bidding and procurement process for pharmaceutical products, through which public hospitals and their pharmacies acquire drugs.

Also, as part of the 2018 reorganization, the PRC government formed the National Healthcare Security Administration which focuses on regulating reimbursement under the state-sponsored insurance plans.

Non-Clinical Research and Animal Experiment

The NMPA requires preclinical data to support registration applications for imported and domestic drugs. According to the DRR, nonclinical safety studies must comply with the Administrative Measures for Good Laboratories Practice of Non-clinical Laboratory. On August 6, 2003, the SFDA (the predecessor of CFDA and NMPA) promulgated the Administrative Measures for Good Laboratories Practice of Nonclinical Laboratory, which was revised on July 27, 2017, to improve the quality of non-clinical research, and began to conduct the Good Laboratories Practice. Pursuant to the Circular on Administrative Measures for Certification of Good Laboratory Practice for Non-clinical Laboratory issued by the SFDA on April 16, 2007, the SFDA is responsible for the certification of non-clinical research institutions nationwide and local provincial medical products administrative authorities is in charge of the daily supervision of non-clinical research institution. The SFDA decides whether an institution is qualified for undertaking pharmaceutical non-clinical research by evaluating such institution’s organizational administration, its research personnel, its equipment and facilities, and its operation and management of non-clinical pharmaceutical projects. A Good Laboratory Practice Certification will be issued by the SFDA if all the relevant requirements are satisfied, which will also be published on the SFDA’s website.

Pursuant to the Regulations for the Administration of Affairs Concerning Experimental Animals promulgated by the State Science and Technology Commission on November 14, 1988 and amended on January 8, 2011, July 18, 2013 and March 1, 2017, respectively, by the State Council, the Administrative Measures on Good Practice of Experimental Animals jointly promulgated by the State Science and Technology Commission and the State Bureau of Quality and Technical Supervision on December 11, 1997, and the Administrative Measures on the Certificate for Experimental Animals (Trial) promulgated by the Ministry of Science and Technology and other regulatory authorities on December 5, 2001, using and breeding experimental animals shall be subject to some rules and performing experimentation on animals requires a Certificate for Use of Laboratory Animals.

Registration Categories

Prior to engaging with the NMPA on research and development and approval, an applicant will need to determine the registration category for its drug candidate (which will ultimately need to be confirmed with the NMPA), which will determine the application requirements for its clinical trial and marketing application. In March 2016, the CFDA issued the Reform Plan for Registration Category of Chemical Medicine, according to which, there are five categories for small molecule drugs: Category 1, or innovative drugs, refers to drugs that have a new chemical entity that has not been marketed anywhere in the world, Category 2, or improved new drugs, refers to drugs with a new indication, dosage form, route of administration, combination, or certain formulation changes not approved in the world, Category 3 is for domestic generics that reference an innovator drug marketed abroad but not in China, Category 4 is for domestic generics that reference an innovator drug marked in China, and Category 5 refers to an application to import into China innovative or generic drugs that have already been marketed abroad. As a support policy and implementing rule of the Registration Measures newly amended in 2020, the NMPA issued the Chemical Drug Registration Classification and Application Data Requirements in June 2020, effective in July 2020, which reaffirmed the principles of the classification of chemical drugs set forth by the Reform Plan for Registration Category of Chemical Medicine, and made minor adjustments to the subclassifications of Category 5. According to such rule, Category 5.1 are innovative chemical drugs and improved new chemical drugs while Category 5.2 are generic chemical drugs, all of which shall have been already marketed abroad but not yet approved in China.

 

128


Table of Contents

Therapeutic biologics follow a somewhat similar categorization, with three categories for therapeutic biologics, depending on marketing approval status: Category 1 is for innovative biologics that have not been approved inside or outside of China, Category 2 for improved new drugs, and Category 3 for biologics that have been marketed in China or abroad, according to Biological Project Registration Classification and Application Data Requirements published by NMPA in June 2020. All biologics follow the new drug application pathway, but a tentative guideline on the development and evaluation of biosimilar drugs was issued by the CFDA in 2015.

Expedited Programs

Priority Evaluation and Approval Programs to Encourage Innovation

The NMPA and its predecessors has adopted several expedited review and approval mechanisms since 2009 and created additional expedited programs in recent years that are intended to encourage innovation. Applications for these expedited programs can be submitted together with the registration package or after the registration submission is admitted for review by the CDE. The Announcement of Three Documents Including “Working Procedures for Review of Breakthrough Therapeutics (Trial)” promulgated by NMPA on July 7, 2020 clarifies that during clinical trials of drugs, innovative drugs or improved new drugs that are used to prevent and treat severely life threatening diseases which no effective prevention and treatment methods are available or there is sufficient evidence to show such drugs have obvious clinical advantages compared with existing treatment methods, etc., applicant can apply for breakthrough therapeutic drug program in Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials, usually no later than the start of Phase 3 clinical trials. In order to accelerate the marketing of clinically urgent drugs with outstanding clinical value in China, the CDE promulgated the Clinical Technical Guidelines for Conditional Approval of Drugs (Trial) on November 19, 2020 which became effective on the same day. Such guidelines apply to traditional Chinese medicine, chemical drugs and biological products that are not listed for sales in China. According to such guidelines, during the period of drug clinical trials, a drug may be applied for conditional approval if it meets the following conditions: (i) for the treatment of seriously life-threatening diseases with no existing effective treatment available, as well as medicines urgently needed for public health, whose clinical trials have shown efficacy and whose clinical value can be predicted; (ii) vaccines that are urgently needed in response to major public health emergencies or other vaccines that are identified as being urgently needed by the NHC, and whose benefits are assessed to outweigh the risks. The quality of clinical trial data to support conditional approval for marketing of the drugs shall comply with the requirements and standards of ICH and relevant domestic technical guidelines.

If admitted to one of these expedited programs, an applicant will be entitled to more frequent and timely communication with reviewers at the CDE, expedited review and approval, and more agency resources throughout the review approval process.

NMPA also permits conditional approval of certain medicines based on early phase China clinical trial data or only on foreign approval clinical data. Post-approval the applicant may need to conduct one or more post-market studies. The agency has done this for drugs that meet unmet clinical needs for life-threatening illnesses and also for drugs that treat orphan indications. In 2018, NMPA and NHC established a conditional approval program for drugs designated by the CDE that have been approved in the US, EU and Japan within the last 10 years.

Clinical Trials and Marketing Approval

Upon completion of preclinical studies, a sponsor typically needs to conduct clinical trials in China for registering a new drug. The materials required for this application and the data requirements are determined by the registration category. The NMPA has taken a number of steps to increase efficiency for approving CTAs, and it has also significantly increased monitoring and enforcement of the Administrative Regulations of Quality of Drug Clinical Practice, or the PRC’s GCP to ensure data integrity. The PRC’s GCP was initially promulgated by the SFDA on August 6, 2003 and the latest version came into force on July 1, 2020.

 

129


Table of Contents

Trial Approval

The clinical trials conducted in China for new drug registration purposes must be approved and conducted at pharmaceutical clinical trial institutions which shall be under the filing administration. In October 2014, the CDFA, National Health and Family Planning Commission and National Administration for Chinese Medicine issued Administration Rule for the Project of Clinical Trial Conducted by Medical and Healthcare Institution, pursuant to which, clinical trials conducted by medical and healthcare institution shall only be implemented in medical and healthcare institution upon project approved by such medical and healthcare institution, and after the approval of such clinical trial project, such medical and healthcare institution shall file such approval with the medical and healthcare authority that issues its operating license for records. For imported drugs, proof of foreign approval is required prior to the trial, unless the drug has never been approved anywhere in the world. In addition to a standalone China trial to support development, imported drug applicants may establish a site in China that is part of an international multi-center trial, or IMCT, at the outset of the global trial. Domestically manufactured drugs are not subject to foreign approval requirements, and in contrast to prior practice, the NMPA has recently decided to permit those drugs to conduct development via an IMCT as well.

In 2015, the CFDA began to issue an umbrella approval for all phases (typically three) of a new drug clinical trial, instead of issuing approval phase by phase. For certain types of new drug candidates, CTAs may be prioritized over other applications and put in a separate expedited queue for approval.

The NMPA has now adopted a system for clinical trials of new drugs where trials can proceed if after 60 business days, the applicant has not received any objections from the CDE. China is also expanding the number of trial sites by changing from a clinical trial site certification procedure into a notification procedure.

Drug Clinical Trial Registration

According to the DRR, after the completion of the pharmaceutical, pharmacological and toxicological research of the drug clinical trial, the applicant may submit relevant research materials to CDE for applying for the approval to conduct drug clinical trial. The CDE will organize pharmaceutical, medical and other technicians to review the application and to decide whether to approve the drug clinical trial within 60 working days of the date of acceptance of the application. Once the decision is made, the result will be notified to the applicant through the website of the CDE and if no notice of decision is issued within the aforementioned time limit, the application of clinical trial shall be deemed as approval. The Registration Measures further requires that the applicant shall, prior to conducting the drug clinical trial, register the information of the drug clinical trial plan, etc. on the Drug Clinical Trial Information Platform. During the drug clinical trials, the applicant shall update registration information continuously, and register information of the outcome of the drug clinical trial upon completion. The applicant shall be responsible for the authenticity of the drug clinical trial information published on the platform. On September 6, 2013, the CDFA released the Announcement on Drug Clinical Trial Information Platform, pursuant to which, the applicant shall complete trial pre-registration within one month after obtaining the clinical trial approval to obtain the trial’s unique registration number and shall complete registration of certain follow-up information before the first subject’s enrollment in the trial. If approval of the foregoing pre-registration and registration is not obtained within one year after obtaining the clinical trial approval, the applicant shall submit an explanation, and if the procedure is not completed within three years, the clinical trial approval shall automatically be annulled.

Human Genetic Resources Approval

According to the Interim Measures for the Administration of Human Genetic Resources, jointly promulgated by the Ministry of Science and Technology and the MOH on June 10, 1998, an additional approval is required for any foreign companies or foreign affiliates that conduct trials in China. Prior to beginning a trial, the foreign sponsor and the Chinese clinical trial site are required to obtain approval from the Human Genetic Resources Administration of China, or the HGRAC, which is an agency under the Ministry of Science and Technology, to collect any biological samples that contain the genetic material of Chinese human subjects, and to transfer any cross-border transfer of the samples or associated data. Furthermore, one of the key review points for the HGRAC review and approval process is the IP sharing arrangement between Chinese and foreign parties. The parties are required to share patent rights to inventions arising from the samples. Conducting a clinical trial in China without obtaining the relevant HGRAC preapproval will subject the sponsor and trial site to administrative liability, including confiscation of HGRAC samples and associated data, and administrative fines.

 

 

130


Table of Contents

On July 2, 2015, the Ministry of Science and Technology issued the Service Guide for Administrative Licensing Items concerning Examination and Approval of Sampling, Collecting, Trading, Exporting Human Genetic Resources, or Taking Such Resources out of the PRC, which provides that the sampling, collecting or research activities of human genetic resources by a foreign-invested sponsor fall within the scope of international cooperation, and the cooperating organization of China shall apply for approval of the HGRAC through the online system. On October 26, 2017, the Ministry of Science and Technology issued the Circular on Optimizing the Administrative Examination and Approval of Human Genetic Resources, which simplified the approval for sampling and collecting human genetic resources for the purpose of commercializing a drug in the PRC. On May 28, 2019, the State Council of PRC issued the Administration Regulations on Human Genetic Resources, which became effective on July 1, 2019. The Administration Regulations on Human Genetic Resources formalized the approval requirements pertinent to research collaborations between Chinese and foreign-owned entities. Pursuant to the new rule, a new notification system (as opposed to the advance approval approach originally in place) is put in place for clinical trials using China’s human genetic resources at clinical institutions without involving the export of human genetic resources outside of China.

Trial Exemptions and Acceptance of Foreign Data

The NMPA may reduce requirements for clinical trials and data, depending on the drug and the existing data. The NMPA has granted waivers for all or part of trials and has stated that it will accept data generated abroad (even if not part of a global study), including early phase data, that meets its requirements. On July 6, 2018, the NMPA issued the Technical Guidance Principles on Accepting Foreign Drug Clinical Trial Data, or the Guidance Principles, as one of the implementing rules for the Innovation Opinion. According to the Guidance Principles, the data of foreign clinical trials must meet the authenticity, completeness, accuracy and traceability requirements and such data must be obtained consistent with the relevant requirements under the GCP of the International Conference on Harmonization of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use, or ICH. Sponsors must be attentive to potentially meaningful ethnic differences in the subject population.

The NMPA now officially permits, and its predecessor agencies have permitted on a case-by-case basis in the past, drugs approved outside of China to be approved in China on a conditional basis without the need for pre-approval clinical trials inside China. Specifically, on October 23, 2018, the NMPA and the NHC jointly issued the Procedures for Reviewing and Approval of Clinical Urgently Needed Overseas New Drugs, which established a program permitting drugs that have been approved within the last ten years in the United States, EU or Japan and that i) treat orphan diseases, ii) prevent or treat serious life-threatening illnesses for which there is either no effective therapy or prevention in China, or iii) prevent or treat serious life-threatening illnesses and the foreign-approved drug would have clear clinical advantages. Applicants will be required to establish a risk mitigation plan and may be required to complete trials in China after the drug is marketed.

Clinical Trial Process and Good Clinical Practices

Typically drug clinical trials in China have four phases. Phase 1 refers to the initial clinical pharmacology and human safety evaluation studies. Phase 2 refers to the preliminary evaluation of a drug candidate’s therapeutic efficacy and safety for target indication(s) in patients. Phase 3 (often the pivotal study) refers to clinical trials to further verify the drug candidate’s therapeutic efficacy and safety in patients with target indication(s) and ultimately provide sufficient evidence for the review of a drug registration application. Phase 4 refers to a new drug’s post-marketing study to assess therapeutic effectiveness and adverse reactions when the drug is widely used to evaluate overall benefit-risk relationships of the drug when used among the general population or specific groups and to adjust the administration dose, etc. The NMPA requires that the different phases of clinical trials in China receive ethics committee approval and comply with the PRC’s GCP. The NMPA conducts inspections to assess the PRC’s GCP compliance and will cancel the CTA if it finds substantial issues.

 

131


Table of Contents

On August 6, 2003, the SFDA promulgated the PRC’s GCP to improve the quality of clinical trials. According to the latest PRC’s GCP jointly issued by NMPA and MHC and came into effect on July 1, 2020, the sponsor shall provide insurance to the subjects participating in the clinical trial and bear the cost of the treatment and the corresponding financial compensation for the subjects who suffer harm or death related to the trial. The sponsor shall provide legal and economic guarantee compatible with the nature and degree of risk of clinical trials to the investigator and clinical trial institution, but harm or death caused by the fault or negligence of the investigator or clinical trial institution shall be excluded. Pursuant to the Innovation Opinion, the accreditation of the institutions for drug clinical trials shall be subject to record-filing administration. The conduct of clinical trials must adhere to the PRC’s GCP, and the protocols must be approved by the ethics committees of each study site. Pursuant to the newly amended Drug Administration Law, and the Regulations on the Administration of Drug Clinical Trial Institution jointly promulgated by NMPA and NHC on November 29, 2019 and effective from December 1, 2019, drug clinical trial institutions shall be under filing administration. Entities that only conduct analysis of biological samples related to clinical trials of drugs do not need to be filed.

New Drug Application and Approval

Upon completion of clinical trials, a sponsor may submit clinical trial data to support marketing approval for the drug. For imported drugs, this means issuance of an import license. Again, the applicant must submit evidence of foreign approval, unless it is an innovative drug that has never been approved anywhere in the world.

New drug application, or NDA, sponsors must submit data derived from domestically manufactured drugs in support of a drug approval. Under the current regime, upon approval of the registration application, the NMPA will first issue a new drug certificate to the applicant. Under the current regime, upon approval of the registration application, the NMPA will issue drug registration certificate to the applicant. Only when the applicant or its contracted manufacturer is equipped with relevant manufacturing capability will the NMPA issue a drug approval, which is effectively the marketing approval allowing the holder to market/commercialize the drug in China.

Pursuant to the Opinions on the Reform of Evaluation and Approval System for Drugs and Medical Devices and Equipment promulgated on August 9, 2015, the State Council published the policy for carrying out a pilot plan for the drug marketing authorization holder mechanism.

Pursuant to the newly amended Drug Administration Law, under the drug marketing authorization holder mechanism, an enterprise or a research and development institution which has obtained a drug registration certificate is eligible to be a pharmaceutical marketing authorization holder, and this pharmaceutical marketing authorization holder shall be responsible for nonclinical laboratory studies, clinical trials, production and distribution, post-market studies, and the monitoring, reporting, and handling of adverse reactions in connection with pharmaceuticals in accordance with the provisions of the Drug Administration Law. The pharmaceutical marketing authorization holder may engage contract manufacturers for manufacturing, provided that the contract manufacturers are licensed and may engage pharmaceutical distribution enterprises with drug distribution license for the distribution activities. Upon the approval of the medical products administrative department under the State Council, a drug marketing authorization holder may transfer the drug marketing license and the transferee shall have the capability of quality management, risk prevention and control, and liability compensation to ensure the safety, effectiveness and quality controllability of drugs, and fulfill the obligations of the drug marketing license holder.

Manufacturing and Distribution

According to the newly amended Drug Administration Law and the implementing Measures of the Drug Administration Law, all facilities that manufacture drugs in China must receive a Drug Manufacturing License with an appropriate “scope of manufacturing” from the local drug regulatory authority. This license must be renewed every five years.

Similarly, to conduct sales, importation, shipping and storage, or distribution activities, a company must obtain a Drug Distribution License with an appropriate “scope of distribution” from the local drug regulatory authority, subject to renewal every five years.

 

132


Table of Contents

China has formed a “Two Invoice System” to control distribution of drugs. The “Two-Invoice System” generally requires that no more than two invoices may be issued throughout the distribution chain, with one from the manufacturer to a distributor and another from the distributor to the end-user hospital. This excludes the sale of products invoiced from the manufacturer to its wholly owned or controlled distributors, or for imported drugs, to their exclusive distributor, or from a distributor to its wholly owned or controlled subsidiary (or between the wholly owned or controlled subsidiaries). However, the system still significantly limits the options for companies to use multiple distributors to reach a larger geographic area in China. Compliance with the Two-Invoice System will become a prerequisite for pharmaceutical companies to participate in procurement processes with public hospitals, which currently provide most of China’s healthcare. Manufacturers and distributors that fail to implement the Two-Invoice System may lose their qualifications to participate in the bidding process for centralized purchasing. Non-compliant manufacturers may also be blacklisted from engaging in drug sales to public hospitals in a locality.

The Two-Invoice System was first implemented in 11 provinces that are involved in pilot comprehensive medical reforms, but the program has expanded to nearly all provinces, which have their own individual rules for the program.

Human Cell Therapy

On March 20, 2003, the State Drug Administration, or the SDA, (the predecessor of the SFDA), published the Technical Guidelines for Research on Human Cell Therapy and Quality Control of Preparations, which set some principles for the research of human cell therapy.

Pursuant to the DRR promulgated by the SFDA on July 10, 2007 and effective from October 1, 2007, human cell therapy and its products belong to biological products and the application for biological products shall be submitted as the process of new drug application.

On March 2, 2009, the MOH published the Management Measures for Clinical Application of Medical Technology, which came into effect on May 1, 2009 and prescribed that cell immunotherapy belongs to the Category 3 medical technology of which the clinical application shall be subject to the additional provisions of the MOH. In May 2009, the MOH published the First List of Category 3 Medical Technologies Allowed for Clinical Application, or the Category 3 Medical Technologies which prescribed cell immunotherapy technology as Category 3 medical technologies were allowed for clinical application, and was abolished by the Notice on the Relevant Work Concerning Cancellation of the Category Three of Medical Technology Entry Approval of Clinical Application on June 29, 2015. The Notice on the Relevant Work Concerning Cancellation of the Category Three of Medical Technology Entry Approval of Clinical Application also cancelled the approval of Category 3 medical technology clinical application.

On November 30, 2017, the CFDA promulgated the Notice of Guidelines for Acceptance and Examination of Drug Registration (Trial), the application of clinical trials of therapeutic biological products and the production and listing application of therapeutic biological products shall be subject to the provisions thereof. On December 22, 2017, the CFDA published the Technical Guiding Principles for Research and Evaluation of Cell Therapy Products (Trial) to regulate and guide the research and evaluation of cell therapy products that are researched on, developed and registered as drugs. On February 9, 2021, CDE issued Technical Guidelines for Clinical Trials of Immunocell Therapy Products, the guidelines provide necessary technical guidance for the overall planning, design, implementation, and data analysis of cellular immune treatment (including CAR-T) products to carry out clinical trials, to reduce certain risks of the participating subjects in clinical trials and to regulate the evaluation method of the safety and effectiveness of such treatment.

Post-Marketing Surveillance

Pursuant to the newly amended Drug Administration Law, the drug marketing authorization holder shall be responsible for the monitoring, reporting and handling of adverse reactions in connection with pharmaceuticals in accordance with the provisions of Drug Administration Law. Marketing authorization holders, pharmaceutical manufacturer, pharmaceutical distributors and medical institutions shall regularly inspect the quality, efficacy and adverse reactions of drugs manufactured, distributed and used by them. Cases of suspected adverse reactions shall be promptly reported to the drug administrative authorities and the competent health administrative authority. The drug marketing authorization holder shall forthwith stop selling, notify the relevant pharmaceutical distributors and medical institutions to stop sales and use, recall sold drugs, promptly announce recall information if the drugs have quality issues or other safety hazards.

 

133


Table of Contents

Advertising and Promotion of Pharmaceutical Products

China has a strict regime for the advertising of approved drugs. No unapproved drugs may be advertised. The definition of an advertisement is very broad, and it can be any media that directly or indirectly introduces the product to end users. There is no clear line between advertising and any other type of promotion.

Each advertisement for drugs requires an approval from a local drug regulatory authority, and the content of an approved advertisement may not be altered without filing a new application for approval. An enterprise seeking to advertise a prescription drug may do so only in medical journals jointly designated by NMPA and the NHC, and the advertisement for a prescription drug shall tag “this advertisement is for medical and pharmaceutical professionals reading only.” Drug advertisements are subject to strict content restrictions, which prohibit recommendations by doctors and hospitals and guarantees of effectiveness. Advertising that includes content that is outside of the drug’s approval documentation, off-label content, is prohibited. False advertising can result in civil suits from end users and administrative liability, including fines. In addition to advertisements, non-promotional websites that convey information about a drug must go through a separate approval process by a local drug regulatory authority.

Product Liability

The Product Quality Law of the PRC, or the Product Quality Law promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NPC on February 22, 1993 and amended on July 8, 2000, August 27, 2009 and December 29, 2018, respectively, is the principal governing law relating to the supervision and administration of product quality. According to the Product Quality Law, manufacturers shall be liable for the quality of products produced by them, and sellers shall take measures to ensure the quality of the products sold by them. A manufacturer shall be liable for compensating for any bodily injuries or property damages, other than the defective product itself, resulting from the defects in the product, unless the manufacturer is able to prove that (1) the product has never been distributed; (2) the defects causing injuries or damages did not exist at the time when the product was distributed; or (3) the science and technology at the time when the product was distributed was at a level incapable of detecting the defects. A seller shall be liable for compensating for any bodily injuries or property damages of others caused by the defects in the product if such defects are attributable to the seller. A seller shall pay compensation if it fails to indicate either the manufacturer or the supplier of the defective product. A person who is injured or whose property is damaged by the defects in the product may claim for compensation from the manufacturer or the seller.

Pursuant to the General Principles of the Civil Law of the PRC promulgated by the NPC on April 12, 1986 and amended on August 27, 2009, both manufacturers and sellers shall be held liable where the defective products result in property damages or bodily injuries to others. Pursuant to the Tort Liability Law of the PRC promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NPC on December 26, 2009 and effective from July 1, 2010, manufacturers shall assume tort liabilities where the defects in products cause damages to others. Sellers shall assume tort liabilities where the defects in products that have caused damages to others are attributable to the sellers. The aggrieved party may claim for compensation from the manufacturer or the seller of the defected product that has caused damage.

On May 28, 2020, the Third Session of the 13th National People’s Congress passed the Civil Code of the People’s Republic of China which took effect on January 1, 2021, and will replace the current Tort Liability Law of the PRC. According to the Civil Code of the People’s Republic of China, patients have the right to claim compensation from the drug marketing authorization holder, medical institution or manufacturer for damage caused by drug defects.

Commercial Bribery

Pharmaceutical companies involved in a criminal investigation or administrative proceedings related to bribery are listed in the Adverse Records of Commercial Briberies by their respective provincial health and family planning administrative department. Pursuant to the Provisions on the Establishment of Adverse Records of Commercial Briberies in the Medicine Purchase and Sales Industry which were promulgated by the NHFPC on December 25, 2013 and became effective on March 1, 2014, provincial health and family planning administrative departments formulate the implementing measures for establishment of Adverse Records of Commercial Briberies. Where a pharmaceutical company or its agent is listed in the Adverse Records of Commercial Briberies on one occasion, it will be prohibited from participating in the procurement bidding process or selling its products to public medical institutions located in the local provincial-level region for two years from the publication of the adverse records. Where a pharmaceutical company or its agent is listed in the Adverse Records of Commercial Briberies on two or more occasions within five years, it will be prohibited from participating in the procurement bidding process or selling its products to all public medical institutions in the PRC for two years from the publication of these adverse records.

 

134


Table of Contents

Regulatory Protections

Non-Patent Exclusivities

New Drug Monitoring Period

According to the DRR and the Implementing Regulations of Drug Administration Law, the NMPA may, for the purpose of protecting public health, provide for an administrative monitoring period of five years for new drugs approved to be manufactured, commencing from the date of approval, to continually monitor the safety of those new drugs. During the monitoring period, the NMPA will not approve another CTA from another applicant for the same type of drug, except if another sponsor has an approved CTA at the time that the monitoring period is initiated it may proceed with its trial and once approved become another drug that is part of the monitoring period.

Regulatory Data Protection

The Innovation Opinion also lays the foundation for the establishment of a system for regulatory data protection to protect innovators. This protection will be available to the undisclosed clinical trial data of drugs falling into the following categories: innovative drugs, innovative therapeutic biologics, drugs that treat orphan diseases, pediatric drugs, and drugs for which there has been a successful patent challenge.

On April 25, 2018, NMPA published a draft on Implementing Regulations for Pharmaceutical Study Data Protection for public comment that would set regulatory data protection for innovative small molecule drugs at six years and for innovative therapeutic biologics at 12 years; pediatric and orphan drugs would receive six years to run concurrently from their approval dates. Full terms of protection would require reliance on local trials or sites of multi-center trials in China and simultaneous submissions of marketing applications in China and other countries. Submissions in China that are up to six years after those made abroad would result in the term being reduced to 1-5 years. Submissions made in China over six years after those made abroad may not receive protection.

Furthermore, the Data Security Law of the PRC (Draft) was published on July 3, 2020 by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress for public comment. The draft law consists of seven chapters, namely General Provisions, Data Security and Development, Data Security System, Data Security Protection Obligation, Security and Openness of Government Data, Legal Liability and Supplementary Provisions.

Patent-Related Protections

Patent Linkage

The Innovation Opinion also sets forth the basic elements of a patent linkage system to protect innovators, in which a follow-on applicant will be required to specify patents that are relevant to its application and notify relevant patent holders (including, innovators) within a specified period after filing its application, permitting them to sue to protect their rights. The system will require that the NMPA continue to review the potentially infringing follow-on application during any lawsuit by the innovator. However, the NMPA may not approve the follow-on application pending resolution of the patent litigation in favor of the follow-on application or for a specified period of time, whichever is shorter. This reform will require implementing regulations. To date, the NMPA has not issued the relevant implementing regulations.

Patent Term Extension

 

135


Table of Contents

Under the Amendment to the PRC Patent Law, the State Council may grant a patent term extension of up to five years to compensate for delays in the review process for innovative drugs that are applying simultaneously for marketing approval in both China and abroad. The patent term for innovative drugs may not be extended to more than 14 years post-marketing.

Trademarks

Pursuant to the Trademark Law of the PRC promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NPC on August 23, 1982 and amended on February 22, 1993, October 27, 2001, August 30, 2013 and April 23, 2019, respectively and became effective from November 1, 2019, the period of validity for a registered trademark is ten years, commencing from the date of registration. The registrant shall go through the formalities for renewal within twelve months prior to the expiry date of the trademark if continued use is intended. Where the registrant fails to do so, a grace period of six months may be granted. The validity period for each renewal of registration is ten years commencing from the day immediately after the expiry of the preceding period of validity for the trademark. In the absence of a renewal upon expiry, the registered trademark shall be canceled. Industrial and commercial administrative authorities have the authority to investigate any behavior in infringement of the exclusive right under a registered trademark in accordance with the law. In case of a suspected criminal offense, the case shall be timely referred to a judicial authority and decided according to the law.

Domain names

Domain names are protected under the Administrative Measures on China Internet Domain Names promulgated by the Ministry of Information Industry on November 5, 2004 and effective from December 20, 2004, which was replaced by the Administrative Measures on the Internet Domain Names issued by the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, or the MIIT, on August 24, 2017 and effective from November 1, 2017, and the Implementing Rules on Registration of Domain Names issued by China Internet Network Information Center on September 25, 2002 which came into effect on December 1, 2002 and last amended on May 28, 2012, which became effective on May 29, 2012. The MIIT is the main regulatory authority responsible for the administration of PRC internet domain names. Domain name registrations are handled through domain name service agencies established under the relevant regulations, and the applicants become domain name holders upon successful registration.

Reimbursement and Pricing

China’s national medical insurance program was adopted pursuant to the Decision of the State Council on the Establishment of the Urban Employee Basic Medical Insurance Program issued by the State Council in 1998, under which all employers in urban cities are required to enroll their employees in the basic medical insurance program. The insurance premium is jointly contributed by the employers and employees. In 2007, the State Council promulgated Guiding Opinions of the State Council about the Pilot Urban Resident Basic Medical Insurance, under which urban residents of the pilot district, rather than urban employees, may voluntarily join Urban Resident Basic Medical Insurance. Participants of the national medical insurance program and their employers, if any, are required to contribute to the payment of insurance premiums on a monthly basis. Program participants are eligible for full or partial reimbursement of the cost of medicines included in the NRDL. A pharmaceutical product listed in the NRDL must be clinically needed, safe, effective, reasonably priced, easy to use, and available in sufficient quantity.

Factors that affect the inclusion of a pharmaceutical product in the NRDL include whether the product is consumed in large volumes and commonly prescribed for clinical use in the PRC and whether it is considered to be important in meeting the basic healthcare needs of the general public. Since 2016, special consideration has been given to, among others, innovative drugs with high clinical value and drugs for serious diseases. In addition, the PRC Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security has also been negotiating with manufacturers of expensive drugs with high clinical demands and proven effectiveness for price cuts in exchange for inclusion into the NRDL. On December 25, 2020, the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security of the PRC and National Healthcare Security Administration of PRC promulgated the Notice of Issuance of Drugs Catalogue for the National Basic Medical Insurance, Work-related Injury Insurance and Maternity Insurance(2020), which took effect on March 1, 2021 and simultaneously replace the current effective version of NRDL.

Government Price Controls

 

136


Table of Contents

On May 4, 2015, the National Development and Reform Commission, or the NDRC, and six other ministries and commissions in the PRC issued the Opinion on Promoting Drug Pricing Reform, which lifted the government-prescribed maximum retail price for most drugs, including drugs reimbursed by government medical insurance funds, patented drugs, and some other drugs. The government regulates prices mainly by establishing a consolidated procurement mechanism, restructuring medical insurance reimbursement standards and strengthening regulation of medical and pricing practices as discussed below.

Centralized Procurement and Tenders

Under current regulations, public medical institutions owned by the government or owned by state-owned or controlled enterprises are required to purchase pharmaceutical products through centralized online procurement processes. There are exceptions for drugs on the National List of Essential Drugs, which must comply with their own procurement rules, and for certain drugs subject to the central government’s special control such as toxic, radioactive and narcotic drugs, and traditional Chinese medicines.

The centralized procurement process takes the form of public tenders operated by provincial or municipal-level government agencies. The centralized tender process is typically conducted once every year. The bids are assessed by a committee randomly selected from a database of experts. The committee members assess the bids based on a number of factors, including but not limited to bid price, product quality, clinical effectiveness, product safety, level of technology, qualifications and reputation of the manufacturer, after-sale services and innovation.

According to the Notice of Issuing Pilot Program of the Centralized Procurement and Use of Drugs Organized by the State issued by the General Office of the State Council in January 2019, in the 11 pilot cities drugs will be selected from generic brands for centralized medicine procurement. The selected drugs must pass the consistency evaluation on quality and effectiveness. The policy is aimed at lowering drug costs for patients, reducing transaction costs for enterprises, regulating drug use of institutions, and improving the centralized medicine procurement and pricing system. The centralized procurement is open to all approved enterprises that can produce drugs on the procurement list in China. Clinical effects, adverse reactions, and batch stability of the drugs will be considered, and their consistency will be the main criteria for evaluation, while production capacity and stability of the supplier will also be considered.

Other PRC National- and Provincial-Level Laws and Regulations

We are subject to changing regulations under many other laws and regulations administered by governmental authorities at the national, provincial and municipal levels, some of which are or may become applicable to our business. For example, regulations control the confidentiality of patients’ medical information and the circumstances under which patient medical information may be released for inclusion in our databases or released by us to third parties. The privacy of human subjects in clinical trials is also protected under regulations. For example, the case report forms must avoid disclosing names of the human subjects.

These laws and regulations governing both the disclosure and the use of confidential patient medical information may become more restrictive in the future, including restrictions on transfer of healthcare data. The Cybersecurity Law that took effect in 2017 designates healthcare as a priority area that is part of critical information infrastructure, and China’s cyberspace administration is working to finalize a draft rule on cross-border transfer of personal information.

PRC Regulation of Foreign Investment

On March 15, 2019, the NPC approved the Foreign Investment Law of the PRC, or the Foreign Investment Law, which became effective on January 1, 2020 and replaced the three old rules on foreign investment in China, namely, the PRC Equity Joint Venture Law, the PRC Cooperation Joint Venture Law and the Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprise Law, together with their implementation rules and ancillary regulations. The Foreign Investment Law establishes the basic framework for the access to, and the promotion, protection and administration of foreign investments in view of investment protection and fair competition. According to the Foreign Investment Law, “foreign investment” refers to investment activities directly or indirectly conducted by one or more natural persons, business entities, or other organizations of a foreign country (collectively referred to as “foreign investor”) within China, and “investment activities” include the following activities: (i) a foreign investor, individually or together with other investors, establishes a foreign-invested enterprise within China; (ii) a foreign investor acquires stock shares, equity shares, shares in assets, or other similar rights and interests of an enterprise within China; (iii) a foreign investor, individually or together with other investors, invests in a new construction project within China; and (iv) investments in other means as provided by the laws, administrative regulations or the State Council.

 

137


Table of Contents

The Foreign Investment Law grants foreign invested entities the same treatment as PRC domestic entities, except for those foreign invested entities that operate in industries deemed to be either “restricted” or “prohibited” in the Negative List. The Foreign Investment Law provides that foreign invested entities operating in foreign restricted or prohibited industries will require market entry clearance and other approvals from relevant PRC governmental authorities.

On December 26, 2019, the State Council promulgated the Implementation Rules to the Foreign Investment Law, which became effective on January 1, 2020. The implementation rules further clarified that the state encourages and promotes foreign investment, protects the lawful rights and interests of foreign investors, regulates foreign investment administration, continues to optimize foreign investment environment, and advances a higher-level opening.

On December 30, 2019, the MOFCOM and the SAMR jointly promulgated Measures for Information Reporting on Foreign Investment, which became effective on January 1, 2020. Pursuant to the Measures for Information Reporting on Foreign Investment, where a foreign investor carries out investment activities in China, the foreign investor or the foreign-invested enterprise shall submit the investment information to the competent commerce department.

In addition, on June 28, 2017, the Ministry of Commerce of the People’s Republic of China, or the MOFCOM, and the NDRC, jointly promulgated the Guidance Catalogue of Industries for Foreign Investment (Revised in 2017), or the Catalogue, which came into effect on July 28, 2017. The Catalogue includes the Catalogue of Industries for Encouraging Foreign Investment, or the Encouraged Catalogue, and the Special Administrative Measures for Access of Foreign Investment (Negative List), or the Negative List. The Encourage Catalogue sets forth the industries and economic activities that foreign investment in China is encouraged to be engaged in. The Negative List sets forth the prohibited or restricted industries or economic activities for foreign investment in China. The Encouraged Catalogue was amended on June 30, 2019, and the Negative List was amended on June 28, 2018, June 30, 2019 and June 23, 2020. Any industry not listed in the Encouraged Catalogue and the Negative List is a permitted industry.

M&A Rules

According to the M&A Rules jointly issued by the MOFCOM, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council, the SAT, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce (now known as the SAMR), the CSRC and the SAFE, on August 8, 2006 and amended by the MOFCOM on June 22, 2009, among other things, (i) the purchase of an equity interest or subscription to the increase in the registered capital of non-foreign-invested enterprises, (ii) the establishment of foreign-invested enterprises to purchase and operate the assets of non-foreign-invested enterprises, or (iii) the purchase of the assets of non-foreign-invested enterprises and the use of such assets to establish foreign-invested enterprises to operate such assets, in each case, by foreign investors shall be subject to the M&A Rules. Particularly, application shall be made for examination and approval of the acquisition of any company in China affiliating to a domestic company, enterprise or natural person, which is made in the name of an oversea company established or controlled by such domestic company, enterprise or natural person.

Regulations Relating to Employee Stock Incentive Plan

On February 15, 2012, the SAFE promulgated the Stock Option Rules. In accordance with the Stock Option Rules and relevant rules and regulations, PRC citizens or non-PRC citizens residing in China for a continuous period of not less than one year, who participate in any stock incentive plan of an overseas publicly listed company, subject to a few exceptions, are required to register with the SAFE through a domestic qualified agent, which could be a PRC subsidiary of such overseas listed company, and complete certain procedures. We and our employees who are PRC citizens or who reside in China for a continuous period of not less than one year and who participate in our stock incentive plan will be subject to such regulation. In addition, the SAT has issued circulars concerning employee share options or restricted shares. Under these circulars, employees working in the PRC who exercise share options, or whose restricted shares vest, will be subject to PRC individual income tax, or the IIT. The PRC subsidiaries of an overseas listed company have obligations to file documents related to employee share options or restricted shares with relevant tax authorities and to withhold IIT of those employees related to their share options or restricted shares. If the employees fail to pay, or the PRC subsidiaries fail to withhold, their IIT according to relevant laws, rules and regulations, the PRC subsidiaries may face sanctions imposed by the tax authorities or other PRC government authorities.

 

138


Table of Contents

Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange

The PRC Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations promulgated by the State Council on January 29, 1996, which was amended on January 14, 1997 and August 1, 2008, respectively, are the principal regulations governing foreign currency exchange in China. Under the PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, may be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, by complying with certain procedural requirements. In contrast, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities or designated banks is required when RMB is to be converted into a foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of foreign currency-denominated loans.

Under current regulations, the capital of a foreign-invested enterprise and capital in RMB obtained by the foreign-invested enterprise from foreign exchange settlement must not be used for the following purposes: directly or indirectly used for the payment beyond the business scope of the enterprises or the payment prohibited by relevant laws and regulations; directly or indirectly used for investment in securities, unless otherwise provided by relevant laws and regulations; extending loans to non-related parties, unless permitted by the scope of business; and/or paying the expenses related to the purchase of real estate that is not for self-use, except for the real estate enterprises.

In 2017, new regulations were adopted which, among other things, relax the policy restriction on foreign exchange inflow to further enhance trade and investment facilitation and tighten genuineness and compliance verification of cross-border transactions and cross-border capital flows.

In 2019, SAFE promulgated SAFE Circular 28, which cancelled restrictions on domestic equity investments made with capital funds by non-investing foreign-funded enterprises. If a non-investing foreign-funded enterprise makes domestic equity investment with capital funds obtained from foreign exchange settlement, the investee shall undergo registration formalities for accepting domestic reinvestment and open the “capital account— account for settled foreign exchange to be paid” to receive the corresponding funds according to relevant provisions.

SAFE Circular 37

In July 2014, SAFE promulgated SAFE Circular 37, which replaces the previous SAFE Circular 75. SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents, including PRC individuals and PRC corporate entities, to register with SAFE or its local branches in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. SAFE Circular 37 is applicable to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may be applicable to any offshore acquisitions that we may make in the future.

Under SAFE Circular 37, PRC residents who make, or have prior to the implementation of SAFE Circular 37 made, direct or indirect investments in offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, are required to register such investments with SAFE or its local branches. In addition, any PRC resident who is a direct or indirect shareholder of an SPV, is required to update its registration with the local branch of SAFE with respect to that SPV, to reflect any change of basic information or material events. If any PRC resident shareholder of such SPV fails to make the required registration or to update the registration, the subsidiary of such SPV in China may be prohibited from distributing its profits or the proceeds from any capital reduction, share transfer or liquidation to the SPV, and the SPV may also be prohibited from making additional capital contributions into its subsidiaries in China. In February 2015, SAFE promulgated SAFE Notice 13. Under SAFE Notice 13, applications for foreign exchange registration of inbound foreign direct investments and outbound direct investments, including those required under SAFE Circular 37, must be filed with qualified banks instead of SAFE. Qualified banks should examine the applications and accept registrations under the supervision of SAFE.

 

139


Table of Contents

Regulations Relating to Dividend Distributions

The principal laws, rules and regulations governing dividend distributions by foreign-invested enterprises in the PRC are the PRC Company Law, promulgated in 1993 and last amended in 2018 and the Foreign Investment Law and its Implementing Regulations, both came into effect on January 1, 2020. Under these requirements, foreign-invested enterprises may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profit, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. A PRC company is required to allocate at least 10% of their respective accumulated after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund certain capital reserve funds until the aggregate amount of these reserve funds have reached 50% of the registered capital of the enterprises. A PRC company is not permitted to distribute any profits until any losses from prior fiscal years have been offset. Profits retained from prior fiscal years may be distributed together with distributable profits from the current fiscal year.

Labor Laws and Labor Contract Law

Pursuant to the PRC Labor Law promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NPC on July 5, 1994 and last amended on December 29, 2018 and the PRC Labor Contract Law promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NPC on June 29, 2007 and amended on December 28, 2012, employers must execute written labor contracts with full-time employees. All employers must comply with local minimum wage standards. Employers must establish a comprehensive management system to protect the rights of their employees, including a system governing occupational health and safety to provide employees with occupational training to prevent occupational injury, and employers are required to truthfully inform prospective employees of the job description, working conditions, location, occupational hazards and status of safe production as well as remuneration and other conditions. Violations of the PRC Labor Contract Law and the PRC Labor Law may result in the imposition of fines and other administrative and criminal liability in the case of serious violations.

Regulations Relating to Social Insurance and Housing Provident Funds

In addition, according to the PRC Social Insurance Law promulgated on October 28, 2010 by the Standing Committee of the NPC and amended on December 29, 2018, the Interim Regulations on the Collection and Payment of Social Security Funds promulgated by the State Council on January 22, 1999 and amended on March 24, 2019, and the Regulations on the Administration of Housing Provident Funds promulgated by the State Council on April 3, 1999 and amended on March 24, 2002 and March 24, 2019, respectively, employers like our PRC subsidiaries in China must provide employees with welfare schemes covering pension insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance and housing funds. These payments are made to local administrative authorities, and any employer who fails to contribute may be fined and ordered to pay the deficit amount within a stipulated time limit.

Regulations Relating to Enterprise Income Tax

Pursuant to the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law effective as of January 1, 2008 and as amended on February 24, 2017 and December 29, 2018, respectively, the income tax rate for both domestic and foreign-invested enterprises is 25% with certain exceptions. To clarify certain provisions in the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, the State Council promulgated the Implementation Rules of the Enterprise Income Tax Law on December 6, 2007, which was amended and became effective on April 23, 2019. Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and the Implementation Rules of the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, enterprises are classified as either “resident enterprises” or “non-resident enterprises.” Aside from enterprises established within the PRC, enterprises established outside of China whose “de facto management bodies” are located in China are considered “resident enterprises” and are subject to the uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate for their global income. In addition, the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law provides that a non-resident enterprise refers to an entity established under foreign law whose “de facto management bodies” are not within the PRC, but has an establishment or place of business in the PRC, or does not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC but has income sourced within the PRC.

 

140


Table of Contents

The Implementation Rules of the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law provide that since January 1, 2008, an income tax rate of 10% shall normally be applicable to dividends declared to non-PRC resident enterprise investors that do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC, or have such establishment or place of business but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business, to the extent such dividends are derived from sources within the PRC. The income tax on the dividends may be reduced pursuant to a tax treaty between China and the jurisdictions in which the non-PRC shareholders reside.

European Union Regulation

In the European Union, a clinical trial application must be submitted to each country’s national regulatory authority in which the clinical trial is to take place, together with an independent ethics committee, much like the FDA and IRB, respectively. It is expected, however, that the Clinical Trials Regulation 536/2014 shall start to apply during the course of 2020. This new Regulation takes direct effect in each European Union Member State and seeks to simplify and streamline the approval of clinical trials in the European Union, for example, by allowing the clinical trial sponsor to submit a single application for approval of a clinical trial across the European Union via a new European Union Portal. The new Regulation also aims to streamline and simplify the rules on safety reporting, and introduces enhanced transparency requirements such as mandatory submission of a summary of the clinical trial results to a new European Union Database.

Medicinal products can only be commercialized in the European Economic Area after a marketing authorization, or MA, has been obtained. There are two types of marketing authorizations:

 

   

The centralized MA, which is issued by the European Commission through the Centralised Procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use of the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and which is valid throughout the entirety of the EEA. The Centralised Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, and medicinal products indicated for the treatment of AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto immune and viral diseases. The Centralised Procedure is optional for products containing an active substance not authorized in the EEA before May 20, 2004, for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or for which a centralized authorization would be in the interest of patients.

 

   

National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralised Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in another Member State through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure.

Under the above described procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA make an assessment of the risk benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

The European Union also provides opportunities for market exclusivity. For example, in the European Union, upon receiving marketing authorization, innovative medicinal products generally receive eight years of data exclusivity and an additional two years of market exclusivity. If granted, data exclusivity prevents regulatory authorities in the European Union from referencing the innovator’s data to assess a generic or biosimilar application. During the additional two-year period of market exclusivity, a generic or biosimilar marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but no generic or biosimilar product can be marketed until the expiration of the market exclusivity. Products receiving orphan designation, can receive ten years of market exclusivity, during which time no similar medicinal product for the same indication may be placed on the market. An orphan product’s market exclusivity may be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, it is established that the criteria for orphan drug designation are no longer met, in other words, when it is shown on the basis of available evidence that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity. Additionally, marketing authorization may be granted to a similar product for the same indication at any time if:

 

141


Table of Contents
   

the second applicant can establish that its product, although similar, is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior;

 

   

the applicant consents to a second orphan medicinal product application; or

 

   

the applicant cannot supply sufficient quantities of the orphan medicinal product.

In the European Union, companies developing a new medicinal product must agree to a Paediatric Investigation Plan, or a PIP, with the EMA and must conduct pediatric clinical trials in accordance with that PIP, unless a deferral or waiver applies (for example, because the relevant disease or condition occurs only in adults). The MA application for the product must include the results of pediatric clinical trials conducted in accordance with the PIP, unless a waiver applies, or a deferral has been granted, in which case the pediatric clinical trials must be completed at a later date. Products that are granted a marketing authorization on the basis of the pediatric clinical trials conducted in accordance with the PIP are eligible for a six month extension of the protection under a supplementary protection certificate (if any is in effect at the time of approval) or, in the case of orphan medicinal products, a two year extension of the orphan market exclusivity. This pediatric reward is subject to specific conditions and is not automatically available when data in compliance with the PIP are developed and submitted.

Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement

In the European Union, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that drug products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost effectiveness of a particular drug candidate to currently available therapies. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of drug products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. European Union member states may approve a specific price for a drug product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the drug product on the market. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for drug products, but monitor and control company profits. The downward pressure on health care costs in general, particularly prescription drugs, has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. In addition, in some countries, cross border imports from low priced markets exert competitive pressure that may reduce pricing within a country. Any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for drug products may not allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements.

Advertising Regulation

All advertising and promotional activities for the product must be consistent with the approved summary of product characteristics, and therefore all off-label promotion is prohibited. Direct-to-consumer advertising of prescription medicines is also prohibited in the European Union. Although general requirements for advertising and promotion of medicinal products are established under European Union directives, the details are governed by regulations in each European Union Member State and can differ from one country to another.

If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Pharmacovigilance System

The holder of a European MA must establish and maintain a pharmacovigilance system and appoint an individual qualified person for pharmacovigilance, or QPPV, who is responsible for oversight of that system. Key obligations include expedited reporting of suspected serious adverse reactions and submission of periodic safety update reports, or PSURs.

 

142


Table of Contents

All new European MA applications must include a risk management plan, or RMP, describing the risk management system that the company will put in place and documenting measures to prevent or minimize the risks associated with the product. The regulatory authorities may also impose specific obligations as a condition of the MA. Such risk-minimization measures or post-authorization obligations may include additional safety monitoring, more frequent submission of PSURs, or the conduct of additional clinical trials or post-authorization safety studies. RMPs and PSURs are routinely available to third parties requesting access, subject to limited redactions.

Rest of World Regulation

For other countries outside of PRC, the United States and the European Union, the requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, drug licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases the clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with GCP requirements and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles having their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

C.    Organizational Structure

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure as a result of our reorganization mentioned above and as of the date of this annual report, including our significant subsidiaries and other entities that are material to our business:

 

143


Table of Contents

LOGO

Note:

(1)

Shareholders of Shanghai Gracell Biotech are Dr. William Wei Cao and Xiaomi Hua holding 99.9% and 0.1%, respectively, of the equity interest in the VIE. Dr. Cao is our Founder, Chairman of board of directors and Chief Executive Officer.

Contractual Arrangements with Our VIE and Its Shareholders

The following is a summary of the currently effective contractual arrangements by and among our WFOE, our VIE and its shareholders. These contractual arrangements enable us to (i) exercise effective control over our VIE and its subsidiary; (ii) receive substantially all of the economic benefits of our VIE and its subsidiary; and (iii) have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests in and assets of our VIE and its subsidiary when and to the extent permitted by PRC law.

Agreements That Provide Us Effective Control over Our VIE

Voting Rights Proxy Agreement and Power of Attorney. On November 10, 2020, Dr. William Wei Cao, a shareholder of our VIE, entered into an amendment to voting rights proxy agreement with our WFOE and our VIE and executed a power of attorney, superseding the voting right proxy agreement and the power of attorney he previously executed on January 3, 2019, to irrevocably authorize our WFOE to act as his attorney-in-fact to exercise all of his rights as a shareholder of our VIE, including, but not limited to, the right to (i) propose to hold and attend shareholders’ meetings, (ii) vote on any resolution that requires a shareholder vote pursuant to the applicable laws and article of association of our VIE, such as designation and appointment of directors, the chief executive officer and other senior management members of our VIE, and (iii) exercise other shareholder’s rights, such as the sale or transfer of all or part of the equity interests owned by such shareholder. The voting rights proxy agreement will remain effective for 20 years. Prior to the expiration of the term, our WFOE may extend the term through written notification at its sole discretion.

 

144


Table of Contents

On November 10, 2020, Xiaomi Hua, a shareholder of our VIE, entered into a voting rights proxy agreement and a power of attorney, each contains terms substantially similar to the amendment to voting rights proxy agreement and power of attorney executed by Dr. Cao respectively, as described above.

Equity Pledge Agreements. On November 10, 2020, Dr. Cao, a shareholder of our VIE, entered into an equity pledge supplementary agreement with our WFOE and our VIE, superseding the equity pledge agreement he previously executed on March 6, 2020, pursuant to which Dr. Cao pledges all of his equity interest in our VIE to our WFOE to guarantee the performance by Dr. Cao and our VIE of their obligations under the contractual arrangements, including the technical consultation and service agreement, the business cooperation agreement, the call option agreement, the voting rights proxy agreement and the power of attorney. In the event of a breach by any of our VIE’s shareholders of their contractual obligations under these agreements, our WFOE, as pledgee, will have the right to dispose of the pledged equity interests in our VIE. Dr. Cao agrees that, during the term of the equity pledge agreement, he will not dispose of the pledged equity interests or create or allow any encumbrance on the pledged equity interests without the prior written consent of our WFOE, except for the performance of the call option agreement. The equity pledge agreements will remain effective until our VIE and its shareholders discharge all of their obligations under the contractual arrangements. On November 10, 2020, Xiaomi Hua, a shareholder of our VIE, entered into an equity pledge agreement, which contains terms substantially similar to the equity pledge supplementary agreement executed by Dr. Cao, as described above. We have registered the equity pledge with the local branches of the Administration for Market Regulation in accordance with applicable PRC law.

Spouse Consent Letter. On November 10, 2020, the spouse of Dr. Cao, a shareholder of our VIE, unconditionally and irrevocably agreed that the equity interest in our VIE held by Dr. Cao will be disposed of pursuant to the equity pledge agreement, the voting rights proxy agreement and the call option agreement. The spouse agreed not to make any assertions in connection with the equity interest in our VIE held by Dr. Cao.

Agreements That Allow Us to Receive Economic Benefits from Our VIE

Technical Consultation and Service Agreement. Pursuant to the technical consultation and service agreement between our WFOE and our VIE, dated January 3, 2019, our WFOE has the exclusive right to provide to our VIE consultation and services related to, among other things, training and technical support, marketing, management and operation. Without our WFOE’s written consent, our VIE shall not accept any consultation or services covered by this agreement from any third party. Our WFOE has the sole and exclusive ownership of intellectual property rights created as a result of the performance of this agreement. Our VIE agrees to pay our WFOE an annual service fee at an amount agreed by our WFOE. This agreement will remain effective for a 20-year term and then can be renewed at our WFOE’s sole discretion.

Business Cooperation Agreement. Pursuant to the business corporation agreement between our WFOE and our VIE, dated January 3, 2019, our WFOE has the exclusive right to provide to our VIE technical support, business support and related consulting services. Our WFOE has exclusive right and interests in all intellectual properties arising out of or created during the performance of this agreement. Our VIE agrees to pay our WFOE a monthly service fee at an amount agreed by our WFOE. Our VIE has no right of early termination while our WFOE may terminate this agreement upon a 30-day prior written notice at any time.

Agreements That Provide Us the Option to Purchase the Equity Interests in Our VIE

Call Option Agreement. Our WFOE, our VIE and Dr. Cao, a shareholder of our VIE, entered into an amendment to call option agreement on November 10, 2020, superseding the call option agreement Dr. Cao previously executed on January 3, 2019, pursuant to which he irrevocably grants our WFOE an exclusive option to purchase, or have its designated person or persons to purchase, at its discretion, to the extent permitted by PRC law, all or part of his equity interests in our VIE, and such option may be exercised at the lowest price permitted by applicable PRC law. Any proceeds received by Dr. Cao from the exercise of the option shall be remitted to our WFOE or its designated party, to the extent permitted by applicable PRC law. Dr. Cao undertakes that without our WFOE’s prior written consent, he shall not take any actions that may have material effects on our VIE’s assets, businesses and liabilities, nor shall they appoint or replace any directors of our VIE.

 

145


Table of Contents

On November 10, 2020, Xiaomi Hua, a shareholder of our VIE, entered into a call option agreement, which contains terms substantially similar to the amendment to call option agreement executed by Dr. Cao, as described above.

In the opinion of AllBright Law Offices, our PRC legal counsel:

 

   

the ownership structures of our VIE and our WFOE do not and will not result in any violation of PRC laws or regulations currently in effect; and

 

   

the contractual arrangements among our WFOE, our VIE and the shareholders of our VIE governed by PRC law are valid, binding and enforceable, and will not result in any violation of PRC laws or regulations currently in effect.

However, we have been further advised by our PRC legal counsel that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, regulations and rules, and there can be of no assurance that the PRC government will ultimately take a view that is consistent with the above opinions of our PRC legal counsel. It is also uncertain whether any new PRC laws or regulations relating to the VIE structures will be adopted or if adopted, what they would provide. If we or the VIE is found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion to take action in dealing with such violations or failures. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure—The uncertainties in the PRC legal system may subject our contractual arrangements to different interpretations or enforcement challenges, or subject us to severe penalties or force us to relinquish our interests in our operations” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure— Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation and implementation of the newly enacted Foreign Investment Law and how it may impact the viability of our current structure, our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

D.    Property, Plant and Equipment

Our principal research and development center is located at Building 3, 418 Guilin Road, XuHui District, Shanghai, with approximately 7,700 square meters of office space. We opened our Beijing office in level 14, 126 Jianguo Road, Chaoyang District in January 2020 to support clinical study. We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs. If we need to add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employees, we believe that suitable additional space will be available to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

 

Item 4A.

Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

Item 5.

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties about our business and operations. Our actual results and the timing of selected events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those we describe under “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this annual report.

A.    Operating Results

Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

We commenced operations in May 2017. Since our inception, our operations have focused on organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, establishing our intellectual property portfolio, developing and manufacturing our product candidates, conducting research and development activities, including preclinical studies and clinical trials, and providing general and administrative support for these operations. We do not have any product candidates approved for commercialization and have not generated any revenue from product sales.

 

146


Table of Contents

Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses and experienced negative operating cash flows. Our net losses were RMB60.8 million, RMB138.7 million and RMB211.9 million (US$32.5 million) for each year ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Our net cash used in operating activities was RMB61.9 million, RMB135.4 million and RMB198.1 million (US$30.4 million) for each year ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We expect to continue to incur net losses and experience negative operating cash flows for the foreseeable future, and we expect that our research and development expenses, administrative expenses and capital expenditures will continue to increase substantially for the foreseeable future in connection with our ongoing activities, as we:

 

   

continue our ongoing and planned research and development of our lead product candidates, GC012F for the treatment of relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma, or r/r MM, and GC027 for the treatment of relapsed or refractory T cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia, or r/r T-ALL;

 

   

continue our ongoing and planned clinical activities for our other product candidates, including those we are developing for the treatment of B-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia, or B-ALL, and B-cell non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, or B-NHL;

 

   

continue our ongoing and planned research and development activities;

 

   

seek to discover and develop additional product candidates and further expand our clinical product pipeline;

 

   

seek regulatory approvals for any product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

 

   

continue to scale up manufacturing capacity with the aim of securing sufficient quantities to meet our capacity requirements for clinical trials and potential commercialization;

 

   

establish sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any product candidate for which we may obtain regulatory approval;

 

   

develop, maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

   

hire additional clinical, quality control, manufacturing and administrative personnel; and

 

   

expand our operations globally.

Based upon our current operating plan, we believe our existing cash and cash equivalents will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into 2023. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could exhaust our available capital resources sooner than we expect.

We do not expect to generate any revenue from product sales unless and until we successfully complete development and obtain regulatory approval for one or more of our product candidates, which we expect will take a number of years. As a result, until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, including potentially collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements. Our ability to raise additional funds may be adversely impacted by potential worsening global economic conditions and the recent disruptions to, and volatility in, the credit and financial markets in the United States and worldwide resulting from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and otherwise. If we fail to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all, it could force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development programs, commercialization efforts or other operations. Insufficient liquidity may also require us to relinquish rights to product candidates at an earlier stage of development or on less favorable terms than we would otherwise choose. Any failure to raise capital as and when needed could have a negative impact on our financial condition and on our ability to pursue our business plans and strategies.

 

147


Table of Contents

Impact of COVID-19

The global COVID-19 pandemic continues to rapidly evolve, and we have been monitoring the COVID-19 situation closely. To date, the impact of the COVID-19 on our business, operations and timelines and plans of our preclinical studies and clinical trials is immaterial. However, the ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is highly uncertain, and will depend on certain developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak and its impact on our trial sites, GMP facility, development centers, CROs and other third parties with whom we do business, as well as its impact on regulatory authorities and our key scientific and management personnel. We are generally conducting business as usual, with necessary or advisable modifications to employee travel with the exception of our U.S. employees who are currently working remotely. We will continue to actively monitor the rapidly evolving situation related to COVID-19 and may take further actions that alter our operations, including those that may be required by government authorities, or that we determine are in the best interests of our employees and other third parties with whom we do business. At this point, the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic may affect our business, operations and timelines and plans of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, including the resulting impact on our expenditures and capital needs, remains uncertain.

Significant Components of Our Results of Operations

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred in connection with our research activities and include:

 

   

cost of personnel engaged in research and development activities, including salaries, benefits and share-based compensation expense, if any;

 

   

costs of funding research performed by third parties including laboratory, contract research organization, and other investigator and vendor expenses related to the execution of preclinical and clinical trials;

 

   

costs related to production of preclinical and clinical materials;

 

   

facilities and other expenses, which include expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, depreciation and amortization expense and other supplies;

 

   

expenses related to regulatory activities, including filing fees paid to regulatory agencies; and

 

   

fees for maintaining licenses under our third-party licensing agreements.

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Costs for certain activities, such as manufacturing and preclinical studies and clinical trials, are generally recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using information and data provided to us by our vendors and investigators.

Research and development activities are central to our business model. Product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials. We expect our research and development expenses to increase over the next several years as our existing clinical programs progress and as we seek to initiate clinical trials of additional product candidates. We also expect to incur increased research and development expenses as we selectively identify and develop additional product candidates. However, it is difficult to determine with certainty the duration and completion costs of our current or future preclinical programs and clinical trials of our product candidates.

 

148


Table of Contents

The duration, costs and timing of clinical trials and development of our product candidates will depend on a variety of factors that include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

per patient trial costs;

 

   

the number of patients that participate in the trials;

 

   

the number of sites included in the trials;

 

   

the countries in which the trials are conducted;

 

   

the length of time required to enroll eligible patients;

 

   

the number of doses that patients receive;

 

   

the drop-out or discontinuation rates of patients;

 

   

potential additional safety monitoring or other studies requested by regulatory agencies;

 

   

the duration of patient follow-up;

 

   

the efficacy and safety profile of the product candidates;

 

   

the cost and timing of manufacturing of our product candidates;

 

   

the number of trials required for regulatory approval;

 

   

the receipt of regulatory approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

 

   

the timing, receipt and terms of any marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities; and

 

   

the extent to which we establish collaboration, licensing or similar arrangements and the performance of any related third parties.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of any of our product candidates could significantly change the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate. In addition, the probability of success for each product candidate will depend on numerous factors, including competition, manufacturing capability and commercial viability. We will determine which programs to pursue and how much to fund each program in response to the scientific and clinical success of each product candidate, as well as an assessment of each product candidate’s commercial potential. Because our product candidates are still in clinical and preclinical development and the outcome of these efforts is uncertain, we cannot estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of product candidates or whether, or when, we may achieve profitability.

Administrative Expenses

Administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, including salaries, benefits and share-based compensation expense, if any, for personnel in executive, finance, accounting, business development, legal and human resource functions. Administrative expenses also include corporate facility costs not otherwise included in research and development expenses, legal fees related to intellectual property and corporate matters and fees for accounting and consulting services. Administrative costs are expensed as incurred, and we accrue for services provided by third parties related to the above expenses by monitoring the status of services provided and adjusting our accruals as actual costs become known.

 

149


Table of Contents

We expect our administrative expenses to increase in the foreseeable future to support our continued research and development activities, manufacturing activities, potential commercialization of our product candidates and operating as a public company. These increased costs are anticipated to be related to the hiring of additional personnel, developing commercial infrastructure, fees to outside consultants, lawyers and accountants, and costs associated with being a public company such as accounting, audit, legal, regulatory, compliance and director and officer insurance costs, as well as investor and public relations expenses.

Other Income

Other income primarily consists of government subsidies that we receive from local government in the PRC.

Results of Operations

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,              
     2019     2020     Year-Over-Year
Change
 
     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     US$  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development expenses

     (119,218     (168,830     (25,874     (49,612     (7,603

Administrative expenses

     (27,362     (45,566     (6,983     (18,204     (2,790

Loss from operation

     (146,580     (214,396     (32,857     (67,816     (10,393

Interest income

     3,932       2,870       440       (1,062     (163

Interest expense

     —         (2,155     (330     (2,155     (330

Other income

     1,449       4,707       721       3,258       499  

Foreign exchange gain (loss), net

     2,556       (2,914     (447     (5,470     (838

Others, net

     (21     (12     (2     9       1  

Loss before income tax

     (138,664     (211,900     (32,475     (73,236     (11,224

Income tax expense

     —         —         —         —         —    

Net loss

     (138,664     (211,900     (32,475     (73,236     (11,224
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 were RMB168.8 million (US$25.9 million), compared to RMB119.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase of RMB49.6 million (US$7.6 million) was primarily due to an increase of RMB21.9 million (US$3.4 million) in costs related to preclinical studies and clinical trials, resulting from increased manufacturing costs along with the progression of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, an increase of RMB5.3 million (US$0.8 million) in payroll and other personnel expenses, and an increase of RMB17.1 million (US$2.6 million) in depreciation expenses as one of our PRC operating entity, Suzhou Gracell Biotech, commenced operation in late 2019 with a substantial amount of equipment and leasehold improvement purchased in 2020.

Administrative Expenses

Administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 were RMB45.6 million (US$7.0 million), compared to RMB27.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase of RMB18.2 million (US$2.8 million) was primarily due to an increase of RMB12.2 million (US$1.9 million) in cost related to professional service fees and an increase of RMB4.5 million (US$0.7 million) in personnel expenses and labor outsourcing cost, as a result of increased administrative personnel associated with increased research and development activities, partially offset by a decrease of RMB1.7 million (US$0.2 million) in rental expense and depreciation expense as lesser expenses were allocated to administrative expenses, as a result of reduced proportion of working space being allocated to administrative activities.

 

150


Table of Contents

Interest Income, Interest Expense, Other Income and Foreign Exchange Gain

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2020 was RMB2.9 million (US$0.4 million), compared to RMB3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease of RMB1.0 million (US$0.2 million) was primarily attributable to decrease in bank deposit and short-term investment. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 was RMB2.2 million (US$0.3 million), compared to nil for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase of RMB2.2 million (US$0.3 million) was primarily attributable to the new borrowings incurred in 2020. Other income for the year ended December 31, 2020 was RMB4.7 million (US$0.7 million), compared to RMB1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase of RMB3.2 million (US$0.5 million) was primarily due to an increase in subsidies we received from the PRC local government in 2020.

Foreign exchange loss for the year ended December 31, 2020 was RMB2.9 million (US$0.4 million), compared to foreign exchange gain of RMB2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease of RMB5.5 million (US$0.8 million) was primarily attributable to increase in United States dollars received along with the issuance of series C preferred shares and less favorable foreign exchange rate fluctuation during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Income Tax Expense

We incurred no income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019:

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
    Year-Over-Year
Change
 
     2018     2019  
     RMB     RMB     RMB  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

      

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development expenses

     (52,243     (119,218     (66,975

Administrative expenses

     (10,261     (27,362     (17,101

Loss from operation

     (62,504     (146,580     (84,076

Interest income

     1,435       3,932       2,497  

Other income

     256       1,449       1,193  

Foreign exchange gain, net

     —         2,556       2,556  

Others, net

     20       (21     (41

Loss before income tax

     (60,793     (138,664     (77,871

Income tax expense

     —         —         —    

Net loss

     (60,793     (138,664     (77,871
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 were RMB119.2 million, compared to RMB52.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase of RMB67.0 million was primarily due to an increase of RMB40.3 million in costs related to preclinical studies and clinical trials, which mainly resulted from increased manufacturing costs along with the progression of our preclinical studies and clinical trials, an increase of RMB11.0 million in payroll and other personnel expenses, and an increase in RMB9.4 million in rental expenses related to our research and development activities incurred as two of our PRC operating entities, Shanghai Gracell Biotech and Suzhou Gracell Biotech, commenced operation in 2019.

 

151


Table of Contents

Administrative Expenses

Administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 were RMB27.4 million, compared to RMB10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase of RMB17.1 million was primarily due to an increase of RMB7.7 million in cost related to professional service fees, and an increase of RMB5.9 million in personnel expenses and labor outsourcing cost as a few of our subsidiaries commenced operation in 2019.

Interest Income, Other Income and Foreign Exchange Gain

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2019 was RMB3.9 million, compared to RMB1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase of RMB2.5 million was primarily attributable to proceeds from issuance of Series B-2 preferred shares. Other income for the year ended December 31, 2019 was RMB1.5 million, compared to RMB0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase of RMB1.2 million was primarily due to an increase in subsidies we received from the PRC local government in 2019. Foreign exchange gain for the year ended December 31, 2019 was RMB2.6 million, compared to nil for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase of RMB2.6 million was primarily attributable to increase in United States dollars received and favorable foreign exchange fluctuation during the year ended December 31, 2019.

Income Tax Expense

We incurred no income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019.

B.    Liquidity and Capital Resources

We do not currently have any approved products and have not generated any revenue from product sales. We have funded our operations to date primarily through a combination of equity and debt financing. Through the date of this annual report, we have received proceeds of RMB2.4 million (US$0.4 million) from sale of ordinary shares, RMB1,319.6 million (US$195.3 million) from sale of preferred shares, RMB102.9 million (US$15.8 million) from our term loan facilities with commercial banks and US$220.2 million net proceeds from our initial public offering in January 2021. As of December 31, 2020, we had RMB773.1 million (US$118.5 million) in cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments.

Cash Flows

The following table shows a summary of our cash flow:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2019     2020  
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash used in operating activities

     (61,856     (135,393     (198,149     (30,367

Net cash (used in)/ generated from investing activities

     (113,357     41,368       (93,941     (14,398

Net cash generated from financing activities

     138,695       394,796       756,467       115,933  

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (36,518     300,168       442,250       67,778  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

     48,408       11,890       312,058       47,825  

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

     11,890       312,058       754,308       115,603  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was RMB198.5 million (US$30.4 million), primarily attributable to a net loss of RMB211.9 million (US$32.5 million), an increase of RMB18.3 million (US$2.8 million) in prepayments and other current assets, and a decrease of RMB7.5 million (US$1.2 million) in accrued liabilities and other current liabilities, which were partially offset by an adjustment from the RMB21.6 million (US$3.3 million) recognized in depreciation and amortization.

 

152


Table of Contents

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was RMB135.4 million, primarily attributable to a net loss of RMB138.7 million and an increase of RMB10.0 million in prepayments and other current assets, which were partially offset by an increase of RMB10.7 million in accrued liabilities and other current liabilities and an adjustment from the RMB5.1 million recognized in depreciation and amortization.

Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was RMB61.9 million, primarily attributable to a net loss of RMB60.8 million and an increase of RMB10.6 million in prepayments and other current assets, which were partially offset by an increase of RMB6.6 million in accrued liabilities and other current liabilities and an adjustment from RMB3.0 million recognized in depreciation and amortization.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was RMB93.6 million (US$14.4 million), attributable to an increase of RMB79.4 million (US$12.2 million) in purchase of property, equipment and software and RMB27.7 million (US$4.3 million) in short-term investments, partially offset by proceeds of RMB13.5 million (US$2.1 million) from the disposal of short-term investments.

Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was RMB41.4 million, attributable to proceeds of RMB178.0 million from the disposal of short-term investments, partially offset by an increase of RMB80.2 million in short-term investments and RMB56.4 million in purchase of property and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was RMB113.4 million, attributable to an increase of RMB335.0 million in short-term investments and RMB11.4 million in purchase of property and equipment, partially offset by proceeds of RMB233.0 million from the disposal of short-term investments.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2020 was RMB756.8 million (US$115.9 million), attributable to proceeds of RMB795.4 million (US$121.9 million) from the issuance of series C convertible redeemable preferred shares and proceeds of RMB103.0 million (US$15.8 million) from bank borrowings, partially offset by RMB138.7 million (US$21.3 million) in repayment of convertible loans.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was RMB394.8 million, attributable to proceeds of US$63.0 million (equivalent to approximately RMB439.5 million) from the issuance of series B-2 convertible redeemable preferred shares, partially offset by the payment of US$6.7 million (equivalent to approximately RMB44.7 million) in repurchasing series A preferred shares.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2018 was RMB138.7 million, attributable to the proceeds we received from issuance of series B-1 convertible redeemable preferred shares.

Loan Agreements

Loan Agreement with Bank of China

On January 15, 2020, one of our PRC operating entities Suzhou Gracell Biotech entered into a loan agreement with Suzhou Industrial Park Branch of Bank of China, under which Suzhou Gracell Biotech may borrow an aggregate principal amount of RMB69.0 million (US$10.6 million) in the form of a term loan with a term of 72 months commencing from the first drawdown date. Interest on the outstanding loan balance accrues at a variable annual rate equal to the five-year loan prime rate plus 0.2%. We are required to make interest payments on the loan on a quarterly basis and payments of principal according to the agreed repayment schedule which will commence from the end of the 42nd month after the first drawdown date. The loan agreement contains customary covenants that, among other things, require Suzhou Gracell Biotech to obtain written approval from Suzhou Industrial Park Branch of Bank of China for merger, consolidation or division, reducing registered capital, making investments, disposing of assets, increasing debt financing or other transactions that may adversely affect its ability to make payments under the loan. The loan agreement also contains customary events of default relating to, among other things, payment defaults or breaches of the terms of the loan, upon which the bank may declare all or a portion of our outstanding obligations payable to be immediately due and payable. As of December 31, 2020, RMB44.3 million (US$6.8 million) was outstanding under the loan agreement.

 

153


Table of Contents

Loan Agreements with China Construction Bank

On May 11, 2020, Suzhou Gracell Biotech entered into a loan agreement with Suzhou Industrial Park Sub-branch of China Construction Bank, or China Construction Bank, under which Suzhou Gracell Biotech borrowed an aggregate principal amount of RMB5.0 million (US$0.8 million) in the form of a term loan for 12 months. Interest on the outstanding loan balance accrues at a fixed annual rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate plus 0.5%. We are required to make interest payments on the loan on a monthly basis and repay principal at the end of the loan term. The loan agreement contains customary covenants that, among other things, require Suzhou Gracell Biotech to obtain written approval from China Construction Bank for merger, consolidation or division, reducing registered capital, making investments, disposing of assets, increasing debt financing or other transactions that may adversely affect its ability to make payments under the loan. The loan agreement also contains customary events of default relating to, among other things, payment defaults or breaches of the terms of the loan, upon which the bank may declare all or a portion of our outstanding obligations payable to be immediately due and payable.

On June 4, 2020, Suzhou Gracell Biotech entered into another loan agreement with China Construction Bank, under which Suzhou Gracell Biotech borrowed additional RMB5.0 million (US$0.8 million) for a term of 12 months at an interest rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate plus 0.15%. On July 16, 2020, Suzhou Gracell Biotech entered into the third loan agreement with China Construction Bank, under which Suzhou Gracell Biotech borrowed additional RMB5.0 million (US$0.8 million) for a term of 12 months at an interest rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate minus 0.2%. On September 10, 2020, Suzhou Gracell Biotech entered into the fourth loan agreement with Suzhou Industrial Park Sub-branch of China Construction Bank, under which Suzhou Gracell Biotech borrowed additional RMB5.0 million (US$0.8 million) for a term of 12 months at an interest rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate. On November 12, 2020, Suzhou Gracell Biotech entered into the fifth loan agreement with China Construction Bank, under which Suzhou Gracell Biotech borrowed additional RMB5.0 million (US$0.8 million) for a term of 12 months at an interest rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate plus 0.5%. On December 11, 2020, Suzhou Gracell Biotech entered into the sixth loan agreement with China Construction Bank, under which Suzhou Gracell Biotech borrowed additional RMB5.0 million (US$0.8 million) for a term of 12 months at an interest rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate plus 0.5%. Other than the interest rate, these loan agreements have substantially the same terms and conditions as the loan agreement signed on May 11, 2020.

As of December 31, 2020, RMB30.0 million (US$4.6 million) was outstanding under the loan agreements with China Construction Bank.

Loan Agreement with China Merchants Bank

On July 24, 2020, Suzhou Gracell Biotech entered into a loan agreement with Suzhou Branch of China Merchants Bank, under which Suzhou Gracell Biotech obtained a term loan facility of RMB29.0 million (US$4.4 million) for a term of 60 months commencing from June 2, 2020 and ending on June 1, 2025. During the term, Suzhou Gracell Biotech may make multiple drawdowns within the facility limit. Interest on the outstanding loan balance accrues quarterly at a variable annual rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate plus 1%. We are required to make payments of principal and interest on the loan on a semi-annual basis unless otherwise agreed by the parties. The loan agreement contains customary covenants that, among other things, require Suzhou Gracell Biotech to obtain written approval from Suzhou Branch of China Merchants Bank for merger, consolidation or division, reducing registered capital, making investments, disposing of assets, increasing debt financing or other transactions that may adversely affect its ability to make payments under the loan. The loan agreement also contains customary events of default relating to, among other things, payment defaults or breaches of the terms of the loan, upon which the bank may declare all or a portion of our outstanding obligations payable to be immediately due and payable. As of December 31, 2020, RMB8.6 million (US$1.3 million) was outstanding under the loan agreement.

 

154


Table of Contents

Loan Agreement with China Industrial Bank

On December 11, 2020, Suzhou Gracell Biotech entered into a loan agreement with China Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Suzhou Branch, or China Industrial Bank, under which Suzhou Gracell Biotech obtained a term loan facility of RMB9.99 million (US$1.53 million) for a term of 12 months. Interest on the outstanding loan balance accrues at a fixed annual rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate plus 0.85%. We are required to make interest payments on the loan on a monthly basis and repay principal at the end of the loan term. The loan agreement contains customary covenants that, among other things, require Suzhou Gracell Biotech to obtain written approval from China Industrial Bank for merger, division, making investments, increasing debt financing or other transactions that may adversely affect its ability to make payments under the loan. The loan agreement also contains customary events of default relating to, among other things, payment defaults or breaches of the terms of the loan, upon which the bank may declare all or a portion of our outstanding obligations payable to be immediately due and payable. As of December 31, 2020, RMB9.99 million (US$1.53 million) was outstanding under the loan agreement.

Loan Agreement with China CITIC Bank

On December 17, 2020, Suzhou Gracell Biotech entered into two loan agreements with China CITIC Bank Co., Ltd., Suzhou Branch, or China CITIC Bank, with the same terms and conditions. Under each of the loan agreements, Suzhou Gracell Biotech obtained a term loan facility of RMB5.0 million (US$0.8 million) for a term of 12 months. Interest on the outstanding loan balance accrues at a fixed annual rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate. Under each loan agreement, we are required to make interest payments on the loan on a monthly basis and repay principal at the end of the loan term. Each loan agreement contains customary covenants that, among other things, require Suzhou Gracell Biotech to obtain written approval from China Construction Bank for merger, consolidation or division, reducing registered capital, making investments, disposing of assets, increasing debt financing or other transactions that may adversely affect the interest of China CITIC Bank. Each loan agreement also contains customary events of default relating to, among other things, payment defaults or breaches of the terms of the loan, upon which the bank may be entitled to penalties or declare all or a portion of our outstanding obligations payable to be immediately due and payable. As of December 31, 2020, RMB10.0 million (US$1.5 million) was outstanding under the two loan agreements.

On March 30, 2021, Suzhou Gracell Biotech entered into a loan agreement with China CITIC Bank, under which Suzhou Gracell Biotech obtained a term loan facility of RMB10.0 million (US1.5 million) for a term of 12 months. Interest on the outstanding loan balance accrues at a fixed annual rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate. Other than the interest rate, this loan agreement has substantially the same terms and conditions as the two loan agreements signed on December 17, 2020.

Contracts of Maximum Guarantee with China Industrial Bank

On May 6, 2020, Gracell Bioscience entered into a contract of maximum guarantee with China Industrial Bank, under which Gracell Bioscience agreed to, among other things, jointly and severally assume the guarantee liability under this contract and perform the liability for repayment of debts on behalf of Suzhou Gracell Biotech under such loan agreement to be entered into between Suzhou Gracell Biotech and China Industrial Bank during May 6, 2020 and March 19, 2021. The guarantee period for Gracell Bioscience in connection with each financing by Suzhou Gracell Biotech is generally two years commencing from the expiration date of debt performance period under the financing. The maximum amount of repayment liability assumed by Gracell Bioscience is RMB30.0 million (US$4.6 million).

On May 6, 2020, Shanghai Gracell Biotech entered into a contract of maximum guarantee with China Industrial Bank, under which Shanghai Gracell Biotech agreed to, among other things, jointly and severally assume the guarantee liability under this contract and perform the liability for repayment of debts on behalf of Suzhou Gracell Biotech under such loan agreement to be entered into between Suzhou Gracell Biotech and China Industrial Bank during May 6, 2020 and March 19, 2021. The guarantee period for Shanghai Gracell Biotech in connection with each financing by Suzhou Gracell Biotech is generally two years commencing from the expiration date of debt performance period under the financing. The maximum amount of repayment liability assumed by Gracell Bioscience is RMB30.0 million (US$4.6 million).

 

155


Table of Contents

Contract of Maximum Guarantee with China CITIC Bank

On December 9, 2020, Shanghai Gracell Biotech entered into a contract of maximum guarantee with China CITIC Bank, under which Shanghai Gracell Biotech agreed to, among other things, jointly assume the guarantee liability under this contract if Suzhou Gracell Biotech fails to discharge or fully discharge its debt upon the expiration of the discharge period of a single debt under such loan agreement to be entered into between Suzhou Gracell Biotech and China CITIC Bank during December 9, 2020 and December 9, 2021. The guarantee period for Shanghai Gracell Biotech is generally three years commencing from the expiration of the debt discharge period under the debt. The maximum amount of repayment liability assumed by Shanghai Gracell Biotech will be determined in according with this contract.

Funding Requirements

We do not currently have any approved products and have not generated any revenue from product sales. We have funded our operations to date primarily through a combination of equity and debt financing. Through the date of this annual report, we have received proceeds of RMB2.4 million (US$0.4 million) from sale of ordinary shares, RMB1,319.6 million (US$195.3 million) from sale of preferred shares, RMB102.9 million (US$15.8 million) from our term loan facilities with commercial banks and US$220.2 million net proceeds from our initial public offering in January 2021. As of December 31, 2020, we had RMB773.1 million (US$118.5 million) in cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments.

Since our inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. We expect to incur significant expenses and operating losses for the foreseeable future as we advance the preclinical and clinical development of our research programs and product candidates. We expect that our research and development and general and administrative expenses will increase in connection with conducting additional clinical trials and preclinical studies for our current and future research programs and product candidates, contracting with CROs to support clinical trials and preclinical studies, expanding our intellectual property portfolio, and providing general and administrative support for our operations. As a result, we expect that we will need additional capital to fund our operations.

Based upon our current operating plan, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into 2023. We do not expect to generate any revenue from product sales unless and until we successfully complete development and obtain regulatory approval for one or more of our product candidates, which we expect will take a number of years. As a result, until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through equity offerings, debt financings or other capital sources, including potentially collaborations, licenses and other similar arrangements.

However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all. If we do raise additional capital through public or private equity offerings, the ownership interest of our existing shareholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect our shareholders’ rights. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, we may be subject to covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise funds through additional collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. Any failure to raise capital as and when needed could have a negative impact on our financial condition and on our ability to pursue our business plans and strategies. If we are unable to raise capital, we will need to delay, reduce or terminate planned activities to reduce costs.

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with research, development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products, we are unable to estimate the exact amount of our operating capital requirements. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

the timing, receipt and amount of sales of any future approved or cleared products, if any;

 

156


Table of Contents
   

the scope, progress, results and costs of researching and developing our existing product candidates or any future product candidates, and conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

   

the timing of, and the costs involved in, obtaining regulatory approvals or clearances for our existing product candidates or any future product candidates;

 

   

the time and costs involved in obtaining regulatory approval for our product candidates and any delays we may encounter as a result of evolving regulatory requirements or adverse results with respect to any of these product candidates;

 

   

the number and characteristics of any additional product candidates we develop or acquire;

 

   

the cost of manufacturing our product candidates and any products we successfully commercialize, including costs associated with developing our manufacturing capabilities;

 

   

the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending intellectual property-related claims;

 

   

the extent to which we acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies;

 

   

our ability to establish and maintain strategic collaborations, licensing or other arrangements and the financial terms of any such agreements that we may enter into;

 

   

the expenses needed to attract and retain skilled personnel and senior management; and

 

   

the costs associated with being a public company.

Further, our operating plans may change, and we may need additional funds to meet operational needs and capital requirements for clinical trials and other research and development activities. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development and commercialization of our product candidates, we are unable to estimate the amounts of increased capital outlays and operating expenditures associated with our current and anticipated product development programs.

Capital Expenditure

We incurred capital expenditure of RMB11.4 million, RMB56.4 million and RMB79.4 million (US$12.2 million) for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, primarily in connection with our expenditure for the purchase of property and equipment. These purchases primarily relate to (i) equipment used for research and production activities and (ii) renovation in Suzhou facility. We intend to fund our future capital expenditure through our existing cash balance and other financing alternatives. We expect that our capital expenditures will continue to increase to support the growth of our business.

Holding Company Structure

Gracell Cayman is a holding company with no material operations of its own. We currently conduct our operations primarily through our PRC subsidiaries, our variable interest entity and its subsidiary in China. As a result, Gracell Cayman’s ability to pay dividends primarily depends upon dividends paid by our PRC subsidiaries. If our existing PRC subsidiaries or any newly formed ones incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing their debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us. In addition, our wholly foreign owned subsidiary in China are permitted to pay dividends to us only out of its retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Under PRC laws, each of our subsidiaries, our variable interest entity and its subsidiaries in China is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund certain statutory reserve funds until such reserve funds reach 50% of its registered capital. In addition, our wholly foreign owned subsidiaries in China may allocate a portion of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to enterprise expansion funds and staff bonus and welfare funds at its discretion, and our variable interest entity may allocate a portion of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to a discretionary surplus fund at its discretion. The statutory reserve funds and the discretionary funds are not distributable as cash dividends. Remittance of dividends by a wholly foreign owned company out of China is subject to examination by the banks designated by SAFE. Our PRC subsidiaries have not paid dividends and will not be able to pay dividends until they generate accumulated profits and meet the requirements for statutory reserve funds.

 

157


Table of Contents

As a Cayman Islands exempted company and offshore holding company, we are permitted under PRC laws and regulations to provide funding to our PRC subsidiary only through loans or capital contributions, subject to the approval of government authorities and limits on the amount of capital contributions and loans. This may delay us from using the proceeds from any offshore offerings to make loans or capital contribution to our PRC subsidiary. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China— PRC regulation of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from making loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC operating subsidiary.”

C.    Research and Development

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Technology” and “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Intellectual Property.”

D.    Trend Information

Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events for the year ended December 31, 2020 that are reasonably likely to have a material and adverse effect on our net revenues, income, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that would cause the disclosed financial information not necessarily to be indicative of future results of operations or financial conditions.

E.    Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholder’s equity or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or product development services with us.

F.    Contractual Obligations

The following is our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2020:

 

     Less than 1
Year
     1 to 3
Years
     3 to 5
Years
     More than 5
Years
     Total  
     (in RMB thousands)  

Operating Lease obligations

     8,949        16,668        —          —          25,617  

Our operating lease obligations related to our leases of offices, GMP facility and research centers. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, total rental related expenses for all operating leases amounted to RMB3.1 million, RMB11.1 million and RMB11.5 million (US$1.8 million), respectively.

G.    Safe Harbor

See “Forward-Looking Information” on page 2 of this annual report.

 

158


Table of Contents
Item 6.

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

A.    Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our directors and executive officers as of the date of this annual report.

 

Directors and Executive Officers    

  

    Age    

  

Position/Title

William Wei Cao, Ph.D. B.M.

   62    Founder, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

David Guowei Wang M.D., Ph.D.

   59    Director

Lili Shen

   42    Director

Guotong Xu M.D., Ph.D.

   63    Director

Wendy Hayes

   51    Director

Martina Sersch, M.D., Ph.D.

   49    Chief Medical Officer

Yili Kevin Xie, Ph.D.

   50    Chief Financial Officer

William Wei Cao, Ph.D. B.M., has served as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since May 2017. Dr. Cao has over 30 years of research and development experience in the biotechnology industry. Prior to founding our company, Dr. Cao co-founded Cellular Biomedicine Group, Inc., a company engaging in developing proprietary cell therapies for the treatment of cancer and degenerative diseases, and served several positions at CBMG, such as chief operating officer, chief executive officer and director, from August 2010 to January 2016. Dr. Cao has extensive research experience in the immune-pharmacology field at Harvard Medical School Department of Pathology and Stanford University Medical Center Transplantation Center. Dr. Cao holds a Bachelor’s degree in Medicine from Fudan University Medical College, Shanghai China, and a Ph.D. in Pharmacology from Medical College of Virginia, Richmond Virginia. Dr. Cao holds over 80 issued patents and applications for advanced cell therapies.

David Guowei Wang, M.D., Ph.D., has served as our director since March 2020. Dr. Wang has over 20 years of experience in the healthcare industry. Dr. Wang has served as Partner and Senior Managing Director, Asia, of OrbiMed Advisors LLC, since August 2011. He has served as director of AK Medical Holdings Limited, a company listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange (Stock Code: 1789) since April 2016, and as director of Edan Instruments, Inc., a company listed in the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (Stock Code: 300206) since March 2010. Prior to that, Dr. Wang served as Managing Director of Healthcare Investment of WI Harper Group from April 2006 to July 2011. Dr. Wang holds a Bachelor’s degree in basic medicine and an M.D. from Peking University School of Medicine, and a Ph.D. in Developmental Biology from California Institute of Technology.

Lili Shen, has served as our director since October 20, 2020. Ms. Shen has over 15 years of experience in the healthcare industry. Ms. Shen serves as the managing director at Morningside Ventures, primarily focuses on biotechnology investments. Prior to joining Morningside Ventures in August 2010, she served as a director at CVI Pharmaceuticals (Shanghai) Limited from February 2009 to August 2010, and was responsible for its overall business operation in China. From March 2004 to August 2008, she served as a manager at Shanghai Newsummit Biopharma Co., Ltd., primarily engaged in preclinical project management and IND filing in China. Ms. Shen holds a Bachelor’s degree in Chemical Engineering & Technology and a Master’s degree in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology from Xi’an Jiaotong University, and an M.B.A. from Fudan University.

Guotong Xu, M.D., Ph.D., has served as our director since February 2019. We have determined that Guotong Xu meets the criteria for independence set forth in Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Dr. Xu has over 30 years of academia and industry experience in both China and the United States. Dr. Xu has been a professor of Ophthalmology and Pharmacology at Tongji University School of Medicine, or TUSM, since 2008 and a director of The East China Stem Cell Bank located inside TUSM, a center for stem cell research and clinical application in China. From March 2008 to July 2016, Dr. Xu served as dean of Tongji University School of Medicine. Dr. Xu has been an independent director of Guangzheng Group Co., Ltd., a company listed on the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (Stock Code: 002524) and Zhejiang Shapuaisi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., a company listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange (Stock Code: 603168), from June 2018 and August 2020, respectively. Prior to that, Dr. Xu served as an independent director of Cellular Biomedicine Group Inc. from November 2014 to November 2016. Dr. Xu holds a Bachelor’s degree in Medicine from Harbin Medical University, an M.D. and a Master of Medical Sciences from Peking Union Medical College, Chinese Academy of Medical Sciences, and a Ph.D. in Pharmacology from University of North Texas Health Science Center, Fort Worth, Texas.

 

159


Table of Contents

Wendy Hayes has served as our director since January 7, 2021. We have determined that Wendy Hayes meets the criteria for independence set forth in Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. Ms. Hayes is currently an ALI Fellow at Harvard University. She has served as an independent director of Tuanche Limited (Nasdaq: TC) since November 2018, Burning Rock Biotech Limited (Nasdaq: BNR) since June 2020, iHuman Inc. (NYSE: IH) since October 2020, and SciClone Pharmaceuticals (Holdings) Limited (Hong Kong: 6600) since March 2021. Between May 2013 and September 2018, Ms. Hayes served as the Inspections Leader at the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board in the United States. Prior to that, Ms. Hayes was an audit partner at Deloitte (China). Ms. Hayes received her bachelor’s degree in International Finance from University of International Business and Economics in 1991, and her executive MBA from Cheung Kong Graduate School of Business in 2012. Ms. Hayes is a certified public accountant in the United States (California) and China.

Martina Sersch, M.D., Ph.D., has served as our Chief Medical Officer since 2020. Dr. Sersch has over 25 years of academia and industry experience and extensive experience in cell and gene therapy, immune-oncology, mAb and small molecules in multi-national companies and biotechnology companies. Prior to joining us, Dr. Sersch served as chief medical officer of Mustang Bio, Inc. (Nasdaq: MBIO), a Nasdaq-listed CAR-T, cell and gene therapy company, from October 2018 to September 2019, where she led the clinical development for gene and cellular therapies for the treatment of rare diseases and hematological as well as solid tumor indications. She accomplished the successful IND submission and approval of a CAR-T cell therapy in acute myeloid leukemia, blastic plasmacytoid dendritic cell neoplasm and myelodysplastic syndrome. From December 2016 to September 2018, Dr. Sersch served as Executive Medical Director at Amgen Inc. leading early and late stage clinical development strategies and programs as hematology lead. Amongst other she was responsible for the successful filing and approval of a novel combination therapy in multiple myeloma and lead several key initiatives including the assessment of safety findings and potential differences in different ethnic groups. In addition, her responsibilities included portfolio activities such as global filings and regional development strategies. Prior to this role, she served as a Senior Medical Director at Roche/Genentech Inc from 2011 to 2016, where she served as Global Development Leader in solid tumors leading global and regional clinical development activities in Europe, Asia and the United States which included successful global filing activities for a mAb in mCRC. During her tenure at Roche/Genentech Inc, she worked in different cross functional capacities with increasing responsibilities including in the Asia-Pacific region as Global Biologics Strategy leader. Before joining Genentech Inc, Dr. Sersch worked many years at Pfizer Inc in country, regional and global roles with increasing responsibilities including the development of early immunotherapy agents. Dr. Sersch holds an M.D. and a doctorate degree from the University of Heidelberg in Germany.

Yili Kevin Xie, Ph.D., has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2020. Dr. Xie has over 20 years of experience in healthcare industry and healthcare investment. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Xie served in various leadership positions in Fosun Group from March 2015 to July 2020, including as the President of Fosun Healthcare Holdings and Chief Representative of Fosun, New York. Dr. Xie has served as director of ViewRay Inc (Nasdaq: VRAY) since October 2019 and director of Alpha Healthcare Acquisition Corp (Nasdaq: AHAC) since September 2020. From February 2012 to March 2015, Dr. Xie served as Managing Partner for Kinglington Capital, an investment company. He co-founded and served as Portfolio Manager for Locust Walk Capital from April 2010 to February 2012. From January 2009 to January 2010, Dr. Xie served as Healthcare Sector Head for Scopia Capital, a global hedge fund. From 2005 to 2008, he served as Principal and subsequently Managing Director for Great Point Partners, a healthcare hedge fund. Dr. Xie served as an Equity Analyst for Delaware Investments, an asset management firm, from June 2002 to July 2005. Dr. Xie holds a Bachelor’s degree from Tianjin University in China, a Ph.D. in Chemistry from The City University in New York, and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.

B.    Compensation

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

For the year ended December 31, 2020, we paid an aggregate of approximately RMB8.0 million (US$1.2 million) in cash and benefits to our executive officers. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we did not pay our non-employee directors. For stock option grants to our executive officers and directors, see “—Third Amended and Restated 2017 Employee Stock Option Plan” and “—2020 Share Incentive Plan.” We have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits to our executive officers and directors.

 

160


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. Under these agreements, each of our executive officers is employed for a specified time period. We may terminate employment for cause, at any time, without advance notice or remuneration, if an executive officer willfully disobeys a lawful and reasonable order of us, misconducts himself or herself, with such conduct being inconsistent with the due and faithful discharge of his or her duties, is guilty of fraud or dishonesty, or is habitually neglectful in his or her duties. We may also terminate an executive officer’s employment without cause upon three-month advance written notice.

Each executive officer has agreed to not make any disclosure of our confidential information nor to make any duplication or copy of our confidential information, and immediately upon request from us, to return to us all of our confidential information. Each executive officer may provide our confidential information in compliance with a valid court order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction, provided that such executive officer takes reasonable steps to prevent dissemination of such confidential information. The executive officers have also agreed to promptly disclose to us, in confidence (i) all proprietary information that they create during the term of their employment, and (ii) all patent applications, copyright registrations or similar rights filed or applied for by them within six months after termination of their employment.

In addition, each executive officer has agreed to be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during the term of his or her employment and the non-solicitation restrictions will survive the termination. Specifically, each executive officer has agreed not to (i) call upon, solicit, divert or take away or attempt to solicit, divert or take away any of the customers, vendors, business or patrons of us; (ii) solicit or attempt to solicit for employment or consultancy any person who is an employee of or consultant to us; or (iii) own, operate, manage, join, control, participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, or be paid or employed by, or acquire any securities of, or otherwise become associated with or provide assistance to, as an employee, consultant, director, officer, shareholder, partner, agent, associate, principal, representative or in any other capacity, any business entity which engages in any competitive line of business in which the we are engaged.

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Under these agreements, we agree to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

Third Amended and Restated 2017 Employee Stock Option Plan

We have adopted an employee stock option plan, which was amended and restated in October 2020. As of the date of this annual report, the maximum aggregate number of ordinary shares that may be granted under our employee stock option plan is 10,216,234 ordinary shares. As of March 31, 2021, awards to purchase a total of 9,741,525 ordinary shares have been granted and are outstanding, excluding awards that were forfeited or cancelled after the relevant grant dates. The following paragraphs summarize the principal terms of our employee stock option plan.

Types of Awards. Our employee stock option plan permits awards of options or similar rights.

Plan Administration. With respect to grants of awards to our directors and officers, our employee stock option plan is administered by our board of directors or a committee designated by our board of directors. With respect to grants of awards to employees, consultants and other eligible persons, our employee stock option plan will be administered by our chief executive officer.

Stock Option Award Agreement. Awards granted under our employee stock option plan are evidenced by a stock option award agreement that sets forth terms, conditions and limitations for each award which may include the term of an award, the provisions applicable in the event the grantee’s employment or service terminates, and our authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind an award.

 

161


Table of Contents

Exercisability. Unless otherwise agreed by our board of directors, no option granted under our employee stock option plan may be exercised prior to the occurrence of, among other things, an admission of all or any part of our share capital to a recognized stock exchange or the grant of permission by any stock exchange to deal in the same.

Exercise Price. The exercise price of an award will be determined by our board of directors.

Eligibility. We may grant awards to our employees, officers, directors, contractors, advisors or consultants, as determined by our chief executive officer, provided that prior approval of our board of directors shall be obtained for grants to our officers and directors.

Term of the Awards. The term of each share award granted under our employee stock option plan will be determined by our board of directors.

Vesting Schedule. The vesting schedule of each award granted under our employee stock option plan will generally be set forth in the relevant stock option award agreement.

Transfer restrictions. Awards may not be transferred in any manner by the recipient other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except as otherwise approved by the board of directors.

Termination. Our employee stock option plan will terminate ten years after its adoption, provided that our board of directors may terminate the plan at any time.

2020 Share Incentive Plan

To promote the success and enhance the value of our company, in December 2020, our shareholders and board of directors approved the 2020 Share Incentive Plan, or the 2020 Plan, which became effective in January 2021. Under the 2020 Plan, the maximum aggregate number of ordinary shares available for issuance, or the Award Pool, shall initially be 10,081,980, equal to three percent (3%) of the ordinary shares of our company outstanding immediately upon completion of our initial public offering in January 2021. The Award Pool will be increased on an annual basis on the first calendar day of each fiscal year of our company during the term of 2020 Plan commencing on January 1 of the year following the year in which this offering occurs, by the lesser of (i) an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the total number of ordinary shares of our company issued and outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, and (ii) such number of ordinary shares as may be determined by our board of directors. As of March 31, 2021, awards to purchase a total of 601,830 ordinary shares have been granted and are outstanding, excluding awards that were forfeited or cancelled after the relevant grant dates. The following paragraphs summarizes the principal terms of the 2020 Plan:

Type of Awards. The 2020 Plan permits the awards of options, restricted shares, restricted share units or other types of awards approved by the board of directors or a committee of one or more members of the board of directors.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors or a committee of one or more members of the board of directors will administer the 2020 Plan. The committee or the board of directors, as applicable, will determine the participants to receive awards, the type and number of awards to be granted to each participant, and the terms and conditions of each grant.

Award Agreement. Awards granted under the 2020 Plan are evidenced by an award agreement that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each award, which may include the term of the award, the provisions applicable in the event that the grantee’s employment or service terminates, and our authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind the award.

Eligibility. Persons eligible to participate in the 2020 Plan include the independent directors of our company.

 

162


Table of Contents

Vesting Schedule. The vesting schedule of each award granted under 2020 Plan will be set forth in the relevant award agreement.

Exercise of Options. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for each award, which is stated in the relevant award agreement. Options that are vested and exercisable will terminate if they are not exercised prior to the time as the plan administrator determines at the time of grant. However, the maximum exercisable term is ten years from the date of grant.

Transfer Restrictions. Awards may not be transferred in any manner by the participant other than in accordance with the exceptions provided in the 2020 Plan or the relevant award agreement or otherwise determined by the plan administrator, such as transfers by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

Termination and Amendment of the 2020 Plan. Our board of directors has the authority to terminate, amend, suspend or modify the 2020 Plan in accordance with our articles of association. However, without the prior written consent of the participant, no such action may adversely affect in any material way any award previously granted pursuant to the plan.

The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2021, the options granted under our share incentive plans to several of our executive officers, excluding awards that were forfeited or cancelled after the relevant grant dates.

 

Name

   Ordinary Shares
Underlying Awards
     Exercise Price
(US$/Share)
     Date of Grant      Date of Expiration  

William Wei Cao

     *        1.65        December 9, 2020        December 8, 2030  
     *        —          January 30, 2021        January 29, 2031  

David Guowei Wang

     —          —          —          —    

Lili Shen

     —          —          —          —    

Guotong Xu

     *        0.30        September 1, 2017        August 31, 2027  

Wendy Hayes

     —          —          —          —    

Martina Sersch

     *        1.06        June 15, 2020        June 14, 2030  
     *        1.65        December 9, 2020        December 8, 2030  

Yili Kevin Xie

     *        1.06        July 16, 2020        July 15, 2030  
     *        1.65        December 9, 2020        December 8, 2030  

Other grantees

     4,025,355       

0.30 (August 8, 2017

through January 2, 2019)

1.06 (January 3, 2019

through November 3, 2020)

1.65 (November 4, 2020

through March 31, 2021)

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

From

August 8, 2017

 

 

    

Ten years from

date of award

 

 

Total

     10,343,355           

 

*

Less than 1% of our total outstanding ordinary shares on an as-converted basis.

C.    Board Practices

Board of Directors

Our board of directors consists of five directors. A director is not required to hold any shares in our company by way of qualification. A director may vote with respect to any contract, proposed contract or arrangement in which he is materially interested provided (i) such director, if his interest in such contract or arrangement is material, has declared the nature of his interest at the earliest meeting of the board at which it is practicable for him to do so, either specifically or by way of a general notice, (ii) such director has not been disqualified by the chairman of the relevant board meeting, and (iii) if such contract or arrangement is a transaction with a related party, such transaction has been approved by the audit committee in accordance with the Nasdaq rules. The directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money, mortgage its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, and issue debentures or other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any obligation of the company or of any third party. None of our non-executive directors has a service contract with us that provides for benefits upon termination of service.

 

163


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

We have established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. We have adopted a charter for each of these committees. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

Audit Committee. Our audit committee consists of Wendy Hayes, Guotong Xu and Lili Shen. Wendy Hayes is the chairperson of our audit committee. We have determined that each of Wendy Hayes and Guotong Xu satisfies the independence requirements under Rule 5605(c)(2) of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules and meets the criteria for independence set forth in Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. We have determined that Wendy Hayes satisfies the criteria of an audit committee financial expert as set forth under the applicable rules of the SEC. The audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

selecting the independent auditors;

 

   

reviewing and approving the independent auditors’ annual engagement letter;

 

   

review responsibilities, budget, compensation and staffing of our internal audit function;

 

   

reviewing with the independent auditor any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;

 

   

reviewing and pre-approving related party transactions;

 

   

reviewing and discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditor;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditors about all critical accounting policies and practices to be used;

 

   

reviewing reports prepared by management and/or the independent auditors relating to significant financial reporting issues and judgments;

 

   

reviewing earnings press releases, as well as financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies;

 

   

reviewing with management and the independent auditors the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives, as well as off-balance sheet structures, on our financial statements;

 

   

discussing policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management with management and internal auditors;

 

   

timely reviewing reports from the independent auditors regarding all critical accounting policies and practices to be used by our company, and all other material written communications between the independent auditors and management;

 

   

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received from our employees regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

164


Table of Contents
   

such other matters that are specifically delegated to our audit committee by our board of directors from time to time; and

 

   

meeting separately, periodically, with management, internal auditors and the independent auditor.

Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee consists of William Wei Cao, David Guowei Wang and Wendy Hayes. William Wei Cao is the chairperson of our compensation committee. We have determined that Wendy Hayes satisfies the independence requirements under Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

reviewing, evaluating and, if necessary, revising our overall compensation plans;

 

   

reviewing and evaluating the performance of our directors and relevant executive officers and determining the compensation of relevant executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and approving any severance or termination agreements to be made with any executive officers;

 

   

reviewing our general compensation plans and other employee benefit plans, including our incentive compensation plan and equity-based compensation plans;

 

   

administering our equity-based compensation plans in accordance with the terms thereof; and

 

   

such other matters that are specifically delegated to the compensation committee by our board of directors from time to time.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of William Wei Cao, Guotong Xu and Wendy Hayes. William Wei Cao is the chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee. We have determined that each of Wendy Hayes and Guotong Xu satisfies the independence requirements under Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

selecting and recommending to our board of directors nominees for election by the shareholders or appointment by the board;

 

   

reviewing annually with our board of directors the current composition of our board of directors with regards to characteristics such as independence, knowledge, skills, experience and diversity;

 

   

making recommendations on the frequency and structure of our board of directors meetings and monitoring the functioning of the committees of our board of directors; and

 

   

advising our board of directors periodically with regards to significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance as well as our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and making recommendations to the board on all matters of corporate governance and on any remedial action to be taken.

Duties of Directors

Under Cayman Islands law, our directors have a fiduciary duty to act honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. A shareholder has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached.

 

165


Table of Contents

The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among others:

 

   

conducting and managing the business of our company;

 

   

representing our company in contracts and deals;

 

   

appointing attorneys for our company;

 

   

selecting and removing senior management;

 

   

providing employee benefits and pensions;

 

   

managing our company’s finance and bank accounts;

 

   

evaluating the performance and determining the compensation level of chief executive officer;

 

   

exercising the borrowing powers of our company and mortgaging the property of our company; and

 

   

exercising any other powers conferred by the shareholders meetings or under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Terms of Directors and Officers

Our directors may be elected by a resolution of our board of directors or by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. Unless otherwise determined by our company in general meeting, our company shall have not less than three (3) directors, and there shall be no maximum number of directors. Our directors will be divided into three (3) classes designated as follows:

Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

Class I, which will consist of Lili Shen, whose term will expire at our first annual general meeting of shareholders to be held after our initial public offering or until their successors are elected and qualified;

 

   

Class II, which will consist of Guotong Xu and David Guowei Wang, whose term will expire at our second annual general meeting of shareholders to be held after our initial public offering or until their successors are elected and qualified; and

 

   

Class III, which will consist of William Wei Cao and Wendy Hayes, whose term will expire at our third annual general meeting of shareholders to be held after our initial public offering or until their successors are elected and qualified.

Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the board of directors. At the first annual general meeting of shareholders, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors appointed at such meeting shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At the second annual general meeting of shareholders, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors appointed at such meeting shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At the third annual general meeting of shareholders, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors at such meeting appointed shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years. At each succeeding annual general meeting of shareholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three (3) years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual general meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each director shall hold office until the expiration of his or her term, until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. A director will be removed from office automatically if the director (i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors; (ii) dies or is found by our company to be or becomes of unsound mind; (iii) resigned his office by notice in writing to our company; (iv) without special leave of absence from our board, is absent from three consecutive board meetings; or (v) is removed from office pursuant to any other provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

 

166


Table of Contents

Our officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

D.    Employees

As of December 31, 2020, we had 202 full time employees, 178 of whom hold medical, technical or scientific credentials and qualifications, including 62 holding Ph.D. and/or M.D. degrees. Of these 62 employees, 58 are engaged in research and development activities and four are engaged in business development, finance, information systems, facilities, human resources or administrative support. Most of our employees are located in Suzhou and Shanghai, China. None of our employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that we maintain a good working relationship with our employees, and we have not experienced any material disputes with our employees in our history.

E.    Share Ownership

Except as specifically noted, the following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of March 31, 2021:

 

   

each of our directors and executive officers;

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

The calculations in the table below are based on 336,065,996 ordinary shares outstanding as of March 31, 2021.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this annual report, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security. These shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

     Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned
After This Offering
 
     Number      %  

Directors and Executive Officers**:

     

William Wei Cao(1)

     92,090,000        27.4  

David Guowei Wang

     —          —    

Lili Shen

     —          —    

Guotong Xu

     *        *  

Wendy Hayes

     —          —    

Martina Sersch

     *        *  

Yili Kevin Xie

     *        *  

All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group

     96,316,253        27.5  

Principal Shareholders:

     

Gracell Venture Holdings Limited(1)

     92,090,000        27.4  

TLS Beta Pte. Ltd.(2)

     48,457,070        14.4  

Entities affiliated with LAV(3)

     25,170,857        7.5  

Entities affiliated with OrbiMed(4).

     38,371,730        11.4  

Entities affiliated with Kington(5)

     22,926,300        6.8  

 

*

Less than 1% of our total ordinary shares on an as-converted basis outstanding as of the date of this annual report.

 

167


Table of Contents
**

Business address of Dr. William Wei Cao, Dr. Martina Sersch and Dr. Yili Kevin Xie is Building 12, Block B, Phase ll, Biobay Industrial Park, 218 Sangtian St., Suzhou Industrial Park, Jiangsu Province, China. Dr. David Guowei Wang’s business address is Unit 4706, Raffles City Shanghai Office Tower, 268 Middle Xizang Road, Huangpu District, Shanghai, China. Ms. Lili Shen’s business address is 320 Wuyuan Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai, China. Dr. Guotong Xu’s business address is Room 102, No.18, Lane 29, Lingling Road, XuHui District, Shanghai, China. Ms. Wendy Hayes’s business address is 2370 Roanoke Trail, Reno, NV 89523.

Notes:

 

(1)

Represents 92,090,000 ordinary shares held by Gracell Venture Holdings Limited, a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. Gracell Venture Holdings Limited is wholly owned by Land Blossom Limited, a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. Land Blossom Limited, under The Cao Family Trust, or the Trust, established under the law of Republic of Singapore and managed by VISTRA Trust (Singapore) Pte. Limited, or the Trustee, is wholly owned and managed by the Trustee. Dr. William Wei Cao is the Settlor of the Trust and Dr. Cao and his family members are the Trust’s beneficiaries. Under the terms of the Trust, Dr. Cao has the power to direct the Trustee with respect to the retention or disposal of, and the exercise of any voting and other rights attached to the shares held by Gracell Venture Holdings Limited in our company. The registered address of Gracell Venture Holdings Limited is Sertus Chambers, P.O. Box 905, Quastisky Building, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

 

(2)

Represents 48,193,912 ordinary shares issuable upon the conversion of 37,668,351 series B-2 preferred shares and 10,525,561 series C preferred shares held by TLS Beta Pte. Ltd., a company incorporated in Singapore. TLS Beta Pte. Ltd. is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Temasek Life Sciences Private Limited. Temasek Life Sciences Private Limited, is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Fullerton Management Pte Ltd, or FMPL, which in turn is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited (Temasek”). Temasek is wholly owned by the Singapore Minister for Finance. Under the Singapore Minister for Finance (Incorporation) Act (Chapter 183), the Minister for Finance is a body corporate. As a commercial investment company, Temasek has its own Board of Directors and a professional management team. Temasek owns and manages its portfolio with full commercial discretion and flexibility under the guidance of its Board. The Singapore Government is not involved in Temasek’s investment, divestment, or any other business or operational decisions. The principal business address of TLS Beta Pte. Ltd. is 60B Orchard Road #06-18 Tower 2, The Atrium@Orchard, Singapore 238891.

 

(3)

Represents (i) 78,214 and 27,616 ordinary shares held by LAV Biosciences Fund V, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, and LAV Granite Limited, a British Virgin Island company, respectively and (ii) 24,925,027 ordinary shares issuable upon the conversion of 2,346,402 series A preferred shares held by LAV Biosciences Fund V, L.P., 828,482 series A preferred shares held by LAV Granite Limited, 14,125,632 series B-2 preferred shares held by LAV Granite Limited., and 7,624,511 series C preferred shares held by LAV Biosciences Fund V, L.P. LAV Corporate V GP, Ltd. is the general partner of LAV GP V, L.P., which is the general partner of LAV Biosciences Fund V, L.P. Dr. Yi Shi is a Managing Partner of LAV Corporate V GP, Ltd and has voting power and investment discretion with regard to the shares held of record by LAV Biosciences Fund V, L.P. LAV Granite Limited is wholly owned by LAV Biosciences Fund IV, LP. Dr. Yi Shi is the managing partner of LAV Corporate IV GP, Ltd the general partner of LAV GP IV, L.P., which is the general partner of LAV Biosciences Fund IV, LP. The voting and investment power of shares held by LAV Granite Limited is exercised by Dr. Yi Shi. The registered address of LAV Biosciences Fund V, L.P. is 75 Fort Street, PO Box 1350, Grand Cayman KY1-1108, Cayman Islands. The registered address of LAV Granite Limited is PO Box 4301, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

 

(4)

Represents (i) 864,383 ordinary shares held by OrbiMed Asia Partners III, L.P., or OAP III, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership and (ii) 37,244,190 ordinary shares issuable upon the conversion of 25,931,497 series A preferred shares held by OAP III, 5,503,473 series C preferred shares held by OrbiMed Partners Master Fund Limited, or OPM, a Bermuda exempted company, 2,751,736 series C preferred shares held by The Biotech Growth Trust Plc, or BIOG, a United Kingdom investment trust, 1,528,742 series C preferred shares held by OrbiMed Genesis Master Fund, L.P., or OrbiMed Genesis Master Fund, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, and 1,528,742 series C preferred shares held by OrbiMed New Horizons Master Fund, L.P., or ONHM, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership.

OrbiMed Asia GP III, L.P., or OAP GP III, a Cayman Islands exempted limited partnership, is the general partner of OAP III. OrbiMed Advisors III Limited, or Advisors III, a Cayman Islands exempted company, is the general partner of OAP GP III. OrbiMed Genesis GP LLC, or OrbiMed Genesis, is the general partner of OrbiMed Genesis Master Fund. OrbiMed New Horizons GP LLC, or ONH GP, is the general partner of ONHM. OrbiMed Advisors LLC, or OrbiMed Advisors, acts as the investment manager to OAP III and is the managing member of OrbiMed Genesis and ONH GP. By virtue of such relationships, OrbiMed Advisors may be deemed to have voting power and investment power over the securities held by OAP III, OrbiMed Genesis Master Fund and ONHM, and as a result, may be deemed to have beneficial ownership over such securities. OrbiMed Advisors exercises voting and investment power through a management committee comprised of Carl L. Gordon, Sven H. Borho, and Jonathan T. Silverstein, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by OAP III, OrbiMed Genesis Master Fund and ONHM. The principal business address of OAP III, OrbiMed Genesis Master Fund and ONHM is c/o OrbiMed Advisors LLC, 601 Lexington Avenue, 54th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

 

168


Table of Contents

OrbiMed Capital LLC, or OrbiMed Capital, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware, is the investment advisor of OPM and the portfolio manager to BIOG. OrbiMed Capital has discretionary investment management authority with respect to the assets of OPM and BIOG, which includes the power to vote and otherwise dispose of securities purchased by OPM and BIOG. OrbiMed Capital exercises this investment and voting power through a management committee comprised of Carl L. Gordon, Sven H. Borho, and Jonathan T. Silverstein. On the basis of this relationship, OrbiMed Capital may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the securities held by OPM and BIOG. The principal business address of OPM and BIOG is c/o OrbiMed Advisors LLC, 601 Lexington Avenue, 54th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

 

(5)

Represents (i) 55,232 ordinary shares held by King Star Med LP and (ii) 22,739,490 ordinary shares issuable upon the conversion of 1,656,965 series A preferred shares held by King Star Med LP, 7,533,670 series B-2 preferred shares held by King Star Med LP, 9,879,873 series B-1 preferred shares held by Suzhou Kington Capital Holdings Co., Ltd., and 3,668,982 series C preferred shares held by King Star Med LP. King Star Med Management Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, is the general partner of King Star Med LP. The voting and investment power of shares held by King Star Med LP is exercised by the two directors, Xianghong Lin and Bin Yu, of King Star Med Management Limited, no one of whom may act alone to vote or dispose of the shares. The voting and investment power of shares held by Suzhou Kington Capital Holdings Co., Ltd. is exercised by the five members of investment committee authorized by its board, Xianghong Lin, Yongmin Wu, Hongxia Zhao, Qi Zhang and Qing Ni, no one of whom may act alone to vote or dispose of the shares. The registered address of King Star Med LP is P.O. Box 309 Ugland House, South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-1104, Cayman Island. The registered address of Suzhou Kington Capital Holdings Co., Ltd. is Unit 801, North Building, Suyue Commercial Plaza, 118 West Suzhou Avenue, Suzhou Industrial Park, Suzhou City, Jiangsu Province, China.

To our knowledge, as of March 31, 2021, a total of 63,250,000 ordinary shares are held by one record holder in the United States, representing approximately 18.8% of our total outstanding shares. The holder is The Bank of New York Mellon, the depositary of the ADS program. In addition, 3.5% of our outstanding ordinary shares are held by record holders in the United States.

We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company

 

Item 7.

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

A.    Major Shareholders

Please refer to “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—E. Share Ownership.”

B.    Related Party Transactions

Contractual Arrangements with Our VIE and Its Shareholders

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—C. Organizational Structure.”

Private Placements

See “Description of Share Capital—History of Securities Issuances.”

Transactions with Unitex Capital Ltd.

In the year ended December 31, 2019, we paid RMB1,358 thousand (US$200 thousand) to obtain an exclusive license from Unitex Capital Ltd., an entity controlled by Dr. William Wei Cao. In the year ended December 31, 2020, we paid RMB2,631 thousand (US$381 thousand) for professional service fee to Unitex Capital Ltd.

Transactions with a Director and an Executive Officer

Not applicable.

 

169


Table of Contents

Shareholders Agreement

We entered into our second amended and restated shareholders agreement on October 20, 2020, with our shareholders, which consisted of holders of ordinary shares and preferred shares.

The shareholders agreement provides for certain preferential rights, including right of first refusal, co-sale rights and provisions governing the board of directors and other corporate governance matters. Those preferential rights, as well as the corporate governance provisions, automatically terminated upon the completion of our initial public offering in January 2021.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to our second amended and restated shareholders agreement dated October 20, 2020, we have granted certain registration rights to our shareholders. Set forth below is a description of the registration rights granted under the agreement.

Demand Registration Rights

If at any time after the expiry of six (6) months following the effective date of the registration statement, we receive a written request from the holders of at least 20% of the registrable securities then outstanding that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act (other than Form F-3 or Form S-3) covering the registration of the registrable securities of such holders with aggregate gross proceeds (prior to selling expenses) expected to be in excess of US$25,000,000, then we shall, within ten (10) business days after the receipt of such written request, give written notice of such request (“Request Notice”) to all the holders, and use our best efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the Securities Act of all the registrable securities that the holders request to be registered and included in such registration by written notice given by such holders to us within twenty (20) days after receipt of the Request Notice. We shall not be obligated to effect more than two (2) such demand registrations.

If the holders requesting registration intend to distribute the registrable securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, if the underwriter(s) advise(s) us in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten, then we shall so advise all holders of registrable securities which would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of registrable securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced as required by the underwriter(s) and allocated among the holders of registrable securities on a pro rata basis according to the number of registrable securities then outstanding held by each holder requesting registration.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we shall furnish to the holders requesting registration a certificate signed by our President or Chief Executive Officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be materially detrimental to us and our Shareholders for such registration statement to be filed at such time, then we shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the holders.

Registration on Form F-3 or Form S-3

If we receive from any holder of at least five percent (5%) of the registrable securities then outstanding a written request or requests that we effect a registration on Form F-3 or Form S-3 for which the reasonably anticipated aggregate offering price to the public would exceed US$2,500,000 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the registrable securities owned by such holder, we should promptly give a written notice to all other holders of registrable securities, and effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested with twenty (20) days after we provided such notice, except in certain circumstances.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we propose to register for our own account any of our equity securities in connection with the public offering of such equity securities, we shall offer holders of our registrable securities an opportunity to be included in such registration. If a holder decides not to include all of its registrable securities in such registration, such holder will continue to have the right to include any registrable securities in any subsequent registration statement as may be filed by us, subject to certain limitations.

 

170


Table of Contents

Expenses of Registration

We will bear all registration expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of registrable securities, incurred in connection with registrations pursuant to the shareholders agreement. Each holder participating in the registration shall bear such holder’s proportionate share (based on the total number of shares sold in such registration other than for our account) of all the selling expenses or other amounts payable to underwriter(s) or brokers in connection with such offering by the holders.

Termination of Obligations

The registration rights set forth above will terminate upon the earliest of (a) January 12, 2025, the fourth (4th) anniversary of consummation of our initial public offering, (b) the termination, liquidation or dissolution of our Company and (c) if and when, in the opinion of our counsel, all such registrable securities proposed to be sold by each holder may be sold without registration in any ninety (90) day period pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation.”

Share Incentive Plan

See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B. Compensation.”

C.    Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

 

Item 8.

Financial Information

A.    Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

We have appended consolidated financial statements filed as part of this annual report.

Legal Proceedings

We are currently not a party to any material legal or administrative proceedings. We have been, and may from time to time in the future, be subject to various legal and administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. Such claims or legal actions, even if without merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and management resources and potentially result in civil liability for damages. For risks related to legal proceedings, see “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risk Related to Our Intellectual Property—We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents and other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful” and “Item 3. Key Information—Risk Factors—Risk Related to Our Intellectual Property—Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could significantly harm our business.”

 

171


Table of Contents

Dividend Policy

Our board of directors has discretion on whether to distribute dividends, subject to the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of our company and certain requirements of Cayman Islands law. In addition, our shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our board of directors. In either case, all dividends are subject to certain restrictions under Cayman Islands law, namely that our company may only pay dividends out of profits or the credit standing in our company’s share premium account, and provided always that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in our company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business immediately following the date on which the distribution or dividend is paid. Even if we decide to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant.

We do not have any present plan to pay any cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business.

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We may rely on dividends from our subsidiaries in China for our cash requirements, including any payment of dividends to our shareholders. PRC regulations may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulation—PRC Regulation—Other PRC National- and Provincial-Level Laws and Regulations—Regulations Relating to Dividend Distributions.”

If we pay any dividends on our ordinary shares, we will pay those dividends, which are payable in respect of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs to the depositary, as the registered holder of such ordinary shares, and the depositary then will pay such amounts to the ADS holders in proportion to the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs held by such ADS holders, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, including the fees and expenses payable thereunder. See “Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities—D. American Depositary Shares.” Cash dividends on our ordinary shares, if any, will be paid in U.S. dollars.

B.    Significant Changes

Except as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, we have not experienced any significant changes since the date of our audited consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.

 

Item 9.

The Offer and Listing

A.    Offering and Listing Details

The ADSs, each representing five of our ordinary shares, have been listed on Nasdaq since January 8, 2021. The ADSs trade under the symbol “GRCL.”

B.    Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C.    Markets

The ADSs have been listed on Nasdaq since January 8, 2021 under the symbol “GRCL.”

D.    Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E.    Dilution

Not applicable.

 

172


Table of Contents

F.    Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

 

Item 10.

Additional Information

A.    Share Capital

Not applicable.

B.    Memorandum and Articles of Association

The following are summaries of material provisions of our current memorandum and articles of association, or Memorandum and Articles of Association, insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares.

Objects of Our Company. Under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the objects of our company are unrestricted and we have the full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the law of the Cayman Islands.

Ordinary Shares. Our ordinary shares are issued in registered form and are issued when registered in our register of shareholders. We may not issue shares to bearer. Our shareholders who are nonresidents of the Cayman Islands may freely hold and vote their shares.

Dividends. The holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors. In addition, our shareholders may declare dividends by ordinary resolution, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by our directors. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that the directors may, before recommending or declaring any dividend, set aside out of the funds legally available for distribution such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, in the absolute discretion of the directors, be applicable for meeting contingencies or for equalizing dividends or for any other purpose to which those funds may be properly applied. Under the laws of the Cayman Islands, our company may pay a dividend out of either profit or the credit standing in our company’s share premium account, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in our company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business immediately following the date on which the distribution or dividend is paid.

Voting Rights. Holders of our ordinary shares shall be entitled to one vote per ordinary share. Voting at any shareholders’ meeting is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands). A poll may be demanded by the chairman of such meeting or any one or more shareholders who together hold not less than 10% of the votes attaching to the total ordinary shares which are present in person or by proxy at the meeting.

An ordinary resolution to be passed at a meeting by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes attaching to the ordinary shares cast at a meeting, while a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of the votes cast attaching to the outstanding ordinary shares at a meeting. A special resolution will be required for important matters such as a change of name or making changes to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Holders of the ordinary shares may, among other things, divide or combine their shares by ordinary resolution.

General Meetings of Shareholders. As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obliged by the Companies Act to call shareholders’ annual general meetings. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we may (but are not obliged to) in each year hold a general meeting as our annual general meeting in which case we shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it, and the annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as may be determined by our directors.

 

173


Table of Contents

Shareholders’ general meetings may be convened by a majority of our board of directors. Advance notice of at least ten calendar days is required for the convening of our annual general shareholders’ meeting (if any) and any other general meeting of our shareholders. A quorum required for any general meeting of shareholders consists of at least two holders of shares being not less than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of all votes attaching to all shares in issue and entitled to vote.

The Companies Act does not provide shareholders with an express right to put forth any proposal before an annual meeting of the shareholders. However, the Companies Act may provide shareholders with limited rights to requisition a general meeting, but such rights must be stipulated in the articles of association of our company.

Transfer of Ordinary Shares. Subject to the restrictions set out below, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or any other form approved by our board of directors.

Our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share which is not fully paid up or on which we have a lien. Our board of directors may also decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share unless:

 

   

the instrument of transfer is lodged with us, accompanied by the certificate for the ordinary shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

   

the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of ordinary shares;

 

   

the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;

 

   

in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the ordinary share is to be transferred does not exceed four;

 

   

the ordinary shares transferred are free of any lien in favor of our company; and

 

   

a fee of such maximum sum as The Nasdaq Global Select Market may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as our directors may from time to time require is paid to us in respect thereof.

If our directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within three months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.

The registration of transfers may, after compliance with any notice required of The Nasdaq Global Select Market, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as our board of directors may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year.

Liquidation. On the winding up of our company, if the assets available for distribution amongst our shareholders shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst our shareholders in proportion to the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively at the commencement of the winding up, subject to a deduction from those shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to our company for unpaid calls or otherwise. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay the whole of the share capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders in proportion to the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively.

Calls on Shares and Forfeiture of Shares. Our board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 days prior to the specified time and place of payment. The shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.

 

174


Table of Contents

Redemption, Repurchase and Surrender of Shares. Subject to the Companies Act, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by the Nasdaq, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or by any other recognized stock exchange on which our securities are listed, we may issue shares on terms that such shares are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders of these shares, on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by our board of directors and we may also repurchase any of our shares on such terms and in such manner as have been approved by our board of directors or by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. Under the Companies Act, the redemption or repurchase of any share may be paid out of our profits or out of the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for the purpose of such redemption or repurchase, or out of capital (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve) if our company can, immediately following such payment, pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. In addition, under the Companies Act no such share may be redeemed or repurchased (a) unless it is fully paid up, (b) if such redemption or repurchase would result in there being no shares outstanding or (c) if the company has commenced liquidation. In addition, our company may accept the surrender of any fully paid share for no consideration.

Variations of Rights of Shares. If at any time our share capital is divided into different classes or series of shares, the rights attached to any class or series of shares (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series), whether or not our company is being wound-up, may be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or series or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of the class or series. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with such existing class of shares.

Issuance of Additional Shares. Our amended and restated memorandum of association authorizes our board of directors to issue additional ordinary shares from time to time as our board of directors shall determine, to the extent of available authorized but unissued shares.

Our amended and restated memorandum of association also authorizes our board of directors to establish from time to time one or more series of preferred shares and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

   

the designation of the series;

 

   

the number of shares of the series;

 

   

the dividend rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights;

 

   

the rights and terms of redemption and liquidation preferences; and

 

   

any other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights.

Our board of directors may issue preference shares without action by our shareholders to the extent authorized but unissued. Issuance of these shares may dilute the voting power of holders of ordinary shares.

Inspection of Books and Records. Holders of our ordinary shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our corporate records. However, we will provide our shareholders with annual audited financial statements. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

175


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Provisions. Some provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that:

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue preference shares in one or more series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preference shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders; and

 

   

limit the ability of shareholders to requisition and convene general meetings of shareholders.

However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association for a proper purpose and for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company.

Exempted Company. We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act. The Companies Act distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except that an exempted company:

 

   

does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;

 

   

is not required to open its register of members for inspection;

 

   

does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

 

   

may issue negotiable or bearer shares or shares with no par value;

 

   

may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

 

   

may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

 

   

may register as a limited duration company; and

 

   

may register as a segregated portfolio company.

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

Registered Office and Objects

Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman, KY1-1002, Cayman Islands, or at such other location within the Cayman Islands as our directors may from time to time decide. The objects for which our company is established are unrestricted and we have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Companies Act or any other law of the Cayman Islands.

Differences in Corporate Law

The Companies Law is derived, to a large extent, from the older Companies Acts of England but does not follow recent English statutory enactments and accordingly there are significant differences between the Companies Law and the current Companies Act of England. In addition, the Companies Act differs from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

 

176


Table of Contents

Mergers and Similar Arrangements. The Companies Act permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. For these purposes, (i) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company, and (ii) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by (a) a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company, and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. The written plan of merger or consolidation must be filed with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands together with a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and that notification of the merger or consolidation will be published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

A merger between a Cayman parent company and its Cayman subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders of that Cayman subsidiary if a copy of the plan of merger is given to every member of that Cayman subsidiary to be merged unless that member agrees otherwise. For this purpose a company is a “parent” of a subsidiary if it holds issued shares that together represent at least ninety percent (90%) of the votes at a general meeting of the subsidiary.

The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest over a constituent company is required unless this requirement is waived by a court in the Cayman Islands.

Save in certain limited circumstances, a shareholder of a Cayman constituent company who dissents from the merger or consolidation is entitled to payment of the fair value of his shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman Islands court) upon dissenting to the merger or consolidation, provide the dissenting shareholder complies strictly with the procedures set out in the Companies Act. The exercise of dissenter rights will preclude the exercise by the dissenting shareholder of any other rights to which he or she might otherwise be entitled by virtue of holding shares, save for the right to seek relief on the grounds that the merger or consolidation is void or unlawful.

Separate from the statutory provisions relating to mergers and consolidations, the Companies Act also contains statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies by way of schemes of arrangement, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

 

   

the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

 

   

the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class;

 

   

the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and

 

   

the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Act.

 

177


Table of Contents

The Companies Act also contains a statutory power of compulsory acquisition which may facilitate the “squeeze out” of dissentient minority shareholder upon a tender offer. When a tender offer is made and accepted by holders of 90.0% of the shares affected within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares to the offeror on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

If an arrangement and reconstruction by way of scheme of arrangement is thus approved and sanctioned, or if a tender offer is made and accepted, a dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Shareholders’ Suits. In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff to sue for a wrong done to us as a company, and as a general rule a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, the Cayman Islands court can be expected to follow and apply the common law principles (namely the rule in Foss v. Harbottle and the exceptions thereto) so that a non-controlling shareholder may be permitted to commence a class action against or derivative actions in the name of the company to challenge actions where:

 

   

a company acts or proposes to act illegally or ultra vires;

 

   

the act complained of, although not ultra vires, could only be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote that has not been obtained; and

 

   

those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability. Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such directors or officer, other than by reason of such person’s dishonesty, willful default or fraud, in or about the conduct of our company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such director or officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning our company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation.

In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that provide such persons with additional indemnification beyond that provided in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties. Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director acts in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, the director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

 

178


Table of Contents

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands exempted company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore it is considered that he owes the following duties to the company—a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of the company, a duty not to make a profit based on his position as director (unless the company permits him to do so), a duty not to put himself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his personal interest or his duty to a third party, and a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were intended. A director of a Cayman Islands exempted company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.

Shareholder Action by Written Resolution. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated articles of association provide that shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of a unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting without a meeting being held.

Shareholder Proposals. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

The Companies Act provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our amended and restated articles of association allow our shareholders holding in aggregate not less than one-third of all votes attaching to the issued and outstanding shares of our company entitled to vote at general meetings to requisition an extraordinary general meeting of our shareholders, in which case our board is obliged to convene an extraordinary general meeting and to put the resolutions so requisitioned to a vote at such meeting. As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we may but are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings. See “––Our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association––General Meetings of Shareholders” for more information on the rights of our shareholders’ rights to put proposals before the annual general meeting.

Cumulative Voting. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled for a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under the laws of the Cayman Islands but our amended and restated articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Removal of Directors. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our amended and restated articles of association, directors may be removed only for cause by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. In addition, a director’s office shall be vacated if the director (i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors; (ii) is found to be or becomes of unsound mind or dies; (iii) resigns his office by notice in writing to the company; (iv) without special leave of absence from our board of directors, is absent from three consecutive meetings of the board and the board resolves that his office be vacated; or (v) is removed from office pursuant to any other provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

 

179


Table of Contents

Transactions with Interested Shareholders. The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting share within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Dissolution; Winding up. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board.

Under Cayman Islands law, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of its members. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so. Under the Companies Act and our amended and restated articles of association, our company may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by a special resolution of our shareholders.

Variation of Rights of Shares. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class with the written consent of the holders of two-thirds of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Amendment of Governing Documents. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under the Companies Act and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution of our shareholders.

Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders. There are no limitations imposed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

See “Exhibit 2.5 — Description of Securities” attached to this form 20-F for more descriptions of our securities.

 

180


Table of Contents

C.    Material Contracts

Other than in the ordinary course of business and other than those described in “Item 4. Information on the Company” or “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—B. Related Party Transactions” or elsewhere in this annual report, we have not entered into any material contract during the two years immediately preceding the date of this annual report.

D.    Exchange Controls

See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulation—Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange.”

E.    Taxation

The following is a summary of Cayman Islands, People’s Republic of China and United States federal income tax consequences relevant to an investment in the ADSs and ordinary shares. To the extent that the discussion below relates to matters of Cayman Islands tax law, it is the opinion of Harney Westwood & Riegels, our Cayman Islands counsel. To the extent that the discussion below relates to matters of People’s Republic of China tax law, it is the opinion of AllBright Law Offices, our PRC counsel. The discussion is not intended to be, nor should it be construed as, legal or tax advice to any particular prospective purchaser. The discussion is based on laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this annual report, all of which are subject to change or different interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect. The discussion does not address U.S. state or local tax laws, or tax laws of jurisdictions other than the Cayman Islands, the People’s Republic of China and the United States. You should consult your tax advisors with respect to the consequences of acquisition, ownership and disposition of the ADSs and ordinary shares.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty.

No other taxes are likely to be material to us levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or after execution brought within, the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties which are applicable to any payments made to or by our company. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our ordinary shares and ADSs will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of dividends or capital to any holder of our ordinary shares or ADSs, nor will gains derived from the disposal of our ordinary shares or ADSs be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

No stamp duty is payable in respect of the issue of our ordinary shares or on an instrument of transfer in respect of our ordinary shares, unless the relevant instruments are executed in, or after execution brought within, the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands or our company holds interests in land in the Cayman Islands.

Pursuant to section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands, the Company may obtain an undertaking from the Governor-in-Cabinet that:

 

  (i)

no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profit or income or gains or appreciations shall apply to the Company or its operations; and

 

  (ii)

no tax be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable by the Company:

 

181


Table of Contents
   

on or in respect of the shares, debenture, or other obligations of the Company; or

 

   

by way of withholding in whole or in party of any relevant payment as defined in section 6(3) of the Tax Concessions Law (as amended).

These concessions shall be for a period of 20 years from December 7, 2020.

PRC Taxation

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside China with “de facto management body” within China is considered as a Tax Resident Enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate on its worldwide income. The implementation rules of the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In April 2009, the SAT issued SAT Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” text should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to SAT Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in China; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel located in China; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located or maintained in China; and (iv) at least 50% of board members with voting rights or senior executives habitually reside in China.

As advised by our PRC Counsel, our company will not be considered as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes as (i) our company is incorporated outside of China and not controlled by a PRC enterprise or PRC enterprise group; and (ii) it does not meet all of the conditions above. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” There can be no assurance that PRC tax authorities will ultimately not take a different view.

As our company is not deemed to be a PRC resident, holders of the ADSs and ordinary shares who are not PRC residents will not be subject to PRC income tax on dividends distributed by us or gains realized from the sale or other disposition of our shares or ADSs. Therefore, no PRC income tax will be payable by the holders of the ADSs and ordinary shares who are not PRC resident on above situations. SAT Public Notice 7 further clarifies that, if a non-resident enterprise derives income by acquiring and selling shares in an offshore listed enterprise in the public market, such income will not be subject to PRC tax. For risks related to PRC taxes, see “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in China—If we are classified as a “resident enterprise” of China under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, we and our non-PRC shareholders could be subject to unfavorable tax consequences, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.”

 

182


Table of Contents

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the ownership and disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder (as defined below) that holds the ADSs or ordinary shares as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment) under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. This discussion is based upon existing U.S. federal tax law, which is subject to differing interpretations or change, possibly with retroactive effect. No ruling has been sought from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to any U.S. federal income tax consequences described below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position. This discussion, moreover, does not address any U.S. federal non-income tax considerations, including estate or gift tax considerations, the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, the alternative minimum tax or the special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code, or any state, local or non-U.S. tax considerations, relating to the ownership or disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares. The following summary also does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular investors in light of their individual circumstances or to persons in special tax situations such as:

 

   

banks and other financial institutions;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

pension plans;

 

   

cooperatives;

 

   

regulated investment companies;

 

   

real estate investment trusts;

 

   

corporations that accumulate income to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

broker-dealers;

 

   

dealers or traders that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

 

   

certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents;

 

   

tax-exempt entities (including private foundations);

 

   

governmental organizations;

 

   

investors who acquire their ADSs or ordinary shares pursuant to any employee share option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

investors that will hold their ADSs or ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

investors that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

investors required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to their ADSs or ordinary shares as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement;

 

   

investors that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our stock (by vote or value); or

 

   

partnerships or other entities or arrangements taxable as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares through such entities,

all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those discussed below.

Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the application of U.S. federal taxation to its particular circumstances, and the state, local, non-U.S. and other tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares.

 

183


Table of Contents

General

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of the ADSs or ordinary shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created in, or organized under the law of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (A) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) that has otherwise validly elected to be treated as a U.S. person under the Code.

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of the ADSs or ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding the ADSs or ordinary shares and their partners are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, it is generally expected that a U.S. Holder of ADSs will be treated as the beneficial owner of the underlying shares represented by the ADSs. The remainder of this discussion assumes that a U.S. Holder of the ADSs will be treated in this manner. Accordingly, deposits or withdrawals of ordinary shares for ADSs will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

Dividends

Subject to the discussion below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company,” distributions paid on the ADSs or ordinary shares out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, will generally be includible in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as dividend income on the day actually or constructively received by the U.S. Holder, in the case of ordinary shares, or by the depositary, in the case of ADSs. Because we do not intend to determine our earnings and profits on the basis of U.S. federal income tax principles, any distribution we pay will generally be treated as a “dividend” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Dividends received on the ADSs or ordinary shares will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from U.S. corporations. The amount of any dividend income paid in foreign currency will be the U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date of receipt, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars on such date. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the amount received. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of receipt.

Individuals and other non-corporate U.S. Holders may be subject to tax on dividend income from a “qualified foreign corporation” at a lower capital gains rate rather than the marginal tax rates generally applicable to ordinary income, provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met. A non-U.S. corporation (other than a corporation that is classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) will generally be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (i) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the U.S. which the Secretary of the Treasury of the U.S. determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and which includes an exchange of information program, or (ii) with respect to any dividend it pays on stock (or ADSs in respect of such stock) which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. We expect the ADSs (but not our ordinary shares) will be readily tradeable on an established securities market in the United States. Since we do not expect that our ordinary shares will be listed on an established securities market, it is unclear whether dividends that we pay on our ordinary shares that are not represented by ADSs will meet the conditions required for the reduced tax rate. There can be no assurance that, the ADSs will continue to be considered readily tradeable on an established securities market in later years. Non-corporate U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the availability of these reduced tax rates in their particular circumstances and in light of our possible PFIC status for any taxable year.

 

184


Table of Contents

Dividends will generally be treated as income from foreign sources for United States foreign tax credit purposes and will generally constitute passive category income. In the event that we are deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, a U.S. Holder may be subject to PRC withholding taxes on dividends paid on the ADSs or ordinary shares (see “—PRC Taxation”). For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of the dividend income will include amounts withheld in respect of PRC withholding tax, if any. Depending on the U.S. Holder’s individual facts and circumstances, a U.S. Holder may be eligible, subject to a number of complex limitations, to claim a foreign tax credit not in excess of any applicable treaty rate in respect of any foreign withholding taxes imposed on dividends received on the ADSs or ordinary shares. A U.S. Holder who does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign tax withheld may instead claim a deduction, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in respect of such withholding, but only for a year in which such holder elects to do so for all creditable foreign income taxes. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex and their outcome depends in large part on the U.S. Holder’s individual facts and circumstances. Accordingly, U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular circumstances.

Sale or Other Disposition

Subject to the discussion below under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company,” a U.S. Holder will generally recognize gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition and the holder’s adjusted tax basis in such ADSs or ordinary shares. The gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss. Any capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the ADSs or ordinary shares have been held for more than one year. The deductibility of a capital loss is subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that the U.S. Holder recognizes will generally be treated as U.S.-source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes, which will generally limit the availability of foreign tax credits. However, we may be deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law. In such event, if PRC tax were to be imposed on any gain from the disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares, a U.S. Holder that is eligible for the benefits of the United States-PRC income tax treaty may elect to treat such gain as PRC source income. If a U.S. Holder is not eligible for the benefits of the United States-PRC income tax treaty or fails to make the election to treat any gain as foreign source, then such U.S. Holder may not be able to use the foreign tax credit arising from any PRC tax imposed on the disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares unless such credit can be applied (subject to applicable limitations) against U.S. federal income tax due on other income derived from foreign sources in the same income category (generally, the passive category). Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences if a foreign tax is imposed on a disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares, including the availability of the foreign tax credit under its particular circumstances.

Passive Foreign Investment Company

A non-U.S. corporation, such as our company, will be a PFIC if, in the case of any particular taxable year, either (i) 75% or more of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (ii) 50% or more of the value of its assets (generally determined on the basis of a quarterly average) during such year is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash and assets readily convertible into cash are categorized as passive assets and the company’s goodwill and other unbooked intangibles associated with active business activities may generally be classified as active assets. Passive income generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and gains from the disposition of passive assets. For purposes of these rules, we will be treated as owning a proportionate share of the assets and earning a proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, more than 25% (by value) of the stock.

 

185


Table of Contents

We currently cannot express a view as to whether we will be a PFIC for our current or future taxable year. The determination of whether we are a PFIC is a fact-intensive determination made on an annual basis and the applicable law is subject to varying interpretation. In particular, the characterization of our assets as active or passive may depend in part on our current and intended future business plans, which are subject to change. The treatment of our goodwill as a passive or active asset will depend on the allocation of our goodwill to our business assets, which is subject to significant uncertainty. Our status as a PFIC will depend on the nature and composition of our income and the nature, composition and value of our assets (which may be determined based on the fair market value of each asset, with the value of goodwill and going concern value determined in large part by reference to the market value of the ADSs, which may be volatile). Therefore, declines in our market capitalization would adversely affect our PFIC status for any taxable year. Our status may also depend, in part, on how quickly we utilize our current cash balances in our business. Furthermore, prior to the commercialization of any of our product candidates, for any taxable year interest or other passive income may constitute 75% or more of our total gross income. Moreover, it is not entirely clear how the contractual arrangements between us, our VIE and its nominal shareholders will be treated for purposes of the PFIC rules, and we may be or become a PFIC if our VIE is treated as owned by us for these purposes. Even if we determine that we are not a PFIC for a taxable year, there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, will agree with our conclusion and that the IRS would not successfully challenge our position. Because our PFIC status is a factual determination, our U.S. counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status for any taxable year.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds the ADSs or ordinary shares, and unless the U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election or a QEF election (each as described below), the U.S. Holder will generally be subject to special tax rules that have a penalizing effect, regardless of whether we remain a PFIC, on (i) any excess distribution that we make to the U.S. Holder (which generally means any distribution paid during a taxable year to a U.S. Holder that is greater than 125 percent of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares. Under the PFIC rules:

 

   

the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares;

 

   

the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable years in the U.S. Holder’s holding period prior to the first taxable year in which we are classified as a PFIC (each, a “pre-PFIC year”), will be taxable as ordinary income;

 

   

the amount allocated to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year, will be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that year; and

 

   

the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the tax attributable to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds the ADSs or ordinary shares and any of the entities in which we hold equity interests (including generally, our VIE or any of the entities in which our VIE holds equity interests) is also a PFIC (in each case, a “lower-tier PFIC”), such U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC for purposes of the application of these rules. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of the entities in which we hold equity interests, our VIE or any of the entities in which our VIE holds equity interests.

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owned ADSs or ordinary shares, we would generally continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to the U.S. Holder for all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder owned the ADSs or ordinary shares, even if we ceased to meet the threshold requirements for PFIC status, unless the U.S. Holder made a timely “deemed sale” election, in which case any gain on the deemed sale would be taxed under the PFIC rules described above.

 

186


Table of Contents

As an alternative to the foregoing rules, a U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such stock. If a U.S. Holder makes this election with respect to the ADSs, the holder will generally (i) include as ordinary income for each taxable year that we are a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of ADSs held at the end of the taxable year over the adjusted tax basis of such ADSs and (ii) deduct as an ordinary loss in each such taxable year the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of the ADSs over the fair market value of such ADSs held at the end of the taxable year, but such deduction will only be allowed to the extent of the amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. The U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ADSs would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss resulting from the mark-to-market election. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election in respect of the ADSs and we cease to be classified as a PFIC, the U.S. Holder will not be required to take into account the gain or loss described above during any period that we are not classified as a PFIC. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election, any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes upon the sale or other disposition of the ADSs in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but such loss will only be treated as ordinary loss to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election.

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” which is stock that is regularly traded on a qualified exchange or other market as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. The ADSs will be treated as “regularly traded” for any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of the ADSs are traded on a qualified exchange for at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. The Nasdaq Global Select Market, where the ADSs are listed, is a qualified exchange for this purpose.

Because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for any lower-tier PFICs that we may own, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to such U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If a U.S. Holder makes an effective qualified electing fund election, or QEF election, the U.S. Holder will be required to include in gross income each year, whether or not we make distributions, as capital gains, such U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of our net capital gains and, as ordinary income, such U.S. Holder’s pro rata share of our earnings in excess of our net capital gains. Inclusions of net capital gains and ordinary income under a QEF election is required only for our taxable years in which we are a PFIC. An electing U.S. Holder’s basis in our ordinary shares or ADSs will be increased to reflect the amount of any taxed but undistributed income. Distributions of income that had previously been taxed will result in a corresponding reduction of basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs and generally will not be taxed again as distributions to the U.S. Holder. In addition, a U.S. Holder that makes a QEF election will be taxed on the disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs as described in “Sale or Other Disposition” above. In order to apply the QEF regime in lieu of the general PFIC rules described above a U.S. Holder generally must make the QEF election for the first taxable year that we are treated as a PFIC.

A U.S. Holder can only make a QEF election with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs in a PFIC if the Company agrees to furnish such U.S. Holder with certain information annually. If we determine that the Company is a PFIC in any taxable year, we intend to make available to U.S. Holders, upon request and in accordance with applicable procedures, a “PFIC Annual Information Statement” with respect to the Company for such taxable year. The “PFIC Annual Information Statement” may be used by U.S. Holders for purposes of complying with the reporting requirements applicable to a QEF election with respect to the Company.

U.S. Holders should note that if they make a QEF election with respect to us, they may be required to pay U.S. federal income tax with respect to their ordinary shares or ADSs for any taxable year significantly in excess of any cash distributions (which are expected to be zero) received on the ordinary shares or ADSs for such taxable year. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding PFIC investments and making QEF elections based on their particular circumstances.

A QEF election with respect to the Company will not apply to any of our lower-tier PFICs. If we determine that any of our current subsidiaries is a lower-tier PFIC for any taxable year, we currently expect that we will provide the information necessary for U.S. Holders to make a QEF election with respect to such lower-tier PFIC, but there can be no assurance that we will be able to provide such information.

If we are a PFIC (or with respect to a particular U.S. Holder are treated as a PFIC) for a taxable year of ours in which we pay a dividend or the prior taxable year, the favorable tax rate described above with respect to dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders would not apply.

If a U.S. Holder owns the ADSs or ordinary shares during any taxable year that we are a PFIC, the holder must generally file an annual IRS Form 8621 or such other form as is required by the U.S. Treasury Department. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisor regarding the potential tax consequences to such holder if we were, are or become a PFIC, including the possibility of making a mark-to-market election.

 

187


Table of Contents

WE STRONGLY URGE YOU TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE IMPACT OF OUR PFIC STATUS ON YOUR INVESTMENT IN THE ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF THE PFIC RULES TO YOUR INVESTMENT IN THE ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Information with Respect to Foreign Financial Assets

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals (and, under proposed regulations, certain entities) may be required to report information relating to the ordinary shares or ADSs, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for ordinary shares or ADSs held in accounts maintained by certain U.S. financial institutions). Such U.S. Holders who fail to timely furnish the required information may be subject to a penalty. Additionally, if a U.S. Holder does not file the required information, the statute of limitations with respect to tax returns of the U.S. Holder to which the information relates may not close until three years after such information is filed. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding their reporting obligations with respect to their ownership and disposition of the ordinary shares or ADSs.

F.    Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G.    Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H.    Documents on Display

We are subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers, and are required to file reports and other information with the SEC. Specifically, we are required to file annually an annual report on Form 20-F within four months after the end of each fiscal year, which is December 31. All information filed with the SEC can be obtained over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of quarterly reports and proxy statements, and officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

We will furnish the Bank of New York Mellon, the depositary of the ADSs, with our annual reports, which will include a review of operations and annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, and all notices of shareholders’ meetings and other reports and communications that are made generally available to our shareholders. The depositary will make such notices, reports and communications available to holders of ADSs and, upon our request, will mail to all record holders of ADSs the information contained in any notice of a shareholders’ meeting received by the depositary from us.

 

188


Table of Contents

In accordance with Nasdaq Stock Market Rule 5250(d), we will post this annual report on Form 20-F on our website at ir.gracellbio.com. In addition, we will provide hardcopies of our annual report free of charge to shareholders and ADS holders upon request.

I.    Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

 

Item 11.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Foreign currency exchange risk

Most of our revenues and expenses are denominated in Renminbi. We do not believe that we currently have any significant direct foreign exchange risk and have not used any derivative financial instruments to hedge exposure to such risk. Although our exposure to foreign exchange risks should be limited in general, the value of your investment in the ADSs will be affected by the exchange rate between U.S. dollar and Renminbi because the value of our business is effectively denominated in Renminbi, while the ADSs are traded in U.S. dollars.

The conversion of Renminbi into foreign currencies, including U.S. dollars, is based on rates set by the People’s Bank of China. The Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars into Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the Renminbi amount we receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our ordinary shares or ADSs or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amounts available to us.

As of December 31, 2020, we had RMB-denominated cash of RMB72.0 million (US$11.0 million). We estimate that a 10% depreciation of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar based on the foreign exchange rate on December 31, 2020 would result in a decrease of RMB7.2 million (US$1.1 million) in our total assets as of December 31, 2020, and a 10% appreciation of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar based on the foreign exchange rate on December 31, 2020 would result in an increase of RMB7.2 million (US$1.2 million) in our total assets as of December 31, 2020.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate sensitivities. We held cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments of RMB773.1 million (US$118.5 million) as of December 31, 2020. We generally hold our cash in interest-bearing money market accounts. Due to the short-term maturities of our cash equivalents and short-term investments and the low risk profile of our investments, an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our cash equivalents and short-term investments.

Inflation

To date, inflation in China has not materially affected our results of operations. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the year-over-year percent changes in the consumer price index for December 2018, 2019 and 2020 were increases of 1.9%, 4.5% and 2.5%, respectively. Although we have not been materially affected by inflation in the past, we may be affected if China experiences higher rates of inflation in the future. For example, certain operating expenses, such as employee compensation and rental and related expenses for office space may increase as a result of higher inflation. Additionally, because a substantial portion of our assets consists of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, high inflation could significantly reduce the value and purchasing power of these assets. We are not able to hedge our exposure to higher inflation in China.

 

189


Table of Contents
Item 12.

Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

A.    Debt Securities

Not applicable.

B.    Warrants and Rights

Not applicable.

C.    Other Securities

Not applicable.

D.    American Depositary Shares

Fees and Charges ADS holders May Have to Pay

An ADS holder will be required to pay the following service fees to the depositary bank and certain taxes and governmental charges (in addition to any applicable fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges payable on the deposited securities represented by any of the ADSs):

 

Persons depositing or withdrawing Class A ordinary
shares or ADS holders must pay:

  

For:

$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)   

•  Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property

  

•  Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates

$0.05 (or less) per ADS   

•  Any cash distribution to ADS holders

A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs   

•  Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities (including rights) that are distributed by the depositary to ADS holders

$0.05 (or less) per ADS per calendar year   

•  Depositary services

Registration or transfer fees   

•  Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares

Expenses of the depositary   

•  Cable (including SWIFT) and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)

  

•  Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars

 

190


Table of Contents
Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian has to pay on any ADSs or shares underlying ADSs, such as stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes   

•  As necessary

Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities   

•  As necessary

The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable (or by selling a portion of securities or other property distributable) to ADS holders that are obligated to pay those fees. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

The depositary may convert currency itself or through any of its affiliates, or the custodian or we may convert currency and pay U.S. dollars to the depositary. Where the depositary converts currency itself or through any of its affiliates, the depositary acts as principal for its own account and not as agent, advisor, broker or fiduciary on behalf of any other person and earns revenue, including, without limitation, transaction spreads, that it will retain for its own account. The revenue is based on, among other things, the difference between the exchange rate assigned to the currency conversion made under the deposit agreement and the rate that the depositary or its affiliate receives when buying or selling foreign currency for its own account. The depositary makes no representation that the exchange rate used or obtained by it or its affiliate in any currency conversion under the deposit agreement will be the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to ADS holders, subject to the depositary’s obligation to act without negligence or bad faith. The methodology used to determine exchange rates used in currency conversions made by the depositary is available upon request.

Fees and Other Payments Made by the Depositary to Us

From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse us for costs and expenses generally arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program, waive fees and expenses for services provided to us by the depositary or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS holders. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers, foreign currency dealers or other service providers that are owned by or affiliated with the depositary and that may earn or share fees, spreads or commissions. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we did not receive any reimbursement from the depositary for our expenses incurred in connection with the establishment and maintenance of the ADS program.

Payment of Taxes

You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable on your ADSs or on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs. The depositary may refuse to register any transfer of your ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities represented by your ADSs until those taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities represented by your ADSs to pay any taxes owed and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to ADS holders any proceeds, or send to ADS holders any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes.

 

191


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 13.

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

None.

 

Item 14.

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders

None.

Use of Proceeds

The following “Use of Proceeds” information relates to the registration statement on Form F-1, as amended (File Number 333-251494) (the “F-1 Registration Statement”) in relation to our initial public offering of 12,650,000 ADSs representing 63,250,000 ordinary shares, at an initial offering price of US$19.00 per ADS. Our initial public offering closed in January 2021. Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., Jefferies LLC, Piper Sandler & Co. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC were the representatives of the underwriters for our initial public offering. Counting in the ADSs sold upon the exercise of the over-allotment option by our underwriters, we offered and sold 12,650,000 ADSs and received a total amount of US$220.2 million in net proceeds.

The F-1 Registration Statement was declared effective by the SEC on January 7, 2021. We received net proceeds of approximately US$191.1 million from our initial public offering (or approximately US$220.2 million counting in the ADSs sold upon the exercise of the over-allotment option by our underwriters) and incurred approximately US$47.9 million in underwriting discounts and commissions and an estimated amount of approximately US$3.3 million in other costs and expenses in connection with the offering. None of the offering expenses included any direct or indirect payments to directors or officers of our company or their associates, persons owning more than 10% or more of our equity securities or our affiliates. None of the net proceeds from the offering were paid, directly or indirectly, to any of our directors or officers or their associates, persons owning 10% or more of our equity securities or our affiliates.

We intend to use the proceeds from our initial public offering as disclosed in the F-1 Registration Statement.

 

Item 15.

Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, which is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act, as of December 31, 2020.

Based upon that evaluation, our management has concluded that, due to material weaknesses identified below, as of December 31, 2020, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective in ensuring that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act was recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report by our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly listed public companies.

 

192


Table of Contents

Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for newly public companies.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

During the audit of our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, one material weakness was identified in our internal control over financial reporting. Under standards established by the PCAOB, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness that has been identified relate to our lack of sufficient and competent financial reporting and accounting personnel with appropriate knowledge of U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting and compliance requirements to prepare consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

We are in the process of implementing a number of measures to address the material weakness that has been identified including: (i) hiring additional accounting and financial reporting personnel with U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting experience and qualifications, (ii) expanding the capabilities of existing accounting and financial reporting personnel through continuous training and education in the accounting and reporting requirements under U.S. GAAP, and SEC rules and regulations, and (iii) enhancing internal audit function as well as engaging an external consulting firm to assist us in assessing compliance with the SEC requirements and improve overall internal control.

We may incur significant costs in the implementation of such measures. We cannot assure you that all these measures will be sufficient to remediate our material weakness in time, or at all. Additionally, we cannot assure you that we have identified all, or that we will not in the future have additional, material weaknesses. As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in revenue for our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Other than as described above, there were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report on Form 20-F that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 16A.

Audit Committee Financial Expert

Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Wendy Hayes, an independent director (under the standards set forth in Nasdaq Stock Market Rule 5605(a)(2) and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act) and member of our audit committee, is an audit committee financial expert.

 

Item 16B.

Code of Ethics

Our board of directors adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees in December 2020. We have posted a copy of our code of business conduct and ethics on our website at http://irgracellbio.com/.

 

193


Table of Contents
Item 16C.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees by categories specified below in connection with certain professional services rendered by PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP, our principal external auditors, for the periods indicated.

 

     2019      2020  

Audit fees(1)

   US$ 638      US$ 530  

All other fees(2)

   US$ 52      US$ 50  

 

(1)

“Audit fees” means the aggregate fees billed in each of the fiscal years listed for professional services rendered by our principal auditors for the audit of our annual financial statements and assistance with and review of documents filed with the SEC. In 2019 and 2020, the audit refers to financial audit.

 

(2)

“All other fees” means the aggregate fees billed in each of the fiscal years listed for professional services rendered by our principal auditors associated with certain permitted tax services, permissible services to review and comment on internal control design over financial reporting and other advisory services.

The policy of our audit committee is to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP, including audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services as described above, other than those for de minimis services which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit.

 

Item 16D.

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.

 

Item 16E.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

 

Item 16F.

Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

Not applicable.

 

Item 16G.

Corporate Governance

As a Cayman Islands exempted company listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, we are subject to the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards. However, Nasdaq Stock Market Rules permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, may differ significantly from the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors— Risks Related to the ADSs—Since shareholder rights under Cayman Islands law differ from those under U.S. law, you may have difficulty protecting your shareholder rights.”

We have elected to follow home country practice in lieu the requirement that the compensation committee be comprised solely of independent directors under Rule 5605(d)(2)(A) of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors— Risks Related to the ADSs—As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we will, rely on exemptions from certain Nasdaq corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers, including the requirement that a majority of an issuer’s directors consist of independent directors. This may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs.” Other than the home country practices described above, we are not aware of any significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those followed by U.S. domestic companies under Nasdaq Stock Market Rules.

 

194


Table of Contents
Item 16H.

Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.

 

195


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 17.

Financial Statements

We have elected to provide financial statements pursuant to Item 18.

 

Item 18.

Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements of Gracell Biotechnologies Inc., its subsidiaries and its consolidated variable interest entities are included at the end of this annual report.

 

Item 19.

Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Document

1.1    Fourth Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
2.1    Registrant’s Specimen American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 2.3)
2.2    Registrant’s Specimen Certificate for Ordinary Shares (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
2.3    Deposit Agreement, among the Registrant, the depositary and holder and beneficial owners of the American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder, dated January 7, 2021 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the registration statement on Form S-8 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 25, 2021 (File No. 333-253486))
2.4    Second Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated as of October  20, 2020, among the Registrant and other parties thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
2.5*    Description of Securities
4.1    Third Amended and Restated 2017 Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.2    2020 Share Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333- 251494))
4.3    Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its directors and executive officers (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.4    Form of Director Agreement between the Registrant and a director of the Registrant (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.5    Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and its executive officer (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.6    Spouse Consent Letter from the spouse of a shareholder of Shanghai Gracell Biotech, dated November  10, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))

 

196


Table of Contents
4.7    Technical Consultation and Service Agreement between Gracell Bioscience and Shanghai Gracell Biotech dated January  3, 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.8    Business Cooperation Agreement between Gracell Bioscience and Shanghai Gracell Biotech dated January  3, 2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.9    Amendment to Voting Rights Proxy Agreement and Power of Attorney among Shanghai Gracell Biotech, Gracell Bioscience and Dr.  William Wei Cao dated November 10, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December  18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.10    Voting Rights Proxy Agreement and Power of Attorney among Shanghai Gracell Biotech, Gracell Bioscience and Xiaomi Hua dated November  10, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.11    Equity Pledge Supplementary Agreement among Gracell Bioscience, Shanghai Gracell Biotech and Dr. William Wei Cao dated November  10, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.12    Equity Pledge Agreement among Gracell Bioscience, Shanghai Gracell Biotech and Xiaomi Hua dated November  10, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.13    Amendment to Call Option Agreement among Gracell Bioscience, Shanghai Gracell Biotech and Dr. William Wei Cao dated November  10, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.14    Call Option Agreement among Gracell Bioscience, Shanghai Gracell Biotech and Xiaomi Hua dated November  10, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.15    Translation of Loan Agreement between Suzhou Gracell Biotech and Bank of China dated January  15, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.16    Translation of Loan Agreement between Suzhou Gracell Biotech and Suzhou Industrial Park  Sub-branch of China Construction Bank dated May  11, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.17    Translation of Loan Agreement between Suzhou Gracell Biotech and Suzhou Industrial Park  Sub-branch of China Construction Bank dated June  4, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))

 

197


Table of Contents
4.18    Translation of Loan Agreement between Suzhou Gracell Biotech and Suzhou Industrial Park  Sub-branch of China Construction Bank dated July  16, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.19    Translation of Loan Agreement between Suzhou Gracell Biotech and Suzhou Industrial Park  Sub-branch of China Construction Bank dated September  10, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.20*    Translation of Loan Agreement between Suzhou Gracell Biotech and Suzhou Industrial Park Sub-branch of China Construction Bank dated November 12, 2020
4.21*    Translation of Loan Agreement between Suzhou Gracell Biotech and Suzhou Industrial Park Sub-branch of China Construction Bank dated December 11, 2020
4.22    Translation of Loan Agreement between Suzhou Gracell Biotech and China Merchants Bank Co., Ltd Suzhou Branch dated July  24, 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.23*    Translation of Loan Agreement between Suzhou Gracell Biotech and China Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. dated December 11, 2020
4.24*    Translation of Loan Agreement between Suzhou Gracell Biotech and China CITIC Bank dated December 17, 2020
4.25*    Translation of Loan Agreement between Suzhou Gracell Biotech and China CITIC Bank dated December 17, 2020
4.26*    Translation of Loan Agreement between Suzhou Gracell Biotech and China CITIC Bank dated March 30, 2021
4.27*    Translation of Contract of Maximum Guarantee between Gracell Bioscience and China Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. dated May 6, 2020
4.28*    Translation of Contract of Maximum Guarantee between Shanghai Gracell Biotech and China Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. dated May 6, 2020
4.29*    Translation of Contract of Maximum Guarantee between Shanghai Gracell Biotech and China CITIC Bank, dated December 9, 2020
4.30^    Exclusive License Agreement between Unitex Capital, Ltd and Promab Biotechnologies, Inc. dated April  19, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
4.31^    Amended and Restated No.  1 to Exclusive License Agreement with Sublicensing Terms among Shanghai Gracell Biotech, Unitex Capital, Ltd and Promab Biotechnologies, Inc. dated November  29, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))
8.1*    List of significant subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entity of the Registrant
11.1    Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2020 (File No. 333-251494))

 

198


Table of Contents
12.1*    Certification by Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
12.2*    Certification by Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13.1**    Certification by Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13.2**    Certification by Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
15.1*    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP, an independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
15.2*    Consent of Harney Westwood & Riegels
15.3*    Consent of AllBright Law Offices

101.INS* XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document

101.PRE* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

*

Filed with this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

**

Furnished with this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

^

Pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, certain portions of this exhibit have been redacted because they are both not material and would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

 

199


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing its annual report on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

    Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.
    By:  

/s/ William Wei Cao

     

Name:  William Wei Cao

     

Title:   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

Date: April 23, 2021      

 

200


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     PAGES  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2020

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2018, 2019 and 2020

     F-6  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Gracell Biotechnologies Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, of changes in shareholders’ deficit and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP

Shanghai, the People’s Republic of China

April 23, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2020

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

          As of December 31,  
     Notes    2019     2020  
          RMB$     RMB     US$  
                      (Note 2)  

ASSETS

         

Current assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

        312,058       754,308       115,603  

Short-term investments

        4,200       18,743       2,872  

Prepayments and other current assets

   3      24,095       42,418       6,501  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

        340,353       815,469       124,976  

Property, equipment and software, net

   4      48,323       119,083       18,250  

Other non-current assets

   5      23,541       30,398       4,658  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

        412,217       964,950       147,884  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

         

Current liabilities:

         

Accruals and other current liabilities (including accruals and other current liabilities of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to the Company of RMB7,886 and RMB11,157 as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)

   6      18,166       42,401       6,498  

Short-term borrowings (including accruals and short-term borrowings of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to the Company of nil and RMB49,990 as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)

   7      —         49,990       7,661  

Current portion of long-term borrowings (including accruals and current portion of long-term borrowings of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to the Company of nil and RMB970 as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)

   7      —         970       149  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        18,166       93,361       14,308  

Convertible loans (including convertible loans of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to the Company of nil and nil as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)

   9      138,695       —         —    

Long-term borrowings (including long-term borrowings of the consolidated VIEs without recourse to the Company of nil and RMB51,926 as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)

   7      —         51,926       7,958  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

        156,861       145,287       22,266  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

   14       

Mezzanine equity:

         

Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$ 0.0001 par value; 31,343,284 and 31,343,284 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)

   9      82,334       110,468       16,930  

Series B-1 convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$ 0.0001 par value; nil and 21,735,721 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)

   9      —         142,481       21,836  

Series B-2 convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$ 0.0001 par value; 59,327,653 and 59,327,653 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)

   9      465,509       495,799       75,985  

Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$ 0.0001 par value; nil and 61,364,562 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)

   9      —         658,788       100,963  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mezzanine equity

        547,843       1,407,536       215,714  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ deficit:

         

Ordinary shares (par value of US$0.0001 per share; 500,000,000 and 500,000,000 shares authorized; 99,044,776 and 99,044,776 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)

   8      68       68       10  

Additional paid-in capital

        —         —         —    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

        (3,159     (23,912     (3,665

Accumulated deficit

        (289,396     (564,029     (86,441
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit

        (292,487     (587,873     (90,096
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

        412,217       964,950       147,884  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018, 2019 AND 2020

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

          For the years ended
December 31,
 
     Notes    2018     2019     2020  
          RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  
                            (Note 2)  

Expenses

           

Research and development expenses

        (52,243     (119,218     (168,830     (25,874

Administrative expenses

        (10,261     (27,362     (45,566     (6,983
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

        (62,504     (146,580     (214,396     (32,857

Interest income

        1,435       3,932       2,870       440  

Interest expense

        —         —         (2,155     (330

Other income

        256       1,449       4,707       721  

Foreign exchange gain (loss), net

        —         2,556       (2,914     (447

Others, net

        20       (21     (12     (2
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

        (60,793     (138,664     (211,900     (32,475

Income tax expense

   11      —         —         —         —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

        (60,793     (138,664     (211,900     (32,475

Deemed dividend to convertible redeemable preferred shareholders

        —         (25,390     —         —    

Accretion of convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

   9      (12,199     (36,802     (62,733     (9,614
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.’s ordinary shareholders

        (72,992     (200,856     (274,633     (42,089
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

           

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of nil tax

        —         (3,159     (20,753     (3,181
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss attributable to Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.’s ordinary shareholders

        (72,992     (204,015     (295,386     (45,270
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in per share calculation:

           

—Basic

   12      100,089,552       99,053,363       99,044,776       99,044,776  

—Diluted

   12      100,089,552       99,053,363       99,044,776       99,044,776  

Net loss per share attributable to Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.’s ordinary shareholders

           

—Basic

   12      (0.73     (2.03     (2.77     (0.42

—Diluted

   12      (0.73     (2.03     (2.77     (0.42

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018, 2019 AND 2020

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

     Ordinary shares     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total
shareholders’
deficit
 
     Number of
shares
    Amount  
           RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Balance as of January 1, 2018

     100,089,552       69       876       —         (8,974     (8,029

Net loss

     —         —               —         (60,793     (60,793

Accretion of convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

     —         —         (876     —         (11,323     (12,199
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

     100,089,552       69       —         —         (81,090     (81,021

Net loss

     —         —         —         —         (138,664     (138,664

Repurchase of ordinary shares (Note 8)

     (1,044,776     (1     —         —         (7,450     (7,451

Repurchase of convertible redeemable preferred shares (Note 9)

     —         —         —         —         (25,390     (25,390

Accretion of convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

     —         —         —         —         (36,802     (36,802

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —         —         —         (3,159     —         (3,159
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     99,044,776       68       —         (3,159     (289,396     (292,487
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     —         —         —         —         (211,900     (211,900

Accretion of convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

     —         —         —         —         (62,733     (62,733

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —         —         —         (20,753     —         (20,753

Balance as of December 31, 2020

     99,044,776       68       —         (23,912     (564,029     (587,873
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018, 2019 AND 2020

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
 
     2018     2019     2020  
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  
                       (Note 2)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

        

Net loss

     (60,793     (138,664     (211,900     (32,475

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     2,992       5,124       21,589       3,309  

Foreign exchange (gain) loss, net

     —         (2,556     2,914       447  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Prepayments and other current assets

     (10,612     (10,023     (18,295     (2,804

Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities

     6,557       10,726       7,543       1,156  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (61,856     (135,393     (198,149     (30,367
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

        

Purchase of property, equipment and software

     (11,357     (56,432     (79,400     (12,169

Investments in short-term investments

     (335,000     (80,200     (28,055     (4,300

Proceeds from disposal of short-term investments

     233,000       178,000       13,514       2,071  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) generated from investing activities

     (113,357     41,368       (93,941     (14,398
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

        

Proceeds from issuance of convertible loans

     138,695       —         —         —    

Repayment of convertible loans

     —         —         (138,695     (21,256

Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred shares, net of issuance costs

     —         439,501       795,420       121,903  

Repurchase of ordinary shares and preferred shares

     —         (44,705     —         —    

Proceeds from bank borrowings

     10,000       —         103,008       15,787  

Repayments of bank borrowings

     (10,000     —         (122     (19

Payment of initial public offering costs

     —           (3,144     (482
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from financing activities

     138,695       394,796       756,467       115,933  

Effect of exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents

     —         (603     (22,127     (3,390
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (36,518     300,168       442,250       67,778  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year

     48,408       11,890       312,058       47,825  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year

     11,890       312,058       754,308       115,603  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cashflow disclosures:

        

Interest paid

     —         —         2,155       330  

Non-cash activities:

        

Deemed dividend to convertible redeemable preferred shareholders

     —         25,390       —         —    

Accretion of convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

     12,199       36,802       62,733       9,614  

Payables for deferred initial public offering cost

     —         —         14,924       2,287  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

(a) Nature of operations

Gracell Biotechnologies Inc. (the “Company”), an exempted company with limited liability, was incorporated in Cayman Islands on May 22, 2018. The Company, through its consolidated subsidiaries and variable interest entity (“VIE”) (collectively referred to as the “Group”) engaged primarily in the business of discovering and developing cell therapies to resolve industry challenges and fulfill unmet medical needs in the treatment of cancer (collectively referred to as the “Gracell Business”). The Group’s principal operation and geographic market is in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”).

(b) Reorganization

The Group carried out its principal business in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) since May 22, 2017 mainly through Gracell Biotechnologies (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (“Gracell Biotechnologies” or the “VIE”) in the PRC. In connection with the Company’s planned initial public offering on the overseas capital market and facilitate offshore financing, the Group underwent a reorganization through which Gracell Biotechnologies (HK) Limited and Gracell Bioscience (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., (the “WFOE”), were established. The Company then entered into a series of contractual arrangements among the WFOE, the VIE and the VIE’s shareholders in January 2019 and the VIE’s shareholders swapped their shares in the VIE for shares in the Company to establish the Company as the ultimate holding company and the VIE became the variable interest entity of the Group (“Reorganization”).

As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s principal subsidiaries are as follows:

 

   

Date of

incorporation

 

Place of

incorporation

 

Percentage of
legal

ownership

by the Company

  

Principal activities

Subsidiaries

        

Gracell Biotechnologies Holdings Limited (“Gracell BVI”)

  May 22, 2018   British VirginIslands   100%    Investment holding

Gracell Biotechnologies (HK) Limited

  June 7, 2018   Hong Kong   100%    Investment holding

Gracell Bioscience (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

  August 24, 2018   The PRC   100%    Research and development of innovative medicines

Gracell Biopharmaceuticals, Inc.

  February 11, 2020   The United States of America   100%    Research and development of innovative medicines

Gracell Biomedicine (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

  August 19, 2020   The PRC   100%    Research and development of innovative medicines

VIE

        

Gracell Biotechnologies (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

  May 22, 2017   The PRC   —      Research and development of innovative medicines

VIE’s subsidiary

        

Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd. (“Suzhou Gracell”)

  April 23, 2018   The PRC   —      Research and development of innovative medicines

On January 12, 2021, the Company completed its Initial Public Offering and became listed on the Nasdaq Global Selected Market (see Note 16 for details).

 

F-7


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION (CONTINUED)

 

(c) Basis of Presentation for the Reorganization

The Reorganization consists of transferring the Gracell Business to the Group, which is controlled by the founder immediately before and after the Reorganization. The Reorganization was a recapitalization with no substantial changes in the shareholding of the Company. Accordingly, the Reorganization is accounted for as a transaction under common control. Therefore, the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and cash flows of the Gracell Business for the periods presented and are prepared on a carryover basis as if the corporate structure of the Group after the Reorganization had been in existence throughout the periods presented. Accordingly, the effect of the ordinary shares and the preferred shares issued by the Company pursuant to the Reorganization have been presented retrospectively as of the beginning of the earliest period presented on the consolidated financial statements or the original issue date, whichever is later, as if such shares were issued by the Company when the Group issued such interests.

(d) Contractual agreements with the VIE

Due to restrictions imposed by PRC laws and regulations on foreign ownership of companies engaged in the development and application of human stem cell or gene diagnostic and therapeutic technologies, the Group operates its restricted businesses in the PRC through its VIE, whose equity interests are ultimately held by the founder and other shareholders of the Group through the VIE’s nominee shareholder. The Company obtained control over the VIE by entering into a series of contractual arrangements with the VIE’s legal shareholder who is also referred to as nominee shareholder. The nominee shareholder is the legal owner of the VIE. However, the rights of the nominee shareholder have been transferred to the Group through the contractual arrangements.

The contractual arrangements used to control the VIE are the voting rights proxy agreement, call option agreement, technology consultation and service agreement, business cooperation agreement and equity pledge agreement. The Company’s management concluded that the Company, through the contractual arrangements, has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and bears the risks of and enjoys the rewards normally associated with ownership of the VIE. Therefore, the Company is the ultimate primary beneficiary of the VIE. As such, the Company consolidates the financial statements of the VIE and its subsidiary, and the financial results of the VIE were included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with the basis of presentation as stated in Note 2.

The following is a summary of the principal terms of the contractual agreements entered into by and among the WFOE, the VIE and the nominee shareholders of the VIE are described below:

Voting rights proxy agreement

The WFOE, the Group’s VIE and the nominee shareholders of the VIE have entered into an voting rights proxy agreement, pursuant to which the nominee shareholders of the Group’s VIE irrevocably appointed WFOE or its designated persons as their attorney-in-fact to exercise all of their rights as a shareholder of the VIE, including, but not limited to, propose to hold a shareholders’ meeting, exercise all shareholder’s voting rights with respect to all matters to be discussed and voted in the shareholders’ meeting including but not limited to designate and appoint the director, the chief executive officer and other senior management members of the Company and exercise other voting rights the shareholders are entitled to.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION (CONTINUED)

 

(d) Contractual agreements with the VIE (Continued)

 

Voting rights proxy agreement (Continued)

 

The agreement will remain in force for twenty (20) years and can be extended only if the WFOE gives its written notice of the extension of this agreement before the expiration of this agreement and the other parties shall agree with this extension without reserve.

Call option agreement

The WFOE, the Group’s VIE and the nominee shareholders of the VIE have entered into a call option agreement, pursuant to which the shareholders of the VIE irrevocably granted the WFOE an exclusive option to purchase, or have its designated person to purchase, at its discretion, to the extent permitted under PRC law, all or part of their equity interests in the VIE and the purchase price shall be the lowest price permitted by applicable PRC law. The shareholders undertake that, without the prior written consent of the WFOE, they shall not sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise dispose of its equity interests in the VIE or allow the encumbrance thereon of any security interest, increase or decrease the registered capital of the VIE, appoint or replace any directors of the VIE, sell, transfer, mortgage or dispose of the VIE’s assets or beneficial interest in the business or revenues, conduct any merger, acquisition or investments, declare or distribution any dividend; change or amend articles of association or incur any debts or guarantee liabilities. The exclusive option agreement will remain effective until all equity interests in the VIE are transferred or assigned to the WFOE or its designated representative(s).

Technology consultation and service agreement

The WFOE and the VIE entered into a technology consultation and service agreement under which the WFOE engages the VIE as its exclusive consultant and provider of fund, human, technology and intellectual properties service and technical support, consulting services and other commercial services on exclusive basis in relation to the principal business. The WFOE has exclusive and proprietary rights and interests in all rights, ownership, interests and intellectual properties arising out of or created during the performance of this agreement. During the term of the agreement, the VIE may not enter into any agreement with third parties for the provision of identical or similar service without prior consent of the WFOE. In exchange, WFOE agrees to pay an annual service fee to the VIE and such fee is determined by WFOE based on its services provided including various factors such as WFOE’s incurred technology support and consulting services fees, performance data and the VIE’s revenues. The agreement will remain in force for twenty (20) years and can be extended with WFOE’s written notice of the extension before the expiration of this agreement and the VIE shall agree with this extension without reserve.

Business cooperation agreement

Under the business cooperation agreement entered between the VIE and WFOE, WFOE has the exclusive right to provide to the VIE technology support, consulting services and other commercial services including market analysis and consultation, products research and development, training and operation management consultation services. The VIE can’t sell, dispose, pledge the intellectual property rights created by the performance of this agreement which should be exclusively owned by WFOE. In exchange, WFOE agrees to pay an annual service fee to VIE based on the services provided including various factors such as WFOE’s incurred technology support and consulting services fees, performance data and VIE’s profit. The agreement shall maintain effective unless terminated under applicable PRC laws and regulations.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION (CONTINUED)

 

(d) Contractual agreements with the VIE (Continued)

 

Equity Pledge Agreement

Pursuant to the share pledge agreement entered between the VIE and its shareholders and WFOE, the shareholders of VIE have to pledge all of their equity interests in the VIE to WFOE to guarantee the performance by the VIE and its shareholders’ performance of their respective obligations under the call option agreement, technology consultation and service agreement, and voting rights proxy agreement. If the VIE and/or its shareholders breach their contractual obligations under those agreements, WFOE, as pledgee, will be entitled to certain rights, including the right to sell the pledged equity interests. The shareholders of VIE also undertakes that, during the term of the equity pledge agreements, they shall not dispose of the pledged equity interests or create or allow any encumbrance on the pledged equity interests. During the term of the equity pledge agreement, WFOE has the right to receive all of the dividends and profits distributed on the pledged equity interests. The pledge will remain binding until the VIE and their shareholders discharge all their obligations under the contractual arrangements.

Spouse Consent Letter

On January 3, 2019, the spouse of the founder, unconditionally and irrevocably agreed that the equity interest in the VIE held by the founder will be disposed of pursuant to the equity pledge agreement, the voting rights proxy agreement and the call option agreement. The spouse agreed not to make any assertions in connection with the equity interest in the VIE held by the founder.

Risks in relation to the VIE structure

A significant part of the Group’s business is conducted through the VIE of the Group, of which the Company is the ultimate primary beneficiary. In the opinion of the management, the contractual arrangements with the VIE and the nominee shareholder are in compliance with PRC laws and regulations and is legally binding and enforceable. Nominee shareholders indicate that they will not act contrary to the contractual arrangements. However, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of the PRC laws and regulations including those that govern the contractual arrangements, which could limit the Group’s ability to enforce these contractual arrangements and if nominee shareholders of the VIE was to reduce their interests in the Group, their interest may diverge from that of the Group and that may potentially increase the risk that they would seek to act contrary to the contractual arrangements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION (CONTINUED)

 

(d) Contractual agreements with the VIE (Continued)

 

Risks in relation to the VIE structure (Continued)

 

It is possible that the Group’s operation of certain of its operations and businesses through the VIE could be found by PRC authorities to be in violation of PRC law and regulations prohibiting or restricting foreign ownership of companies that engage in such operations and businesses. While the Group’s management considers the possibility of such a finding by PRC regulatory authorities under current law and regulations to be remote, on March 15, 2019, the National People’s Congress adopted the Foreign Investment Law of the PRC, which became effective on January 1, 2020 and replaces three laws regulating foreign investment in China, namely, the Wholly Foreign-Invested Enterprise Law of the PRC, the Sino-Foreign Cooperative Joint Venture Enterprise Law of the PRC and the Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law of the PRC, together with their implementation rules and ancillary regulations. The Foreign Investment Law of the PRC embodies an expected PRC regulatory trend to rationalize its foreign investment regulatory regime in line with prevailing international practice and the legislative efforts to unify the corporate legal requirements for both foreign and domestic investments. However, since it is relatively new, uncertainties still exist in relation to its interpretation and implementation. For example, the Foreign Investment Law of the PRC adds a catch-all clause to the definition of “foreign investment” so that foreign investment, by its definition, includes “investments made by foreign investors in China through other means defined by other laws or administrative regulations or provisions promulgated by the State Council” without further elaboration on the meaning of “other means.” It leaves leeway for the future legislations promulgated by the State Council to provide for contractual arrangements as a form of foreign investment. It is therefore uncertain whether the Group’s corporate structure will be seen as violating the foreign investment rules as the Group are currently leveraging the contractual arrangements to operate certain businesses in which foreign investors are prohibited from or restricted to investing. Furthermore, if future legislations prescribed by the State Council mandate further actions to be taken by companies with respect to existing contractual arrangement, the Group may face substantial uncertainties as to whether the Group can complete such actions in a timely manner, or at all. If the Group fails to take appropriate and timely measures to comply with any of these or similar regulatory compliance requirements, the Group’s current corporate structure, corporate governance and business operations could be materially and adversely affected.

If the Group’s corporate structure or the contractual arrangements with the VIE were found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws and regulations, the PRC regulatory authorities could, within their respective jurisdictions:

 

   

revoking the business licenses and/or operating licenses of such entities;

 

   

discontinuing or placing restrictions or onerous conditions on the Group’s operation through any transactions between the PRC subsidiary and the VIE;

 

   

imposing fines, confiscating the income from the PRC subsidiary or the VIE, or imposing other requirements with which the VIE may not be able to comply;

 

   

requiring the Group to restructure the ownership structure or operations, including terminating the contractual arrangements with the VIE and deregistering the equity pledges of the VIE, which in turn would affect the Group’s ability to consolidate, derive economic interests from, or exert effective control over the VIE;

 

F-11


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION (CONTINUED)

 

(d) Contractual agreements with the VIE (Continued)

 

Risks in relation to the VIE structure (Continued)

 

   

restricting or prohibiting the Group’s use of the proceeds of this offering to finance the Group’s business and operations in China; or

 

   

taking other regulatory or enforcement actions that could be harmful to the Group’s business.

The imposition of any of these restrictions or actions could result in a material adverse effect on the Group’s ability to conduct its business. In such case, the Group may not be able to operate or control the VIE, which may result in deconsolidation of the VIE in the Group’s consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of the management, the likelihood for the Group to lose such ability is remote based on current facts and circumstances. The Group believes that the contractual arrangements among each of the VIE, their respective shareholders and relevant wholly foreign owned enterprise are in compliance with PRC law and are legally enforceable. The Group’s operations depend on the VIE to honor their contractual arrangements with the Group. These contractual arrangements are governed by PRC law and disputes arising out of these agreements are expected to be decided by arbitration in the PRC. The Company’s management believes that each of the contractual arrangements constitutes valid and legally binding obligations of each party to such contractual arrangements under the PRC laws. However, the interpretation and implementation of the laws and regulations in the PRC and their application on the legality, binding effect and enforceability of contracts are subject to the discretion of competent PRC authorities, and therefore there is no assurance that relevant PRC authorities will take the same position as the Group herein in respect of the legality, binding effect and enforceability of each of the contractual arrangements. Meanwhile, since the PRC legal system continues to evolve, the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules are not always uniform and enforcement of these laws, regulations and rules involve uncertainties, which may limit legal protections available to the Group to enforce the contractual arrangements should the VIE or the nominee shareholders of the VIE fail to perform their obligations under those arrangements.

The contractual arrangements cannot be unilaterally terminated. Management concluded that the Company, through the WFOE and the contractual arrangements, has the power and control to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, bears the risks and enjoys the rewards normally associated with ownership of the VIE, receive substantially all of the economic benefits and residual returns, and absorb substantially all the risks and expected losses from the VIE as if it was their sole shareholder and therefore the Company is the ultimate primary beneficiary of the VIE. As such, the Group consolidates the financial results of the VIE which are prepared in accordance with the basis of presentation as stated in Note 2 below.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION (CONTINUED)

 

(d) Contractual agreements with the VIE (Continued)

 

Risks in relation to the VIE structure (Continued)

 

The following financial information of the Group’s VIE and the VIE’s subsidiary as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 is included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Group as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019      2020  
     RMB      RMB      US$  
                   (Note 2)  

ASSETS

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

     42,153        49,749        7,624  

Short-term investments

     4,200        18,743        2,872  

Amounts due from related parties

     51,835        48,505        7,434  

Prepayments and other current assets

     17,912        29,152        4,469  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     116,100        146,149        22,399  

Property, equipment and software

     36,350        78,401        12,016  

Other non-current assets

     17,682        9,744        1,493  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     170,132        234,294        35,908  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

        

Current liabilities:

        

Amounts due to related parties

     218,719        270,004        41,380  

Accruals and other current liabilities

     7,886        11,157        1,710  

Short-term borrowings

     —          49,990        7,661  

Current portion of long-term borrowings

     —          970        149  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     226,605        332,121        50,900  

Amounts due to related parties

     23,000        29,915        4,585  

Long-term borrowings

     —          51,926        7,958  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     249,605        413,962        63,443  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

                                                               
     For the years ended
December 31,
 
     2018      2019      2020  
         RMB              RMB              RMB              US$      
                          (Note 2)  

Total revenue from related parties

     130        6,604        16,906        2,591  

Net loss

     (59,582      (83,066      (100,195      (15,355

 

                                                               
     For the years ended
December 31,
 
     2018      2019      2020  
         RMB              RMB              RMB              US$      
                          (Note 2)  

Net cash used in operating activities

     (61,856      (87,277      (84,862      (13,006

Net cash generated from (used in) investing activities

     (113,358      59,281        (68,628      (10,518

Net cash generated from financing activities

     138,695        58,259        161,086        24,688  

 

F-13


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION (CONTINUED)

 

(d) Contractual agreements with the VIE (Continued)

 

Risks in relation to the VIE structure (Continued)

 

The Company’s involvement with the VIE is through the contractual arrangements disclosed in Note 1. All recognized assets held by the VIE are disclosed in the table above.

In accordance with various contractual agreements, the Company has the power to direct the activities of the VIE and can have assets transferred out of the VIE. Therefore, the Company considers that there are no assets in the respective VIE that can be used only to settle obligations of the respective VIE, except for the registered capital of the VIE. As the respective VIE is incorporated as limited liability company under the PRC Company Law, creditors do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company for the liabilities of the respective VIE. There is currently no contractual arrangement that would require the Company to provide additional financial support to the VIE. As the Group is conducting certain businesses in the PRC through the VIE, the Group may provide additional financial support on a discretionary basis in the future, which could expose the Group to a loss. There is no VIE in the Group where the Company or any subsidiary has a variable interest but is not the primary beneficiary.

The Group believes that the contractual arrangements among the VIE shareholders, the VIE and the WFOE comply with PRC law and are legally enforceable. However, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit the Company’s ability to enforce these contractual arrangements and if the shareholders of the VIE were to reduce their interest in the Company, their interests may diverge from that of the Company and that may potentially increase the risk that they would seek to act contrary to the contractual terms.

The Company’s ability to control the VIE also depends on the voting rights proxy and the effect of the share pledge under the Equity Pledge Agreement and the WFOE has to vote on all matters requiring shareholders’ approval in the VIE. As noted above, the Company believes this voting right proxy is legally enforceable but may not be as effective as direct equity ownership.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation

The accompany consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

Principal accounting policies followed by the Company in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements are summarized below.

Principles of Consolidation

The Group’s consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its subsidiaries and the VIE for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All transactions and balances among the Company, its subsidiaries, and the VIE have been eliminated upon consolidation.

A subsidiary is an entity in which the Company, directly or indirectly: (1) controls more than one half of the voting power; (2) has the power to appoint or remove the majority of the members of the board of directors;

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

Principles of Consolidation (Continued)

 

(3) casts a majority of votes at the meeting of the board of directors; or (4) governs the financial and operating policies of the investee under a statute or agreement among the shareholders or equity holders.

The Company applies the guidance codified in Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 810, Consolidations, which contains guidance of accounting for VIEs. The guidance requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity in which it has a controlling financial interest. A consolidated VIE is an entity in which the Company, or its subsidiary, through contractual arrangements, bears the risks of, and enjoys the rewards normally associated with, ownership of the entity, and therefore the Company or its subsidiary is the primary beneficiary of the entity.

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet dates and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates and assumptions reflected in the Group’s consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, the useful lives and impairment of long-lived assets, deferred tax valuation allowance, share-based compensation expenses. Management bases the estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Foreign currency translation

The Group uses Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”) as its reporting currency. The United States Dollar (“US$”) is the functional currency of the Group’s entities incorporated in the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong, the RMB is the functional currency of the Company’s PRC subsidiaries.

Transactions denominated in other than the functional currencies are translated into the functional currency of the entity at the exchange rates prevailing on the transaction dates. Assets and liabilities denominated in other than the functional currencies are translated at the balance sheet date exchange rate. The resulting exchange differences are recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss as foreign currency translation adjustments.

The consolidated financial statements of the Group are translated from the functional currency to the reporting currency, RMB. Assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries are translated into RMB using the exchange rate in effect at each balance sheet date. Income and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the fiscal year. Foreign currency translation adjustments arising from these are reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

Foreign currency translation (Continued)

 

Translations of balances in the consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ deficit and consolidated statements of cash flows from RMB into US$ as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 are solely for the convenience of the readers and were calculated at the rate of US$1.00=RMB6.5250, representing the noon buying rate in The City of New York for cable transfers of RMB as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 31, 2020. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at that rate on December 31, 2020, or at any other rate. The US$ convenience translation is not required under U.S. GAAP and all US$ convenience translation amounts in the accompanying consolidated financial statements are unaudited.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of cash and demand deposits which are highly liquid. The Group considers highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and with original maturities from the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. All cash and cash equivalents are unrestricted as to withdrawal and use.

Short-term investments

Short-term investments are deposits at bank with maturities of greater than three months, but less than twelve months. Short-term investments are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. Interest earned is included in interest income.

Fair value measurements

The Group applies ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 requires disclosures to be provided for fair value measurements. ASC 820 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2—Includes other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity.

ASC 820 describes three main approaches to measuring the fair value of assets and liabilities: (1) market approach; (2) income approach; and (3) cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated from market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present value amount. The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that would currently be required to replace an asset.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

Fair value measurements (Continued)

 

The Group does not have any non-financial assets or liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalent, short-term investments, other current assets, accrued liabilities and other current liabilities and convertible loans approximate their fair values because of their generally short maturities.

Property, equipment and software

Property and equipment and software are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

 

Category    Estimated Useful Life

Machinery and laboratory equipment

  

5 years

Vehicles

  

4 years

Furniture and tools

  

3-5 years

Electronic equipment

  

3 years

Computer software

  

3-5 years

Leasehold improvements

  

Lesser of lease terms or estimated useful lives of the assets

Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred, whereas the cost of renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives of property, equipment and software are capitalized as additions to the related assets. Retirements, sales and disposals of assets are recorded by removing the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization from the asset and accumulated depreciation and amortization accounts with any resulting gain or loss reflected in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Group evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets, including fixed assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. When these events occur, the Group measures impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Group recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the assets over their fair value. Fair value is generally determined by discounting the cash flows expected to be generated by the assets, when the market prices are not readily available. The adjusted carrying amount of the assets is the new cost basis and is depreciated over the assets’ remaining useful lives. Long-lived assets are grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities.

No impairment loss was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

Segment reporting

In accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, the Group’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer. The Group’s CODM reviews the consolidated results of operations when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group. The Group operates and manages it business as a single segment. The Group does not distinguish between markets for the purpose of making decisions about resources allocation and performance assessment. Hence, the Group has only one operating segment and one reportable segment. No geographical segments are presented as substantially all of the Group’s long-lived assets are located in the PRC.

Research and development expenses

Elements of research and development expenses primarily include (1) payroll and other related costs of personnel engaged in research and development activities, (2) costs related to pre-clinical testing of the Group’s technologies under development and clinical trials such as payments to contract research organizations (“CRO”) and contract manufacturing organizations (“CMO”), investigators and clinical trial sites that conduct the clinical studies; (3) costs to develop the product candidates, including raw materials and supplies, product testing, depreciation and amortization, and facility related expenses, (4) other research and development expenses. Research and development expenses are charged to expense as incurred when these expenditures relate to the Group’s research and development services and have no alternative future uses in accordance with ASC 730, Research and Development. As of December 31, 2020, the Group has several ongoing clinical studies in various clinical trial stages. The contracts with CRO and CMO are generally cancellable, with notice, at the Group’s option. The Group did not record any accrued expenses related to cancellation of CRO or CMO contracts as of December 31, 2020 as the Group did not have any plan to cancel the existing CRO or CMO contracts.

Government subsidies

Government subsidies primarily consist of financial subsidies received from provincial and local governments for operating a business in their jurisdictions and compliance with specific policies promoted by the governments. The Group’s PRC based subsidiaries received government subsidies from certain local governments. The Group’s government subsidies consist of specific subsidies and other subsidies. Specific subsidies are subsidies that the local government has set certain conditions for the subsidies. Other subsidies are the subsidies that the local government has not set any conditions and are not tied to future trends or performance of the Group, receipt of such subsidy income is not contingent upon any further actions or performance of the Group and the amounts do not have to be refunded under any circumstances. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, no specific subsidies were received by the Group. Other subsidies are recognized as other income upon receipt as further performance by the Group is not required.

Leases

Leases are classified at the inception date as either a capital lease or an operating lease. The Group assesses a lease to be a capital lease if any of the following conditions exists: a) ownership is transferred to the lessee by the end of the lease term, b) there is a bargain purchase option, c) the lease term is at least 75% of the property’s estimated remaining economic life or d) the present value of the minimum lease payments at the beginning of the lease term is 90% or more of the fair value of the leased property to the lessor at the inception date. A capital lease is accounted for as if there was an acquisition of an asset and an incurrence of an obligation at the inception of the lease. The Group had no capital leases for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

Leases (Continued)

 

All other leases are accounted for as operating leases wherein rental payments are expensed on a straight-line basis over their respective lease terms. The Group leases certain office space under non-cancelable operating lease agreements. Certain lease agreements contain rent holidays. Rent holidays are considered in determining the straight-line rent expense to be recorded over the lease term. The lease term begins on the date of initial possession of the leased property for purpose of recognizing lease expense on straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Comprehensive loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as the changes in equity of the Group during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments by shareholders and distributions to shareholders. Accumulated other comprehensive loss of the Group includes foreign currency translation adjustments.

Income taxes

The Group follows the liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates that will be in effect in the period in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Group records a valuation allowance to offset deferred tax assets if based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rate is recognized in tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date of the change in tax rate.

The Group evaluates its uncertain tax positions using the provisions of ASC 740, which prescribes a recognition threshold that a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

The Group recognizes in the consolidated financial statements the benefit of a tax position which is “more likely than not” to be sustained under examination based solely on the technical merits of the position assuming a review by tax authorities having all relevant information. Tax positions that meet the recognition threshold are measured using a cumulative probability approach, at the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement. It is the Group’s policy to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, as a component of income tax expense.

Borrowings

Borrowings are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortized cost; any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

Share-based compensation

The Company grants share options to eligible employees and consultants and accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation.

The Company follows ASC 718 to determine whether a share option should be classified and accounted for as a liability award or equity award. All grants of share-based awards to employees, management and nonemployees classified as equity awards are recognized in the financial statements based on their grant date fair values which are calculated using the binomial option pricing model.

Employees’ share-based compensation awards are measured at the grant date fair value of the awards and recognized as expenses (a) immediately at the grant date if no vesting conditions are required; or (b) for share-based awards granted with only service conditions, using the straight-line method, over the vesting period; or (c) for share-based awards granted with service conditions and the occurrence of an initial public offering (“IPO”) as performance condition, cumulative share-based compensation expenses for the options that have satisfied the service condition should be recorded upon the completion of the IPO, using the graded vesting method.

The Company early adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting from the earliest period presented to recognize the effect of forfeiture in compensation cost when they occur.

Net loss per share

In accordance with ASC 260, Earnings Per Share, basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of unrestricted ordinary shares outstanding during the year using the two-class method. Under the two-class method, net loss is allocated between ordinary shares and other participating securities based on dividends declared (or accumulated) and participating rights in undistributed earnings as if all the earnings for the reporting period had been distributed. The Company’s convertible redeemable preferred shares are participating securities because they are entitled to receive dividends or distributions on an as converted basis. Diluted net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders, as adjusted for the effect of dilutive ordinary equivalent shares, if any, by the weighted average number of ordinary and dilutive ordinary equivalent shares outstanding during the period. Ordinary equivalent shares include ordinary shares issuable upon the conversion of the convertible redeemable preferred shares using the if-converted method, and ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options, using the treasury stock method. Ordinary share equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share if their effects are anti-dilutive. For the periods presented herein, the computation of basic net loss per share using the two-class method is not applicable as the Group is in a net loss position and the participating securities do not have contractual rights and obligations to share in the losses of the Group.

Employee defined contribution plan

Full time employees of the Group in the PRC participate in a government mandated defined contribution plan, pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care, employee housing fund and other welfare benefits are provided to the employees. Chinese labor regulations require that the PRC subsidiaries and the VIE of the Group make contributions to the government for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries, up to a maximum amount specified by the local government. The Group has no legal obligation for the benefits beyond the contributions made. The total amounts of such employee benefit expenses, which were expensed as incurred, were approximately RMB 5.46 million and RMB 4.29 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 respectively.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

Concentration of risks

Concentration of credit risk

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments of RMB 221,568 and RMB 771,319 respectively, were held at major financial institutions located in the mainland of China, and RMB 94,690 and RMB 1,731 , respectively, were deposited with major financial institutions located outside the mainland of China. These financial institutions are of high credit quality and management continually monitors the credit worthiness of these financial institutions.

Business and economic risk

The Group believes that changes in any of the following areas could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s future consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows: changes in the overall demand for services; competitive pressures due to new entrants; advances and new trends in new technologies and industry standards; changes in certain strategic relationships; regulatory considerations and risks associated with the Group’s ability to attract employees necessary to support its growth. The Group’s operations could also be adversely affected by significant political, regulatory, economic and social uncertainties in the PRC.

Foreign currency exchange rate risk

A significant portion of the Group’s businesses are transacted in RMB, which is not a freely convertible currency. On January 1, 1994, the PRC government abolished the dual rate system and introduced a single rate of exchange as quoted daily by the People’s Bank of China (the “PBOC”). However, the unification of the exchange rates does not imply that the RMB may be readily convertible into US$ or other foreign currencies. All foreign exchange transactions continue to take place either through the PBOC or other banks authorized to buy and sell foreign currencies at the exchange rates quoted by the PBOC. Approval of foreign currency payments by the PBOC or other institutions requires submitting a payment application form together with suppliers’ invoices, shipping documents and signed contracts.

From July 21, 2005, the RMB is permitted to fluctuate within a narrow and managed band against a basket of certain foreign currencies. For U.S. dollar against RMB, there was appreciation and depreciation of approximately 1.3% and 6.5% in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar in the future.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

The Group qualifies as an “emerging growth company”, or EGC, pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act. As an EGC, the Group does not need to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards until such date that a private company is otherwise required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards. The Group adopts the following standards based on extended transition period provided to private companies or early adopts as necessary as permitted by the respective standards.

New and amended standards adopted by the Group

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13”). ASU 2018-13 modifies the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements by removing, modifying, or adding certain disclosures. The amendments in ASU 2018-13 are effective for all entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. The amendments on changes in unrealized gains and losses, the range and weighted average of significant unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements, and the narrative description of measurement uncertainty should be applied prospectively for only the most recent interim or annual period presented in the initial fiscal year of adoption. All other amendments should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented upon their effective date. Early adoption is permitted upon issuance of ASU 2018-13. An entity is permitted to early adopt any removed or modified disclosures upon issuance of ASU 2018-13 and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date. The Group adopted the new standard effective January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis. The adoption of the new standard did not have a material impact.

In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-18, Collaborative Arrangements (Topic 808): Clarifying the Interaction between Topic 808 and Topic 606. This update clarifies that certain transactions between participants in a collaborative arrangement should be accounted for under ASC 606 when the counterparty is a customer and precludes an entity from presenting consideration from a transaction in a collaborative arrangement as revenue from contracts with customers if the counterparty is not a customer for that transaction. The update is effective in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods therein, and early adoption is permitted for entities that have adopted ASC 606. This guidance should be applied retrospectively to the date of initial application of Topic 606. The Group elected to early adopt this ASU and the impact of this ASU to the consolidated financial statements is immaterial, as no revenue was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

Recently issued accounting pronouncements (Continued)

 

New and amended standards adopted by the Group (Continued)

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 (“ASU 2016-02”), Leases (Topic 842), which modifies lease accounting for lessees to increase transparency and comparability by recording lease assets and liabilities for operating leases and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-10 (“ASU 2018-10”), Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases, which clarifies certain aspects of the guidance issued in ASU 2016-02; and ASU No. 2018-11 (“ASU 2018-11”), Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements, which provides entities with an additional (and optional) transition method to adopt the new leases standard. Under this new transition method, an entity initially applies the new leases standard at the adoption date and recognizes a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. Consequently, an entity’s reporting for the comparative periods presented in the financial statements in which it adopts the new leases standard will continue to be in accordance with current GAAP (Topic 840, Leases). In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-10, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842), Effective Dates (“ASU 2019-10”), which extends the adoption date for certain registrants. The updated guidance is effective for the Group for annual reporting periods beginning January 1, 2021 and interim periods within annual periods beginning January 1, 2022. The Group will adopt ASU 2016-02 in its first quarter of 2021 utilizing the modified retrospective transition method. While the Group is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02, based on the lease portfolio as of December 31, 2020, the Group anticipates recording lease assets and liabilities of approximately RMB 20 million to RMB 30 million on its consolidated balance sheets, with no material impact to its consolidated statements of comprehensive loss and consolidated statements of cash flows. However, the ultimate impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 will depend on the Group’s lease portfolio as of the adoption date.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 is intended to improve financial reporting by requiring timelier recording of credit losses on loans and other financial instruments held by financial institutions and other organizations. This ASU requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. This ASU requires enhanced disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand significant estimates and judgments used in estimating credit losses, as well as the credit quality and underwriting standards of the Group’s portfolio. These disclosures include qualitative and quantitative requirements that provide additional information about the amounts recorded in the financial statements. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10, which extends the adoption date for certain registrants. The amendments in ASU 2016-13 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023 for the Group. The Group does not plan to early adopt ASU 2016-13 and is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

 

Recently issued accounting pronouncements (Continued)

 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. This update simplifies the accounting for income taxes as part of the FASB’s overall initiative to reduce complexity in accounting standards. The amendments include removal of certain exceptions to the general principles of ASC 740, Income taxes, and simplification in several other areas such as accounting for a franchise tax (or similar tax) that is partially based on income. The update is effective in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, and interim periods therein, and early adoption is permitted. Certain amendments in this update should be applied retrospectively or modified retrospectively, all other amendments should be applied prospectively. The Group does not plan to early adopt ASU 2019-12 and is currently evaluating the impact on its financial statements of adopting this guidance.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies the accounting for convertible instruments by removing certain separation models in Subtopic 470-20, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options, for convertible instruments and also increases information transparency by making disclosure amendments. The standard is effective for private companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company will adopt the ASU on January 1, 2021 and the impact of this accounting standard update on its condensed consolidated financial statements is expected to be immaterial.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

3. PREPAYMENTS AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepayments and other current assets consist of the following:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2020  
    RMB     RMB     US$  
                   (Note 2)  

Deductible value-added tax input

    13,770       30,961             4,745  

Prepayments for CRO and other services

    5,427       3,295       505  

Deposits

    3,959       3,326       510  

Others

    939       4,836       741  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    24,095         42,418       6,501  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

4. PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE

Property, equipment and software consist of the following:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2020  
    RMB     RMB     US$  
                (Note 2)  

Machinery and laboratory equipment

    20,281       63,172       9,682  

Leasehold improvements (a)

    5,654       53,405       8,185  

Construction in Progress

    28,515       28,403       4,353  

Vehicles

    1,088       1,088       167  

Others

    1,121       2,940       449  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property, equipment and software

    56,659       149,008       22,836  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (8,336     (29,925     (4,586
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, equipment and software, net

    48,323       119,083       18,250  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expenses recognized for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 were RMB 5,124 and RMB 21,589, respectively.

Note (a): As of December 31, 2020, Suzhou Gracell has completed the renovation of a new leased laboratory.

5. OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

Other non-current assets consist of the following:

 

    As of December 31,  
    2019     2020  
    RMB     RMB     US$  
                                      (Note 2)  

Prepayment for property, equipment and software

    23,541       30,398           4,658  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

6. ACCRUALS AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accruals and other current liabilities consist of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019      2020  
     RMB      RMB      US$  
                   (Note 2)  

Salary and welfare payables

     6,720        12,119        1,857  

Accrued external research and development related expenses

     6,942        9,425        1,444  

Professional service fees

     2,092        15,399        2,360  

Rental fees

     2,072        2,835        435  

Others

     340        2,623        402  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     18,166            42,401        6,498  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. BORROWINGS

 

     As of December 31,  
       2019      2020  
     RMB      RMB      US$  
                   (Note 2)  

Current

        

Short-term borrowings:

        

Bank loans

     —          49,990        7,661  

Current portion of long-term borrowings

     —          970        149  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current borrowings

     —          50,960        7,810  

Non-Current

        

Long-term borrowings:

        

Bank loans

     —          51,926        7,958  

Total non-current borrowings

     —          51,926        7,958  

Total borrowings

     —           102,886        15,768  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

In May 2020, Suzhou Gracell entered into a loan agreement with China Construction Bank, under which Suzhou Gracell borrowed an aggregate principal amount of RMB5.0 million in the form of a term loan for 12 months. Interest on the outstanding loan balance accrues at a fixed annual rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate plus 0.5%. Suzhou Gracell is required to make interest payments on the loan on a monthly basis and repay principal at the end of the loan term. In June 2020, Suzhou Gracell entered into another loan agreement with China Construction Bank, under which Suzhou Gracell borrowed additional RMB5.0 million for a term of 12 months at an interest rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate plus 0.15%. In July 2020, Suzhou Gracell entered into the third loan agreement with China Construction Bank, under which Suzhou Gracell borrowed additional RMB5.0 million for a term of 12 months at an interest rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate minus 0.2%. In September 2020, Suzhou Gracell entered into the fourth loan agreement with China Construction Bank, under which Suzhou Gracell borrowed additional RMB5.0 million for a term of 12 months at an interest rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate. In November 2020, Suzhou Gracell entered into the fifth loan agreement with China Construction Bank, under which Suzhou Gracell borrowed additional RMB5.0 million for a term of 12 months at a fixed annual rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate plus 0.5%. In December 2020, Suzhou Gracell entered into the sixth loan agreement with China Construction Bank, under which Suzhou Gracell borrowed additional RMB5.0 million for a term of 12 months at a fixed annual rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate plus 0.5%.

Other than the interest rate, these loan agreements with China Construction Bank have substantially the same terms and conditions. The effective interest rate of these borrowing is 3.65% to 4.35% per annum.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

In December 2020, Suzhou Gracell entered into two loan agreements with China CITIC Bank. Under each agreement Suzhou Gracell borrowed a principal amount of RMB5.0 million respectively in the form of a term loan for 12 months. Interest on the outstanding loan balance accrues at a fixed annual rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate. Suzhou Gracell is required to make interest payments on the loan on a monthly basis and repay principal at the end of the loan term.

In December 2020, Suzhou Gracell entered into a loan agreement with China Industrial Bank Co., Ltd., under which Suzhou Gracell borrowed an aggregate principal amount of RMB9.99 million in the form of a term loan for 12 months. Interest on the outstanding loan balance accrues at a fixed annual rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate plus 0.85%. Suzhou Gracell is required to make interest payments on the loan on a monthly basis and repay principal at the end of the loan term.

Long-term borrowings

In January 2020, Suzhou Gracell entered into a loan agreement with Bank of China, under which Suzhou Gracell obtained a term loan facility of RMB69.0 million for a term of 72 months commencing from the first drawdown date. Interest on the outstanding loan balance accrues at a variable annual rate equal to the five-year loan prime rate plus 0.2%. Suzhou Gracell is required to make interest payments on the loan on a semi-annual basis and payments of principal according to the agreed repayment schedule which will commence from the end of the 42nd month after the first drawdown date. Suzhou Gracell borrowed an aggregate principal amount of RMB44.28 million within the facility limit as of December 31, 2020. The effective interest rate of these borrowings is 4.85% to 5.00% per annum.

In July 2020, Suzhou Gracell entered into a loan agreement with China Merchants Bank, under which Suzhou Gracell obtained a term loan facility of RMB29.0 million for a term of 60 months commencing from June 2, 2020 and ending on June 1, 2025. During the term, Suzhou Gracell may make multiple drawdowns within the facility limit. Interest on the outstanding loan balance accrues quarterly at a variable annual rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate plus 1%. Suzhou Gracell is required to make payments of principal and interest on the loan on a semi-annual basis unless otherwise agreed by the parties. Suzhou Gracell borrowed an aggregate principal amount of RMB8.74 million within the facility limit and repaid 0.12 million as of December 31, 2020. The effective interest rate of these borrowing is 4.85% per annum.

8. ORDINARY SHARES

As at December 31, 2019 and 2020, 500,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 had been authorized by the Company. Each ordinary share is entitled to one vote. The holders of ordinary shares are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Company. In 2017, the VIE issued 9,800,000 ordinary shares to William Wei Cao with total consideration of RMB2,150 and 208,955 ordinary shares to Shanghai Guidance Capital Ltd. (“Shanghai Zhaoheng”) and Suzhou Tonghe Venture Investment Partnership II (L.P.) (“Tonghe II”) for a total consideration of RMB200. On January 3, 2019, the VIE repurchased 104,478 shares of ordinary shares held by Shanghai Zhaoheng. As part of the Reorganization in January 2019, the former ordinary shares were exchanged for ordinary shares of the Company on a 1:10 basis. On March 6, 2020, 1,044,776 ordinary shares of the Company was transferred from Tonghe II to OrbiMed Asia Partners III, L.P., King Star Med LP, LAV Granite Limited, LAV Biosciences Fund V, L.P., Victory Treasure Limited and OrbiMed Asia Partners III, L.P.. On October 14, 2020, William Cao Wei transferred 5,910,000 ordinary shares of the Company to Michelia Figo Holding Limited with an aggregate consideration of US$1.00 per share. As at December 31, 2020, 99,044,776 shares of ordinary shares were issued and outstanding.

9. CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES

On August 8, 2017, the VIE issued 3,656,716 shares of Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (“Series A Preferred Shares”) to certain investors at US$3.032 per share for a total consideration of US$11,087 (equivalent to approximately RMB69,800).

On August 14, 2018, the Company, the VIE and certain investors entered into a convertible loan agreement and a warrant agreement. Prior to the obtaining of requisite overseas direct investment approvals (“ODI approval”), the investors agreed to provide a convertible loan in an aggregate principal amount of US$22,000 (equivalent to approximately RMB138,695) to the VIE, with no interest and acquire warrants to subscribe for a total number of 21,735,721 Series B1 Preferred Shares of the Company at US$1.0122 per share.

On January 3, 2019, the VIE repurchased 104,478 shares of ordinary shares and 522,388 shares of Series A Preferred Shares for an aggregate price of US$6,657 (equivalent to approximately RMB44,705). The consideration exceeded the carrying value of repurchased ordinary shares and Series A Preferred Shares by RMB32,840, which was recorded as deemed dividend to the ordinary and preferred shareholders.

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

9. CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES (CONTINUED)

 

As part of the Reorganization in January 2019, the former Series A Preferred Shares were exchanged for 31,343,284 Series A Convertible Redeemable Preferred Shares of the Company (“Series A Preferred Shares”) on a 1:10 basis at US$0.3032 per share.

On February 22, 2019, the Company issued 59,327,653 shares of Series B-2 convertible redeemable preferred shares (“Series B-2 Preferred Shares”) to certain investors at US$1.0619 per share for total consideration of US$63,000 (equivalent to approximately RMB439,501). Series B-1 Preferred Shares and Series B-2 Preferred Shares are collectively referred to as the Series B Preferred Shares.

As disclosed in Note 1(b), the Group had undergone the Reorganization and changed the issuer of the Series A Preferred Shares to be the reporting entity through share swaps. The major terms and number of shares of the Series A Preferred Shares have remained the same. Thus, there is no accounting impact as a result of the Reorganization at the consolidated level. As further discussed in Note 1(b), the Reorganization was a transaction by Group entities under common control. The equity section of the Company after the Reorganization is assumed to have existed from the earliest period presented in the consolidated financial statements.

During the period from July 2, 2020 to September 9, 2020, the Company issued 21,735,721 Series B-1 Preferred Shares upon conversion of convertible loan and exercise of the warrants.

On October 20, 2020, the Company issued 61,364,562 shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares (“Series C Preferred Shares”) to certain investors at US$ 1.635331 per share for total consideration of US$100,351.

The key features of the Series A, Series B and Series C Preferred Shares (collectively the “Preferred Shares”) are as follows:

Dividends right

Each Preferred Share shall have the right to receive non-cumulative dividends, pari passu with Ordinary Shares, on an as-converted basis, when, as and if declared by the Board.

Liquidation preference

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntarily or involuntarily, all assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution (after satisfaction of all creditors’ claims and claims that may be preferred by law) shall be distributed in the following preference order:

(i) Holders of the Series C Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive a per share amount equal to 100% of the issue price of Series C Preferred Shares, respectively, plus all declared but unpaid dividends and minus all paid dividends.

(ii) Holders of the Series B Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive a per share amount equal to 140% of the issue price of Series B Preferred Shares, respectively, plus all declared but unpaid dividends and minus all paid dividends.

(iii) Holders of the Series A Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive a per share amount equal to 150% of the issue price of Series A Preferred Shares, respectively, plus all declared but unpaid dividends and minus all paid dividends.

Conversion right

Each Preferred Share may be converted at any time into ordinary shares at the option of the preferred shareholders based on the then-effective conversion price. The initial conversion ratio is 1:1, subject to adjustment in the event of share splits and combinations, ordinary share dividends and distributions, reorganizations, mergers, consolidations, exchanges, substitutions, or dilutive issuance.

All Preferred Shares are converted automatically into ordinary shares at the then effective applicable conversion price upon a Qualified Public Offering (public offering of the Company’s shares with an offering price (exclusive of underwriting discounts and registration expenses) that reflects the minimum market capitalization and other conditions set forth in the Company’s articles).

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

9. CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES (CONTINUED)

 

Redemption right

At any time following the first occurrence of any redemption event specified in the shareholders’ agreement (“Redemption Events”), the outstanding preferred shareholders may request a redemption up to all of the outstanding shares held.

The Redemption Events shall mean:

(i) the Company fails to complete a Qualified Public Offering within five (5) years from October 20, 2020;

(ii) any material breach or violation by any Group Company, the Founder or the Founder Holding Company of any of its representations, warranties or covenants contained in the Transaction Documents made to any Investor alone or together with any other Person and such breach or violation is not curable or is not cured within thirty (30) days from the date of occurrence;

(iii) the Founder ceases to hold the offices of Chairman and president of the Company or ceases to be in full-time employment by any Group Company in any other capacity within five (5) years from October 20, 2020 unless otherwise approved by the Board (including all Investor Directors);

(iv) the exercise of redemption right by any holders with redemption right.

The price at which each Preferred Share shall be redeemed equals to:

(i) in respect of each Series C Preferred Share, 100% of the original issue price on each preferred share, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such Series C Preferred Share accrued as of the redemption payment date; and

(ii) in respect of each Series B Preferred Share, 140% of the original issue price on each preferred share, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such Series B Preferred Share accrued as of the redemption payment date; and

(iii) in respect of each Series A Preferred Share, 150% of the issue price of Series B-2 Preferred Share on each Series A Preferred, minus all paid dividends on such Series A Preferred Share.

After the liquidation amounts of all series of the Preferred Shares have been paid in full, any remaining funds or assets of the Company legally available for distribution to shareholders shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Shares, on an as-converted basis, together with the holders of the ordinary shares.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

9. CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES (CONTINUED)

 

Accounting of Preferred Shares

The Preferred Shares are classified as mezzanine equity in the consolidated balance sheets because they are contingently redeemable upon the occurrence of an event outside of the Company’s control (e.g. the Company not achieving a Qualified Public Offering or a deemed liquidation event before October 20, 2025 (“Target QIPO Date”). The Preferred Shares were determined to be mezzanine equity with no embedded feature to be bifurcated and no beneficial conversion features to be recognized. The Preferred Shares are initially recorded at their respective issuance date fair value, net of issuance cost. The Company incurred issuance cost with amount of RMB13,386 (US$2,000) for the issuance of Series C Preferred Shares. The cumulative undeclared dividends are not recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as the Company does not have the obligation to pay the cumulative dividend before it is declared by the board of directors.

The Company concluded that the Preferred Shares are not currently redeemable, but are probable to become redeemable. The Company accreted changes in the redemption value over the period from the date of issuance to the earliest redemption date using the effective interest method. The accretion is recorded against retained earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings, by charges against additional paid-in-capital, or in the absence of additional paid-in-capital, by charges to accumulated deficit. The accretion of the Preferred Shares was RMB 12,199, RMB 36,802 and RMB 62,733 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020. The convertible loans and warrants were issued contemporaneously and in contemplation of each other. The warrants cannot be separately exercised; hence, they are not freestanding financial instruments. The convertible loans are accounted for as liabilities recorded using amortized cost. Upon the cancellation of convertible loans and exercise of the warrants, the convertible loans were debit with a corresponding entry to credit the issued preferred shares.

Modification of Preferred Shares

On January 3, 2019, the Target QIPO Date was extended from November 15, 2022 to February 22, 2024 upon issuance of Series B-2 Preferred Shares. The amendment is accounted for as modification rather than extinguishment as the fair values of these Preferred Shares immediately after the amendment were not significantly different from their respective fair values immediately before the amendment. When Preferred Shares are modified and such modification results in value transfer between preferred shareholders and ordinary shareholders, the value transferred is treated as a deemed dividend to or deemed contribution from the preferred shareholders. The change in fair value of Series A Preferred Shares immediately before and after the modification was RMB625. The decrease in fair value of the ordinary shares is RMB625, in substance, a transfer of wealth from the ordinary shareholders to the Series A preferred shareholders.

On March 6, 2020, the redemption price of Series A Preferred Shares was amended. Before modification, the redemption price of each share of Series A Preferred Shares equals to 150% of the original issue price on each preferred share, plus the interest at an annual compound rate of eight percent (8%) on the original issue price on each preferred share accrued from August 8, 2017 to the redemption payment date minus all paid dividends on such Series A Preferred Share. The amendment is accounted for as a modification rather than extinguishment as the fair values of these Preferred Shares immediately after the amendment were not significantly different from their respective fair values immediately before the amendment. When Preferred Shares are modified and such modification results in value transfer between preferred shareholders and ordinary shareholders, the value transferred is treated as a deemed dividend to or deemed contribution from the preferred shareholders. The change in fair value of Series A Preferred Shares immediately before and after the modification was RMB9,055. The decrease in fair value of the ordinary shares is RMB9,055, in substance, a transfer of wealth from the ordinary shareholders to the Series A preferred shareholders.

On October 20, 2020, the Target QIPO Date was extended from February 22, 2024 to October 20, 2025 upon issuance of Series C Preferred Shares. The amendment is accounted for as a modification rather than extinguishment as the fair values of these Preferred Shares immediately after the amendment were not significantly different from their respective fair values immediately before the amendment. When Preferred Shares are modified and such modification results in value transfer between preferred shareholders and ordinary shareholders, the value transferred is treated as a deemed dividend to or deemed contribution from the preferred shareholders. The change in fair value of Series A, Series B-1 and Series B-2 Preferred Shares immediately before and after the modification was RMB1,284, RMB82 and RMB394, respectively. The increase in fair value of the ordinary shares is RMB1,760, in substance, a transfer of wealth from the preferred shareholders to the ordinary shareholders, respectively.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

9. CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES (CONTINUED)

 

The Company’s Preferred Shares activities for the periods presented are summarized below:

 

Mezzanine equity

   Series A     Series B-1      Series B-2      Series C      Total  
     RMB     RMB      RMB      RMB      RMB  

Balance as of December 31, 2018

     83,404       —          —          —          83,404  

Issuance of Series B-2 Preferred Shares

     —         —          439,501        —          439,501  

Repurchase of Series A Preferred Shares

     (11,864     —          —          —          (11,864

Accretion of Series A Preferred Shares to redemption value

     10,794       —          —          —          10,794  

Accretion of Series B-2 Preferred Shares to redemption value

     —         —          26,008        —          26,008  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     82,334       —          465,509           547,843  

Issuance of Series B-1 Preferred Shares

     —         138,695        —          —          138,695  

Issuance of Series C Preferred Shares

     —         —          —          658,265        658,265  

Accretion of Series A Preferred Shares to redemption value

     28,134       —          —          —          28,134  

Accretion of Series B-1 Preferred Shares to redemption value

     —         3,786        —          —          3,786  

Accretion of Series B-2 Preferred Shares to redemption value

     —         —          30,290        —          30,290  

Accretion of Series C Preferred Shares to redemption value

     —         —          —          523        523  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

     110,468       142,481        495,799        658,788        1,407,536  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

10. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

On August 8, 2017, the Company adopted the 2017 Employee Stock Option Plan (“PRC Plan” or “2017 Plan”), which was replaced by the Amended and Restated 2017 Employee Stock Option Plan (“Global Plan”) on April 15, 2019 to reserve a pool of 4,388,060 shares of the Company’s ordinary shares to be granted to the officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company as part of the Reorganization. The replacement of PRC Plan with Global Plan and revocation of the original 2017 Plan are viewed as having no accounting impacts as the 2017 Plan has remained effective throughout and there’s essentially no change but merely just to change the form of the plan due to the Reorganization. In July 2020, the Company adopted the Second Amended and Restated Employee Stock Option Plan (“the Second Global Plan”) and increased the maximum number of shares issuable to 7,388,060. In October 2020, the Company adopted the Third Amended and Restated Employee Stock Option Plan (“the Third Global Plan”) and increased the maximum number of shares issuable to 10,216,234. The terms of the Second Global Plan and the Third Global Plan are substantially the same other than the maximum aggregate number of shares the Company may issue under the respective plan.

Share options granted will be exercisable upon the Company completes a listing and the grantee renders service to the Company in accordance with a stipulated service. Grantees are generally subject to a four-year vesting schedule, under which the shares vest in four equal instalments over the four years. The share option, to the extent then vested, shall become exercisable only upon the earlier of (i) a listing, and (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the issued share capital of the Company, or (iii) a sale by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets (but excluding any internal reorganization).

Prior to the Company completes a listing, all share options granted to a grantee shall be forfeited at the time the grantee terminates his service with the Group. After the Company completes a listing, vested options not exercised by a grantee shall be exercised until later of: (i) 90 days after the date when the options become exercisable, or (ii) 3 months after the date of cessation of employment or directorship, or such longer period as the Board may determine. The share option awards shall expire no more than 10 years from their grant dates (“Option Period”). If a listing is not achieved, a share option will lapse automatically upon the expiry of the Option Period.

The Company granted 1,375,500, 941,814 and 5,198,298 share options to grantees, with an exercise price of US$0.30, US$1.06 and US$1.65, for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. No options are exercisable as of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and prior to the Group completing IPO.

In December 2020, the Company adopted 2020 Share Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”), which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s IPO. Under the 2020 Plan, the maximum aggregate number of ordinary shares available for issuance shall initially be three percent (3%) of the ordinary shares of the Company outstanding immediately upon completion of the Company’s IPO. Subsequently, the maximum aggregate number of ordinary shares available for issuance will be increased on an annual basis on the first calendar day of the fiscal year to be the lesser of a number determined by the board of directors or one percent (1%) of the total issued and outstanding ordinary shares on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year. The 2020 Plan is governed by the Company’s board of directors or a designated committee and permits various types of awards to be granted to eligible persons under specific terms and vesting schedule evidenced by an award agreement.

The awards are equity classified. Cumulative share-based compensation expenses for the options that have satisfied the service condition should be recorded upon the completion of the IPO, using the graded vesting method.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

10. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (CONTINUED)

 

The following table sets forth the share options activities for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
          

US$ per

option

    

US$ per

option

    

RMB per

option

     Years      RMB  

Outstanding at January 1, 2018

     532,000       0.30        0.09        0.61        9.69        —    

Granted

     1,375,500       0.30        0.29        1.97        —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2019

     1,907,500       0.30        0.24        1.59        9.33        3,798  

Granted

     941,814       1.06        0.38        2.65        —          —    

Forfeited

     (92,190     0.71        0.30        2.06        —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2020

     2,757,124       0.55        0.28        1.93        8.67        7,728  

Granted

     5,198,298       1.65        0.56        3.92        —          —    

Forfeited

     (545,823     0.71        0.37        2.56        —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

     7,409,599       1.32        0.47        3.28        8.89        112,024  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2020

     7,409,599       1.32        0.47        3.28        8.89        112,024  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2020

     —         —          —          —          —          —    

Share-based compensation related to the vested but not exercisable share options that will be recognized upon completion of the IPO for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 were US$98, US$380 and US$1,195 (approximately RMB657, RMB2,579 and RMB8,315), respectively. As of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, there were US$350, US$401 and US$2,287(approximately RMB2,375, RMB2,756 and RMB16,017) of share-based compensation related to the unvested share options, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.47, 2.85 and 3.18 years, respectively.

Fair value of share options

The fair value of options was determined using the binomial option valuation model, with the assistance from an independent third-party appraiser. The binomial model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected volatility, the exercise multiple, the risk-free rate and the dividend yield. For expected volatility, the Group has made reference to historical volatility of several comparable companies in the same industry. The exercise multiple was estimated as the average ratio of the stock price to the exercise price of when employees would decide to voluntarily exercise their vested options. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the options is based on the market yield of U.S. Treasury Strips plus China country risk premium with a maturity life equal to the remaining maturity life of the options as of the valuation date, sourced from Bloomberg. The dividend yield is based on our expected dividend policy over the contractual life of the options.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

10. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (CONTINUED)

 

Fair value of share options (Continued)

 

The assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the share options granted are as follows:

 

     For the year ended
December 31, 2018
    For the year ended
December 31, 2019
    For the year ended
December 31, 2020
 

Risk-free interest rate

     3.7%-4.0     2.9%-3.1     1.6%-2.1

Dividend yield

     0     0     0

Expected volatility range

     55.0%-56.2     53.7%-54.3     54.9%-58.1

Exercise multiple

     2.20       2.20       2.20-2.80  

Contractual life

     10 years       10 years       10 years  

Since the exercisability is dependent upon the listing, and it is not probable that this performance condition can be achieved until a listing, no share-based compensation expense was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020. The Group will recognize compensation expenses relating to options vested cumulatively upon the completion of the Company’s listing.

11. INCOME TAX EXPENSE

PRC

Effective from January 1, 2008, the PRC’s statutory, Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”) rate is 25%. According to a policy promulgated by the State Tax Bureau of the PRC and effective from 2008 onwards, enterprises engaged in R&D activities are entitled to claim an additional tax deduction amounting to 50% of the qualified R&D expenses incurred in determining its tax assessable profits for that year. The additional tax deduction amount of the qualified R&D expenses has been increased from 50% to 75%, effective from 2018 to 2020, according to a new tax incentives policy promulgated by the State Tax Bureau of the PRC in September 2018 (“Super Deduction”).

Cayman Islands

Gracell Biotechnologies Inc. is incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands Gracell Biotechnologies Inc. is not subject to tax on income or capital gain. Additionally, the Cayman Islands does not impose a withholding tax on payments of dividends to shareholders.

British Virgin Islands

Gracell BVI is incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. Under the current laws of the British Virgin Islands, Gracell Biotechnologies Inc. is not subject to tax on income or capital gains. In addition, upon payments of dividends by the Company to its shareholders, no British Virgin Islands withholding tax is imposed.

Hong Kong

Gracell HK is incorporated in Hong Kong. Companies registered in Hong Kong are subject to Hong Kong profits tax on the taxable income as reported in their respective statutory financial statements adjusted in accordance with the relevant Hong Kong tax laws. The applicable tax rate in Hong Kong is 16.5%. For the three years ended December 31, 2020, Gracell HK did not make any provisions for Hong Kong profit tax as there were no assessable profits derived from or earnings in Hong Kong for any of the periods presented. Under the Hong Kong tax law, Gracell HK is exempted from income tax on its foreign-derived income and there are no withholding taxes in Hong Kong on remittance of dividends.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

11. INCOME TAX EXPENSE (CONTINUED)

 

Hong Kong (Continued)

 

Reconciliation between the income tax expense computed by applying the statutory tax rate to loss before income tax and the actual provision for income tax is as follows:

 

                                                                                   
    For the years ended
December 31,
 
            2018             2019     2020  
    RMB     RMB     RMB    

US$

(Note 2)

 

Loss before income tax

    (60,793     (138,664     (211,900     (32,475

Income tax computed at respective applicable tax rate

    (15,198     (32,091     (48,606     (7,449

Research and development super-deduction(a)

    (6,862     (16,996     (22,121     (3,390

Non-deductible expenses

    23       346       100       15  

Changes in valuation allowance

    22,037       48,741       70,627       10,824  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

    —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

Deferred taxes were measured using the enacted tax rates for the periods in which the temporary differences are expected to be reversed. The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the deferred tax balances as of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 are as follows:

 

                                                                                   
    For the years ended
December 31,
 
            2018             2019     2020  
    RMB     RMB     RMB    

US$

(Note 2)

 

Deferred tax assets:

       

Net operating loss carry forward

      22,651         70,374       140,905       21,595  

Depreciation and amortization of property, equipment and software

    1,777       2,795       2,892       443  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

    24,428       73,169       143,797       22,038  

Less: valuation allowance

    (24,428     (73,169     (143,797     (22,038
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net

    —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

11. INCOME TAX EXPENSE (CONTINUED)

 

Deferred tax assets (Continued)

 

Movement of the valuation allowance is as follows:

 

                                                                                   
    For the years ended
December 31,
 
            2018                     2019                     2020          
    RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  
                      (Note 2)  

Balance as of January 1

    2,391       24,428       73,169       11,214  

Addition

    22,037       48,741       70,628       10,824  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31

    24,428       73,169       143,797       22,038  

A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the amount of deferred tax assets if it is considered more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized in the foreseeable future. In making such determination, the Group evaluates a variety of positive and negative factors including the Group’s operating history, accumulated deficit, the existence of taxable temporary differences and reversal periods.

The Group has incurred net accumulated operating losses for income tax purposes since its inception. The Group believes that it is more likely than not that these net accumulated operating losses will not be utilized in the future. Therefore, the Group has provided full valuation allowances for the deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020.

The Group evaluates each uncertain tax position (including the potential application of interest and penalties) based on the technical merits, and measure the unrecognized benefits associated with the tax positions. As of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, the Group did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions.

12. NET LOSS PER SHARE

Basic and diluted net loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 are calculated as follows:

 

    For the years ended
December 31,
 
    2018     2019     2020  
    RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  
                      (Note 2)  

Numerator:

       

Net loss attributable to Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.’s shareholders

    (60,793     (138,664     (211,900     (32,475

Deemed dividend to convertible redeemable preferred shareholders

    —         (25,390     —         —    

Accretion of convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

    (12,199     (36,802     (62,733     (9,614
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.’s ordinary shareholders

    (72,992     (200,856     (274,633     (42,089

Denominator:

       

Weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding—basic and diluted

    100,089,552       99,053,363       99,044,776       99,044,776  

Net loss per share attributable to Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.’s ordinary shareholders—basic and diluted

    (0.73     (2.03     (2.77     (0.42

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

12. NET LOSS PER SHARE (CONTINUED)

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, assumed conversion of the Preferred Shares has not been reflected in the dilutive calculations pursuant to ASC 260, “Earnings Per Share,” due to the anti-dilutive effect.

For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, the Company also has certain share options, which cannot be exercised until the Company completes IPO, that are not included in the computation of diluted losses per shares as such contingent event had not taken place.

The potentially dilutive securities that have not been included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share as their inclusion would be anti-dilutive are as follows:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      2020  
     shares      shares      shares  

Convertible redeemable preferred shares

     36,567,165        85,779,363        110,230,842  

 

F-37


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

13. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

a) Related Parties

 

Name of related parties

  

Relationship                                                                                                  

William Wei Cao    Founder, CEO and a principal shareholder of the Company
Unitex Capital Ltd.    An entity controlled by Founder

b) The Group had the following related party transactions:

 

                                                                                   
     For the years ended December 31,  
     2018      2019      2020  
     RMB      RMB      RMB      US$  
                          (Note 2)  

Rent Payment:

           

William Wei Cao

     500        —          —          —    

Payment for in-licensing arrangement

           

Unitex Capital Ltd (a)

     —          1,358        —          —    

Payment for professional service fee

           

Unitex Capital Ltd (b)

     —          —          2,631        381  

Note (a): For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Group paid RMB1,358 to obtain an exclusive license from Unitex Capital Ltd.

Note (b): For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Group paid RMB2,631 professional service fee to Unitex Capital Ltd.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

14. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating lease commitments

Future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases with initial terms in excess of one year consist of the following as of December 31, 2020:

 

     RMB      US$  
            (Note 2)  

For the years ending:

     

2021

     8,949        1,372  

2022

     9,712        1,488  

2023

     6,956        1,066  

2024

     —          —    

2025

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     25,617        3,926  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Payments under operating leases are expensed on a straight-line basis over the periods of their respective leases. The Group’s lease arrangements have no renewal options, rent escalation clauses, restrictions or contingent rents and are all executed with third parties. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, total rental related expenses for all operating leases amounted to RMB3,145, RMB11,104 and RMB11,536, respectively.

Contingencies

The Group is currently not involved in any legal or administrative proceedings that may have a material adverse impact on the Group’s business, financial position or results of operations.

15. RESTRICTED NET ASSETS

The Group’s ability to pay dividends may depend on the Group receiving distributions of funds from its PRC subsidiary. Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by the Group’s PRC subsidiary only out of its retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. The results of operations reflected in the consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP differ from those reflected in the statutory financial statements of the Group’s PRC subsidiary.

In accordance with the Company law of the PRC, a domestic enterprise is required to provide statutory reserves of at least 10% of its annual after-tax profit until such reserve has reached 50% of its respective registered capital based on the enterprise’s PRC statutory accounts. A domestic enterprise is also required to provide discretionary surplus reserve, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, from the profits determined in accordance with the enterprise’s PRC statutory accounts. The aforementioned reserves can only be used for specific purposes and are not distributable as cash dividends. The Group’s PRC subsidiary was established as domestic invested enterprise and therefore is subject to the above mentioned restrictions on distributable profits.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

15. RESTRICTED NET ASSETS (CONTINUED)

 

As a result of these PRC laws and regulations subject to the limit discussed above that require annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax income to be set aside, prior to payment of dividends, as general reserve fund, the Group’s PRC subsidiary is restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the Group.

Foreign exchange and other regulations in the PRC further restrict the Company’s PRC subsidiaries from transferring funds to the Company in the form of dividends, loans and advances.

Since the Group has a consolidated shareholders’ deficit, its net asset base for purposes of calculating the proportionate share of restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiaries should be zero. Therefore, the restrictions placed on the net assets of the Company’s PRC subsidiaries with positive equity would result in the 25 percent threshold being exceeded and a corresponding requirement to provide parent company financial information (Note 18).

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Group evaluated subsequent events through April 23, 2020, the date these consolidated financial statements were issued.

On January 12, 2021, the Company completed its IPO. At the closing of its IPO, the Company issued 11,000,000 American depositary shares (“ADSs”) at public offering price of US$19.00 per ADS. The number of ADSs issued at closing included the exercise in full of the underwriters’ option to purchase 1,650,000 additional ADSs from the Company. The aggregate gross proceeds from the IPO were approximately US$240 million, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. Each ADS represents 5 ordinary shares of the Company. Upon the completion of the IPO, the Company’s then outstanding 31,343,284 Series A Preferred Shares, 21,735,721 Series B-1 Preferred Shares, 59,327,653 Series B-2 Preferred Shares and 61,364,562 Series C Preferred Shares were converted into 31,343,284, 21,735,721, 59,327,653 and 61,364,562 ordinary shares, respectively.

On March 15, 2021, the Stock Option Plan Committee passed resolutions and granted 298,800 options under the 2020 Plan to certain employees with an exercise price of US$23.2 per option.

On March 30, 2021, Suzhou Gracell entered into a loan agreement with China CITIC Bank, under which Suzhou Gracell borrowed an aggregate principal amount of RMB10.0 million in the form of a term loan for 12 months. Interest on the outstanding loan balance accrues at a fixed annual rate equal to the one-year loan prime rate. Suzhou Gracell is required to make interest payments on the loan on a monthly basis and repay principal at the end of the loan term.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

17. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY

The Company performed a test on the restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiaries in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Rule 4-08 I(3), “General Notes to Financial Statements” and concluded that it was applicable for the Company to disclose the financial statements for the parent company.

The subsidiaries did not pay any dividends to the Company for the years presented. For the purpose of presenting parent company only financial information, the Company records its investments in its subsidiaries under the equity method of accounting. Such investments are presented on the separate condensed balance sheets of the Company as “Investments (deficit) in subsidiaries” and the loss of the subsidiaries is presented as “share of losses of subsidiaries”. Certain information and footnote disclosures generally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed and omitted. The footnote disclosures contain supplemental information relating to the operations of the Company, as such, these statements should be read in conjunction with the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

The Company did not have significant capital and other commitments, long-term obligations, other long-term debt, or guarantees as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.

Balance sheets

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019      2020  
     RMB      RMB      US$  
                   (Note 2)  

ASSETS

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

     236,263        683,565        104,761  

Amounts due from related parties

     138,695        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     374,958        683,565        104,761  

Investments in subsidiaries

     41,198        148,654        22,782  

Amounts due from related parties

     23,000        29,915        4,585  

Other non-current assets

     —          17,568        2,691  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     439,156        879,702        134,819  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

        

Current liabilities:

        

Amounts due to related parties

     44,705        45,587        6,986  

Accruals and other current liabilities

     400        14,452        2,215  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     45,105        60,039        9,201  

Convertible loans

     138,695        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     183,800        60,039        9,201  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

17. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY (CONTINUED)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019      2020  
     RMB      RMB      US$  
                   (Note 2)  

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT (CONTINUED)

        

Mezzanine equity:

        

Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$ 0.0001 par value; 31,343,284 and 31,343,284 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)

     82,334        110,468        16,930  

Series B-1 convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$ 0.0001 par value; nil and 21,735,721 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)

     —          142,481        21,836  

Series B-2 convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$ 0.0001 par value; 59,327,653 and 59,327,653 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)

     465,509        495,799        75,985  

Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$ 0.0001 par value; nil and 61,364,562 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)

     —          658,788        100,963  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mezzanine equity

     547,843        1,407,536        215,714  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholders’ deficit:

        

Ordinary shares (par value of US$0.0001 per share; 500,000,000 and 500,000,000 shares authorized; 99,044,776 and 99,044,776 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)

     68        68        10  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (3,159      (23,912      (3,665

Accumulated deficit

     (289,396      (564,029      (86,441
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit

     (292,487      (587,873      (90,096
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     439,156        879,702        134,819  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(All amounts in thousands, except for share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

 

17. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY (CONTINUED)

 

Statements of comprehensive loss

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
 
     2018      2019      2020  
     RMB      RMB      RMB      US$  

Expenses

           

Research and development expenses

     —          (2,289      (1,753      (269

Administrative expenses

     —          (3,334      (13,745      (2,106
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     —          (5,623      (15,498      (2,375

Interest income

     —          2,904        2,179        334  

Other losses

     —          (21      —          —    

Foreign exchange gain (loss), net

     —          —          (1,551      (238

Share of losses of subsidiaries

     (60,793      (135,924      (197,030      (30,196
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     (60,793      (138,664      (211,900      (32,475

Income tax expense

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

     (60,793      (138,664      (211,900      (32,475

Deemed dividend to convertible redeemable preferred shareholders

     —          (25,390      —          —    

Accretion of convertible redeemable preferred shares to redemption value

     (12,199      (36,802      (62,733      (9,614
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.’s ordinary shareholders

     (72,992      (200,856      (274,633      (42,089

Other comprehensive loss

           

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of nil tax

     —          (3,159      (20,754      (3,181
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss attributable to Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.’s ordinary shareholders

     (72,992      (204,015      (295,387      (45,270
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Statements of cash flows

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
 
     2018      2019      2020  
          RMB           RMB      RMB      US$  
                          (Note 2)  

Net cash used in operating activities

     —          (5,499      (13,309      (2,040

Net cash used in investing activities

     —          (197,739      (312,649      (47,916

Net cash generated from financing activities

     —          439,501        792,775        121,498  

Effect of exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents

     —          —          (19,515      (2,991
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     —          236,263        447,302        68,551  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year

     —          —          236,263        36,210  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year

     —          236,263        683,565        104,761  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43

EX-2.5

Exhibit 2.5

Description of Rights of Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), each representing five ordinary shares of Gracell Biotechnologies Inc. (“our company”) are listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market and the shares are registered under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). This exhibit contains a description of the rights of (i) the holders of ordinary shares and (ii) ADS holders. Shares underlying the ADSs are held by The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, and holders of ADSs will not be treated as holders of the ordinary shares.

Description of Ordinary Shares (Items 9.A.3, 9.A.5, 9.A.6, 9.A.7, 10.B.3, 10.B.4, 10.B.6, 10.B.7, 10.B.8, 10.B.9 and 10.B.10 of Form 20-F)

Ordinary Shares

General. Our ordinary shares are issued in registered form and are issued when registered in our register of shareholders. We may not issue shares to bearer. Our shareholders who are nonresidents of the Cayman Islands may freely hold and vote their shares.

Dividends. The holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors. In addition, our shareholders may declare dividends by ordinary resolution, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by our directors. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that the directors may, before recommending or declaring any dividend, set aside out of the funds legally available for distribution such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, in the absolute discretion of the directors, be applicable for meeting contingencies or for equalizing dividends or for any other purpose to which those funds may be properly applied. Under the laws of the Cayman Islands, our company may pay a dividend out of either profit or the credit standing in our company’s share premium account, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in our company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business immediately following the date on which the distribution or dividend is paid.

Voting Rights. Holders of our ordinary shares shall be entitled to one vote per ordinary share. Voting at any shareholders’ meeting is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands). A poll may be demanded by the chairman of such meeting or any one or more shareholders who together hold not less than 10% of the votes attaching to the total ordinary shares which are present in person or by proxy at the meeting.

An ordinary resolution to be passed at a meeting by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes attaching to the ordinary shares cast at a meeting, while a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of the votes cast attaching to the outstanding ordinary shares at a meeting. A special resolution will be required for important matters such as a change of name or making changes to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Holders of the ordinary shares may, among other things, divide or combine their shares by ordinary resolution.

General Meetings of Shareholders. As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obliged by the Companies Act (as amended) of the Cayman Islands, or the Companies Act, to call shareholders’ annual general meetings. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we may (but are not obliged to) in each year hold a general meeting as our annual general meeting in which case we shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it, and the annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as may be determined by our directors.

Shareholders’ general meetings may be convened by a majority of our board of directors. Advance notice of at least ten calendar days is required for the convening of our annual general shareholders’ meeting (if any) and any other general meeting of our shareholders. A quorum required for any general meeting of shareholders consists of at least two holders of shares being not less than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of all votes attaching to all shares in issue and entitled to vote.

 

1


The Companies Act does not provide shareholders with an express right to put forth any proposal before an annual meeting of the shareholders. However, the Companies Act may provide shareholders with limited rights to requisition a general meeting, but such rights must be stipulated in the articles of association of our company.

Transfer of Ordinary Shares. Subject to the restrictions set out below, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or any other form approved by our board of directors.

Our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share which is not fully paid up or on which we have a lien. Our board of directors may also decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share unless:

 

   

the instrument of transfer is lodged with us, accompanied by the certificate for the ordinary shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

   

the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of ordinary shares;

 

   

the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;

 

   

in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the ordinary share is to be transferred does not exceed four;

 

   

the ordinary shares transferred are free of any lien in favor of our company; and

 

   

a fee of such maximum sum as The Nasdaq Global Select Market may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as our directors may from time to time require is paid to us in respect thereof.

If our directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within three months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.

The registration of transfers may, after compliance with any notice required of The Nasdaq Global Select Market, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as our board of directors may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year.

Liquidation. On the winding up of our company, if the assets available for distribution amongst our shareholders shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst our shareholders in proportion to the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively at the commencement of the winding up, subject to a deduction from those shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to our company for unpaid calls or otherwise. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay the whole of the share capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders in proportion to the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively.

Calls on Shares and Forfeiture of Shares. Our board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 days prior to the specified time and place of payment. The shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.

 

2


Redemption, Repurchase and Surrender of Shares. Subject to the Companies Act, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by the Nasdaq, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or by any other recognized stock exchange on which our securities are listed, we may issue shares on terms that such shares are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders of these shares, on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by our board of directors and we may also repurchase any of our shares on such terms and in such manner as have been approved by our board of directors or by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. Under the Companies Act, the redemption or repurchase of any share may be paid out of our profits or out of the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for the purpose of such redemption or repurchase, or out of capital (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve) if our company can, immediately following such payment, pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. In addition, under the Companies Act no such share may be redeemed or repurchased (a) unless it is fully paid up, (b) if such redemption or repurchase would result in there being no shares outstanding or (c) if the company has commenced liquidation. In addition, our company may accept the surrender of any fully paid share for no consideration.

Variations of Rights of Shares. If at any time our share capital is divided into different classes or series of shares, the rights attached to any class or series of shares (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series), whether or not our company is being wound-up, may be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or series or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of the class or series. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with such existing class of shares.

Issuance of Additional Shares. Our amended and restated memorandum of association authorizes our board of directors to issue additional ordinary shares from time to time as our board of directors shall determine, to the extent of available authorized but unissued shares.

Our amended and restated memorandum of association also authorizes our board of directors to establish from time to time one or more series of preferred shares and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

   

the designation of the series;

 

   

the number of shares of the series;

 

   

the dividend rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights;

 

   

the rights and terms of redemption and liquidation preferences; and

 

   

any other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights.

Our board of directors may issue preference shares without action by our shareholders to the extent authorized but unissued. Issuance of these shares may dilute the voting power of holders of ordinary shares.

Inspection of Books and Records. Holders of our ordinary shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our corporate records. However, we will provide our shareholders with annual audited financial statements. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Anti-Takeover Provisions. Some provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that:

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue preference shares in one or more series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preference shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders; and

 

   

limit the ability of shareholders to requisition and convene general meetings of shareholders.

 

3


However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association for a proper purpose and for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company.

Exempted Company. We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act. The Companies Act distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except that an exempted company:

 

   

does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;

 

   

is not required to open its register of members for inspection;

 

   

does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

 

   

may issue negotiable or bearer shares or shares with no par value;

 

   

may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

 

   

may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

 

   

may register as a limited duration company; and

 

   

may register as a segregated portfolio company.

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

Differences in Corporate Law

The Companies Law is derived, to a large extent, from the older Companies Acts of England but does not follow recent English statutory enactments and accordingly there are significant differences between the Companies Law and the current Companies Act of England. In addition, the Companies Act differs from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements. The Companies Act permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. For these purposes, (i) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company, and (ii) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by (a) a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company, and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. The written plan of merger or consolidation must be filed with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands together with a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and that notification of the merger or consolidation will be published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

 

4


A merger between a Cayman parent company and its Cayman subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders of that Cayman subsidiary if a copy of the plan of merger is given to every member of that Cayman subsidiary to be merged unless that member agrees otherwise. For this purpose a company is a “parent” of a subsidiary if it holds issued shares that together represent at least ninety percent (90%) of the votes at a general meeting of the subsidiary.

The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest over a constituent company is required unless this requirement is waived by a court in the Cayman Islands.

Save in certain limited circumstances, a shareholder of a Cayman constituent company who dissents from the merger or consolidation is entitled to payment of the fair value of his shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman Islands court) upon dissenting to the merger or consolidation, provide the dissenting shareholder complies strictly with the procedures set out in the Companies Act. The exercise of dissenter rights will preclude the exercise by the dissenting shareholder of any other rights to which he or she might otherwise be entitled by virtue of holding shares, save for the right to seek relief on the grounds that the merger or consolidation is void or unlawful.

Separate from the statutory provisions relating to mergers and consolidations, the Companies Act also contains statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies by way of schemes of arrangement, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

 

   

the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

 

   

the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class;

 

   

the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and

 

   

the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Act.

The Companies Act also contains a statutory power of compulsory acquisition which may facilitate the “squeeze out” of dissentient minority shareholder upon a tender offer. When a tender offer is made and accepted by holders of 90.0% of the shares affected within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares to the offeror on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

If an arrangement and reconstruction by way of scheme of arrangement is thus approved and sanctioned, or if a tender offer is made and accepted, a dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

 

5


Shareholders’ Suits. In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff to sue for a wrong done to us as a company, and as a general rule a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, the Cayman Islands court can be expected to follow and apply the common law principles (namely the rule in Foss v. Harbottle and the exceptions thereto) so that a non-controlling shareholder may be permitted to commence a class action against or derivative actions in the name of the company to challenge actions where:

 

   

a company acts or proposes to act illegally or ultra vires;

 

   

the act complained of, although not ultra vires, could only be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote that has not been obtained; and

 

   

those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability. Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such directors or officer, other than by reason of such person’s dishonesty, willful default or fraud, in or about the conduct of our company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such director or officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning our company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation.

In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that provide such persons with additional indemnification beyond that provided in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties. Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director acts in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, the director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

 

6


As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands exempted company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore it is considered that he owes the following duties to the company—a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of the company, a duty not to make a profit based on his position as director (unless the company permits him to do so), a duty not to put himself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his personal interest or his duty to a third party, and a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were intended. A director of a Cayman Islands exempted company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.

Shareholder Action by Written Resolution. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated articles of association provide that shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of a unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting without a meeting being held.

Shareholder Proposals. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

The Companies Act provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our amended and restated articles of association allow our shareholders holding in aggregate not less than one-third of all votes attaching to the issued and outstanding shares of our company entitled to vote at general meetings to requisition an extraordinary general meeting of our shareholders, in which case our board is obliged to convene an extraordinary general meeting and to put the resolutions so requisitioned to a vote at such meeting. As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we may but are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings. See “––Our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association––General Meetings of Shareholders” for more information on the rights of our shareholders’ rights to put proposals before the annual general meeting.

Cumulative Voting. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled for a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under the laws of the Cayman Islands but our amended and restated articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Removal of Directors. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our amended and restated articles of association, directors may be removed only for cause by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. In addition, a director’s office shall be vacated if the director (i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors; (ii) is found to be or becomes of unsound mind or dies; (iii) resigns his office by notice in writing to the company; (iv) without special leave of absence from our board of directors, is absent from three consecutive meetings of the board and the board resolves that his office be vacated; or (v) is removed from office pursuant to any other provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Transactions with Interested Shareholders. The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting share within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

 

7


Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Dissolution; Winding up. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board.

Under Cayman Islands law, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of its members. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so. Under the Companies Act and our amended and restated articles of association, our company may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by a special resolution of our shareholders.

Variation of Rights of Shares. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class with the written consent of the holders of two-thirds of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Amendment of Governing Documents. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under the Companies Act and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution of our shareholders.

Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders. There are no limitations imposed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

Description of Debt Securities, Warrants and Rights and Other Securities (Items 12.A, 12.B and 12.C of Form 20-F)

Not applicable.

Description of American Depositary Shares (Items 12.D.1 and 12.D.2 of Form 20-F)

The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, will register and deliver American Depositary Shares, also referred to as ADSs. Each ADS will represent five ordinary shares (or a right to receive five ordinary shares) deposited with The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, as custodian for the depositary in Hong Kong. Each ADS will also represent any other securities, cash or other property that may be held by the depositary. The deposited shares together with any other securities, cash or other property held by the depositary are referred to as the deposited securities. The depositary’s office at which the ADSs will be administered and its principal executive office are located at 240 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10286.

 

8


You may hold ADSs either (A) directly (i) by having an American Depositary Receipt, also referred to as an ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (ii) by having uncertificated ADSs registered in your name, or (B) indirectly by holding a security entitlement in ADSs through your broker or other financial institution that is a direct or indirect participant in The Depository Trust Company, also called DTC. If you hold ADSs directly, you are a registered ADS holder, also referred to as an ADS holder. This description assumes you are an ADS holder. If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

Registered holders of uncertificated ADSs will receive statements from the depositary confirming their holdings.

As an ADS holder, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not have shareholder rights. Cayman Islands law governs shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the shares underlying your ADSs. As a registered holder of ADSs, you will have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary, ADS holders and all other persons indirectly or beneficially holding ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the ADSs.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of ADR.

Dividends and Other Distributions

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the shares?

The depositary has agreed to pay or distribute to ADS holders the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities, upon payment or deduction of its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of shares your ADSs represent.

 

   

Cash. The depositary will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the shares into U.S. dollars, if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States. If that is not possible or if any government approval is needed and cannot be obtained, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest.

 

   

Before making a distribution, any withholding taxes, or other governmental charges that must be paid will be deducted. The depositary will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some of the value of the distribution.

 

   

Shares. The depositary may distribute additional ADSs representing any shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution. The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. It will sell shares which would require it to deliver a fraction of an ADS (or ADSs representing those shares) and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. If the depositary does not distribute additional ADSs, the outstanding ADSs will also represent the new shares. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed shares (or ADSs representing those shares) sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

 

   

Rights to purchase additional shares. If we offer holders of our securities any rights to subscribe for additional shares or any other rights, the depositary may (i) exercise those rights on behalf of ADS holders, (ii) distribute those rights to ADS holders or (iii) sell those rights and distribute the net proceeds to ADS holders, in each case after deduction or upon payment of its fees and expenses. To the extent the depositary does not do any of those things, it will allow the rights to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them. The depositary will exercise or distribute rights only if we ask it to and provide satisfactory assurances to the depositary that it is legal to do so. If the depositary will exercise rights, it will purchase the securities to which the rights relate and distribute those securities or, in the case of shares, new ADSs representing the new shares, to subscribing ADS holders, but only if ADS holders have paid the exercise price to the depositary. U.S. securities laws may restrict the ability of the depositary to distribute rights or ADSs or other securities issued on exercise of rights to all or certain ADS holders, and the securities distributed may be subject to restrictions on transfer.

 

9


   

Other Distributions. The depositary will send to ADS holders anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it thinks is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, the depositary has a choice. It may decide to sell what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds, in the same way as it does with cash. Or, it may decide to hold what we distributed, in which case ADSs will also represent the newly distributed property. However, the depositary is not required to distribute any securities (other than ADSs) to ADS holders unless it receives satisfactory evidence from us that it is legal to make that distribution. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed securities or property sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution. U.S. securities laws may restrict the ability of the depositary to distribute securities to all or certain ADS holders, and the securities distributed may be subject to restrictions on transfer.

The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs, shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How are ADSs issued?

The depositary will deliver ADSs if you or your broker deposits shares or evidence of rights to receive shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADSs to or upon the order of the person or persons that made the deposit.

How can ADS holders withdraw the deposited securities?

You may surrender your ADSs to the depositary for the purpose of withdrawal. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver the shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs to the ADS holder or a person the ADS holder designates at the office of the custodian. Or, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its office, if feasible. However, the depositary is not required to accept surrender of ADSs to the extent it would require delivery of a fraction of a deposited share or other security. The depositary may charge you a fee and its expenses for instructing the custodian regarding delivery of deposited securities.

How do ADS holders interchange between certificated ADSs and uncertificated ADSs?

You may surrender your ADR to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your ADR for uncertificated ADSs. The depositary will cancel that ADR and will send to the ADS holder a statement confirming that the ADS holder is the registered holder of uncertificated ADSs. Upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, the depositary will execute and deliver to the ADS holder an ADR evidencing those ADSs.

 

10


Voting Rights

How do you vote?

ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote the number of deposited shares their ADSs represent. If we request the depositary to solicit your voting instructions (and we are not required to do so), the depositary will notify you of a shareholders’ meeting and send or make voting materials available to you. Those materials will describe the matters to be voted on and explain how ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote. For instructions to be valid, they must reach the depositary by a date set by the depositary. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to the laws of the Cayman Islands and the provisions of our articles of association or similar documents, to vote or to have its agents vote the shares or other deposited securities as instructed by ADS holders. If we do not request the depositary to solicit your voting instructions, you can still send voting instructions, and, in that case, the depositary may try to vote as you instruct, but it is not required to do so.

Except by instructing the depositary as described above, you won’t be able to exercise voting rights unless you surrender your ADSs and withdraw the shares. However, you may not know about the meeting enough in advance to withdraw the shares. In any event, the depositary will not exercise any discretion in voting deposited securities and it will only vote or attempt to vote as instructed, or as described in the following sentence. If (i) we ask the depositary to solicit your instructions at least 30 days before the meeting date, (ii) the depositary does not receive voting instructions from you by the specified date and (iii) we confirm to the depositary that:

 

   

we wish to receive a proxy to vote uninstructed shares;

 

   

we reasonably do not know of any substantial shareholder opposition to a particular question; and

 

   

the particular question is not materially adverse to the interests of shareholders,

the depositary will consider you to have authorized and directed it to give, and it will give, a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us to vote the number of deposited securities represented by your ADSs as to that question.

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise voting rights and there may be nothing you can do if your shares are not voted as you requested.

In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to Deposited Securities, if we request the Depositary to act, we agree to give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted upon at least 30 days in advance of the meeting date.

Tender and Exchange Offers; Redemption, Replacement or Cancellation of Deposited Securities

The depositary will not tender deposited securities in any voluntary tender or exchange offer unless instructed to do so by an ADS holder surrendering ADSs and subject to any conditions or procedures the depositary may establish.

If deposited securities are redeemed for cash in a transaction that is mandatory for the depositary as a holder of deposited securities, the depositary will call for surrender of a corresponding number of ADSs and distribute the net redemption money to the holders of called ADSs upon surrender of those ADSs.

If there is any change in the deposited securities such as a sub-division, combination or other reclassification, or any merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization affecting the issuer of deposited securities in which the depositary receives new securities in exchange for or in lieu of the old deposited securities, the depositary will hold those replacement securities as deposited securities under the deposit agreement. However, if the depositary decides it would not be lawful and practical to hold the replacement securities because those securities could not be distributed to ADS holders or for any other reason, the depositary may instead sell the replacement securities and distribute the net proceeds upon surrender of the ADSs.

 

11


If there is a replacement of the deposited securities and the depositary will continue to hold the replacement securities, the depositary may distribute new ADSs representing the new deposited securities or ask you to surrender your outstanding ADRs in exchange for new ADRs identifying the new deposited securities.

If there are no deposited securities underlying ADSs, including if the deposited securities are cancelled, or if the deposited securities underlying ADSs have become apparently worthless, the depositary may call for surrender of those ADSs or cancel those ADSs upon notice to the ADS holders.

Amendment and Termination

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the ADRs without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, or prejudices a substantial right of ADS holders, it will not become effective for outstanding ADSs until 30 days after the depositary notifies ADS holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADRs and the deposit agreement as amended.

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

The depositary will initiate termination of the deposit agreement if we instruct it to do so. The depositary may initiate termination of the deposit agreement if

 

   

60 days have passed since the depositary told us it wants to resign but a successor depositary has not been appointed and accepted its appointment;

 

   

we delist the ADSs from an exchange in the United States on which they were listed and do not list the ADSs on another exchange in the United States or make arrangements for trading of ADSs on the U.S. over-the-counter market;

 

   

we delist our shares from an exchange outside the United States on which they were listed and do not list the shares on another exchange outside the United States;

 

   

the depositary has reason to believe the ADSs have become, or will become, ineligible for registration on Form F-6 under the Securities Act of 1933;

 

   

we appear to be insolvent or enter insolvency proceedings;

 

   

all or substantially all the value of the deposited securities has been distributed either in cash or in the form of securities;

 

   

there are no deposited securities underlying the ADSs or the underlying deposited securities have become apparently worthless; or

 

   

there has been a replacement of deposited securities.

If the deposit agreement will terminate, the depositary will notify ADS holders at least 90 days before the termination date. At any time after the termination date, the depositary may sell the deposited securities. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. Normally, the depositary will sell as soon as practicable after the termination date.

 

12


After the termination date and before the depositary sells, ADS holders can still surrender their ADSs and receive delivery of deposited securities, except that the depositary may refuse to accept a surrender for the purpose of withdrawing deposited securities or reverse previously accepted surrenders of that kind that have not settled if it would interfere with the selling process. The depositary may refuse to accept a surrender for the purpose of withdrawing sale proceeds until all the deposited securities have been sold. The depositary will continue to collect distributions on deposited securities, but, after the termination date, the depositary is not required to register any transfer of ADSs or distribute any dividends or other distributions on deposited securities to the ADSs holder (until they surrender their ADSs) or give any notices or perform any other duties under the deposit agreement except as described in this paragraph.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary; Limits on Liability to Holders of ADSs

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and the depositary:

 

   

are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith, and the depositary will not be a fiduciary or have any fiduciary duty to holders of ADSs;

 

   

are not liable if we are or it is prevented or delayed by law or by events or circumstances beyond our or its ability to prevent or counteract with reasonable care or effort from performing our or its obligations under the deposit agreement;

 

   

are not liable if we or it exercises discretion permitted under the deposit agreement;

 

   

are not liable for the inability of any holder of ADSs to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of ADSs under the terms of the deposit agreement, or for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement;

 

   

have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the ADSs or the deposit agreement on your behalf or on behalf of any other person;

 

   

may rely upon any documents we believe or it believes in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person;

 

   

are not liable for the acts or omissions of any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system; and

 

   

the depositary has no duty to make any determination or provide any information as to our tax status, or any liability for any tax consequences that may be incurred by ADS holders as a result of owning or holding ADSs or be liable for the inability or failure of an ADS holder to obtain the benefit of a foreign tax credit, reduced rate of withholding or refund of amounts withheld in respect of tax or any other tax benefit.

In the deposit agreement, we and the depositary agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.

Requirements for Depositary Actions

Before the depositary will deliver or register a transfer of ADSs, make a distribution on ADSs, or permit withdrawal of shares, the depositary may require:

 

13


   

payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any shares or other deposited securities;

 

   

satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems necessary; and

 

   

compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.

The depositary may refuse to deliver ADSs or register transfers of ADSs when the transfer books of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we think it advisable to do so.

Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying your ADSs

ADS holders have the right to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying shares at any time except:

 

   

when temporary delays arise because: (i) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (ii) the transfer of shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting; or (iii) we are paying a dividend on our shares;

 

   

when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or

 

   

when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of shares or other deposited securities.

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

Direct Registration System

In the deposit agreement, all parties to the deposit agreement acknowledge that the Direct Registration System, also referred to as DRS, and Profile Modification System, also referred to as Profile, will apply to the ADSs. DRS is a system administered by DTC that facilitates interchange between registered holding of uncertificated ADSs and holding of security entitlements in ADSs through DTC and a DTC participant. Profile is a feature of DRS that allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs, to direct the depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS holder to register that transfer.

In connection with and in accordance with the arrangements and procedures relating to DRS/Profile, the parties to the deposit agreement understand that the depositary will not determine whether the DTC participant that is claiming to be acting on behalf of an ADS holder in requesting registration of transfer and delivery as described in the paragraph above has the actual authority to act on behalf of the ADS holder (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code). In the deposit agreement, the parties agree that the depositary’s reliance on and compliance with instructions received by the depositary through the DRS/Profile system and in accordance with the deposit agreement will not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the depositary.

Shareholder communications; inspection of register of holders of ADSs

The depositary will make available for your inspection at its office all communications that it receives from us as a holder of deposited securities that we make generally available to holders of deposited securities. The depositary will send you copies of those communications or otherwise make those communications available to you if we ask it to. You have a right to inspect the register of holders of ADSs, but not for the purpose of contacting those holders about a matter unrelated to our business or the ADSs.

 

14


Jury Trial Waiver

The deposit agreement provides that, to the extent permitted by law, ADS holders waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to our shares, the ADSs or the deposit agreement, including any claim under the U.S. federal securities laws. If we or the depositary opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable in the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with applicable case law. You will not, by agreeing to the terms of the deposit agreement, be deemed to have waived our or the depositary’s compliance with U.S. federal securities laws or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

15

EX-4.20

Exhibit 4.20

 

LOGO

 

 

Working Capital (in RMB) Loan Contract

Contract No.: [***]

Borrower (Party A): Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.

Domicile: Building 12, Block B, Biomedical Industrial Park Phase II, No. 218, Sangtian Street, Suzhou Industrial Park

Zip code: 215123

Legal representative (person-in-charge): Cao Wei

Fax: This column is left blank

Tel.: [***]

Lender (Party B): Suzhou Industrial Park Sub-branch of China Construction Bank Corporation

Domicile: Room 104, 1/F and Room 802, 8/F, Building 1, Real Estate Plaza, No.158, Wangdun Road, Suzhou Industrial Park

Zip code: 215021

Person-in-charge: [***]

Fax: 0512-62781092

Tel.: [***]

 

Page 1 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

In view of the need of paying for goods, Party A applies for a loan to Party B, and Party B agrees to issue a loan to Party A. This Contract has been entered into by and between both parties through negotiation and in accordance with relevant laws, regulations and rules for mutual compliance.

Article I     Loan Amount

Party A will borrow RMB (in words) Five Million only from Party B.

Article II     Purpose of Loan and source of Repayment

Party A shall use the loan as the working fund for daily production and operation.

Please refer to Annex 1 “Basic Information of the Loan” for the specific use and source of repayment of the loan under this Contract.

Article III     Loan Term

The loan term specified in this Contract shall be twelve (12) months, i.e., from November 12, 2020 to November 11, 2021.

In case of any inconsistency between the starting date of the loan term under this Contract and the loan re-deposit certificate (receipt for loan, the same below), the actual loan issuing date specified in the loan re-deposit certificate for initial loan issuance shall prevail, and the maturity date of the loan as agreed in Paragraph I of this Article shall be adjusted accordingly.

The loan re-deposit certificate is an integral part of this Contract, which shall have the same legal effect as this Contract.

Article IV     Loan Interest Rate, Default Interest Rate, and the Accrual and Settlement of Interests

I. Loan Interest Rate

The loan interest rate under this Contract shall be annual interest rate, as specified in the following (I):

(I)     Fixed interest rate, i.e., LPR + (“+” or “-” optional) 50 basis points (1 basis point = 0.01%, accurate to (0.01 basis point), which will remain unchanged during the loan term;

(II)     Floating interest rate, i.e., LPR (this column is left blank) (“+” or “-” optional) (this column is left blank) basis point (1 basis point = 0.01%, accurate to 0.01 basis point) in this column, which shall be adjusted every (this column is left blank) month according to the LPR one working day before the adjustment date of interest rate and the above-mentioned +/- basis points from the value date to the date when the principal and interest under this Contract are fully paid off. Adjustment date of interest rate shall be the corresponding date of the value date in the adjustment month. In case of no corresponding date of the value date in the current month, the last day of the current month shall be the adjustment date of interest rate;

 

Page 2 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

(III)     This column is left blank

II.     Default interest rate

(I)     Where Party A fails to use the loan for the intended us as specified in the contract, the default interest rate shall be 100% higher than the loan interest rate. If the loan interest rate is adjusted according to Item (II) of Paragraph I of this Article, the default interest rate shall be adjusted correspondingly according to the adjusted loan interest rate and the floating rate as mentioned herein.

(II)     The default interest rate of the overdue loan under this Contract shall be 50% higher than the loan interest rate. If the loan interest rate is adjusted according to Item (II) of Paragraph I of this Article, the default interest rate shall be adjusted correspondingly according to the adjusted loan interest rate and the floating rate as mentioned herein.

(III)     For the loan that are overdue and misappropriated simultaneously, both the default interest and compound interest shall be charged.

III.     The value date mentioned in this Article refers to the date when the loan under this Contract is re-deposited to the loan issuing account (hereinafter referred to as the “loan issuing account”) specified in Article VI of this Contract for the first time. LPR under this Contract shall be determined according to the following Item 2:

1.     When the loan is issued under this Contract for the first time, LPR refers to the quoted one-year loan market interest rate (1Y LPR) of the National Interbank Funding Center one working day before the effective date of this Contract; Thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforementioned provisions, LPR refers to the quoted one-year loan market interest rate of the National Interbank Funding Center one working day before the adjustment date.

2.     When the loan is issued under this Contract for the first time, LPR refers to the quoted one-year loan market interest rate (1Y LPR) of the National Interbank Funding Center one working day before the value date of this Contract; Thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforementioned provisions, LPR refers to the quoted one-year loan market interest rate of the National Interbank Funding Center one working day before the adjustment date.

3.     When the loan is issued under this Contract for the first time, LPR refers to the quoted over five-year loan market interest rate (5Y LPR) of the National Interbank Funding Center one working day before the effective date of this Contract; Thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforementioned provisions, LPR refers to the quoted over five-year loan market interest rate of the National Interbank Funding Center one working day before the adjustment date.

4.     When the loan is issued under this Contract for the first time, LPR refers to the quoted over five-year loan market interest rate (5Y LPR) of the National Interbank Funding Center one working day before the value date of this Contract; Thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforementioned provisions, LPR refers to the quoted over five-year loan market interest rate of the National Interbank Funding Center one working day before the adjustment date.

IV.     The loan interest shall be calculated from the date when the loan is re-deposited to the loan issuing account. The loan under this Contract shall bear interest on a daily basis with the daily interest rate = annual interest rate/360. Where Party A fails to pay interest at the interest settlement date as agreed in this Contract, compound interest will be accrued from the next day.

 

Page 3 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

V.     Interest settlement

(I)     For the loan with a fixed interest rate, the interest, when being settled, shall be calculated and settled according to the agreed interest rate. For the loan with a floating interest rate, the interest shall be calculated according to the current interest rate determined in each floating period; In case of interest rate fluctuation for multiple times in a single interest settlement period, the interest in each floating period shall be calculated first, and the interest in this interest settlement period shall be calculated by totaling the interest in each floating period at the interest settlement date.

(II)     The interest of the loan under this Contract shall be settled according to the following 1st method:

1.     The interest shall be settled on a monthly basis, i.e., on the 20th day of each month;

2.     The interest shall be settled on a quarterly basis, i.e., on the 20th day of each quarter;

3.     This column is left blank

Article V     Loan Issuing and Payment

I. Preconditions for Issuing the Loan

Unless Party B gives up in whole or in part, it is obligated to issue the loan only if all the following preconditions are continually satisfied:

1.     Party A has completed the approval, registration, delivery, insurance and other legal procedures related to the loan under this Contract;

2.     In case of any guarantee in this Contract, the guarantee that meets Party B’s requirements has come into effect and remains valid;

3.     Party A has opened an account for withdrawal and repayment as required by Party B;

4.     Party A does not have any breach of contract as agreed in this Contract;

5.     Any circumstance specified in this Contract that may endanger the creditor’s rights of Party B does not occur;

6.     The loan under this Contract is not prohibited or restricted from being issued by any law, regulation, rule or competent department;

7.     Party A continuously meets the requirements of Annex 2 “Financial Indicator Constraint Clause” in its financial indicators;

8.     Party A has submitted relevant materials before the issuance of the loan in accordance with this Contract;

9.     The materials provided by Party A to Party B are legitimate, true, complete, accurate and effective, and meet other requirements proposed by Party B;

10.     Other preconditions:

This column is left blank

 

Page 4 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

II. Loan Drawdown Plan

Loan drawdown refers to Party B’s behavior of issuing the loan funds to the loan issuing account according to Party A’s application and the provisions of this Contract.

The loan drawdown plan shall be determined according to the following method (I):

(I) The loan drawdown plan is made as follows:

1.     November 12, 2020; Amount: RMB Five Million only

2.     This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank;

3.     This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank;

4.     This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank;

5.     This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank;

6.     This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank.

This column is left blank

(II)     The Loan Drawdown Plan is made as follows:

1.     From (this column is left blank) to (this column is left blank)

Amount: this column is left blank;

2.     From (this column is left blank) to (this column is left blank)

Amount: this column is left blank;

3.     From (this column is left blank) to (this column is left blank)

Amount: this column is left blank;

4.     From (this column is left blank) to (this column is left blank)

Amount: this column is left blank;

5.     From (this column is left blank) to (this column is left blank)

Amount: this column is left blank;

6.     From (this column is left blank) to (this column is left blank)

Amount: this column is left blank.

This column is left blank

(III)     Apply for fund use at any time according to Party A’s actual needs.

(IV)     This column is left blank

III.     Party A shall make use of the loan funds according to the loan drawdown plan as agreed in Paragraph II, and shall not advance, postpone, split or cancel the fund use unless otherwise agreed upon by Party B in writing.

 

Page 5 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

IV.     Where Party A uses the loan funds in installments, the maturity date of the loan shall still be determined according to the provisions of Article III of this Contract.

V.     Materials to Be Provided by Party A

Both parties choose to apply the provisions of the following Item (I) [(I) or (II) optional] on Party A’s provision of materials:

(I)

1.     As long as the conditions specified in the following (1) are satisfied:

(1)     The drawdown amount of a single loan exceeds RMB Five Million and any external payment amount in plan under this drawdown exceeds RMB Five Million;

(2)     This column is left blank

Party A shall provide the following materials for Party B at the latest five working days in advance before the drawdown of a single loan:

(1)     Loan re-deposit certificate and payment settlement certificate signed and stamped by Party A;

(2)     Trading data (including but not limited to commodity, service and fund contracts and/or invoices and other written or electronic documents that can prove the explicit purpose of the loan funds);

This column is left blank

And other materials that Party B requires Party A to provide (including but not limited to business license, power of attorney, Articles of Association , resolutions of the board of shareholders or the board of directors, etc. of Party A’s trading partner).

2.     Except for the circumstances specified in Item 1 above, or where Party B considers that Party A can pay independently as specified in Paragraph VII of this Article after examining the above materials provided by Party A, Party A shall provide the following materials for Party B at the latest five working days in advance before the drawdown of a single loan:

(1)     Fund use plan corresponding to the loan to be issued (please refer to Annex 3 for the format of the fund use plan);

(2)     Loan re-deposit certificate signed and stamped by Party A;

This column is left blank

And other materials that Party B requires Party A to provide (including but not limited to business license, power of attorney, Articles of Association , resolutions of the board of shareholders or the board of directors, etc. of Party A’s trading partner).

(II)

Regardless of the drawdown amount of a single loan, Party A shall provide the following materials for Party B at the latest (this column is left blank) working days in advance before the drawdown of a single loan:

(1)     Loan re-deposit certificate and payment settlement certificate signed and stamped by Party A;

 

Page 6 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

(2)     Trading data (including but not limited to commodity, service and fund contracts and/or invoices and other written or electronic documents that can prove the explicit purpose of the loan funds);

This column is left blank

And other materials that Party B requires Party A to provide (including but not limited to business license, power of attorney, Articles of Association, resolutions of the board of shareholders or the board of directors, etc. of Party A’s trading partner).

VI. Entrusted Payment of Party B

1.     Applicable circumstances of the entrusted payment of Party B

As long as the single loan complies with the following circumstance (1), Party B shall be entrusted to pay, i.e., Party A irrevocably entrusts Party B to pay the loan funds to Party A’s trading partner. Party A shall not pay the above-mentioned loan funds to its trading partner or any other third party by itself.

(1)     The drawdown amount of a single loan exceeds RMB Five Million and any external payment amount in plan under this drawdown exceeds RMB Five Million. Besides, Party B considers that it complies with the characteristic that the payment object is clear after examining the materials provided by Party A;

(2)     In spite of the drawdown amount of a single loan, Party B shall be entrusted to pay;

(3)     This column is left blank

2.     In the case that Party B is entrusted to pay, Party B shall re-deposit the loan funds to the loan issuing account, from which the loan funds will be directly paid to the account of Party A’s trading partner. Party A shall not dispose of the loan funds in any form (including but not limited to transfer and withdrawal).

3.     Party B shall conduct formal examination on the payment amount, payment time, payment object, payment method and handling account according to the materials provided by Party A. Party B shall pay the loan funds to Party A’s trading partner after completing formal examination on the above-mentioned payment elements and finding that they meet its requirements. Once the loan funds enter the account of the trading partner provided by Party A, Party B shall be deemed to have fulfilled the obligation of entrusted payment. Party A shall inquire whether the payment is made successfully within one working day after the payment date, and notify Party B immediately if it fails. Party A shall ensure that its trading partner is consistent with the specific use of the loan and trading data.

4.     Party B’s formal examination on the aforementioned payment elements does not mean that Party B confirms the authenticity, legitimacy and compliance of the trading, nor does it mean that Party B intervenes in any dispute between Party A and its trading partner or any other third party or needs to bear any liability and obligation of Party A. Party A shall compensate Party B for all its losses arising from the entrusted payment.

5.     Where the loan funds are not paid to the account of Party A’s trading partner successfully or timely because the materials provided by Party A are incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or inconsistent with the specific use of the loan, or conflict in the information, or due to any other reason not liable by Party B, the following provisions shall apply:

 

Page 7 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

(1)     All the consequences arising therefrom, including but not limited to all the losses caused by the failure to pay the loan funds to the accounts of Party A’s trading partners successfully or timely, shall be borne by Party A. Party B shall not bear any liability, and Party A shall compensate Party B for all its losses arising therefrom;

(2)     Party A shall not dispose of this part of loan funds in any form (including but not limited to transfer and withdrawal);

(3)     Party A shall fulfill its obligations of providing and correcting the materials again according to Party B’s requirements within five working days;

This column is left blank

Where Party A violates any of the above provisions, Party B shall be entitled to recover this part of loan funds in advance.

6.     All risks, liabilities and losses of the failure, error and delay in payment of loan funds not caused by Party B’s fault shall be borne by Party A, and Party B shall not bear any liability. All losses of Party B arising therefrom shall be compensated by Party A.

VII. Independent Payment of Party A

If the drawdown of a single loan does not comply with the circumstances of entrusted payment of Party B as specified in Item 1 of Paragraph VI of this Article, Party A shall pay independently, i.e., after Party B issues the loan funds to the loan issuing account according to Party A’s withdrawal application, Party A shall pay to its trading partner independently. Party A shall ensure that its trading partner is consistent with the specific use of the loan and trading data.

VIII. Regardless of whether Party B is entrusted to pay or Party A pays independently, once the loan funds enter the loan issuing account, Party B shall be deemed to have fulfilled its obligation of issuing the loan. Party A shall ensure that the loan issuing account is in a normal state (including but not limited to not being frozen by the competent authority, etc.). All risks, liabilities and losses caused by the freezing and deduction of loan funds by competent authority, etc. after they enter the loan issuing account shall be borne by Party A. All losses of Party B arising therefrom shall be compensated by Party A.

IX. Change of Payment Method

Under any of the following circumstances, Party B shall have the right to change the payment method of loan funds, including but not limited to adjusting the applicable circumstances of entrusted payment (for example, adjusting the amount standard for entrusted payment), changing the payment method of a single loan, etc.:

1.     Party A has any breach of contract as agreed in this Contract;

2.     Any circumstance specified in this Contract that may endanger the creditor’s rights of Party B occurs;

3.     Other circumstances in which Party B considers it necessary to change the payment method of loan funds.

Where Party B changes the payment method, Party A shall fulfill its obligations of submitting related materials again, etc. according to the provisions of this Contract and Party B’s requirements.

 

Page 8 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

Article VI

The Use and Supervision of Account

I. Loan Issuing Account

The loan issuing account under this Contract shall be determined according to the following 2nd method:

1.     Within (this column is left blank) working days from the effective date of this Contract and before the loan is issued for the first time, Party A shall open a special loan issuing account at Party B, which shall be specially used for the issuance and payment of all loan funds under this Contract.

2.     Other accounts opened by Party A at Party B (account number: [***]).

II. Fund Repayment Account

1.     Within three working days from the effective date of this Contract, Party A shall open a fund repayment account at Party B or take the existing account (account number: [***]) opened at Party B as the fund repayment account.

2.     Party A shall regularly summarize and report the inflow and outflow of funds in the fund repayment account to Party B on a quarterly (“monthly” or “quarterly” optional) basis. Party A shall summarize and report the inflow and outflow of funds in the previous cycle to Party B at the latest within the first ten working days of each cycle.

3.     Party B shall be entitled to manage the inflow and outflow of recouped funds in this account. Specifically, the fund repayment account shall meet the requirements as specified in the following Item (10):

(1)     Average stock of funds in the account:

This column is left blank

(2)     In-place time of recouped funds:

This column is left blank

(3)     The proportion of Party A’s overall sales funds entering the account:

This column is left blank

(4)     Limit for a single sum of external payment of funds in the account:

This column is left blank

(5)     Limit for a daily sum of external payment of funds in the account:

This column is left blank

(6)     Restrictions on signing online banking for this account:

This column is left blank

(7)     External payment of the funds in the account shall be approved by Party B;

 

Page 9 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

(8)     This account shall be used exclusively for the collection and repayment of loans under this Contract, and shall not be used for any other purpose;

(9)     This column is left blank

(10)     Other requirements proposed by Party B;

(11)     It shall be implemented in accordance with relevant provisions of the Account Management Agreement entered between both parties separately.

 

Article VII

Repayment

I. Repayment Principles

Party A’s repayment under this Contract shall be made according to the following principles:

Party B shall have the right to use Party A’s repayment to first pay off various expenses that should be borne by Party A as agreed in this Contract, but paid in advance by Party B, as well as the expenses for Party B to realize its creditor’s rights. The rest of the funds shall be used for repayment on the principle of paying interest first and then repaying principal with the interest settled together with the principal. However, for the loan whose principal has been overdue for more than ninety days, the loan whose interest has been overdue for more than ninety days, or the loan otherwise stipulated by applicable laws, regulations or rules, Party A shall repay the principal first and then pay the interest after paying off the aforesaid expenses.

 

II.

Payment of Interest

Party A shall pay the interest due to Party B on the interest settlement date. The first interest payment date shall be the first interest settlement date after the loan is issued. In the last repayment, the interest will be paid off together with the principal.

 

III.

Principal Repayment Plan

The principal repayment plan shall be determined according to the following method (I):

(I) The principal repayment plan is made as follows:

 

1.

November 11, 2021; Amount: RMB Five Million only;

 

2.

This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank;

 

3.

This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank;

 

4.

This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank;

 

5.

This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank;

 

6.

This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank.

 

7.

This column is left blank

 

(II)

This column is left blank

 

Page 10 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

IV. Repayment Method

Party A shall reserve enough funds payable in the current period in the fund repayment account or other accounts opened at Party B before the repayment date specified in this Contract, and transfer the funds for repayment by itself (Party B also has the right to transfer the funds from this account for repayment), or transfer the funds from other accounts for repayment on the repayment date as specified in this Contract.

V. Advance Repayment

Where Party A repays the principal in advance, it shall submit a written application to Party B ten working days in advance, and may repay part or all of the principal in advance with the consent of Party B.

Where Party A repays the principal in advance, the interest shall be calculated according to the actual fund use days and the loan interest rate specified in this Contract.

If Party B agrees with Party A’s advance repayment of principal, it shall have the right to claim compensation from Party A, and the amount of compensation shall be determined according to the 1st standard below:

1.     The amount of compensation = amount of advance repayment x the number of months advanced for repayment x 1‰; if it is less than one month, it shall be calculated as one month;

2.     This column is left blank

Where Party A repays the loan in installments, if it repays part of the loan principal in advance, it shall make repayment in the reverse order as specified the repayment plan. After advance repayment, the outstanding loan funds shall still bear interest according to the loan interest rate as specified in this Contract.

Article VIII     Party B’s Rights and Obligations

 

I.

Party A’s Rights

 

(I)

Have the right to require Party B to issue the loan as specified in the contract;

 

(II)

Have the right to use the loan for the intended use as specified in this Contract;

 

(III)

Have the right to apply to Party B for loan extension under the conditions as stipulated by Party B;

(IV) It’s entitled to require Party B to keep confidential the relevant financial materials and business secrets in production and operation provided by Party A, unless otherwise stipulated by relevant laws, regulations and rules, or otherwise required by competent authorities or otherwise agreed by both parties;

(V) Have the right to refuse the request of Party B and its staff for bribes, and report the above-mentioned behavior or Party B’s violation against relevant national laws and regulations on credit interest rate, service charge, etc. to relevant departments.

 

Page 11 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

II.     Party A’s Obligations

(I)     Withdraw funds and pay off the loan principal and interest in full as specified in this Contract, and bear various expenses as specified in this Contract;

(II)     Provide various materials such as financial accounting materials, materials of production and operation status, etc. as required by Party B, including but not limited to providing Party B with the Balance Sheet as of the end of the last quarter and the Income Statement (Statement of Revenues and Expenditures for public institutions) as of the end of the last quarter within the first ten working days of the first month of each quarter, and timely provide the Cash Flow Statement of the current year at the end of each year, and ensure that all materials provided are legitimate, true, complete, accurate and effective. It’s forbidden to provide false materials or conceal important operation and financial facts;

(III)     Where Party A suffers from any major unfavorable event which affects its solvency or any other circumstance that endangers the creditor’s rights of Party B, or makes any change in industrial and commercial registration items such as the name, legal representative (person-in-charge), domicile, business scope, registered capital or Articles of Association of the company (enterprise), etc., it shall notify Party B in writing within 3 working days after the occurrence, and attach relevant materials after the change;

(IV)     Party A shall apply the loan to the intended use as specified in this Contract, and shall not misuse or misappropriate it or engage in any trading that violates relevant laws or regulations with the bank loan, or use the loan for investment in fixed assets, equity, etc. or in the production and operation fields and purposes prohibited by the state, or use it to offset the liabilities arising from Party A’s investment in fixed assets, equity, etc.; Party A shall cooperate with and accept Party B’s inspection and supervision on its production, operation and financial activities, and the use and payment of the loan under this Contract, and also cooperate with and accept Party B’s relevant requirements for post-loan management; Party A shall not withdraw funds, transfer assets or use connected transactions to avoid the debt to Party B; Party A shall not realize bank discount or pledge, or take bank funds or credit by false contracts with related parties, and notes receivable, accounts receivable and other creditor’s rights without actual trading background; Party A shall pay loan funds according to the provisions of this Contract, and shall not evade entrusted payment of Party B by breaking up the whole into parts;

(V)     Where Party A uses the loan under this Contract for manufacturing, it shall abide by relevant national regulations on environmental protection;

(VI)     Before paying off the loan principal and interest to Party B, Party A shall not use the assets formed by the loan under this Contract to provide guarantee for any third party without the consent of Party B;

(VII)     If Party A is a group client, it shall promptly report the connected transactions valuing more than 10% of its net assets to Party B, including: (1) the association relationship of transaction parties; (2) transaction items and nature of the transaction; (3) amount of the transaction or the corresponding proportion; (4) pricing policy (including transactions with no amount or with only symbolic amount);

(VIII)     Party A shall get Party B’s written consent before executing major events such as merger, separation, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial increase of debt financing, etc. However, Party B’s written consent will not affect its right to take remedial measures as specified in this Contract when it thinks that the above-mentioned behaviors may endanger the security of its creditor’s rights in the future;

 

Page 12 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

(IX)     Where Party A pays independently, it shall summarize and report the use and payment of the loan to Party B on a monthly basis. Party A shall summarize and report the use and payment of the loan in the previous month to Party B at the latest within ten working days at the beginning of each month, and submit the actual payment list until the loan payment is completed. Please refer to Annex 4 for the format of summary report.

Article IX     Party B’s Rights and Obligations

I.     Party B shall be entitled to require Party A to repay the loan principal, interest and expenses on schedule, manage and control the payment of loan funds, dynamically monitor the overall cash flow of Party A, recover the loan in advance according to the Party A’s recouping of funds, exercise other rights as specified in this Contract, and require Party A to fulfill other obligations under this Contract;

II.     Party B shall have the right to participate in Party A’s large-scale financing (i.e., financing with the total amount exceeding RMB One Hundred Million or equivalent amount in foreign currency), asset sale, merger, separation, shareholding reform, bankruptcy liquidation and other activities to safeguard its creditor’s rights. Party B shall participate in the aforementioned activities in the following 1st method:

1.     Party A shall get the written consent of Party B when carrying out the above-mentioned activities;

2.     Party B shall arrange the large-scale financing of Party A;

3.     The asset sales price and object of Party A shall comply with the following provisions:

This column is left blank

4.     This column is left blank

5.     Other manners Party B considers that shall be taken

III.     Issue the loan according to the provisions of this Contract, except for the delay or failure caused by Party A’s reasons or other reasons not attributable to Party B;

IV.     Keep confidential the relevant financial materials and business secrets in production and operation provided by Party A, unless otherwise stipulated by relevant laws, regulations and rules, or otherwise required by competent authorities or otherwise agreed by both parties;

V.     It’s strictly prohibited to offer bribes to Party A and its staff, or ask for or accept bribes from them;

VI.     It’s strictly prohibited to act dishonestly or with damage to Party A’s legitimate interests.

Article X     The Remedial Measures under the Circumstances of Breach of Contract or the Creditor’s Rights of Party B Being Threatened

I. Party B’s Breach of Contract and Its Liability for Breach of Contract

(I)     Where Party B fails to issue the loan as specified in this Contract without justified reasons, Party A may require Party B to continue to issue the loan according to this Contract;

 

Page 13 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

(II)     Where Party B violates any prohibitive stipulation of national laws and regulations to collect interest or expenses that should not be collected from Party A, Party A shall have the right to request Party B to refund.

II. Party A’s Breach of Contract

 

(I)

Party A violates any provision of this Contract or any legal obligation;

 

(II)

Party A expressly or by its behavior indicates that it will not perform any obligation under this Contract.

III. Circumstances that May Endanger the Creditor’s Rights of Party B

(I)     Under any of the following circumstances, Party B considers that the security of its creditor’s rights under this Contract may be endangered: Party A is subject to contracting, trusteeship (takeover), leasing, shareholding reform, decrease of registered capital, investment, joint operation, merger, consolidation, acquisition and reorganization, separation, joint venture, equity transfer or substantial increase of debt financing, or applies (is applied) for suspension of business for internal rectification, applies for dissolution, is revoked, applies (is applied) for bankruptcy, changes its controlling shareholder/ actual controller or is subject to major asset transfer, stops production, goes out of business, is severely fined by competent authorities, is subject to cancellation registration or revocation of business license, involves major legal disputes, is extremely difficult in production and operation or deteriorates in its financial position or in its credit status, or its legal representative or person-in-charge cannot perform his duties normally;

(II)     Under any of the following circumstances, Party B considers that the security of its creditor’s rights under this Contract may be endangered: Party A fails to fulfill its obligation of repaying other debts due (including debts due to the institutions at all levels of China Construction Bank or to other third parties), transfers its property at a low price without compensation, reduces or relieves the debts of any third party, is lazy to exercise its creditor’s rights or other rights, or provides guarantee for any third party; Party A fails to continuously meet the requirements of Annex 2 “Financial Indicator Constraint Clause” in its financial indicators; The funds in any account of Party A (including but not limited to fund repayment account and other accounts monitored by Party B) fluctuate abnormally; Party A has any major cross default event; The main business of Party A does not have strong profitability; The loan funds are used abnormally;

(III)     Party A’s shareholders abuse the independent status of the company as a legal person or shareholders’ limited liability to evade debts, and Party B thinks that it may endanger the security of its creditor’s rights under this Contract;

(IV)     Any precondition for issuing the loan as specified in this Contract is not continuously satisfied;

(V)     Under any of the following circumstances for the guarantor, Party B considers that the security of its creditor’s rights under this Contract may be endangered:

1.     Violate any provision of the guarantee contract or there is any falsehood, error or omission in the representations and warranties;

 

Page 14 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

2.     If it occurs contracting, trusteeship (takeover), leasing, shareholding reform, decrease of registered capital, investment, joint operation, merger, consolidation, acquisition and reorganization, separation, joint venture, equity transfer or substantial increase of debt financing, or applies (is applied) for suspension of business for internal rectification, applies for dissolution, is revoked, applies (is applied) for bankruptcy, changes its controlling shareholder/actual controller or is subject to major asset transfer, assigns property at a low price or without reward, reduce and cancel debts of the third party, is slack to excise the creditor’s right or other rights, stops production, goes out of business, is severely fined by competent authorities, is subject to cancellation registration or revocation of business license, involves major legal disputes, is extremely difficult in production and operation or deteriorates in its financial position or in its credit status, or its legal representative or person-in-charge cannot perform his duties normally, the ability to guarantee of the guarantor may be effected;

3.     Other circumstances in which it loses or may lose the ability to guarantee;

(VI)     Under any of the following circumstances in mortgage and pledge, which Party B thinks may endanger the security of its creditor’s rights under this Contract:

1.     The mortgaged or pledged property is damaged, lost or devalued due to the behaviors of any third party, national expropriation, confiscation, requisition, unpaid recovery, demolition, market changes or any other reason;

2.     The mortgaged or pledged property is sealed up, detained, frozen, deducted, retained, auctioned, or supervised by administrative organs, or involves in any dispute over its ownership;

3.     The mortgagor or pledgor violates any provision of the mortgage or pledge contract, or there is any falsehood, error or omission in the representations and warranties;

4.     Other circumstances that may endanger the realization of Party B’s mortgage or pledge right;

(VII)     The guarantee is ungrounded, does not take effect, or is invalid, revoked or relieved, the guarantor breaches the contract or explicitly indicates or shows by his behavior that he will not perform his guarantee responsibility, or the guarantor partially or completely loses the guarantee ability, or the guaranty is devalued, etc., and Party B thinks that it may endanger the security of its creditor’s rights under this Contract; Or

(VIII)     Other circumstances that Party B thinks may endanger the security of its creditor’s rights under this Contract.

IV. Remedial Measures of Party B

Under any of the circumstances as specified in Paragraph II or III of this Article, Party B shall have the right to exercise one or more of the following rights:

 

(I)

Stop issuing the loan;

 

(II)

Conditions for supplementing loan issuing and payment

 

(III)

Change the loan payment method according to the provisions of this Contract;

(IV)     Declare that the loan is due immediately, and require Party A to immediately repay the principal, interest and expenses of all debts due and undue under this Contract;

(V)     If Party A fails to withdraw the loan as specified in the contract, Party B shall have the right to require Party A to pay liquidated damages equivalent to 5% of the amount not withdrawn as agreed, and be entitled to refuse Party A to withdraw the funds that have not been withdrawn under this Contract;

 

Page 15 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

(VI)     If Party A fails to use the loan according to the intended use as specified in this Contract, interest and compound interest will be charged for the part appropriated by Party A according to the default interest rate and interest settlement method as specified in this Contract from the date when Party A fails to use the loan as agreed in this Contract to the date when the principal and interest are fully paid off;

(VII)     If the loan is overdue, interest and compound interest will be charged for the loan principal and interest that Party A fails to pay off on time (including the loan principal and interest declared by Party B to be due in advance in whole or in part) according to the default interest rate and interest settlement method as agreed in this Contract from the date when the loan becomes overdue to the date when the principal and interest are fully paid off. Overdue loan refers to the behavior that Party A fails to pay off the loan on schedule or repay the loan beyond the period in the plan of principal repayment in installments as specified in this Contract.

Before the loan is due, compound interest will be charged for the interest that Party A fails to pay off on schedule according to the loan interest rate and interest settlement method as agreed in this Contract;

(VIII)     Other remedial measures, including but not limited to:

1.     Transfer the corresponding funds in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system without prior notice to Party A;

2.     Exercise the guarantee right;

3.     Require Party A to provide a new guarantee in line with Party B’s requirements for all debts under this Contract;

4.     Refuse Party A’s disposal of the corresponding amount of deposit in the account (including but not limited to the fund repayment account) opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system;

5.     Dissolve this Contract.

Article XI     Miscellaneous Clause

I.     Bearing the Expenses

The expenses arising from Party A’s breach of any provision of this Contract (including but not limited to the legal cost, arbitration fee, property preservation fee, travel expense, execution fee, evaluation fee, auctioneer’s fee, notarization fees, delivery fee, announcement fee, attorney fee and other expenses actually incurred by Party B due to Party A’s breach of contract) shall be borne by Party A;

For other expenses, both parties agree as follows: Unless otherwise agreed by both parties, Party A shall bear the expenses (if any) for custody, appraisal, notarization, legal service, insurance, etc. related to the loan under this Contract and the expenses that can be borne by the borrower according to the stipulations of applicable laws, regulations and rules: The expenses incurred by Party B for conducting due diligence and mortgaged property evaluation for the loan under this Contract shall be borne by Party B.

 

Page 16 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

II.     The Use of Party A’s Information

Party A agrees that Party B may, from financial credit information basic database and other credit reporting agencies established according to law, inquire, print and keep Party A’s credit status, and provide them with Party A’s information. Party A also agrees that Party B can reasonably use and disclose Party A’s information for business needs.

III.     Announcement of Collection

Party B shall be entitled to notify relevant departments or units of Party A’s default in loan principal and interest or other breach of contract, and to make an announcement for collection through news media.

IV.     Effectiveness of the Evidence Recorded by Party B

Unless there is reliable and definite evidence to the contrary, Party B’s internal accounting records related to the principal, interest, expenses, repayment records, etc., the documents and vouchers prepared or retained by Party B in the business process of Party A’s withdrawal, repayment and interest payment, and Party B’s records and vouchers for loan collection shall all constitute definite evidence to effectively prove the credit relation between Party A and Party B. Party A cannot raise an objection just because the above records, recordation, documents and vouchers are unilaterally prepared or retained by Party B.

V.     Reservation of Rights

Party B’s rights under this Contract will not affect or exclude any right enjoyed by it according to relevant laws, regulations and other contracts. Any leniency, grace or preference for any breach of contract or delay, or the delay in exercising any right under this Contract shall not be regarded as a waiver of the rights and interests under this Contract or the permission or recognition of any violation against this Contract, nor shall it restrict, prevent or hinder the continued exercise of this right or the exercise of any other right, nor shall it cause Party B to bear any obligation and liability to Party A.

VI.     In addition to the debts under this Contract, if Party A has other debts due to Party B, Party B shall have the right to transfer the funds in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system to pay off any debt due first, and Party A agrees not to raise any objection.

VII.     In case of any change in Party A’s correspondence address or contact information, it shall immediately notify Party B in writing, otherwise, it shall bear any loss caused by the failure to notify in time.

VIII.     Transfer of Payables

For all payables of Party A under this Contract, Party B shall have the right to transfer the corresponding amount in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system without prior notice to Party A. If it is required to go through the exchange settlement and sales, or foreign exchange trading formalities, Party A shall be obligated to assist Party B, and the foreign exchange risk shall be borne by Party A.

IX.     Manners for Dispute Resolution

Any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract can be settled through negotiation. If the negotiation fails, it shall be settled by the following 1st method:

1.     Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court in the place where Party B is located.

 

Page 17 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

2.     Submit it to (this column is left blank) Arbitration Commission (the place of arbitration is (this column is left blank)) for arbitration according to the currently effective arbitration rules of the Commission. The arbitration award is final and binding on both parties.

During the litigation or arbitration, the clauses of this Contract that do not involve in the dispute shall still be performed.

X.    Entry-into-force Conditions of the Contract

This Contract shall come into force after being signed by the legal representative (person-in-charge) or authorized agent of Party A and the person-in-charge or authorized agent of Party B, and affixed with official seals of both parties.

As an integral part of this Contract, the annexes hereunder shall have the same legal effect as this Contract.

XI.    This Contract is made in triplicate.

XII.    Other Matters Agreed

(I) Relevant Provisions on Value-added Tax

1.     The price and additional charges under this Contract are tax-included prices including VAT, unless otherwise agreed by the parties.

2.     Invoice

2.1     Party B shall issue invoices according to the following Item (this column is left blank):

(1)     If Party A puts forward the demand for invoicing, Party B shall issue the VAT invoice of the current payment amount after receiving the payment from Party A.

(2)     Other provisions: This column is left blank

2.2     Invoicing information provided by Party A

Company name (full name): This column is left blank

Taxpayer’s registration number: This column is left blank

Bank account: This column is left blank

Bank of deposit: This column is left blank

Address: This column is left blank

Tel.: This column is left blank

2.3     If the invoice needs to be made invalid or credit note is required, Party A shall provide assistance as required by Party B in a timely manner. If the invoice cannot be made invalid or credit note cannot be issued due to Party A’s reasons, Party A shall compensate Party B for all its losses, including but not limited to taxes, additional taxes, fines and late fees.

 

Page 18 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

3.     If Party A is an overseas institution in the People’s Republic of China, and the price and additional charges under this Contract are subject to tax preferences according to relevant stipulations of applicable laws, regulations and rules or relevant departments, and tax filing is required, Party A shall timely provide Party B with sufficient and accurate tax preference filing materials of VAT as required by Party B to help Party B complete tax filing and other work.

(II) Agreed Service Clause

Party A and Party B agree as follows on the address for service of various notices, agreements and instruments related to this Contract and corresponding legal consequences:

 

1.     Address for service

 

(1) Party A confirms that its effective address for service is:

 

Detailed address: F5 Building 3, 418 Guilin Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai; Zip code: 200233; Addressee (designated collecting agent): [***] Tel.: [***]

 

(2) Party B confirms that its effective address for service is:

 

Detailed address: 158 Wangdun Road, Suzhou City; Zip code: 215000; Addressee (designated collecting agent):[***]; Tel.: [***]

  

2.     Scope of application of the address for service

The above addresses for service are applicable to the service of all kinds of notices, agreements and instruments related to this Contract, including but not limited to the service of various notices, agreements and other documents during the performance of the contract, as well as the service of relevant documents and legal instruments in case of any dispute arising from the contract, including the service of relevant documents in the first and second instances, retrial, enforcement procedures and other procedures after the dispute enters into arbitration and civil proceedings.

3.     Change in the address for service

(1)     If Party A needs to change its address for service, it shall notify Party B in writing five working days in advance, and the written notice shall be delivered to Party B’s address for service;

(2)     If Party B needs to change its address for service, it shall notify Party A by any means, including not limited to in writing, or by mail, short message or announcement, etc.

(3)     If one party changes its address in arbitration or civil action, it shall also perform the obligation of notifying the arbitration institution and the court in writing.

(4)     After one party fulfills its obligation of issuing a change notice according to the above provisions, its changed address shall be the effective address for service, otherwise, the previously confirmed address for service shall still be the effective address for service.

4.     Legal consequences

(1)     If the notices, agreements, legal instruments and other documents are not actually received by either party because the address for service provided or confirmed by it is inaccurate, the notification obligation is not fulfilled as aforesaid in a timely manner after the address for service is changed, or the party or its designated addressee refuses to sign for it, for the service by mail, the date of service shall be the date when the documents are returned; For direct service, the date of service shall be the date on which the addressee notes the situation on the proof of service on the spot.

 

Page 19 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

(2)     The arbitration institution and the court may serve documents to the above-mentioned address for service directly by mail. Even if the parties fail to receive the documents served by the arbitration institution and the court by mail, they shall still be deemed to have been served due to the above provisions.

(III) The signature of Party A’s legal representative (person-in-charge) or authorized agent as specified in the “Entry-into-force Conditions of the Contract” under this Contract may be replaced by a personal seal.

Article XII     Recital Clause

I.     Party A clearly knows Party B’s business scope and authority.

II.     Party A has read all clauses of this Contract. At the request of Party A, Party B has made corresponding explanations on this Contract. Party A has fully known and understood the meanings and corresponding legal consequences of the clauses of this Contract.

III.     Party A’s signing and performance of its obligations under this Contract comply with the stipulations of applicable laws, administrative regulations and rules, and Party A’s Articles of Association or internal organization documents, and have been approved by internal competent authorities of the company and/or national competent authorities.

IV.     Party A’s production and operation are legal and compliant;

V.     Party A has the sustainable operation ability and legal sources of repayment;

VI.     Party A promises that all loan funds under this Contract are based on the real needs of the specific use of the loan without going beyond its actual needs.

VII.     Party A and its controlling shareholder have good credit status and no major bad records.

VIII.     Party B is entitled to entrust other sub-branches of China Construction Bank to issue the loan under this Contract and to exercise and fulfill its rights and obligations under this Contract, and Party A has no objection to this.

IX.     Party A states that it and its important related parties do not have any behavior or situation that violates the laws, regulations and rules on environmental and social risk management when this Contract is concluded, and promises to strengthen environmental and social risk management of itself and its important related parties after the conclusion of this Contract, to strictly abide by relevant laws, regulations and rules on environmental and social risk management, and to completely eradicate the harm and related risks to the environment and society (including but not limited to environmental and social problems related to energy consumption, pollution, land, health, safety, resettlement of affected residents, ecological protection, energy conservation and emission reduction, climate change, etc.) in construction, production and operation activities. Party A agrees that Party B has the right to conduct supervision on Party A’s environmental and social risk management and request Party A to submit an environmental and social risk report. If the above statement made by Party A is false or the above promise is not fulfilled, or Party A may result in environmental and social risks, Party B shall have the right to stop granting credit to Party A (including but not limited to refusing to issue the loan, provide financing, open the letter of guarantee, letter of credit or bank acceptance, etc.), or declare that the principal and interest under the creditor’s rights (including but not limited to the loan, financing, advances that have occurred or may occur, etc.) are due in advance, or take other remedial measures specified in this Contract or permitted by law.

 

Page 20 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

Party A (Official Seal):      

 

/s/ Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.
Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.

Legal representative (person-in-charge) or authorized agent (Signature): /s/ Cao Wei

November 12, 2020

 

Party B (Official Seal):   

 

/s/ Suzhou Industrial Park Sub-branch of China Construction Bank Corporation
Suzhou Industrial Park Sub-branch of China Construction Bank Corporation

Person-in-charge or authorized agent (Signature): /s/ Wan Haimin

November 12, 2020

 

Page 21 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

Annex 1:

Basic Information of the Loan

 

1.

Specific use of the loan under this Contract

(1) paying for goods

(2) others

Without written consent of Party B, Party A shall not change the specific use of the loan.

 

2.

Source of repayment of the loan under this Contract:

Production and operating revenues of Party A and financing.

Party A shall ensure that the source of repayment is true and legitimate, and the cash flow for repayment is stable and sufficient.

 

3.

Others:

This column is left blank

 

Page 22 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

Annex 2:

Financial Indicator Constraint Clause

The financial indicators of Party A shall continuously comply with the following restrictions:

1. The asset-liability ratio shall not exceed 85%;

2. The flow ratio shall not be less than 0.8.

Party B shall have the right to modify the above restrictions with a notice to Party A five working days in advance.

 

Page 23 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

Annex 3

Fund Use Plan

 

   

Contract No.

 

      
   

Withdrawal

date

 

      
       
No.            Planned use                    Expected payment        
amount

 

  

Expected payment object (if

any)

            Remark          
       

1

 

                      
       

2

 

                      
       

...

...

 

                      
   

    

Total

    

 

                 

RMB    0,000 (in words:                )

 

    

/s/ Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.

 

Name of the Borrower (Seal):

 

    Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.      

 

Page 24 of 25


 

LOGO

 

 

Annex 4:

Summary of Independent Payment

 

   

Contract No.

 

    
   

Submission

date

 

    
           
No.    Actual use          Payment      
object      
  Amount             Supporting      
document      
   Planned matter      

or not      

 

           

1

 

                      
           

2

 

                      
           

......

 

                      
   

Total

 

                     RMB 0,000 (in words:         ) 

 

             /s/ Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.

Name of the Borrower (Seal): Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.    

 

   

Internal

review

conclusion

  

        Client Manager (Signature):

 

  

    

    

Issuance and payment reviewer (Signature):                

 

 

Page 25 of 25

EX-4.21

Exhibit 4.21

 

LOGO

 

 

Working Capital (in RMB) Loan Contract

Contract No.: [***]

Borrower (Party A): Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.

Domicile: Building 12, Block B, Biomedical Industrial Park Phase II, No. 218, Sangtian Street, Suzhou Industrial Park

Zip code: 215123

Legal representative (person-in-charge): Cao Wei

Fax:

Tel.: [***]

Lender (Party B): Suzhou Industrial Park Sub-branch of China Construction Bank Corporation

Domicile: 1/F-7/F East Wing of Building 1, 122 Wangdun Road, Suzhou Industrial Park, Suzhou Special Economic Zone of China (Jiangsu) Pilot Free Trade Zone

Zip code: 215021

Person-in-charge: [***]

Fax: 0512-62781092

Tel.: [***]

 

Page 1 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

In view of the need of paying for goods, Party A applies for a loan to Party B, and Party B agrees to issue a loan to Party A. This Contract has been entered into by and between both parties through negotiation and in accordance with relevant laws, regulations and rules for mutual compliance.

Article I      Loan Amount

Party A will borrow RMB (in words) Five Million only from Party B.

Article II     Purpose of Loan and Source of Repayment

Party A shall use the loan as the working fund for daily production and operation.

Please refer to Annex 1 “Basic Information of the Loan” for the specific use and source of repayment of the loan under this Contract.

Article III    Loan Term

The loan term specified in this Contract shall be twelve (12) months, i.e., from December 11, 2020 to December 10, 2021.

In case of any inconsistency between the starting date of the loan term under this Contract and the loan re-deposit certificate (receipt for loan, the same below), the actual loan issuing date specified in the loan re-deposit certificate for initial loan issuance shall prevail, and the maturity date of the loan as agreed in Paragraph I of this Article shall be adjusted accordingly.

The loan re-deposit certificate is an integral part of this Contract, which shall have the same legal effect as this Contract.

Article IV     Loan Interest Rate, Default Interest Rate, and the Accrual and Settlement of Interests

I. Loan Interest Rate

The loan interest rate under this Contract shall be the annual interest rate, as specified in the following (I):

(I)     Fixed interest rate, i.e., LPR + (“+” or “-” optional) 50 basis points (1 basis point = 0.01%, accurate to (0.01 basis point), which will remain unchanged during the loan term;

(II)   Floating interest rate, i.e., LPR (this column is left blank) (“+” or “-” optional) (this column is left blank) basis point (1 basis point = 0.01%, accurate to 0.01 basis point) in this column, which shall be adjusted every (this column is left blank) month according to the LPR one working day before the adjustment date of interest rate and the above-mentioned +/- basis points from the value date to the date when the principal and interest under this Contract are fully paid off. Adjustment date of interest rate shall be the corresponding date of the value date in the adjustment month. In case of no corresponding date of the value date in the current month, the last day of the current month shall be the adjustment date of interest rate;

 

Page 2 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

(III) This column is left blank

II.    Default Interest Rate

(I)    Where Party A fails to use the loan for the intended us as specified in the contract, the default interest rate shall be 100% higher than the loan interest rate. If the loan interest rate is adjusted according to Item (II) of Paragraph I of this Article, the default interest rate shall be adjusted correspondingly according to the adjusted loan interest rate and the floating rate as mentioned herein.

(II)   The default interest rate of the overdue loan under this Contract shall be 50% higher than the loan interest rate. If the loan interest rate is adjusted according to Item (II) of Paragraph I of this Article, the default interest rate shall be adjusted correspondingly according to the adjusted loan interest rate and the floating rate as mentioned herein.

(III) For the loan that are overdue and misappropriated simultaneously, both the default interest and compound interest shall be charged.

III.   The value date mentioned in this Article refers to the date when the loan under this Contract is re-deposited to the loan issuing account (hereinafter referred to as the “loan issuing account”) specified in Article VI of this Contract for the first time. LPR under this Contract shall be determined according to the following Item 2:

1.     When the loan is issued under this Contract for the first time, LPR refers to the quoted one-year loan market interest rate (1Y LPR) of the National Interbank Funding Center one working day before the effective date of this Contract; Thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforementioned provisions, LPR refers to the quoted one-year loan market interest rate of the National Interbank Funding Center one working day before the adjustment date.

2.     When the loan is issued under this Contract for the first time, LPR refers to the quoted one-year loan market interest rate (1Y LPR) of the National Interbank Funding Center one working day before the value date of this Contract; Thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforementioned provisions, LPR refers to the quoted one-year loan market interest rate of the National Interbank Funding Center one working day before the adjustment date.

3.     When the loan is issued under this Contract for the first time, LPR refers to the quoted over five-year loan market interest rate (5Y LPR) of the National Interbank Funding Center one working day before the effective date of this Contract; Thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforementioned provisions, LPR refers to the quoted over five-year loan market interest rate of the National Interbank Funding Center one working day before the adjustment date.

4.     When the loan is issued under this Contract for the first time, LPR refers to the quoted over five-year loan market interest rate (5Y LPR) of the National Interbank Funding Center one working day before the value date of this Contract; Thereafter, when the loan interest rate is adjusted according to the aforementioned provisions, LPR refers to the quoted over five-year loan market interest rate of the National Interbank Funding Center one working day before the adjustment date.

IV.   The loan interest shall be calculated from the date when the loan is re-deposited to the loan issuing account. The loan under this Contract shall bear interest on a daily basis with the daily interest rate = annual interest rate/360. Where Party A fails to pay interest at the interest settlement date as agreed in this Contract, compound interest will be accrued from the next day.

 

Page 3 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

V.    Interest Settlement

(I)    For the loan with a fixed interest rate, the interest, when being settled, shall be calculated according to the agreed interest rate. For the loan with a floating interest rate, the interest shall be calculated according to the current interest rate determined in each floating period; In case of interest rate fluctuation for multiple times in a single interest settlement period, the interest in each floating period shall be calculated first, and the interest in this interest settlement period shall be calculated by totaling the interest in each floating period at the interest settlement date.

(II)   The interest of the loan under this Contract shall be settled according to the following 1st method:

1.     The interest shall be settled on a monthly basis, i.e., on the 20th day of each month;

2.     The interest shall be settled on a quarterly basis, i.e., on the 20th day of each quarter;

3.     This column is left blank

Article V    Loan Issuing and Payment

I. Preconditions for Issuing the Loan

Unless Party B gives up in whole or in part, it is obligated to issue the loan only if all the following preconditions are continually satisfied:

1.     Party A has completed the approval, registration, delivery, insurance and other legal procedures related to the loan under this Contract;

2.     In case of any guarantee in this Contract, the guarantee that meets Party B’s requirements has come into effect and remains valid;

3.     Party A has opened an account for withdrawal and repayment as required by Party B;

4.     Party A does not have any breach of contract as agreed in this Contract;

5.     Any circumstance specified in this Contract that may endanger the creditor’s rights of Party B does not occur;

6.     The loan under this Contract is not prohibited or restricted from being issued by any law, regulation, rule or competent department;

7.     Party A continuously meets the requirements of Annex 2 “Financial Indicator Constraint Clause” in its financial indicators;

8.     Party A has submitted relevant materials before the issuance of the loan in accordance with this Contract;

9.     The materials provided by Party A to Party B are legitimate, true, complete, accurate and effective, and meet other requirements proposed by Party B;

10.   Other preconditions:

 

Page 4 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

This column is left blank

II. Loan Drawdown Plan

Loan drawdown refers to Party B’s behavior of issuing the loan funds to the loan issuing account according to Party A’s application and the provisions of this Contract.

The loan drawdown plan shall be determined according to the following method (I):

(I)    The loan drawdown plan is made as follows:

1.     December 11, 2020; Amount: RMB Five Million only;

2.     This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank;

3.     This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank;

4.     This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank;

5.     This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank;

6.     This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank.

This column is left blank

(II)   The Loan Drawdown Plan is made as follows:

1.     From (this column is left blank) to (this column is left blank)

Amount: this column is left blank;

2.     From (this column is left blank) to (this column is left blank)

Amount: this column is left blank;

3.     From (this column is left blank) to (this column is left blank)

Amount: this column is left blank;

4.     From (this column is left blank) to (this column is left blank)

Amount: this column is left blank;

5.     From (this column is left blank) to (this column is left blank)

Amount: this column is left blank;

6.     From (this column is left blank) to (this column is left blank)

Amount: this column is left blank.

This column is left blank

(III)  Apply for fund use at any time according to Party A’s actual needs.

(IV)  This column is left blank

 

Page 5 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

III.   Party A shall make use of the loan funds according to the loan drawdown plan as agreed in Paragraph II, and shall not advance, postpone, split or cancel the fund use unless otherwise agreed upon by Party B in writing.

IV.   Where Party A uses the loan funds in installments, the maturity date of the loan shall still be determined according to the provisions of Article III of this Contract.

V.    Materials to Be Provided by Party A

Both parties choose to apply the provisions of the following Item (I) [(I) or (II) optional] on Party A’s provision of materials:

(I)

1.     As long as the conditions specified in the following (1) are satisfied:

(1)   The drawdown amount of a single loan exceeds RMB Five Million and any external payment amount in plan under this drawdown exceeds RMB Five Million;

(2)   This column is left blank

Party A shall provide the following materials for Party B at the latest five working days in advance before the drawdown of a single loan:

(1)   Loan re-deposit certificate and payment settlement certificate signed and stamped by Party A;

(2)   Trading data (including but not limited to commodity, service and fund contracts and/or invoices and other written or electronic documents that can prove the explicit purpose of the loan funds);

This column is left blank

And other materials that Party B requires Party A to provide (including but not limited to business license, power of attorney, Articles of Association , resolutions of the board of shareholders or the board of directors, etc. of Party A’s trading partner).

2.     Except for the circumstances specified in Item 1 above, or where Party B considers that Party A can pay independently as specified in Paragraph VII of this Article after examining the above materials provided by Party A, Party A shall provide the following materials for Party B at the latest five working days in advance before the drawdown of a single loan:

(1)   Fund use plan corresponding to the loan to be issued (please refer to Annex 3 for the format of the fund use plan);

(2)   Loan re-deposit certificate signed and stamped by Party A;

This column is left blank

And other materials that Party B requires Party A to provide (including but not limited to business license, power of attorney, Articles of Association , resolutions of the board of shareholders or the board of directors, etc. of Party A’s trading partner).

(II)

Regardless of the drawdown amount of a single loan, Party A shall provide the following materials for Party B at the latest (this column is left blank) working days in advance before the drawdown of a single loan:

 

Page 6 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

(1)   Loan re-deposit certificate and payment settlement certificate signed and stamped by Party A;

(2)   Trading data (including but not limited to commodity, service and fund contracts and/or invoices and other written or electronic documents that can prove the explicit purpose of the loan funds);

This column is left blank

And other materials that Party B requires Party A to provide (including but not limited to business license, power of attorney, Articles of Association , resolutions of the board of shareholders or the board of directors, etc. of Party A’s trading partner).

VI. Entrusted Payment of Party B

1. Applicable circumstances of the entrusted payment of Party B

As long as the single loan complies with the following circumstance (1), Party B shall be entrusted to pay, i.e., Party A irrevocably entrusts Party B to pay the loan funds to Party A’s trading partner. Party A shall not pay the above-mentioned loan funds to its trading partner or any other third party by itself.

(1)   The drawdown amount of a single loan exceeds RMB Five Million and any external payment amount in plan under this drawdown exceeds RMB Five Million. Besides, Party B considers that it complies with the characteristic that the payment object is clear after examining the materials provided by Party A;

(2)   In spite of the drawdown amount of a single loan, Party B shall be entrusted to pay;

(3)   This column is left blank

2.     In the case that Party B is entrusted to pay, Party B shall re-deposit the loan funds to the loan issuing account, from which the loan funds will be directly paid to the account of Party A’s trading partner. Party A shall not dispose of the loan funds in any form (including but not limited to transfer and withdrawal).

3.     Party B shall conduct formal examination on the payment amount, payment time, payment object, payment method and handling account according to the materials provided by Party A. Party B shall pay the loan funds to Party A’s trading partner after completing formal examination on the above-mentioned payment elements and finding that they meet its requirements. Once the loan funds enter the account of the trading partner provided by Party A, Party B shall be deemed to have fulfilled the obligation of entrusted payment. Party A shall inquire whether the payment is made successfully within one working day after the payment date, and notify Party B immediately if it fails. Party A shall ensure that its trading partner is consistent with the specific use of the loan and trading data.

4.     Party B’s formal examination on the aforementioned payment elements does not mean that Party B confirms the authenticity, legitimacy and compliance of the trading, nor does it mean that Party B intervenes in any dispute between Party A and its trading partner or any other third party or needs to bear any liability and obligation of Party A. Party A shall compensate Party B for all its losses arising from the entrusted payment.

5.     Where the loan funds are not paid to the account of Party A’s trading partner successfully or timely because the materials provided by Party A are incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or inconsistent with the specific use of the loan, or conflict in the information, or due to any other reason not liable by Party B, the following provisions shall apply:

 

Page 7 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

(1)   All the consequences arising therefrom, including but not limited to all the losses caused by the failure to pay the loan funds to the accounts of Party A’s trading partners successfully or timely, shall be borne by Party A. Party B shall not bear any liability, and Party A shall compensate Party B for all its losses arising therefrom;

(2)   Party A shall not dispose of this part of loan funds in any form (including but not limited to transfer and withdrawal);

(3)   Party A shall fulfill its obligations of providing and correcting the materials again according to Party B’s requirements within five working days;

This column is left blank

Where Party A violates any of the above provisions, Party B shall be entitled to recover this part of loan funds in advance.

6.     All risks, liabilities and losses of the failure, error and delay in payment of loan funds not caused by Party B’s fault shall be borne by Party A, and Party B shall not bear any liability. All losses of Party B arising therefrom shall be compensated by Party A.

VII. Independent Payment of Party A

If the drawdown of a single loan does not comply with the circumstances of entrusted payment of Party B as specified in Item 1 of Paragraph VI of this Article, Party A shall pay independently, i.e., after Party B issues the loan funds to the loan issuing account according to Party A’s withdrawal application, Party A shall pay to its trading partner independently. Party A shall ensure that its trading partner is consistent with the specific use of the loan and trading data.

VIII. Regardless of whether Party B is entrusted to pay or Party A pays independently, once the loan funds enter the loan issuing account, Party B shall be deemed to have fulfilled its obligation of issuing the loan. Party A shall ensure that the loan issuing account is in a normal state (including but not limited to not being frozen by the competent authority, etc.). All risks, liabilities and losses caused by the freezing and deduction of loan funds by competent authority, etc. after they enter the loan issuing account shall be borne by Party A. All losses of Party B arising therefrom shall be compensated by Party A.

IX. Change of Payment Method

Under any of the following circumstances, Party B shall have the right to change the payment method of loan funds, including but not limited to adjusting the applicable circumstances of entrusted payment (for example, adjusting the amount standard for entrusted payment), changing the payment method of a single loan, etc.:

1.     Party A has any breach of contract as agreed in this Contract;

2.     Any circumstance specified in this Contract that may endanger the creditor’s rights of Party B occurs;

3.     Other circumstances in which Party B considers it necessary to change the payment method of loan funds.

 

Page 8 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

Where Party B changes the payment method, Party A shall fulfill its obligations of submitting related materials again, etc. according to the provisions of this Contract and Party B’s requirements.

Article VI     The Use and Supervision of Account

I. Loan Issuing Account

The loan issuing account under this Contract shall be determined according to the following 2nd method:

1.     Within (this column is left blank) working days from the effective date of this Contract and before the loan is issued for the first time, Party A shall open a special loan issuing account at Party B, which shall be specially used for the issuance and payment of all loan funds under this Contract.

2.     Other accounts opened by Party A at Party B (account number: [***]).

II. Fund Repayment Account

1.     Within three working days from the effective date of this Contract, Party A shall open a fund repayment account at Party B or take the existing account (account number: [***]) opened at Party B as the fund repayment account.

2.     Party A shall regularly summarize and report the inflow and outflow of funds in the fund repayment account to Party B on a quarterly (“monthly” or “quarterly” optional) basis. Party A shall summarize and report the inflow and outflow of funds in the previous cycle to Party B at the latest within the first ten working days of each cycle.

3.     Party B shall be entitled to manage the inflow and outflow of recouped funds in this account. Specifically, the fund repayment account shall meet the requirements as specified in the following Item (10):

(1)   Average stock of funds in the account:

This column is left blank

(2)   In-place time of recouped funds:

This column is left blank

(3)   The proportion of Party A’s overall sales funds entering the account:

This column is left blank

(4)   Limit for a single sum of external payment of funds in the account:

This column is left blank

(5)   Limit for a daily sum of external payment of funds in the account:

This column is left blank

(6)   Restrictions on signing online banking for this account:

 

Page 9 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

This column is left blank

(7)   External payment of the funds in the account shall be approved by Party B;

(8)   This account shall be used exclusively for the collection and repayment of loans under this Contract, and shall not be used for any other purpose;

(9)   This column is left blank

(10)   Other requirements proposed by Party B;

(11)   It shall be implemented in accordance with relevant provisions of the Account Management Agreement entered between both parties separately.

Article VII     Repayment

I. Repayment Principles

Party A’s repayment under this Contract shall be made according to the following principles:

Party B shall have the right to use Party A’s repayment to first pay off various expenses that should be borne by Party A as agreed in this Contract, but paid in advance by Party B, as well as the expenses for Party B to realize its creditor’s rights. The rest of the funds shall be used for repayment on the principle of paying interest first and then repaying principal with the interest settled together with the principal. However, for the loan whose principal has been overdue for more than ninety days, the loan whose interest has been overdue for more than ninety days, or the loan otherwise stipulated by applicable laws, regulations or rules, Party A shall repay the principal first and then pay the interest after paying off the aforesaid expenses.

II.    Payment of Interest

Party A shall pay the interest due to Party B on the interest settlement date. The first interest payment date shall be the first interest settlement date after the loan is issued. In the last repayment, the interest will be paid off together with the principal.

III.    Principal Repayment Plan

The principal repayment plan shall be determined according to the following method (I):

(I)    The principal repayment plan is made as follows:

1.     December 10, 2021; Amount: RMB Five Million only

2.     This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank;

3.     This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank;

4.     This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank;

5.     This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank;

6.     This column is left blank; Amount: this column is left blank.

 

Page 10 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

7.     This column is left blank

(II)   This column is left blank

IV. Repayment Method

Party A shall reserve enough funds payable in the current period in the fund repayment account or other accounts opened at Party B before the repayment date specified in this Contract, and transfer the funds for repayment by itself (Party B also has the right to transfer the funds from this account for repayment), or transfer the funds from other accounts for repayment on the repayment date as specified in this Contract.

V. Advance Repayment

Where Party A repays the principal in advance, it shall submit a written application to Party B ten working days in advance, and may repay part or all of the principal in advance with the consent of Party B.

Where Party A repays the principal in advance, the interest shall be calculated according to the actual fund use days and the loan interest rate specified in this Contract.

If Party B agrees with Party A’s advance repayment of principal, it shall have the right to claim compensation from Party A, and the amount of compensation shall be determined according to the 1st standard below:

1.     The amount of compensation = amount of advance repayment x the number of months advanced for repayment × 1‰; if it is less than one month, it shall be calculated as one month;

2.     This column is left blank

Where Party A repays the loan in installments, if it repays part of the loan principal in advance, it shall make repayment in the reverse order as specified the repayment plan. After advance repayment, the outstanding loan funds shall still bear interest according to the loan interest rate as specified in this Contract.

Article VIII     Party B’s Rights and Obligations

I.     Party A’s Rights

(I)    Have the right to require Party B to issue the loan as specified in the contract;

(II)   Have the right to use the loan for the intended use as specified in this Contract;

(III)  Have the right to apply to Party B for loan extension under the conditions as stipulated by Party B;

(IV)  It’s entitled to require Party B to keep confidential the relevant financial materials and business secrets in production and operation provided by Party A, unless otherwise stipulated by relevant laws, regulations and rules, or otherwise required by competent authorities or otherwise agreed by both parties;

 

Page 11 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

(V)   Have the right to refuse the request of Party B and its staff for bribes, and report the above-mentioned behavior or Party B’s violation against relevant national laws and regulations on credit interest rate, service charge, etc. to relevant departments.

II.    Party A’s Obligations

(I)    Withdraw funds and pay off the loan principal and interest in full as specified in this Contract, and bear various expenses as specified in this Contract;

(II)   Provide various materials such as financial accounting materials, materials of production and operation status, etc. as required by Party B, including but not limited to providing Party B with the Balance Sheet as of the end of the last quarter and the Income Statement (Statement of Revenues and Expenditures for public institutions) as of the end of the last quarter within the first ten working days of the first month of each quarter, and timely provide the Cash Flow Statement of the current year at the end of each year, and ensure that all materials provided are legitimate, true, complete, accurate and effective. It’s forbidden to provide false materials or conceal important operation and financial facts;

(III)  Where Party A suffers from any major unfavorable event which affects its solvency or any other circumstance that endangers the creditor’s rights of Party B, or makes any change in industrial and commercial registration items such as the name, legal representative (person-in-charge), domicile, business scope, registered capital or Articles of Association of the company (enterprise), etc., it shall notify Party B in writing within 3 working days after the occurrence, and attach relevant materials after the change;

(IV) Party A shall apply the loan to the intended use as specified in this Contract, and shall not misuse or misappropriate it or engage in any trading that violates relevant laws or regulations with the bank loan, or use the loan for investment in fixed assets, equity, etc. or in the production and operation fields and purposes prohibited by the state, or use it to offset the liabilities arising from Party A’s investment in fixed assets, equity, etc.; Party A shall cooperate with and accept Party B’s inspection and supervision on its production, operation and financial activities, and the use and payment of the loan under this Contract, and also cooperate with and accept Party B’s relevant requirements for post-loan management; Party A shall not withdraw funds, transfer assets or use connected transactions to avoid the debt to Party B; Party A shall not realize bank discount or pledge, or take bank funds or credit by false contracts with related parties, and notes receivable, accounts receivable and other creditor’s rights without actual trading background; Party A shall pay loan funds according to the provisions of this Contract, and shall not evade entrusted payment of Party B by breaking up the whole into parts;

(V)   Where Party A uses the loan under this Contract for manufacturing, it shall abide by relevant national regulations on environmental protection;

(VI) Before paying off the loan principal and interest to Party B, Party A shall not use the assets formed by the loan under this Contract to provide guarantee for any third party without the consent of Party B;

(VII) If Party A is a group client, it shall promptly report the connected transactions valuing more than 10% of its net assets to Party B, including: (1) the association relationship of transaction parties; (2) transaction items and nature of the transaction; (3) amount of the transaction or the corresponding proportion; (4) pricing policy (including transactions with no amount or with only symbolic amount);

 

Page 12 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

(VIII) Party A shall get Party B’s written consent before executing major events such as merger, separation, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial increase of debt financing, etc. However, Party B’s written consent will not affect its right to take remedial measures as specified in this Contract when it thinks that the above-mentioned behaviors may endanger the security of its creditor’s rights in the future;

(IX) Where Party A pays independently, it shall summarize and report the use and payment of the loan to Party B on a monthly basis. Party A shall summarize and report the use and payment of the loan in the previous month to Party B at the latest within ten working days at the beginning of each month, and submit the actual payment list until the loan payment is completed. Please refer to Annex 4 for the format of summary report.

Article IX     Party B’s Rights and Obligations

I.     I. Party B shall be entitled to require Party A to repay the loan principal, interest and expenses on schedule, manage and control the payment of loan funds, dynamically monitor the overall cash flow of Party A, recover the loan in advance according to the Party A’s recouping of funds, exercise other rights as specified in this Contract, and require Party A to fulfill other obligations under this Contract;

II.     Party B shall have the right to participate in Party A’s large-scale financing (i.e., financing with the total amount exceeding RMB One Hundred Million or equivalent amount in foreign currency), asset sale, merger, separation, shareholding reform, bankruptcy liquidation and other activities to safeguard its creditor’s rights. Party B shall participate in the aforementioned activities in the following 1st method:

1.     Party A shall get the written consent of Party B when carrying out the above-mentioned activities;

2.     Party B shall arrange the large-scale financing of Party A;

3.     The asset sales price and object of Party A shall comply with the following provisions:

This column is left blank

4.     This column is left blank

5.     Other manners Party B considers that shall be taken.

III.   Issue the loan according to the provisions of this Contract, except for the delay or failure caused by Party A’s reasons or other reasons not attributable to Party B;

IV.   Keep confidential the relevant financial materials and business secrets in production and operation provided by Party A, unless otherwise stipulated by relevant laws, regulations and rules, or otherwise required by competent authorities or otherwise agreed by both parties;

V.    It’s strictly prohibited to offer bribes to Party A and its staff, or ask for or accept bribes from them;

VI.   It’s strictly prohibited to act dishonestly or with damage to Party A’s legitimate interests.

 

Page 13 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

Article X     The Remedial Measures under the Circumstances of Breach of Contract or the Creditor’s Rights of Party B Being Threatened

I. Party B’s Breach of Contract and Its Liability for Breach of Contract

(I)    Where Party B fails to issue the loan as specified in this Contract without justified reasons, Party A may require Party B to continue to issue the loan according to this Contract;

(II)   Where Party B violates any prohibitive stipulation of national laws and regulations to collect interest or expenses that should not be collected from Party A, Party A shall have the right to request Party B to refund.

II. Party A’s Breach of Contract

(I)    Party A violates any provision of this Contract or any legal obligation;

(II)   Party A expressly or by its behavior indicates that it will not perform any obligation under this Contract.

III. Circumstances that May Endanger the Creditor’s Rights of Party B

(I)    Under any of the following circumstances, Party B considers that the security of its creditor’s rights under this Contract may be endangered: Party A is subject to contracting, trusteeship (takeover), leasing, shareholding reform, decrease of registered capital, investment, joint operation, merger, consolidation, acquisition and reorganization, separation, joint venture, equity transfer or substantial increase of debt financing, or applies (is applied) for suspension of business for internal rectification, applies for dissolution, is revoked, applies (is applied) for bankruptcy, changes its controlling shareholder/actual controller or is subject to major asset transfer, stops production, goes out of business, is severely fined by competent authorities, is subject to cancellation registration or revocation of business license, involves major legal disputes, is extremely difficult in production and operation or deteriorates in its financial position or in its credit status, or its legal representative or person-in-charge cannot perform his duties normally;

(II)   Under any of the following circumstances, Party B considers that the security of its creditor’s rights under this Contract may be endangered: Party A fails to fulfill its obligation of repaying other debts due (including debts due to the institutions at all levels of China Construction Bank or to other third parties), transfers its property at a low price without compensation, reduces or relieves the debts of any third party, is slack to exercise its creditor’s rights or other rights, or provides guarantee for any third party; Party A fails to continuously meet the requirements of Annex 2 “Financial Indicator Constraint Clause” in its financial indicators; The funds in any account of Party A (including but not limited to fund repayment account and other accounts monitored by Party B) fluctuate abnormally; Party A has any major cross default event; The main business of Party A does not have strong profitability; The loan funds are used abnormally;

(III) Party A’s shareholders abuse the independent status of the company as a legal person or shareholders’ limited liability to evade debts, and Party B thinks that it may endanger the security of its creditor’s rights under this Contract;

(IV) Any precondition for issuing the loan as specified in this Contract is not continuously satisfied;

(V)   Under any of the following circumstances for the guarantor, Party B considers that the security of its creditor’s rights under this Contract may be endangered:

 

Page 14 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

1.     Violate any provision of the guarantee contract or there is any falsehood, error or omission in the representations and warranties;

2.     If it occurs contracting, trusteeship (takeover), leasing, shareholding reform, decrease of registered capital, investment, joint operation, merger, consolidation, acquisition and reorganization, separation, joint venture, equity transfer or substantial increase of debt financing, or applies (is applied) for suspension of business for internal rectification, applies for dissolution, is revoked, applies (is applied) for bankruptcy, changes its controlling shareholder/actual controller or is subject to major asset transfer, assigns property at a low price or without reward, reduce and cancel debts of the third party, is slack to excise the creditor’s right or other rights, stops production, goes out of business, is severely fined by competent authorities, is subject to cancellation registration or revocation of business license, involves major legal disputes, is extremely difficult in production and operation or deteriorates in its financial position or in its credit status, or its legal representative or person-in-charge cannot perform his duties normally, the ability to guarantee of the guarantor may be effected;

3.     Other circumstances in which it loses or may lose the ability to guarantee;

(VI) Under any of the following circumstances in mortgage and pledge, which Party B thinks may endanger the security of its creditor’s rights under this Contract:

1.     The mortgaged or pledged property is damaged, lost or devalued due to the behaviors of any third party, national expropriation, confiscation, requisition, unpaid recovery, demolition, market changes or any other reason;

2.     The mortgaged or pledged property is sealed up, detained, frozen, deducted, retained, auctioned, or supervised by administrative organs, or involves in any dispute over its ownership;

3.     The mortgagor or pledgor violates any provision of the mortgage or pledge contract, or there is any falsehood, error or omission in the representations and warranties;

4.     Other circumstances that may endanger the realization of Party B’s mortgage or pledge right;

(VII) The guarantee is ungrounded, does not take effect, or is invalid, revoked or relieved, the guarantor breaches the contract or explicitly indicates or shows by his behavior that he will not perform his guarantee responsibility, or the guarantor partially or completely loses the guarantee ability, or the guaranty is devalued, etc., and Party B thinks that it may endanger the security of its creditor’s rights under this Contract; Or

(VIII) Other circumstances that Party B thinks may endanger the security of its creditor’s rights under this Contract.

IV. Remedial Measures of Party B

Under any of the circumstances as specified in Paragraph II or III of this Article, Party B shall have the right to exercise one or more of the following rights:

(I)    Stop issuing the loan;

(II)   Conditions for supplementing loan issuing and payment;

(III)  Change the loan payment method according to the provisions of this Contract;

 

Page 15 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

(IV) Declare that the loan is due immediately, and require Party A to immediately repay the principal, interest and expenses of all debts due and undue under this Contract;

(V)   If Party A fails to withdraw the loan as specified in the contract, Party B shall have the right to require Party A to pay liquidated damages equivalent to 5% of the amount not withdrawn as agreed, and be entitled to refuse Party A to withdraw the funds that have not been withdrawn under this Contract;

(VI)  If Party A fails to use the loan according to the intended use as specified in this Contract, interest and compound interest will be charged for the part appropriated by Party A according to the default interest rate and interest settlement method as specified in this Contract from the date when Party A fails to use the loan as agreed in this Contract to the date when the principal and interest are fully paid off;

(VII) If the loan is overdue, interest and compound interest will be charged for the loan principal and interest that Party A fails to pay off on time (including the loan principal and interest declared by Party B to be due in advance in whole or in part) according to the default interest rate and interest settlement method as agreed in this Contract from the date when the loan becomes overdue to the date when the principal and interest are fully paid off. Overdue loan refers to the behavior that Party A fails to pay off the loan on schedule or repay the loan beyond the period in the plan of principal repayment in installments as specified in this Contract.

Before the loan is due, compound interest will be charged for the interest that Party A fails to pay off on schedule according to the loan interest rate and interest settlement method as agreed in this Contract;

(VIII) Other remedial measures, including but not limited to:

1.     Transfer the corresponding funds in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system without prior notice to Party A;

2.     Exercise the guarantee right;

3.     Require Party A to provide a new guarantee in line with Party B’s requirements for all debts under this Contract;

4.     Refuse Party A’s disposal of the corresponding amount of deposit in the account (including but not limited to the fund repayment account) opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system;

5.     Dissolve this Contract.

Article XI     Miscellaneous Clause

I.     Bearing the Expenses

The expenses arising from Party A’s breach of any provision of this Contract (including but not limited to the legal cost, arbitration fee, property preservation fee, travel expense, execution fee, evaluation fee, auctioneer’s fee, notarization fees, delivery fee, announcement fee, attorney fee and other expenses actually incurred by Party B due to Party A’s breach of contract) shall be borne by Party A;

 

Page 16 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

For other expenses, both parties agree as follows: Unless otherwise agreed by both parties, Party A shall bear the expenses (if any) for custody, appraisal, notarization, legal service, insurance, etc. related to the loan under this Contract and the expenses that can be borne by the borrower according to the stipulations of applicable laws, regulations and rules: The expenses incurred by Party B for conducting due diligence and mortgaged property evaluation for the loan under this Contract shall be borne by Party B.

II.    The Use of Party A’s Information

Party A agrees that Party B may, from financial credit information basic database and other credit reporting agencies established according to law, inquire, print and keep Party A’s credit status, and provide them with Party A’s information. Party A also agrees that Party B can reasonably use and disclose Party A’s information for business needs.

III.   Announcement of Collection

Party B shall be entitled to notify relevant departments or units of Party A’s default in loan principal and interest or other breach of contract, and to make an announcement for collection through news media.

IV.   Effectiveness of the Evidence Recorded by Party B

Unless there is reliable and definite evidence to the contrary, Party B’s internal accounting records related to the principal, interest, expenses, repayment records, etc., the documents and vouchers prepared or retained by Party B in the business process of Party A’s withdrawal, repayment and interest payment, and Party B’s records and vouchers for loan collection shall all constitute definite evidence to effectively prove the credit relation between Party A and Party B. Party A cannot raise an objection just because the above records, recordation, documents and vouchers are unilaterally prepared or retained by Party B.

V.    Reservation of Rights

Party B’s rights under this Contract will not affect or exclude any right enjoyed by it according to relevant laws, regulations and other contracts. Any leniency, grace or preference for any breach of contract or delay, or the delay in exercising any right under this Contract shall not be regarded as a waiver of the rights and interests under this Contract or the permission or recognition of any violation against this Contract, nor shall it restrict, prevent or hinder the continued exercise of this right or the exercise of any other right, nor shall it cause Party B to bear any obligation and liability to Party A.

VI.   In addition to the debts under this Contract, if Party A has other debts due to Party B, Party B shall have the right to transfer the funds in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system to pay off any debt due first, and Party A agrees not to raise any objection.

VII.  In case of any change in Party A’s correspondence address or contact information, it shall immediately notify Party B in writing, otherwise, it shall bear any loss caused by the failure to notify in time.

VIII. Transfer of Payables

For all payables of Party A under this Contract, Party B shall have the right to transfer the corresponding amount in RMB or other currencies from the account opened by Party A in China Construction Bank system without prior notice to Party A. If it is required to go through the exchange settlement and sales, or foreign exchange trading formalities, Party A shall be obligated to assist Party B, and the foreign exchange risk shall be borne by Party A.

 

Page 17 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

IX.   Manners for Dispute Resolution

Any dispute arising from the performance of this Contract can be settled through negotiation. If the negotiation fails, it shall be settled by the following 1st method:

1.     Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court in the place where Party B is located.

2.     Submit it to (this column is left blank) Arbitration Commission (the place of arbitration is (this column is left blank)) for arbitration according to the currently effective arbitration rules of the Commission. The arbitration award is final and binding on both parties.

During the litigation or arbitration, the clauses of this Contract that do not involve in the dispute shall still be performed.

X. Entry-into-force Conditions of the Contract

This Contract shall come into force after being signed by the legal representative (person-in-charge) or authorized agent of Party A and the person-in-charge or authorized agent of Party B, and affixed with official seals of both parties.

As an integral part of this Contract, the annexes hereunder shall have the same legal effect as this Contract.

XI. This Contract is made in triplicate.

XII. Other Matters Agreed

(I) Relevant Provisions on Value-added Tax

1.     The price and additional charges under this Contract are tax-included prices including VAT, unless otherwise agreed by the parties.

2.     Invoice

2.1   Party B shall issue invoices according to the following Item (1):

(1)   If Party A puts forward the demand for invoicing, Party B shall issue the VAT invoice of the current payment amount after receiving the payment from Party A.

(2)   Other provisions: This column is left blank

2.2   Invoicing information provided by Party A

Company name (full name): Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.

Taxpayer’s registration number: [***]

Bank account: [***]

Bank of deposit: Suzhou Dushuhu Sub-branch of the Bank of China

Address: Building 12, Block B, Biomedical Industrial Park Phase II, No. 218, Sangtian Street, Suzhou Industrial Park

 

Page 18 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

Tel.: [***]

2.3   If the invoice needs to be made invalid or credit note is required, Party A shall provide assistance as required by Party B in a timely manner. If the invoice cannot be made invalid or credit note cannot be issued due to Party A’s reasons, Party A shall compensate Party B for all its losses, including but not limited to taxes, additional taxes, fines and late fees.

3.     If Party A is an overseas institution in the People’s Republic of China, and the price and additional charges under this Contract are subject to tax preferences according to relevant stipulations of applicable laws, regulations and rules or relevant departments, and tax filing is required, Party A shall timely provide Party B with sufficient and accurate tax preference filing materials of VAT as required by Party B to help Party B complete tax filing and other work.

(II) Agreed Service Clause

Party A and Party B agree as follows on the address for service of various notices, agreements and instruments related to this Contract and corresponding legal consequences:

 

1.     Address for service

 

(1) Party A confirms that its effective address for service is:

 

Detailed address: 5/F, Building 3, 418 Guilin Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai; Zip code: 200233; Addressee (designated collecting agent): [***] Tel.: [***]

 

(2) Party B confirms that its effective address for service is:

 

Detailed address: 122 Wangdun Road; Zip code: 215000; Addressee (designated collecting agent):[***]; Tel.: [***]

 

 

2.     Scope of application of the address for service

The above addresses for service are applicable to the service of all kinds of notices, agreements and instruments related to this Contract, including but not limited to the service of various notices, agreements and other documents during the performance of the contract, as well as the service of relevant documents and legal instruments in case of any dispute arising from the contract, including the service of relevant documents in the first and second instances, retrial, enforcement procedures and other procedures after the dispute enters into arbitration and civil proceedings.

3.     Change in the address for service

(1)   If Party A needs to change its address for service, it shall notify Party B in writing five working days in advance, and the written notice shall be delivered to Party B’s address for service;

(2)   If Party B needs to change its address for service, it shall notify Party A by any means, including not limited to in writing, or by mail, short message or announcement, etc.

(3)   If one party changes its address in arbitration or civil action, it shall also perform the obligation of notifying the arbitration institution and the court in writing.

(4)   After one party fulfills its obligation of issuing a change notice according to the above provisions, its changed address shall be the effective address for service, otherwise, the previously confirmed address for service shall still be the effective address for service.

 

Page 19 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

4.     Legal consequences

(1)   If the notices, agreements, legal instruments and other documents are not actually received by either party because the address for service provided or confirmed by it is inaccurate, the notification obligation is not fulfilled as aforesaid in a timely manner after the address for service is changed, or the party or its designated addressee refuses to sign for it, for the service by mail, the date of service shall be the date when the documents are returned; For direct service, the date of service shall be the date on which the addressee notes the situation on the proof of service on the spot.

(2)   The arbitration institution and the court may serve documents to the above-mentioned address for service directly by mail. Even if the parties fail to receive the documents served by the arbitration institution and the court by mail, they shall still be deemed to have been served due to the above provisions.

(III) The signature of Party A’s legal representative (person-in-charge) or authorized agent as specified in the “Entry-into-force Conditions of the Contract” under this Contract may be replaced by a personal seal.

Article XII     Recital Clause

I.     Party A clearly knows Party B’s business scope and authority.

II.    Party A has read all clauses of this Contract. At the request of Party A, Party B has made corresponding explanations on this Contract. Party A has fully known and understood the meanings and corresponding legal consequences of the clauses of this Contract.

III.   Party A’s signing and performance of its obligations under this Contract comply with the stipulations of applicable laws, administrative regulations and rules, and Party A’s Articles of Association or internal organization documents, and have been approved by internal competent authorities of the company and/or national competent authorities.

IV.   Party A’s production and operation are legal and compliant;

V.    Party A has the sustainable operation ability and legal sources of repayment;

VI.   Party A promises that all loan funds under this Contract are based on the real needs of the specific use of the loan without going beyond its actual needs.

VII. Party A and its controlling shareholder have good credit status and no major bad records.

VIII. Party B is entitled to entrust other sub-branches of China Construction Bank to issue the loan under this Contract and to exercise and fulfill its rights and obligations under this Contract, and Party A has no objection to this.

 

Page 20 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

IX.   Party A states that it and its important related parties do not have any behavior or situation that violates the laws, regulations and rules on environmental and social risk management when this Contract is concluded, and promises to strengthen environmental and social risk management of itself and its important related parties after the conclusion of this Contract, to strictly abide by relevant laws, regulations and rules on environmental and social risk management, and to completely eradicate the harm and related risks to the environment and society (including but not limited to environmental and social problems related to energy consumption, pollution, land, health, safety, resettlement of affected residents, ecological protection, energy conservation and emission reduction, climate change, etc.) in construction, production and operation activities. Party A agrees that Party B has the right to conduct supervision on Party A’s environmental and social risk management and request Party A to submit an environmental and social risk report. If the above statement made by Party A is false or the above promise is not fulfilled, or Party A may result in environmental and social risks, Party B shall have the right to stop granting credit to Party A (including but not limited to refusing to issue the loan, provide financing, open the letter of guarantee, letter of credit or bank acceptance, etc.), or declare that the principal and interest under the creditor’s rights (including but not limited to the loan, financing, advances that have occurred or may occur, etc.) are due in advance, or take other remedial measures specified in this Contract or permitted by law.

 

Page 21 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

Party A (Official Seal):   

 

/s/ Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.
Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.

Legal representative (person-in-charge) or authorized agent (Signature): /s/ Cao Wei

December 11, 2020

Party B (Official Seal):

 

/s/ Suzhou Industrial Park Sub-branch of China Construction Bank Corporation
Suzhou Industrial Park Sub-branch of China Construction Bank Corporation

/s/ Wan Haimin

December 11, 2020

 

Page 22 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

Annex 1:

Basic Information of the Loan

1.     Specific use of the loan under this Contract:

(1) paying for goods

(2) others

Without written consent of Party B, Party A shall not change the specific use of the loan.

2.     Source of repayment of the loan under this Contract:

Production and operating revenues of Party A and financing.

Party A shall ensure that the source of repayment is true and legitimate, and the cash flow for repayment is stable and sufficient.

3.     Others:

This column is left blank

 

Page 23 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

Annex 2:

Financial Indicator Constraint Clause

The financial indicators of Party A shall continuously comply with the following restrictions:

The asset-liability ratio shall not exceed 85%, and the flow ratio shall not be less than 0.8

Party B shall have the right to modify the above restrictions with a notice to Party A five working days in advance.

 

Page 24 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

Annex 3

Fund Use Plan

 

 

Contract No.

 

                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

Withdrawal
date

 

    

No.  

  Planned use   

 

Expected payment
amount

 

   Expected payment object
(if any)
       Remark    

 

1  

 

                  

 

2  

 

                  

 

...  

 

...  

 

                  

 

Total  

 

           

 

RMB 0,000 (in words:    )

   

 

/s/ Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.

Name of the Borrower (Seal): Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.            

 

 

Page 25 of 26


 

LOGO

 

 

Annex 4:

Summary of Independent Payment

 

 

Contract No.

 

    

 

Submission
date

 

    

 

No.

 

           Actual use    Payment
object
   Amount   

 

Supporting
document

 

  Planned matter
or not

 

1

 

                       

 

2

 

                       

 

......

 

                       

 

Total

 

       

 

RMB 0,000 (in words:    )

 

Name of the Borrower (Seal):

 

 

 

/s/ Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.

Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.

 

Internal
review
conclusion 
       

 

Client Manager (Signature):                

 

       

 

Issuance and payment reviewer (Signature):                                         

 

 

Page 26 of 26

EX-4.23

Exhibit 4.23

Edition February 2020

Working Capital Loan Contract

(Model)

No. 11201S1720018

Lender: Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Suzhou Branch

Domicile: 125 Wangdun Road, Suzhou Industrial Park

Legal representative (person-in-charge): [***]

Lender: Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.

Domicile: 218 Sangtian Street, Suzhou Industrial Park

Legal representative (person-in-charge): /s/ Cao Wei

Place of contract signing The Industrial Park District/County, Suzhou City

 

- 1 -


Important

In order to protect your rights and interests, please read carefully before signing this Contract, check and verify the following:

 

I.

You have the right to sign this Contract, and you have obtained full authorization if you need to obtain the consent of others;

 

II.

You have carefully read and fully understood the terms of this Contract and have paid special attention to the provisions on liability, exemption or limitation of Industrial Bank’s liability and the provisions in bold;

 

III.

Your company and you have fully understood the meaning of the terms of this Contract and the corresponding legal consequences, and are willing to accept these terms and conditions;

 

IV.

This Contract provided by Industrial Bank is only a model document, with blank lines after relevant terms hereof, and “Supplementary Provisions” have been added at the end of this Contract for the Parties to amend, supplement or delete;

 

V.

If you have any questions about this Contract, please consult Industrial Bank in time.

 

- 2 -


The Borrower cannot receive a working capital loan unless the Borrower applies for and the Lender reviews and approves the loan. In order to clarify their rights and obligations and keep in good faith for each other, the Parties hereto have entered into this Contract in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China and through equal consultation, and agree to observe this Contract.

Article I Definitions and Interpretations

Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties hereto, the following terms hereof shall be defined and interpreted as follows:

 

1.

“Working Capital Loan” refers to the local or foreign currency loan the Borrower applies from the Lender and uses as the working capital for its daily production and operation.

 

2.

“Creditor’s Right” or “Principal Creditor’s Right” refers to the Creditor’s Right formed according to the financing provided for the Borrower hereunder (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, penalty, liquidated damages, the Expense Incurred by the Creditor in Realizing the Creditor’s Right, etc.) that the Borrower (debtor) applies from the Lender (creditor) and the Lender (creditor) reviews and approves. The Creditor’s Right against the Borrower hereunder shall correspond to the Borrower’s debt hereunder.

“Expense Incurred by the Creditor in Realizing the Creditor’s Right” refers to the litigation (arbitration) fees, legal fees, travel expenses, execution fees, preservation fees and other expenses for the realization of the Creditor’s Right paid by the Lender when it takes an action, arbitration, applies to a notary agency for the issuance of an enforcement certificate to realize the Creditor’s Right.

 

3.

The terms in Article V hereof shall be defined and interpreted as follows:

“Fixed Interest Rate” means the interest rate that remains unchanged during the term of the loan. In case of origination by times, it means the interest rate remains unchanged between the actual date of each origination and the maturity date of the loan hereunder.

“Floating Interest Rate” means the interest rate that changes within the period and at the extent agreed upon by the Parties hereto in the term of the loan.

“Floating Period” refers to the frequency of change in Borrowing Rate hereunder agreed upon by the Parties. In a Floating Period, Borrowing Rate hereunder is determined based on the Pricing Benchmark Rate with the pricing method as stipulated herein, and the interest rate of the loaned hereunder remains unchanged in the Floating Period; At the end of one Floating Period and when coming to the next Floating Period, the Borrowing Rate is determined on basis of the Pricing Benchmark Rate of the new Floating Period with the pricing method as stipulated herein, and the Borrowing Rate remains unchanged during the Floating Period.

“Pricing Benchmark Interest Rate” means the interest rate standard used to determine the Borrowing Rate hereunder, including, but not limited to, the quoted interest rate published by China or any related country, region, or market, such as the LPR, SHIBOR, LIBOR, HIBOR, SIBOR, RMB deposit benchmark interest rate of the People’s Bank of China.

“LPR” refers to the Loan Prime Rate calculated and announced by the National Interbank Funding Center authorized by the People’s Bank of China. Pursuant to banking practice, the Parties agree to determine the applicable rules of the Pricing Benchmark Interest Rate hereunder as LPR of T-1 day, of which,” T” is the date on which the Borrowing Rate is determined and “T-1” is the previous business day of that day.

“SHIBOR” refers to Shanghai Interbank Offered Rate announced by the National Interbank Funding Center and applied on the same day.

 

- 3 -


“LIBOR” refers to London Interbank Offered Rate in currencies such as US Dollar, Euro, Japanese Yen, etc. Pursuant to banking practice, the Parties agree to determine the applicable rules of the Pricing Benchmark Interest Rate hereunder as LPR of T-2 day, of which,” T” is the date on which the Borrowing Rate is determined and “T-2” is the previous business day of that day.

“HIBOR” refers to Hongkong InterBank Offered Rate applicable for HK Dollar in the financial market of Hong Kong, China. Pursuant to banking practice, the Parties agree to determine the applicable rules of the Pricing Benchmark Interest Rate hereunder as LPR of T-2 day, of which,” T” is the date on which the Borrowing Rate is determined and “T-2” is the previous business day of that day.

“SIBOR” means Singapore Inter Bank Offered Rate applicable for Singapore Dollar. Pursuant to banking practice, the Parties agree to determine the applicable rules of the Pricing Benchmark Interest Rate hereunder as LPR of T-2 day, of which,” T” is the date on which the Borrowing Rate is determined and “T-2” is the previous business day of that day.

“Central Bank’s RMB Deposit Benchmark Interest Rate” refers to the Benchmark Interest Rate on RMB deposits announced by the People’s Bank of China and applied on that day.

Among them, the currency and specific value of “LPR”, “SHIBOR”, “LIBOR”, “HIBOR”, “SIBOR” and “Central Bank’s RMB Deposit Benchmark Interest Rate” determined according to the applicable rules of Pricing Benchmark Interest Rate hereunder shall be based on the inquiry results of Industrial Bank’s core system. The date on which the loan interest rate is determined may be the date on which the loan is actually issued, the execution date hereof or the date of re-pricing.

“Borrowing Rate” means the interest rate executed by this Contract, which is created by the floating of the number of points added or subtracted on the basis of the Pricing Benchmark Interest Rate on the date of determining borrowing rate hereunder with the pricing formula of borrowing rate of this Contract, and which is agreed upon by the Parties hereto.

 

4.

The term “Significant Transaction” as stipulated in Article XIII hereof means (including but not limited to): Any transaction that is determined to occur or potentially seriously affect the Borrower’s basic corporate structure, change in its shareholders, contingent liability, cash flow, profitability, core trade secret, core competitiveness, important assets, major creditor’s right and liability, solvency, ability to perform this Contract, or any other transaction that the Lender and/or the Borrower considers to constitute a Significant Transaction.

 

5.

The term “Significant Transaction” as stipulated in Article XIII hereof means (including but not limited to): any identified or potential event that will seriously affect the ability of the officers of the Borrower to perform their duties, the employment and dismissal of the employees engaged in the core business, core trade secrets, core competitiveness, basic structure, change in the shareholders, the contingent liabilities, survival, legitimacy of business, stability, development, profitability, solvency, ability to perform this Contract of the Borrower and any other event that the Lender and/or the Borrower consider(s) to constitute a Significant Event.

 

6.

The term “Business Day” herein refers to the business day of the Lender’s bank. During the performance hereof, if a withdrawal or repayment date is a non-Business Day, it will be extended to the next Business Day.

Article II Loan Amount

The Lender agrees to give the Borrower a loan of RMB (in words) NINE MILLION, NINE HUNDRED AND NINETY THOUSAND YUAN only (“the Loan”).

 

- 4 -


Article III Loan Purpose

The Loan hereunder shall be used to pay loans, staff wages, utilities, working capital, etc. The Borrower shall not divert the Loan for any other purpose without the written consent of the Lender.

Article IV Loan Term

 

1.

The term of the Loan is twelve (12) months, from December 11, 2020 to December 10, 2021.

 

2.

In the case where the Loan is disbursed at a time, the origination date of the Loan shall be the date of the actual origination as recorded in the borrowing document and voucher. If the actual origination date is later than the origination date of the Loan as recorded in the preceding paragraph, the maturity date of the Loan shall be extended accordingly.

 

3.

The schedule for the withdrawals of the Loan:

The Borrower shall apply to the Lender for withdrawal three (3) Business Days before the date of each withdrawal or at any other time required in writing by the Lender.

If the Borrower fails to withdraw the Loan according to the above schedule of withdrawal, the Lender shall have the right to require the Borrower to pay             /            /10,000 of the amount of the Loan to be withdrawn in the current period as liquidated damages.

 

4.

The Lender shall disburse the Loan in accordance with Article VII hereof, subject to the withdrawal prerequisites as stipulated in Article VII hereof.

 

5.

The Lender shall have the right to adjust the schedule of withdrawals of the Loan according to whether the Loan meets the requirements of the applicable laws, regulations and policies and the withdrawal prerequisites, the conditions for the disbursement of the Loan as stipulated herein, the time for the signing of the corresponding guarantee contract for this Contract and the processing of the guarantee formalities, and other factors as the Lender deems necessary.

 

6.

Where the Loan is withdrawn by times, the date of each origination shall be the actual origination date as recorded in the borrowing document and voucher; and the same maturity dates shall be applied, that is, the maturity date of each origination shall be the same one as determined by the borrowing document or voucher of the first origination.

 

7.

If the Lender collects the Loan in advance in any circumstance as stipulated herein, the maturity date of the Loan shall be deemed to shift to an earlier date accordingly.

Article V Borrowing Rate and Interest Calculation and Collection

 

1.

Borrowing Rate

 

- 5 -


  (i)

The Pricing Benchmark Interest Rate in (1) below shall be executed:

 

  (1)

LPR one year.

 

  (2)

SHIBOR, / (term).

 

  (3)

LIBOR, / (term).

 

  (4)

HIBOR, / (term).

 

  (5)

SIBOR, / (term).

 

  (6)

The Central Bank’s RMB Deposit Benchmark Interest Rate,     /    (term).

Among them, RMB fixed rate loan shall choose LPR as Pricing Benchmark Interest Rate.

 

  (ii)

The pricing formula for the Borrowing Rate: Borrowing Rate = Pricing Benchmark Interest Rate + 0.85% or    / %.

 

  (iii)

The interest rate of the Loan (i.e. annual interest rate, the same below) in (1) below shall be executed:

 

  (1)

Fixed Interest Rate. The interest rate shall be determined as B below:

 

  A.

The Borrowing Rate is determined according to the benchmark interest rate and pricing formula of the actual origination date, and the interest rate between the actual origination date and the maturity date of the Loan hereunder shall remain unchanged.

 

  B.

According to the Pricing Benchmark Interest Rate on the execution date hereof and the pricing formula, the Fixed Interest Rate of the Loan hereunder shall be annualized interest rate of 4.70%. If the actual origination date is adjusted by the Pricing Benchmark Interest Rate, the value of the addition and subtraction points in the pricing formula be adjusted accordingly. The above-mentioned annualized interest rate stipulated herein shall remain unchanged.

 

  (2)

Floating Interest Rate. The Borrowing Rate shall be determined according to the Pricing Benchmark Interest Rate on the actual origination date and the re-pricing date and the pricing formula, and the interest shall be calculated by segments. The re-pricing date shall be the date in      below:

 

  A.

The Floating Period is             (month / quarter / half year / year / other), the corresponding day of each full period from the actual origination date of the Loan shall be re-pricing date of this Contract; and if the month has no such corresponding day, the last day of the month shall be regarded as the corresponding day.

 

  B.

                                                     .

During the term of the Loan, unless otherwise agreed herein, if the interest rate of the Loan is adjusted in accordance with this Contract, the Borrower will not be notified.

 

  (3)

Other interest rates:                                                      .

 

  (4)

The Pricing Benchmark Interest Rate corresponding to the Loan shall be fixed on the actual origination date (or the re-pricing date, if any) of each loan.

 

  (5)

In respect of the Loan hereunder, if China or the relevant country/region cancels the Pricing Benchmark Interest Rate hereunder, or when the market no longer publishes the benchmark interest rate, or when the regulatory authority requires, the Lender shall have the right to notify the Borrower after re-determining the Borrowing Rate according to the interest rate polices of China or the relevant country/region in the same period, under the principle of fairness and good faith, and taking into account industry practice, interest rate status and other factors. If the Borrower has any objection, it shall negotiate with the Lender. If negotiation fails within five (5) Business Days from the date of the Lender’s notice, the Lender shall have the right to require the Borrower to repay the Loan in advance, and the Borrower shall immediately discharge the remaining principal and interest of the Loan. If the Lender requests or the national, regulatory policy requires the Borrower to sign a supplementary agreement on the relevant matters, the Borrower shall cooperate.

 

- 6 -


2.

Loan Interest Repayment Method

 

  (i)

Calculation of Loan Interest. The interest on the principal of the Loan shall be calculated from the date on which the Lender transfers the principal to the Borrower’s account in accordance with this Contract. The daily accrued interest on the Loan = the balance of the loan on the day * the applicable interest rate. The conversion between the daily interest rate and annual interest rate shall be carried out in accordance with the regulations of the People’s Bank of China and international practice.

 

  (ii)

The repayment of the interest on the Loan shall be effected in accordance with (1) below:

 

  (1)

It is agreed that the 21st day of each month (month/quarter-end month/half year-end month, year-end month/any other period) shall be the interest payment day of the Loan hereunder. The Borrower shall pay the interest to the Lender on the interest payment day for the loan of the current term and settle the remaining principal and interest upon maturity of the Loan.

 

  (2)

The corresponding day (or the last day of the month if no such corresponding day) of every full month/quarter-end month/half year-end month, year-end month/any other period from the actual origination date of the Loan shall be the interest payment day of each term of the Loan. The Borrower shall pay the interest to the Lender on the interest payment day for the loan of the current term and settle the remaining principal and interest upon maturity of the Loan.

 

  (3)

The first interest payment day shall be Month/Day/Year. The corresponding day (or the last day of the month if no such corresponding day) of every full month/quarter-end month/half year-end month, year-end month/any other period from the first interest payment day shall be the interest payment day of each term of the Loan. The Borrower shall pay the interest to the Lender on the interest payment day for the loan of the current term and settle the remaining principal and interest upon maturity of the Loan.

 

  (4)

Other repayment methods:                                                      .

 

3.

Penalty Interest and Compound Interest

 

  (i)

If the Borrower fails to use the Loan for the purposes as specified herein, the Lender shall, from the date of misappropriation, have the right to collect the penalty interest on the misappropriated loan, with the penalty interest rate being 100% above the interest rate of the Loan hereunder. If the Borrower fails to repay the Loan on time and has not reached an agreement with the Lender on the extension thereof, that is, if the Loan is overdue, the Lender shall have the right to collect a penalty interest on the overdue loan from the overdue date of the Loan at 50% higher than the interest rate of the Loan. For the interest not paid on time (including the interest before and after the maturity of the Loan, misappropriation of penalty interest and overdue penalty interest), the Lender shall have the right to collect compound interest at the overdue penalty interest rate as stipulated herein. If the Loan is overdue and not used for the purposes as specified herein, the penalty interest rate shall be the higher one.

 

- 7 -


  (ii)

If the Borrowing Rate is fixed, the penalty interest rate shall also be fixed. If the Borrowing Rate is the Floating Interest Rate, the penalty interest rate shall be also a Floating Interest Rate, and its Floating Period shall be consistent with the Floating Period of the Borrowing Rate.

 

  (iii)

The penalty interest and compound interest shall be calculated and collected the loan interest repayment method as agreed herein.

Article VI Withdrawal Prerequisites

 

1.

The Borrower may apply to the Lender for the origination of the Loan hereunder only after the Borrower has met the following withdrawal prerequisites:

 

  (i)

The Borrower shall have served the following documents to the Lender, the circumstances specified therein shall keep unchanged and remain in force, or the Borrower shall have explained and stated the changes to the satisfaction of the Lender:

 

  (1)

The loan application that shall include, but not be limited to: the name, amount, use, term, repayment plan and repayment source of the Loan;

 

  (2)

The Borrower’s legal and valid business license, articles of association, loan card and password/credit code, the legal representative registered with the competent administration for industry and commerce, the list of the members of the board of directors, principal responsible persons, chief financial officer and their signature samples, the valid identification documents of the legal representative or his/her authorized representative, and other corporate documents deemed necessary by the Lender;

 

  (3)

The resolution of the board of directors or the board of shareholders on approving to apply to the Lender for the Loan hereunder and to specify the purpose of the Loan and the terms and conditions of the Loan required by the Lender, which is adopted at the meeting of the board of directors or the board of shareholders held in accordance with legal procedures and by a vote of a quorum of directors or shareholders and is true, lawful and valid, or any other document the Lender thinks necessary;

 

  (4)

The annual reports (with audit reports and notes) approved by the Lender for the latest three years, the financial statements for the latest period and the same period last year, or the annual statements since its establishment if it has been less than 3 years since the establishment of the Borrower;

 

  (5)

The information on the affiliates;

 

  (6)

The relevant contracts, vouchers or information such as purchase contract, order contract, debt certificate, etc. shall be provided if a temporary Working Capital Loan is applied for;

 

  (7)

The proof of ownership and value appraisal report of the charged/pledged property if charge/pledge guarantee is adopted; and the charge/pledge registration formalities required by the applicable laws and regulations have been properly completed, and the relevant ownership documents, registration documents and other originals have been filed the Lender as required by the Lender; If third-party guarantee is to be adopted, the relevant guarantee documents shall be provided according to 2 to 4 above, and this guarantee contract shall have entered into force; And the above guarantee shall remain in force;

 

- 8 -


  (8)

If the Lender requests an insurance on the charged/pledged property, the formalities for the insurance with the Lender as the first beneficiary shall have been completed and the original insurance policy shall have been filed with the Lender; and the insurance shall continue to be valid; If the Borrower provides a charge/pledge, the Borrower shall hereby transfer to the Lender the right to claim the insurance premium due to the occurrence of the insurance event;

 

  (9)

The special industry production and operation license or enterprise qualification grade certificate issued by the competent reviewing and approving authority shall be provided if the Borrower is an enterprise from the special industry;

 

  (10)

If either Party hereto requests to go through notarization and other formalities, the relevant notarization procedures shall have been completed;

 

  (11)

If the Borrower has opened an account with the Lender in accordance with the Lender’s request, the Borrower shall voluntarily accept the Lender’s credit supervision and payment and settlement supervision;

 

  (12)

When applying for a loan for foreign exchange projects, the Borrower must provide valid certificates for the use of the foreign exchange loan and the approval of the competent authority, and comply with the applicable foreign exchange management policies;

 

  (13)

The VAT, business tax and income tax returns required by the Lender; and

 

  (14)

The other documents, statements, vouchers and other information required by the Lender.

 

  (ii)

The Borrower shall be established in accordance with law; its production and operation shall be lawful and compliant; and it shall have the ability to continue business operations and a legal source of repayment;

 

  (iii)

The purpose of the Loan shall be clear, lawful and compliant;

 

  (iv)

The representations and undertakings made by the Borrower under Article XI hereof shall remain true and valid; No default or potential default shall have occurred on or before the date of application for the origination of the Loan;

 

  (v)

The Borrower shall have completed a debit note or loan voucher relating to the Loan. The loan re-deposit certificate is an integral part of this Contract, which shall have the same legal effect as this Contract. If the amount, the term or the Borrowing Rate of the Loan hereunder is inconsistent with the records of the debit note or the loan certificate, the records of the debit note or loan certificate shall prevail;

 

  (vi)

The Borrower shall have a good credit status and have no significant bad records; if the Borrower is a new legal person, the controlling shareholder shall have a good credit status and no significant bad records;

 

  (vii)

Other withdrawal prerequisites required by the Lender.

 

2.

The Lender’s performance of its obligations hereunder is subject to the satisfaction of the withdrawal prerequisites as stipulated in this Article. The Lender shall have the right to unilaterally decide to reduce or waive part of the withdrawal prerequisites, and the Borrower or the guarantor may not use the withdrawal prerequisites as a defense of the Lender.

 

- 9 -


3.

The Lender shall have the right to adjust the issuance of the Loan according to whether the financing project meets the applicable laws, regulations and policies, the withdrawal prerequisite required by the Lender, the signing of the guarantee contract corresponding to this Contract and the processing time of the guarantee formalities.

 

4.

The Borrower hereby agrees that: After the signing of this Contract, the Lender shall have the right to stop the origination of the Loan, stop the disbursement of the loan or terminate this Contract if any withdrawal by the Borrower fails to meet the withdrawal prerequisites or the disbursement conditions of the Loan as stipulated herein, and the liability or loss arising therefrom shall be borne by the Borrower itself. The Lender shall notify the Borrower of the termination of this Contract, the period of objection of the Borrower shall be five (5) Business Days, from the date of serving the notice to the Borrower in the manner as agreed herein. If the Borrower does not raise any objection, this Contract shall be terminated automatically after the expiration of the objection period. If the Borrower has any objection but the Parties hereto fail to negotiate within five (5) Business Days after the expiration of the objection period, the Lender shall have the right to receive the Loan in advance as agreed herein.

 

5.

According to the review by the Lender, if the Borrower meets the withdrawal prerequisites as stipulated herein, the Lender shall disburse the Loan in accordance with Article VII hereof.

Article VII Account Monitoring and Disbursement of the Loan

 

1.

Account Monitoring

According to the applicable laws and regulations of the State and the applicable regulatory system, the Borrower undertakes to meet the withdrawal prerequisites as stipulated herein before applying for the Loan, and to accept the supervision of the Lender to use the Loan for the agreed purpose. The Lender shall have the right to monitor the basic deposit account, general deposit account and special deposit account opened by the Borrower, and supervise and control the origination, disbursement and repayment of the Loan in the manner as stipulated herein.

The Borrower shall designate the following account as the special fund recovery account and provide the entry and exit of the funds of the account in a timely manner:

A/C name: Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd. Account: [***]

Bank of deposit: Suzhou Branch of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

The Lender may sign a separate account management agreement with the Borrower according to the Borrower’s credit status and financing situation, to clearly set forth the management of the entry and exit of the funds returned to the designated account. The Lender shall have the right to withdraw the Loan in advance according to the Borrower’s return of funds.

 

2.

Disbursement of the Loan

 

  (i)

The Lender shall have the right to manage and control the disbursement of the Loan by means of the Lender’s fiduciary disbursement or the Borrower’s own disbursement.

 

  (1)

The Lender’s “Fiduciary Disbursement” means that the Borrower authorizes the Lender to disburse the Loan to the Borrower’s transaction counterparty for the purpose as specified herein.

If the Lender’s Fiduciary Disbursement is adopted, before the Loan is issued, the Borrower shall provide the relevant transaction information in accordance with the purposes as stipulated herein, and after review and approval by the Lender, the Loan shall be disbursed to the Borrower’s transaction counterparty in time through the Borrower’s account.

 

- 10 -


Where the Lender’s Fiduciary Disbursement is adopted, after the Loan is disbursed to the Borrower’s transaction counterparty, if the Loan is returned due to the revocation, cancellation and invalidity of the basic transaction contract, the Lender shall have the right to collect the Loan in advance in accordance with Article XII hereof.

 

  (2)

The Borrower’s “Own Disbursement” means that, after the Lender has disbursed the Loan to the Borrower’s account, the Borrower shall independently disburse the Loan to its transaction counterparty who conforms to the purpose as stipulated herein.

If the Borrower’s Own Disbursement is adopted, the Borrower shall regularly report to the Lender the disbursement of the Loan, and the Lender shall have the right to check whether the disbursement of the Loan conforms to the agreed purpose by means of account analysis, certificate inspection, on-site investigation, etc.

 

  (ii)

Fiduciary Disbursement

The Lender’s Fiduciary Disbursement shall be adopted in any one of the following circumstances:

 

  (1)

Where a new credit business relationship between the Borrower and the Lender is established and the internal rating of the Borrower at the Lender is at most B3, “New Credit Business Relationship” refers to the initial credit business relationship between the Lender and the Borrower or no credit business relationship has occurred within two (2) years;

 

  (2)

Where the Working Capital Loan is used for replacement;

 

  (3)

Where the object of payment is clear or the amount of a single disbursement exceeds RMB TEN MILLION (inclusive) (in case of foreign currency loan, the loan shall be converted at the intermediate price announced by the Lender on the disbursement date);

 

  (4)

Others _/_.

 

  (iii)

In the course of the origination and disbursement of the Loan, where the Borrower has any of the following circumstances, the Borrower shall, at the request of the Lender, supplement the origination and disbursement conditions for the Loan, and the Lender shall have the right to adopt more stringent conditions for the origination and disbursement of the Loan, and shall have the right to stop the origination and disbursement of the Loan, and take appropriate measures in accordance with Article XIV 2 hereof:

 

  (1)

Where its credit status declines;

 

  (2)

The main business of Party A does not have strong profitability;

 

  (3)

The loan funds are used abnormally;

 

  (4)

Any other circumstance that the Lender thinks proper.

Article VIII Repayment of the Principal and Interest of the Loan

 

1.

The principal of the Loan hereunder shall be repaid in the (2) way as follows:

 

- 11 -


  (1)

Repay the principal of the Loan in instalments, the amount and date of repayment of which are as follows:

If the Lender adjusts the schedule for the withdrawals of the Loan, the repayment date and amount of the Loan in installments as stipulated in this Article shall remain unchanged, and the Borrower shall repay the principal of the Loan on time.

 

  (2)

Full repayment of the principal of the Loan at a time on the maturity date.

(3) Other means of repayment of the principal amount of the Loan:             /            

 

2.

The Borrower shall repay the principal and interest of the Loan hereunder to the Lender in full and on time on the repayment date and interest payment date as stipulated herein.

 

3.

If the repayment date is a non-Business Day of the Lender, it will be postponed to the next Business Day of the Lender, and the non-Business Day of the Lender will be counted into the actual number of days occupied by the Loan. When repaying the principal of the last portion of the Loan, the Borrower shall pay off the interest on the principal and thereby shall not be bound by the interest payment date as stipulated in Article V hereof.

 

4.

If the Borrower fails to repay the Loan hereunder on time and needs to extend the time limit for the repayment, it shall submit a written loan extension application to the Lender thirty (30) Business Day before the maturity date of the Loan. Upon examination and approval by the Lender, the Parties hereto shall separately sign the Loan Extension Contract as a supplementary contract hereto.

 

5.

Prepayment

The Borrower shall repay the principal and interest of the Loan on the date agreed herein.

If the Borrower requests partial or full repayment of the principal and interest of the Loan in advance, it shall notify the Lender in writing seven (7) Business Days in advance and obtain the written consent of the Lender. With the consent of the Lender, the Borrower shall, after returning part of the principal and interest of the Loan in advance, negotiate with the Lender to determine the number of repayment periods, repayment time and repayment amount thereafter. The interest on the principal of the Loan prepaid shall be calculated according to the actual term of use and at the interest rate agreed herein. The Lender will no longer adjust the interest on the Loan received prior to prepayment.

If the Borrower requests a prepayment, the Lender shall have the right to require the Borrower to pay liquidated damages at         /        % of the prepayment amount.

 

6.

If the Borrower fails to perform its obligations as stipulated herein, the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes the Lender to withhold funds directly from any account opened by the Borrower with the Lender and all branches and subsidiaries of Industrial Bank without judicial proceedings, including but not limited to principal and interest of the Loan (including principal, interest, Penalty Interest, Compound Interest), penalties, liquidated damages and Expense Incurred by the Lender in Realizing the Creditor’s Right. The Borrower agrees that the Lender shall have the right to determine the order of withholding. If the currency of the account is inconsistent with the currency of the Loan, the Lender shall have the right to withhold the fund by converting the fund into the currency of the Loan at the intermediate price announced by the Lender on the date of withholding. If any account under this Article involves the products such as wealth management products or structured deposits, the Borrower shall irrevocably authorize the Lender to initiate a redemption application or take other necessary measures directly on behalf of the Borrower in order to ensure that the Lender withholds the above amount smoothly, the Borrower shall provide all necessary cooperation.

 

- 12 -


Article IX Guarantee

 

1.

The guarantee contracts hereunder include, but are not limited to:

 

  (1)

The Maximum Guarantee Contract (Contract Name), numbered [***], by means of guarantee, with Gracell Bioscience (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. as the guarantor;

 

2.

In addition to the above signed guarantee contract(s), in the event of exchange rate fluctuation or any other event that the Lender deems may affect the performance of the Borrower or the guarantor, the Lender shall have the right to require the Borrower to supplement the security or provide a new guarantee and sign the relevant guarantee contract, and the Borrower shall cooperate with the Lender.

 

3.

The Lender shall have the right not to perform the obligations hereunder such as the origination of the Loan until the guarantee contract is signed and the guarantee formalities are completed.

Article X Rights and Obligations of the Parties

 

1.

Rights and Obligations of the Lender

 

  (i)

Rights of the Lender:

 

  (1)

The right to require the Borrower to repay the principal and interest of the Loan on time;

 

  (2)

The right to require the Borrower to provide all information related to the Loan;

 

  (3)

The right to know the Borrower’s production, operation and financial situation;

 

- 13 -


  (4)

The right to supervise the Borrower to use the Loan for the purposes as stipulated herein;

 

  (5)

The right to monitor the use of the Loan and make requests;

 

  (6)

The Borrower shall have the right to withhold the principal and interest of the Loan (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest), penalties, liquidated damages and Expense Incurred by the Lender in Realizing the Creditor’s Right directly from any account opened by the Borrower with the Lender and all branches and subsidiaries of Industrial Bank without judicial proceedings. If the money in the account is inconsistent with the currency of the Loan, the Lender shall have the right to convert it into the currency of the Loan at the intermediate price announced by the Lender on the day of withholding; If any account under this Article involves the products such as wealth management products or structured deposits, the Borrower shall irrevocably authorize the Lender to initiate a redemption application or take other necessary measures directly on behalf of the Borrower in order to ensure that the Lender withholds the above amount smoothly.

 

  (7)

The Lender shall have the right at any time to transfer all or part of the Creditor’s Right and security interest hereunder to a third party without the consent of the Borrower. If the Lender transfers the Loan and security interest hereunder, the Borrower shall still bear all the obligations hereunder;

 

  (8)

If the Borrower fails to repay the principal and interest of the Loan as stipulated herein, or fails to fulfill the matter of repayment of principal and interest, or violates any of the obligations as stipulated herein, the Lender shall have the right to submit and disclose the information of the Borrower’s breach of contract to the People’s Bank of China and the credit reporting institutions and credit reporting systems established or approved by it, or banking associations, banking supervisory bodies or other administrative/judicial/supervisory authorities and the information management systems or news media established and approved by them, and to take legal measures such as clearing, litigation, arbitration or applying to a notary agency for an enforcement certificate, and take or jointly take with other banking financial institutions the measures to reduce or stop credit, stop opening new settlement accounts, stop the Borrower’s legal representative/ the Borrower’s new credit card and other joint measures to punish the Borrower for its breach of trust and protect the rights of the Lender;

 

  (9)

The Lender shall have the right to unilaterally decide to collect the Loan in advance according to the Borrower’s funds recovered;

 

  (10)

When the Lender thinks that it is possible to affect the security of its Creditor’s Right, such as exchange rate fluctuation, the Borrower shall have the obligation to supplement the pledge guarantee such as security according to the Lender’s request, or implement other risk mitigation measures approved by the Lender;

 

  (11)

The Lender shall be entitled to other rights as stipulated in laws, regulations, rules or this Contract.

 

  (ii)

Obligations of the Lender:

 

  1.

The Lender shall originate and disburse the Loan as agreed herein.

 

  2.

The Lender shall keep the Borrower’s debt, finance, production and operation confidential, except in the following cases:

 

  (1)

Required to be disclosed by laws and regulations;

 

- 14 -


  (2)

Required to be disclosed according to the regulations or requirements of regulatory bodies;

 

  (3)

Disclosure to the Lender’s partner, etc.

 

2.

Rights and Obligations of the Borrower

 

  (i)

The Borrower shall have the following rights:

 

  (1)

The right to withdraw and use the whole Loan as agreed herein;

 

  (2)

The right to require the Lender to undertake the obligation of confidentiality in accordance with this Contract.

 

  (ii)

 

  1.

The Borrower shall truthfully provide the documents and information requested by the Lender, as well as the information on all opening banks, accounts and balances of deposits and loans, and shall cooperate with the Lender in the investigation, examination and inspection;

 

  2.

The Borrower shall accept the supervision or inspection of the Lender over the use of the Loan and its related production, operation and financial activities, and shall take reasonable measures on the Lender’s suggestions or requirements in a timely manner;

 

  3.

The Borrower shall use the Loan for the purposes as stipulated herein and shall not divert it for any other purpose, and shall not use the Loan for the investment in fixed assets; It shall not use the Loan in the fields or purposes where the State prohibits; The Borrower shall not borrow to engage in equity investment , etc.; The Borrower shall not borrow money to buy and sell securities, futures, real estate, etc.; The Borrower shall not borrow money to engage in inter-enterprise lending and any other illegal activity restricted by the State; The Borrower shall not divert or misappropriate the Loan in any other way;

 

  4.

In accordance with Article VII hereof, the Borrower shall accept the Lender’s account monitoring and loan fund disbursement management;

 

  5.

The Borrower shall repay the principal and interest of the Loan in full and on time as agreed herein;

 

  6.

Without the written consent of the Lender, the Borrower shall not transfer the debt hereunder in whole or in part to any third party;

 

  7.

The Borrower shall not in any way reduce its registered capital; Without the written consent of the Lender, the Borrower shall not extend the subscription period of the registered capital;

 

  8.

The Borrower shall notify the Lender in writing at least thirty (30) Business Days in advance and obtain the written consent of the Lender before any major matters such as merger, division, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial increase in debt financing, and actively take the safeguard measures for the full repayment of the principal and interest of the Loan hereunder as required by the Lender. The above major matters shall include, but not be limited to:

 

  (1)

substantially increasing debt financing by applying to third parties such as banks for loans or liabilities, or providing loans for third parties, or providing security for third-party obligations, etc., which affects or may affect the repayment of principal and interest on the Loan hereunder;

 

  (2)

making major changes in property rights and adjustments in the mode of operation (including, but not limited to, joint ventures and cooperation contracts with foreign investors, or the investors from Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan of China; revocation, closure, suspension or transferring to other production; separation, merger, consolidation or merger; reorganization, formation or conversion into joint-stock company; foreign investment; equity and management transactions involving or investing in joint-stock companies or investment companies in fixed assets such as houses, machinery and equipment or trademarks, patents, proprietary technology, land use rights and other intangible assets, such as leasing, contracting, joint ventures and trusteeship);

 

- 15 -


  (3)

Up to 5% change in equity (including but not limited to equity transfer, custody, escrow and pledge).

 

  9.

The Borrower shall notify the Lender in writing within seven (7) Business Days from the date of occurrence or possible occurrence of any of the following circumstances, and shall actively take the safeguard measures for full repayment of the principal and interest of the Loan hereunder as required by the Lender:

 

  (1)

significant financial loss, loss of assets or any other financial crisis;

 

  (2)

suspending business, being revoked or cancelled of business license, applying or being applied for bankruptcy or dissolution;

 

  (3)

a major crisis in the operation or finance of its controlling shareholders and other affiliates, which affects its normal operation;

 

  (4)

the change of the Borrower’s legal representative, directors or officers, affecting its normal operation;

 

  (5)

Up to 5% change in the guarantor’s equity (including but not limited to equity transfer, custody, escrow and pledge);

 

  (6)

a significant connected transaction between the Borrower and its controlling shareholders and other affiliates, affecting its normal operation;

 

  (7)

any litigation, arbitration or criminal or administrative penalty that has significant adverse consequences for its operation or property status;

 

  (8)

any other major matter that may affect its solvency.

 

  10.

At the request of the Lender (such request shall be notified of the Borrower in advance in a reasonable manner, unless prior notice is not required as a result of a default or potential default event or due to a specific environment), the Lender’s representative shall be allowed to perform the following activities during normal office hours:

 

  (1)

visiting the place where the Borrower carries out business activities;

 

  (2)

inspecting the premises, facilities, factories and equipment of the Borrower;

 

  (3)

accessing the Borrower’s book records and all other records;

 

  (4)

asking the employees, agents, contractors and subcontractors of the Borrower who know or may know the relevant information required by the Lender.

 

  11.

The Borrower undertakes to maintain the financial position of current assets and net assets, the ratio of assets to liabilities and the current ratio of assets within the following scope required by the Lender during the term of the Loan hereunder:             /            .

 

- 16 -


  12.

For a collection letter or document sent or otherwise served by the Lender to the Borrower, the Borrower must sign and hand over the receipt to the Lender.

Article XI Representations and Undertakings of the Borrower

The Borrower voluntarily makes the following representations and undertakings and assumes legal responsibility for the authenticity thereof:

 

1.

The Borrower is a legal entity established duly and existing valid under the law of the People’s Republic of China and has the full civil capacity. The Borrower undertakes to provide relevant certificates, licenses, certificates and other documents required by the Lender as required by the Lender.

 

2.

The Borrower has sufficient capacity to perform all its obligations and responsibilities hereunder and does not relieve or absolve the Borrower of its liability for any instruction, change in financial position, or any agreement with any entity.

 

3.

The Borrower has full authorization and legal right to sign this Contract, has obtained and fulfilled all its internal approval and authorization or other relevant formalities necessary for the execution and performance hereof, and has obtained and fulfilled all necessary approval, registration, authorization, consent, permission or other relevant formalities necessary for the signing and performance of this Contract from any governmental agency or any other authority, and remains fully lawful and valid for any approval, registration, consent, permission, authorization or any other relevant formalities required for the signing of this Contract.

 

4.

The Borrower signs this Contract in full conformity with the relevant articles of association, internal decisions of the Borrower and the resolutions of the board of shareholders and the board of directors of the Borrower, and it undertakes that such internal decisions, resolutions of the board of shareholders and the board of directors will be in full conformity with the laws and regulations of the State and its articles of association, and there will be no circumstances of invalidity, ineffectiveness or revocability. This Contract also does not conflict with or contradict against any of the Borrower’s articles of association, internal decisions, resolutions of the board of shareholders and the board of directors and policies.

 

5.

The signing and performance of this Contract is based on the true intention of the Borrower. The loan financing meets the applicable laws and regulations, and the signing and performance of this Contract does not violate any law, regulation, rule or contract binding on the Borrower. This Contract is legal and effective and enforceable. If this Contract is invalid due to defects in the rights of the Borrower at the time of signing and performing this Contract, the Borrower will immediately and unconditionally compensate the Lender for all losses.

 

6.

All documents, financial statements and other information provided by the Borrower for the Lender hereunder are true, complete, accurate and effective, and the financial indicators required by the Lender are maintained continuously.

 

7.

The Borrower agrees that the borrowing hereunder shall be subject to the rules, regulations and practices of the Lender. The Lender shall have the right to withdraw the Loan in advance according to the Borrower’s return of funds.

 

8.

If the Borrower fails to perform its obligations as agreed herein, the Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender to withhold the principal and interest of the Loan (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest), penalties, liquidated damages and Expense Incurred by the Lender in Realizing the Creditor’s Right directly from any account opened by the Borrower with the Lender and all branches and subsidiaries of Industrial Bank without judicial proceedings. The Borrower agrees that the Lender has the right to determine the order of withholding. If the currency of the account is inconsistent with the currency of the Loan, the Lender shall have the right to withhold the fund by converting the fund into the currency of the Loan at the intermediate price announced by the Lender on the date of withholding. If any account under this Article involves the products such as wealth management products or structured deposits, the Borrower shall irrevocably authorize the Lender to initiate a redemption application or take other necessary measures directly on behalf of the Borrower in order to ensure that the Lender withholds the above amount smoothly, the Borrower shall provide all necessary cooperation.

 

- 17 -


9.

Whether before or after the signing of this Contract, if the Borrower submits any documents relating to the specific transaction to the Lender for review, the Borrower guarantees the authenticity of all the documents, and the Lender will only make a decision on the superficial authenticity of the transaction documents. The Lender is neither substantially involved in and aware of the specific transaction nor liable for the same.

 

10.

The Borrower acknowledges that, except those having been disclosed in writing to the Lender, the Borrower has not concealed any of the following events that have occurred or are about to occur that may cause the Lender to disagree with the origination of the Loan hereunder:

 

  (i)

The obligations or contingent liabilities of the Borrower, including, but not limited to, any mortgage, pledge, lien and any other encumbrance not disclosed to the Lender on the Borrower’s assets or proceeds;

 

  (ii)

The serious violation of discipline, violation of laws or claim for compensation involving the Borrower or the principal officers of the Borrower;

 

  (iii)

The breach of contract by the Borrower in respect of the creditor’s right and liability contract between the Borrower and any other creditor;

 

  (iv)

No action, arbitration or administrative penalty against the Borrower or its property has occurred, has not been concluded or may have occurred in respect of the Borrower, whether on its own initiative or by a third party, and no liquidation or closure or other similar proceedings against the Borrower have occurred;

 

  (v)

Any other circumstance that may affect the financial position and solvency of the Borrower.

 

11.

The Borrower undertakes to use the Loan hereunder for the purposes as specified herein only, other than any other purpose contrary thereto. The Borrower shall accept and cooperate with the Lender to carry out loan disbursement management, post-loan management and related inspection at any time, cooperate with the Lender to supervise, inspect and check the Borrower’s use of the Loan and the Borrower’s production and operation, financial activities, material inventory, assets and liabilities, bank deposits, cash inventory, etc., and shall meet other requirements that the Lender deems necessary or appropriate.

 

12.

The Borrower shall provide full, effective or other acceptable security as the Lender deems appropriate. If the guarantee hereunder involves real estate mortgage, the Borrower shall fulfill the obligation to inform the Lender in time when it knows the information that the mortgaged house will be demolished; If the mortgaged house is demolished and the Borrower is compensated with the ownership to any other real estate, the Lender shall have the right to require the Borrower to discharge the debt in advance, or to reset the mortgage and sign a new mortgage agreement. After the original mortgaged real estate is destroyed and before the registration of the new mortgage is processed, the Borrower shall provide the guarantee from another guarantor with guarantee conditions; For the demolition of real estate compensated, the Borrower shall be responsible for requiring the mortgagor to continue to provide guarantee for the Main Creditor’s Right by opening a special security account or deposit certificate, etc.

 

13.

The Borrower shall not reduce the registered capital in any way. Without the prior written consent of the Lender, part or all of the debts hereunder shall not be transferred to a third party. Without the written consent of the Lender, any debt of the Borrower or any other creditor (except any other branch of Industrial Bank) shall not be paid off in advance until all debts hereunder are discharged.

 

- 18 -


14.

The Borrower shall notify the Lender of any major adverse event affecting the Borrower’s solvency in time and obtain the written consent of the Lender before undertaking such major matters as merger, division, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial increase in debt financing, etc.

 

15.

In the event of litigation or arbitration or any other dispute between the Lender and the Borrower or any third party concerned as a result of the performance of its obligations hereunder, resulting in the Lender being forced to become involved in a dispute between the Borrower and any third party, the Borrower shall bear the costs of litigation or arbitration, legal fees, etc. arising therefrom.

 

16.

The Borrower shall handle the settlement hereunder through the settlement account opened at the Lender.

 

17.

The Borrower undertakes that the information published by the Borrower in the National Enterprise Credit Information Publicity System is true, complete, legal and effective, and undertakes to continuously agree with the Lender to inquire about the information that the enterprise chooses to publish or not to publish in the system. If the Lender requests capital verification, the Borrower shall agree to verify the capital as required by the Lender and to provide a capital verification report issued by a professional institution.

 

18.

The Borrower hereby declares and authorizes that: the Lender will have the right to carry out the necessary investigation of the Borrower’s credit status in accordance with the laws and regulations, and the relevant policies of China, including querying the Borrower’s credit information from the basic database of financial credit information established by China. And, according to the need of the People’s Bank of China on the construction of corporate and personal credit information, the relevant credit information can be submitted to the national basic database of financial credit information, and can be legally queried within the scope of authorization.

 

19.

The Borrower hereby declares and authorizes that: The Lender will have the right to submit the information and other relevant information about this Contract to the administrative/ judicial/supervisory authorities, institutions, bank regulators, banking associations, etc. and the other information management systems established and approved by them in accordance with their needs of relevant information management, and the Borrower hereby allows the relevant information to be legally accessed to.

 

20.

If the Borrower breaches this Contract, or has a circumstance that may endanger the Lender’s realization of the Creditor’s Right, the Lender shall have the right to require accelerating the expiration of the Borrower’s shareholders’ subscription obligation, and the Borrower undertakes that its shareholders will subscribe for the capital in time as required by the Lender. The Lender shall have the right to require the Borrower and its shareholders not to distribute dividends.

 

21.

The Borrower undertakes that the transaction background of the Loan is true and legal and is not used for illegal purposes such as money laundering.

 

22.

The Borrower irrevocably undertakes that, where it breaches any contractual obligations hereunder, the Lender may submit and disclose the information of the Borrower’s breach of contract to the People’s Bank of China and the credit information agencies and credit information systems it has established or approved, or to the banking associations, banking supervisory bodies or other administrative/judicial/supervisory authorities and the information management systems or news media they have established or approved.

 

- 19 -


Moreover, the Borrower irrevocably authorizes the relevant banking associations to share and even publicize the information of the Borrower’s discredit among the banking financial institutions and the public in a suitable way.

The Borrower is aware that the Lender has the right to take all measures in accordance with this Contract, and that the Lender has the right to take or the Lender and other banking financial institutions have the right to jointly take measures to reduce or stop credit grant, stop opening new settlement accounts, and suspend the Borrower’s legal representative / Borrower’s new credit cards to punish the Borrower for its breach of trust and protect the rights of the Lender.

 

23.

The other representations and undertakings of the Borrower:                     /                             .

Article XII Earlier Collection of the Loan

 

1.

During the term of the Loan, where the Borrower or the guarantor (including the warrantor, mortgagor or pledgor, the same hereinafter) has any of the following circumstances, the Lender shall have the right to unilaterally decide to stop disbursing the portion of the Loan that the Borrower has not yet used, and collect in advance part or all of the principal and interest of the portion of the Loan originated. In the case where the Loan is to be repaid in instalments, if the Lender intends to collect in advance of one portion of the in accordance with this Contract, the other unexpired portions of the Loan shall be deemed to be due in advance:

 

  (i)

Where the Borrower provides false materials or conceals important operating financial facts, or any of the certificates and documents submitted to the Lender and the representations and undertakings made by it in Article XI hereof is proved to be untrue, inaccurate, incomplete or intentionally misleading;

 

  (ii)

Where the Borrower change the original purpose of the Loan without the consent of the Lender, misappropriates the Loan or uses the Loan to engage in illegal or breaching transactions;

 

  (iii)

Party A shall not realize bank discount or pledge, or take bank funds or credit by false contracts with related parties, and notes receivable, accounts receivable and other creditor’s rights without actual trading background;

 

  (iv)

Where the Borrower refuses to accept the Lender’s supervision and inspection over its use of the Loan and its related operating financial activities;

 

  (v)

Where the Borrower undergoes major matters such as merger, division, acquisition, reorganization, equity transfer, foreign investment and substantial increase in debt financing, which the Lender considers may affect the safety of the Loan;

 

  (vi)

Where the Borrower intentionally evades from the Creditor’s Right through connected transactions;

 

  (vii)

Where the credit standing of the Borrower is deteriorating and its solvency (including the ability to discharge contingent liabilities) is weakening obviously;

 

  (viii)

Where the Borrower or the Borrower’s affiliates and the guarantor or the guarantor’s affiliates have a cross-default as stipulated in Article XV hereof;

 

  (ix)

Where the Borrower fails to repay the principal and interest of the Loan hereunder on time;

 

  (x)

Where the Borrower ceases to pay its debts or is unable or indicates that it is unable to pay its debts due;

 

- 20 -


  (xi)

Where the Borrower is closed down, wound up, declared bankrupt, dissolved, revoked its business license, cancelled, and is undergoing deteriorated financial conditions;

 

  (xii)

Where the Borrower fails to perform the obligations as stipulated in Article X and Article XIII hereof and the other obligations as stipulated herein, or the guarantor fails to perform the obligations as stipulated in the guarantee contract;

 

  (xiii)

Where the value of the collateral or pledge used for security has been or may be significantly reduced, or the right to pledge must be realized before the maturity of the Loan;

 

  (xiv)

Where any of the legal representative, the individual principal investors, the directors, supervisors and officers of the Borrower or the guarantor is abnormally changed, disappears, or investigated or restricted of personal freedom by the competent juridical authority, which has affected or may affect the performance of their obligations hereunder;

 

  (xv)

Where the Borrower/the guarantor or the controlling shareholder, the actual controller of the Borrower/the guarantor or its affiliates are involved in a major litigation, arbitration or any other dispute, or their significant assets are seized, frozen, withheld, enforced or otherwise taken with similar effect, which may endanger or impair the rights and interests of the Lender;

 

  (xvi)

Any other event agreed upon herein, or any other event that endangers, impairs or may endanger or impair the rights and interests of the Lender according to the recovery of the funds of the Borrower.

 

2.

In the case of the above-mentioned earlier loan collection, the Lender may unilaterally decide whether to grant the Borrower a certain grace period depending on the Borrower’s production and operation, financial situation and the recovery of funds. If the Lender gives the Borrower a grace period within which the Borrower has not taken remedial measures or the remedial measures taken do not meet the requirements of the Lender, the Lender shall have the right to unilaterally decide to collect the Loan in advance; The Lender may also decide to collect the Loan in advance without giving the Borrower a grace period.

 

3.

In case of earlier collection of the Loan, the Lender shall have the right to take appropriate measures in accordance with Article XIV.2 hereof.

Article XIII The Borrower’s Obligation to Disclose Significant Transactions and Significant Events to the Lender

 

1.

The Borrower shall report in writing to the Lender in time the Significant Transactions and Significant Events of the Borrower.

 

2.

If the Borrower is a group customer, the Borrower shall promptly report to the Lender its connected transactions involving more than 10% of the Borrower’s net assets, including, but not limited to:

 

  (i)

The association relationship of transaction parties;

 

  (ii)

Transaction items and nature of the transaction;

 

  (iii)

Amount of the transaction or the corresponding proportion;

 

  (iv)

Pricing policy (including transactions with no amount or with only symbolic amount).

 

- 21 -


Article XIV Liability for Breach

 

1.

After the entry into force of this Contract, both the Borrower and the Lender shall perform the obligations as stipulated herein. If either Party fails to perform or fails to fully perform its obligations as stipulated herein, it shall bear the corresponding liability for breach of contract.

 

2.

The Lender shall have the right to take one or more of the following measures if the Borrower fails to use the Loan for the purposes as specified herein, fails to disburse the Loan in the manner agreed upon, fails to comply with the representations and undertakings, misreports the information of the loan application documents, breaks through the agreed financial indicators, has a major cross-default event or fails to perform any of the provisions hereof:

 

  (i)

To require the Borrower to correct the violation within a certain time limit;

 

  (ii)

To cease the origination of the portion of the Loan having not been originated hereunder and to cease the disbursement of the portion of the Loan having not been disbursed hereunder;

 

  (iii)

To require the Borrower to supplement the loan origination and disbursement conditions that meet the requirements of the Lender or cancel the Borrower’s use of the Loan in an “Own Disbursement” manner;

 

  (iv)

To unilaterally decide that all or part of the debt hereunder expires in advance;

 

  (v)

To unilaterally terminate or cancel this Contract, require the Borrower to pay off the principal and interest of the Loan due or undue and pay or compensate for the related losses;

 

  (vi)

To require the Borrower to pay the penalty interest on the Loan overdue if the Loan is overdue; or to require the Borrower to pay the penalty interest on the misappropriated portion of the Loan if the Borrower misappropriates the Loan; or to require the Borrower to pay the compound interest of the interest outstanding (including interest before and after the maturity of the Loan, penalty interest from the misappropriation of the Loan and the penalty interest of the Loan overdue);

 

  (vii)

To require the Borrower to add or replace the guarantors, collaterals, pledges or pledged rights;

 

  (viii)

To exercise or realize the rights under any guarantee relating to the Loan hereunder;

 

  (ix)

To withhold amounts from any account opened by the Borrower with the Lender and all branches and subsidiaries of Industrial Bank without judicial proceedings, or to entrust the bank with which the Lender’s account is opened to withhold amounts from its account (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, penalties, liquidated damages and the Expense Incurred by the Lender in Realizing the Creditor’s Right directly. If the money in the account is inconsistent with the currency of the Loan, the Lender shall have the right to convert it into the currency of the Loan at the intermediate price announced by the Lender on the day of withholding; If any account under this Article involves the products such as wealth management products or structured deposits, the Lender has the right to initiate a redemption application or take other necessary measures directly on behalf of the Borrower in order to ensure that the Lender withholds the above amount smoothly.

 

  (x)

To initiate an action, arbitration or apply to a notary agency for an execution certificate, require the Borrower to pay off the principal and interest of the Loan, and ask the Borrower to bear the Expense Incurred by the Creditor in Realizing the Creditor’s Right;

 

  (xi)

To seize or retain any movable or immovable property, tangible or intangible property of the Borrower under the control and possession of the Lender or take other measures deemed appropriate by the Lender;

 

- 22 -


  (xii)

To submit and disclose the information of the Borrower’s breach of contract to the People’s Bank of China and the credit reporting institutions and credit reporting systems established or approved by it, or banking associations, banking supervisory bodies or other administrative/judicial /supervisory authorities and the information management systems or news media established and approved by them, and to take legal measures such as clearing, litigation, arbitration or applying to a notary agency for an enforcement certificate, and take or jointly take with other banking financial institutions the measures to reduce or stop credit, stop opening new settlement accounts, stop the Borrower’s legal representative/ the Borrower’s new credit card and other joint measures to punish the Borrower for its breach of trust and protect the rights of the Lender; and

 

  (xiii)

To take other measures according to the applicable laws and or other measures agreed herein or deemed appropriate by the Lender.

 

3.

Subject to the withdrawal prerequisites and disbursement conditions for the Loan as stipulated herein, if the Lender fails to provide the Loan on the agreed date and with the agreed amount, and thereby causes losses to the Borrower, the Lender shall compensate the Borrower for its direct economic loss arising therefrom. However, in any case, the Lender shall not be liable for any foreseeable or foreseeable indirect loss arising therefrom to the Borrower.

 

4.

In the course of the performance of this Contract, the Lender shall not bear any liability if the documents provided by the Borrower are not true, accurate, incomplete or otherwise defective, resulting in the Lender’s wrong Fiduciary Disbursement, unpunctual disbursement, and the Borrower violates this Contract to handle the Own Disbursement or causes other losses.

 

5.

The Lender shall not be liable for any origination or disbursement dispute or any other loss arising from the freezing of the loan origination account or the disbursement object account as stipulated herein or any other reason.

 

6.

If the guarantor hereunder (i.e. the warrantor, the mortgagor, the pledgor) has the following reasons, the lender shall have the right to take measures in accordance with Paragraph 1 of this Article:

 

  (i)

Where the guarantor fails to perform the guarantee contract, or its credit standing is deteriorating, or the guarantor has any other event in which its guarantee capacity is weakened;

 

  (ii)

Where the mortgagor fails to perform the mortgage contract, or intentionally damages the mortgage, or the value of the mortgage may or has been significantly reduced, or the mortgagor has any other event detrimental to the mortgage right of the Lender;

 

  (iii)

Where the pledgor fails to perform the pledge contract, or if the value of the pledge has been or may be significantly reduced, or the pledge’s right must be fulfilled before the Loan is paid off, or the pledgor has any other event detrimental to the mortgage right of the Lender.

Article XV Cross Default

If the Borrower or its affiliates and the guarantor or the guarantor’s affiliates has any of the following circumstances, the Borrower shall be deemed to be in breach of contract, and the Lender shall have the right to collect the Loan in advance as agreed in Article XII hereof, and require the Borrower to be liable for breach of contract in accordance with Article XIV hereof:

 

(i)

Where any loan, financing or debt of the Borrower or its affiliates and the guarantor or the guarantor’s affiliates has or is likely to have a default or is declared due in advance;

 

- 23 -


(ii)

Where any security or similar obligation of the Borrower or its affiliates and the guarantor or the guarantor’s affiliates has not been performed or is likely not to be performed;

 

(iii)

Where the Borrower or its affiliates and the guarantor or the guarantor’s affiliates have failed to perform or breached the legal documents or contracts relating to security of obligations and other similar obligations, or have the possibility of failure to perform or breach the same;

 

(iv)

Where the Borrower or its affiliates and the guarantor or the guarantor’s affiliates is unable to or will be unable to discharge the overdue debts or loans/facilities;

 

(v)

Where the Borrower or its affiliates and the guarantor or the guarantor’s affiliates have been declared or about to be declared bankrupt via legal proceedings;

 

(vi)

Where the Borrower or its affiliates and the guarantor or the guarantor’s affiliates have transferred their assets or properties to other creditors;

 

(vii)

Other circumstances endangering the safety of the principal and interest of the Loan hereunder.

Article XVI Continuity of Obligations

All obligations of the Borrower hereunder are continuous and shall be fully and equally binding on its heirs, agents, receivers, assignees and the entity after merger, reorganization, change of name, etc..

Article XVII Principal and Interest Acceleration

The Borrower agrees that the Lender will have the right to determine that any other obligation of the Borrower to the Lender, including the full principal, interest (including penalty interest and compound interest) of the Borrower due and not due hereunder shall be due immediately upon the failure of the Borrower to perform the representations and undertakings in Article XI hereof or the failure of the Borrower to perform any of its obligations hereunder.

Article XVIII Priority Subrogation

The Borrower hereby acknowledges, in particular, that in the event of default by the Borrower or failure by the Borrower to pay its due debt (including principal, interest and expenses) and the Borrower’s own lack of sufficient property to pay its debts, the Lender shall have the right to exercise priority subrogation in respect of any creditor’s right, account receivable and any other property interest owned by the Borrower from third parties.

Article XIX Governing Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution

 

1.

The law of the People’s Republic of China shall apply to the conclusion, entry into force, performance, rescission, interpretation and settlement of disputes of or in relation to this Contract (excluding the laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan Province for purpose of this Contract).

 

2.

Any dispute arising out of this Contract shall be resolved through the friendly negotiation between the Borrower and the Lender. If friendly negotiation fails, the Parties hereto agree to resolve the matter in the 1st manner:

 

  (1)

Bringing a lawsuit to the people’s court of the place where the Lender is domiciled.

 

  (2)

Applying to                                  Arbitration Commission for arbitration according to the arbitration rules in force at the time of arbitration. To the extent permitted by the arbitration rules, the Partieshereto agree to choose summary procedure for the arbitration. The arbitration award is final and binding on both parties. An arbitral tribunal shall be in                         .

 

- 24 -


  (3)

Other manners:                                                                                       .

 

3.

During the dispute, the provisions of this Contract that are not been involved in the dispute shall still be fulfilled.

Article XX Document Exchange, Communications and Notices

 

1.

The Borrower agrees and acknowledges that the following address will be address to receive the notices hereunder, as well as legal documents for litigation (arbitration), notarization, etc. in case of disputes (including but not limited to all kinds of notices and documents of the contracting parties; indictment (or application for arbitration) and evidence, summons, notice of response, notice of proof, notice of hearing, order of payment, judgment (award), order of adjudication, conciliation statement, notice of execution, notice of performance within given time limit, etc., served by courts or arbitral tribunals in the course of litigation or arbitration, the realization of security interest proceedings and legal documents at the execution stage; various notices and legal documents served by notary offices):

 

  (i)

Address of the Borrower:

 

  (1)

Name of the Borrower: SUZHOU GRACELL BIOTECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Address of the Borrower: 218 Sangtian Street, Suzhou Industrial Park

Zip code: 215000; Tel.: [***];

Contact person. [***]

 

  (2)

Name of the Designated Recipient (if any):                                                  ;

Address of the Designated Recipient:                                                                          ;

Zip code:                         ;     Tel.:                                         .

 

  (ii)

The Borrower agrees and acknowledges that any of the following electronic communications addresses is also a valid service address:

 

  (1)

Fax number if by fax:                                                                  ;

 

  (2)

Email if by email:                                                                  ;

 

  (3)

Mobile phone number if by SMS:                 [***]                ;

 

  (4)

WeChat account (if by WeChat):                                                          ;

 

  (5)

QQ number (if by QQ)                                                                      .

 

2.

The service address as stipulated in the first paragraph of this Article shall apply for the all stages including non-litigation, the entry of the dispute into arbitration, the first instance, the second instance, retrial, execution, realization of security interest, supervision procedure and the enforcement of notarization. If the above service address is changed, the Borrower shall notify the Lender in writing in advance (and the arbitral tribunal or court shall be notified in writing in advance during the litigation or arbitration; if the enforcement notarization has been done, the original notary agency shall be notified in writing) to reconfirm the service address and obtain a receipt. If the notice is not given in advance, it shall be deemed that the service address has not been changed, and the corresponding legal consequences shall be borne by the Borrower itself, and the service address as agreed in the first paragraph of this Article shall still be regarded as the effective service address.

 

- 25 -


3.

Any document, communication, notice or legal instrument, which is sent to any address as agreed in Paragraph 1 of this Article, shall be deemed to have been served on the following date (service to the designated agent shall be deemed to have been served on the target recipient):

 

  (i)

If by mail (including express, ordinary mail and registered mail), the fifth Business Day after the date of delivery shall be regarded as the date of service;

 

  (ii)

If by fax, by e-mail, by SMS, by Wechat, by QQ or by any other electronic communication means, the date of delivery shall be regarded as the date of service;

 

  (iii)

If by person, the date of receipt by the recipient shall be regarded as the date of service. If the recipient refuses to accept it, the sender may take photographs or videos to record the delivery process and keep the document, which shall be regarded as being served.

 

4.

If the service address provided or confirmed by the Borrower is inaccurate or untrue, or the other party and the arbitration institution, the people’s court or the notary agency are not notified in time after the change of the service address, the Borrower shall bear the corresponding legal consequences, and the document, communication, notice or legal instrument shall be deemed to have been served effectively:

 

  (i)

If by mail, the date of return of the document shall be regarded as the date of service;

 

  (ii)

For direct service, the date of service shall be the date on which the addressee notes the situation on the proof of service on the spot;

 

  (iii)

By electronic means, the date of delivery shall be the date of service.

 

5.

The Lender shall take the domicile specified in this Contract as the service address. If the Lender sends a notice by way of a notice published on its website, online bank, mobile bank or point of sale, the date of the publication shall be regarded as the date of service. In no circumstances shall the Lender be liable for any transmission errors, omissions or delays in the mail, fax, telephone or any other communication system.

 

6.

The Parties agree that the corporate official seal, office seal, financial seal, contract seal, seal for receipt and issuing of each party and the credit seal of the Lender are all valid seals for the notice or contact of the Parties, the service of legal documents, and the exchange of letters. All the staff members of the Borrower are authorized to sign documents, communications and notices.

 

7.

This Article is an independent article in this Contract and shall not be affected by the validity of this Contract and any other provision hereof.

Article XXI Effect of the Contract; Miscellaneous

 

1.

This Contract shall enter into force on the date when the Parties sign and affix a seal hereon.

 

2.

During the term hereof, any tolerance, grace or delay granted by the Lender to the Borrower or the guarantor in the exercise of the interests or rights hereunder shall not impair, affect or restrict all the interests and rights of the Lender in accordance with the applicable laws and this Contract, shall not be regarded as a waiver of the rights and interests of the Lender hereunder, nor affect any obligation of the Borrower hereunder.

 

3.

If a change in national laws, regulations or regulatory policies causes the Lender’s performing its lending obligations hereunder not to comply with laws, regulations or regulatory requirements, the Lender shall have the right to terminate this Contract unilaterally, declare the whole Loan originated due in advance, and the Borrower shall repay the Loan immediately as required by the Lender. If the Lender is unable to perform or fails to perform its obligations as stipulated herein for such reasons, the Lender shall not bear any legal liability.

 

- 26 -


4.

If the Loan is not originated or disbursed on time due to force majeure, communication or network failure, failure of the Lender’s system, the Lender shall not bear any liability therefrom, but shall notify the Borrower in time.

 

5.

The Lender shall have the right to authorize or entrust any other branch of Industrial Bank to exercise its rights and perform its obligations hereunder (including, but not limited to, authorizing or entrusting other branches of Industrial Bank to sign relevant contracts), or to assign the Loan hereunder to any other branch of Industrial Bank. The Borrower agrees with such assignment and the Lender may not need to obtain the Borrower’s consent for such assignment.

 

6.

The Borrower agrees that the Lender may have the right to unilaterally reduce or cancel the portion of the Loan not yet used hereunder on the basis of the factors such as the Borrower’s production and operation, repayment and credit grant from other financial institutions. If the Lender decides to reduce or cancel the portion of the Loan not used hereunder, it shall notify the Borrower five (5) Business Days in advance, but without the consent of the Borrower for such reduction or cancellation.

 

7.

If at any time any of the provisions hereof are or become unlawful, invalid or unenforceable in any way, the legality, validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof shall not be affected or derogated from.

 

8.

The subheadings of this Contract are only for ease of reading and shall not be used for the interpretation of this Contract or for any other purpose.

 

9.

The annexes hereto shall be integral parts hereof and shall have the same legal effect as the text of this Contract.

 

10.

This Contract is in triplicate, the Lender holds ____ copies (copy), the Borrower holds ____ copies (copy) and ______________ holds _____ copies (copy). All the copies shall have the same legal effect.

Article XXII Notarization and Voluntary Acceptance of Compulsory Enforcement

 

1.

If either Party hereto makes a request for notarization, the other Party shall agree to carry out the notarization at the notary agency prescribed by the State as required by the other Party.

 

2.

This Contract with enforcement notarization shall have the effect of compulsory enforcement. If the Borrower fails to perform or fails to perform the debt properly or if the Lender realizes the Creditor’s Right hereunder according to laws and regulations as well as this Contract, the Borrower shall agree to apply to the notary agency for an enforcement certificate, and the Borrower shall voluntarily accept the compulsory enforcement measures directly applied by the Lender to the competent people’s court with the enforcement certificate, know the corresponding legal consequences, and undertake not to raise any objection or defense.

 

3.

The Parties agree that: Before issuing the enforcement certificate, the notary agency shall have the right to verify the relevant default facts such as the Borrower’s failure to perform or improper performance of the debt by mail, by phone, by fax, by e-mail, by SMS, by WeChat, by QQ, by personal service, or by interview, in accordance with the provisions in the article “Document Exchange, Communications and Notices” hereof. If it is verified by phone or by interview, the end of the interview or the call shall be deemed to be served; if it is verified by mail, by fax, by e-mail, by SMS, by WeChat, by QQ, by personal delivery, etc., the provisions in the article “Document Exchange, Communications and Notices” hereof shall be executed for the determination of the date of service.

 

- 27 -


4.

If the Borrower has any objection to the facts of breach of contract verified in the preceding paragraph, it shall, within five (5) Business Days from the date of service, give written evidence to the notary agency and submit sufficient evidence. If the evidence is not provided on time or the notary agency considers that the evidence is not sufficient to support its claim, it shall be regarded as the Borrower’s confirmation of the relevant default facts such as failure to perform or improper performance of the debt, and the Borrower shall agree that the notary agency can issue an execution certificate upon the request of the Lender. If the notary agency has other provisions on the verification method and the period of proof, such other provisions shall prevail.

Article XXIII Supplementary Provisions:

 

The Lender (official seal):         Principal or Authorized Agent (seal):
   
/s/ Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Suzhou Branch       /s/ Wang Xuexiang
Industrial Bank Co., Ltd. Suzhou Branch        
   
                     /s/ Zhao Xiaojun
   
          December 11, 2020
   
Borrower (Official Seal):       Principal or Authorized Agent (seal):
   
/s/ Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.        
Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.       /s/ Cao Wei
   
          December 11, 2020

 

- 28 -

EX-4.24

Exhibit 4.24

No. 2020 SYD Zi No.811208071607

 

 

Working Capital (in RMB) Loan Contract

(Ver. 3.0, 2018)

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 


Instructions for Filling

 

I.

This Contract shall be filled out with blue-black or black sign pen or pen.

 

II.

All blanks herein shall be filled out completely with clear and legible handwriting.

 

III.

The currency shall be filled out in Chinese characters rather than currency symbol. Chinese name of the currency should be added before the amount in words, and currency symbol before the amount in figures.

 

IV.

Excess spaces or spaces not filled out in this Contract can be handled by drawing broken lines or oblique lines, stamping the seal or filling in the words “this space is intentionally left blank”.

 

V.

If the loan under this Contract applies the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, the corresponding maximum guarantee contract shall be filled in Article 8 Loan Guarantee hereunder.

 

1


Working Capital (in RMB) Loan Contract

(Ver. 3.0, 2018)

 

Party A:

   Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.
Legal representative:    Cao Wei
Domicile:    Building 12, Block B, Biomedical Industrial Park Phase II, No. 218, Sangtian Street, Suzhou Industrial Park
Zip code:    215000
Contact person:    [***]
Tel.:    [***]
Fax:    /
Email:    /
Bank of deposit and account number:    [***]

 

Party B:

   China CITIC Bank Co., Ltd., Suzhou Branch
Person-in-charge:    [***]
Domicile:    West Building of Financial Harbor Business Center, No.266, East Suzhou Avenue, Suzhou Industrial Park
Zip code:    215000]
Contact person:    [***]
Tel.:    [***]
Fax:   
Email:    [***]@citicbank.com

Signed in: Suzhou City

Signed on: December 17, 2020

 

2


WHEREAS: Party A hereby applies to Party B for working capital loan due to financing demand. In order to clarify the rights and obligations of both parties, Party A and Party B have entered into the contract as follows through equal consultation, and in accordance with the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, Interim Measures for the Administration of Working Capital Loans and other relevant laws, regulations and rules:

Article I Loan Type

Party B agrees to provide a working capital loan for Party A as agreed in this Contract.

Article II Loan Amount (Principal, the Same Below) and Loan Term

 

1.

Party B agrees to provide a working capital loan for Party A according to the following Mode (1):

 

  (1)

Other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”: The loan amount in this mode is RMB (in words): Five Million (in figures): RMB LOGO 5,000,000, with the loan term from December 17, 2020 to October 19, 2021.

 

  (2)

The “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode: The loan amount in this mode is RMB (in words): [/] (in figures): RMB LOGO [/], with the loan term from [/] to [/]. The loan amount in “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode is a revolving credit limit. Party A can apply to Party B for drawdown and repayment of the loan at any time within the above-mentioned loan amount and loan term, and the loan amount released after repayment is available for drawdown again within the loan term.

 

2.

Both parties hereby clarify that the clauses explicitly applicable to a certain mode under this Contract shall only apply to that mode, while other clauses shall apply to both modes (i.e., other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” and “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode).

 

3.

The actual loan term, actual drawdown date, loan amount and actual loan rate for initial drawdown shall be subject to the term, date, amount and interest rate specified in the loan certificate (IOU) under this Contract, which is an integral part of this Contract and has equal legal effect with this Contract.

Article III Loan Purpose

 

1.

The loan under this Contract shall be used for:

Supplementing the working capital

Where Party A chooses the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, the loan under this Contract shall only be used to meet the demand of Party A for working capital in daily production and operation.

 

2.

Without written consent of Party B, Party A shall not change the intended use of the loan. Party A shall not use the above loan for investment in fixed assets, real estate, equity, futures, securities, trusts, funds, guarantee, options, microloans, etc., or for private lending, illegal fund-raising and other fields and purposes prohibited by relevant policies, or for the fields and purposes prohibited for production and operation, and shall not arbitrarily misappropriate the loan funds, otherwise, it shall bear all losses caused to Party B.

 

3.

Where Party A changes the intended use of the loan without Party B’s written consent, or illegally use the loan in violation of the Lending General Provisions or other laws and regulations, Party B will not be liable for any consequence arising therefrom.

 

3


Article IV     Loan Rate and Interest Settlement

 

1.

Loan rate

 

  (1)

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, the loan rate hereunder shall be annual interest rate. If the interval time between the actual drawdown date of a single sum under this Contract and the signing date of this Contract is within six months (inclusive), the loan rate shall be implemented according to the following Method ②:

 

 

Loan rate = pricing base rate on the signing date of this Contract + [/] basis points (1 basis point = 0.01%);

 

 

Loan rate = pricing base rate on the actual drawdown date of the loan + [/] basis points (1 basis point = 0.01%);

 

  (2)

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, if the interval time between the actual drawdown date of a single sum under this Contract and the signing date of this Contract is within six months (inclusive), the loan rate = (1-year /5-year) (loan term) loan prime rate (LPR) on the signing date of this Contract [/] + [/] basis points (1 basis point =0.01%), and the loan rate hereunder -shall be [/]%.

 

  (3)

If the interval time between the actual drawdown date of a single sum and the signing date of this Contract exceeds six months, Party B shall have the right to adjust the interest rate of this loan according to its relevant policies on interest rate at that time. The specific loan rate adjustment method shall be re-defined in writing through negotiation between both parties, and the actual interest rate for initial drawdown of this loan shall be subject to that specified in the loan certificate (IOU).

 

2.

Interest rate adjustment method

 

  (1)

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, the interest rate adjustment method for this loan shall be determined by the following Method ①.

 

 

Fixed interest rate. The interest rate will remain unchanged within the loan term.

 

 

Floating interest rate. The interest rate will be adjusted according to the following Method [/], and the adjusted loan rate will be the interest rate determined by adjusting the pricing base rate applicable on the interest rate adjustment date according to the method specified in Article 4.1 hereunder. If the interest rate adjustment date coincides with the release date of pricing base rate, the interest rate adjustment time shall be the end of that day.

 

  A.

From the actual drawdown date, the interest rate will be adjusted once every (in words) [/] (☐ month/☐ quarter/☐ half a year/☐ year). The interest rate adjustment date shall be the day corresponding to the actual drawdown date in the adjustment month. In case of no corresponding day in the adjustment month, the last day of the adjustment month shall be the interest rate adjustment date.

 

  B.

From the actual drawdown date, the initial interest rate adjustment date is determined to be [/], and the interest rate will be adjusted once every (in words) [/] (☐ month/☐ quarter/☐ half a year/☐ year) from initial interest rate adjustment date. The interest rate adjustment date shall be the day corresponding to the initial interest rate adjustment date in the adjustment month. In case of no corresponding day in the adjustment month, the last day of the adjustment month shall be the interest rate adjustment date.

 

4


  C.

Adjustment at a fixed date, that is, the interest rate adjustment date is set to be [/] every year within the loan term (for example, July 1).

 

  (2)

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, the loan rate under this Contract will be fixed, which will remain unchanged within the loan term.

 

  (3)

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, when floating interest rate is applied to the interest rate adjustment method, the pricing base rate applicable to this loan on the contract signing date, the actual drawdown date and the interest rate adjustment date shall be determined by the following Method [/]:

 

 

The latest (1-year /5-year) (loan term) LPR [/] published by the National Interbank Funding Center at the current time.

 

 

The (overnight /1-week /2-week /1-month /2-month /3-month /6-month /9-month /1-year) (loan term) Shanghai Interbank Offered Rate [/] published by the National Interbank Funding Center on the previous working day.

 

 

Other methods negotiated by both parties: [/]

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, if fixed interest rate is applied to the interest rate adjustment method, the pricing base rate applicable to this loan on the contract signing date and the actual drawdown date shall be the latest 1-year (1-year/ 5-year) (loan term) LPR published by the National Interbank Funding Center at the current time.

 

  (4)

In case the state cancels the pricing base rate, the pricing base rate will no longer be published in the market, or the financing cost of Party B cannot be offset according to the current loan rate, Party B shall have the right to re-determine the loan rate according to national interest rate policies in the same period, based on the principle of fairness and good faith, and by reference to industry practices, interest rate conditions and other factors, and then notify Party A. In case of any objection, Party A shall negotiate with Party B. If the negotiation fails within five working days from the date when Party B issues the notice, Party B shall be entitled to declare the loan hereunder to be due ahead of schedule, and Party A shall immediately pay off the remaining loan principal and interest.

 

3.

Interest settlement

 

  (1)

Interest settlement of the loan under this Contract not in the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode

 

 

This loan bears interest from the actual drawdown date, and the interest payable by Party A under this Contract shall be settled according to the following formula: Interest payable by Party A = actual loan balance * actual number of days during interest period * annual interest rate /360 days.

Where the actual loan balance changes during the interest period, the interest shall be settled by segments according to the actual number of days.

 

 

For the loan with non-lump-sum repayment of principal and interest, the initial interest settlement date shall be MM DD YYYY, and the interest shall be settled according to the following Method A:

 

  A.

The interest shall be settled on a monthly basis, i.e., on the 20th day of each month (if the loan rate is not uniform during the interest period, the interest shall be settled by segments according to the actual number of days);

 

5


  B.

The interest shall be settled on a quarterly basis, i.e., on the 20th day of each month (if the loan rate is not uniform during the interest period, the interest shall be settled by segments according to the actual number of days);

 

  C.

Other time agreed upon by both parties: [/].

 

  (2)

Interest settlement of the loan under this Contract in the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode

 

 

During the loan term, the interest settlement date and interest payable for different loans of Party A shall be determined respectively according to the self-service repayment date of Party A.

 

 

When Party A repays the loan principal, the corresponding interest shall also be paid off, which shall be settled on a daily basis, and the loan repayment date shall be the corresponding interest settlement date of the loan. Now, interest payable by Party A = actual loan balance * actual number of days during interest period * annual interest rate /360 days.

 

  (3)

Party A shall reserve the corresponding amount in the account opened by Party B (account number: [***]) before the end of business hours of Party B on each interest settlement date, and authorize Party B to deduct the interest directly from this account on the interest settlement date; If Party A chooses to pay interest to Party B by other methods, it shall ensure that the interest can be transferred into the account on time. If the interest settlement date is not a banking day, the amount shall be remitted in advance in the previous banking day. Where Party B fails to receive the corresponding interest in full on the interest settlement date, Party A will be deemed to fail to pay interest on time.

 

4.

When the loan is due, the interest shall be paid off with the principal. If the maturity date of the loan is a legal holiday or public holiday, and the loan is repaid on the last banking day before such holiday, the interest shall be settled at the contract interest rate, but the interest settled at the contract interest rate corresponding to the number of days between the maturity date and the repayment date shall be deducted; If the loan is repaid on the first banking day after the legal holiday or public holiday, the interest corresponding to the number of days between the maturity date and the repayment date shall be charged at the contract interest rate. If the loan is not repaid on the first banking day after the legal holiday or public holiday, the interest shall be charged for the overdue loan from that date.

Article V     Issuance and Payment of the Loan

 

1.

Preconditions for initial drawdown

Party A shall fully comply with the following conditions for initial drawdown:

[/]

 

2.

Preconditions for each drawdown

For each drawdown under this Contract (including initial drawdown), Party A must also comply with the following conditions:

 

  (1)

Party A does not violate the regulations or provisions of this Contract, guarantee document and other relevant documents.

 

  (2)

The guarantee document continues to be valid, and there are no or will be no adverse changes in the guarantee that Party B thinks may be detrimental to the realization of its creditor’s rights.

 

6


  (3)

The collateral or pledge under the guarantee document isn’t sealed up, and the creditor’s rights under the maximum guarantee are not determined.

 

  (4)

There are no adverse changes in Party A’s financial position that may endanger or delay it to perform or prevent it from performing its obligations and responsibilities under this Contract and guarantee document.

 

  (5)

Party A has signed or provided Party B with the documents agreed or reasonably requested by Party B.

 

  (6)

Party A has opened relevant accounts as agreed in this Contract or as required by Party B.

 

  (7)

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party A should also conform to the access conditions for credit products of small and micro enterprises set by Party B and relevant system requirements of the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” business function of small and micro enterprises. Party A hasn’t misappropriated any loan from Party B, and there are no records of outstanding non-performing loans, outstanding advances or outstanding interest arrears in the Credit Reference System of the People’s Bank of China. In addition, the actual controller or guarantor of Party A has no overdue loans in the Credit Reference System of the People’s Bank of China at present. Moreover, Party A is not a borrower involving the restructured loan business.

 

  (8)

[/]

 

  (9)

Other conditions required by Party B.

 

3.

Drawdown plan

 

  (1)

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, Party A shall withdraw funds according to the following Plan ①, and the planned drawdown date shall be a banking day, otherwise, it shall be adjusted to the previous banking day.

 

 

Drawdown Schedule

 

   
Planned drawdown date    Drawdown amount
   
December 17, 2020    RMB¥5000000

 

 

[/]

 

  (2)

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party A can make self-service drawdown at any time within the loan limit and loan term through Party B’s online banking and other electronic channels according to its own fund use plan.

 

  (3)

Party B has the right to review the loan amount every (in words) [/] months (no more than 12 months) from the contract signing date, so as to decide whether to continuously provide Party A with or adjust the unused loan amount.

 

4.

Where Party A or the guarantor fails to fulfill all legal or contractual obligations hereunder, including but not limited to Party A’s failure to provide complete loan materials within the period stipulated by Party A, and the guarantor’s failure to complete the guarantee registration formalities as scheduled, Party A agrees that Party B is entitled to change the above drawdown plan. In case the loan term changes due to the change of drawdown plan, the provisions of Article 2.3 of this Contract shall apply.

 

7


5.

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, Party A shall withdraw funds according to the drawdown plan as agreed in this Contract; Without the written consent of Party B, Party A shall not change the drawdown plan. In case of any change in the planned drawdown date and/or drawdown amount, a written application shall be submitted to Party B [/] banking days before the planned drawdown date specified in this Contract. Party B agrees to give Party A a drawdown grace period of [/] banking days. For the loan that has not been withdrawn after the expiration of grace period, Party B shall have the right to cancel the loan, may not allow Party A to withdraw the funds any more, and is entitled to require Party A to bear the liability for breach of contract according to Article 13.2 hereunder.

 

6.

Where the loan principal actually issued by Party B changes due to the circumstances specified in Article 5.5 hereunder, the loan principal under this Contract shall be calculated based on the loan certificate (IOU) actually generated under this Contract.

 

7.

Issuance and Payment of the Loan

 

  (1)

Application for drawdown

 

 

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, Party A shall file an application for drawdown to Party B no less than [/] banking days before each drawdown date, and submit the loan certificate (IOU) and all drawdown documents as agreed in this Contract and required by Party B. Party A shall reserve the seal used for drawdown by its authorized staff (please refer to Annex I for the format, or separately provide Party B with a seal card for safekeeping in its special folder. If Party A reserves multiple seals, the use of any seal shall be regarded as the declaration of Party A’s intention). When filing a business application, Party A’s staff shall issue the seal consistent with the reserved seal. Party B is only responsible for formal review of the seal provided by Party A’s staff against the reserved seal, and can accept Party A’s business application after verification. In case of any change to the above reserved seal, Party A shall notify Party B in written form with official seal or special seal for contract on the day of change. If Party B suffers any loss due to Party A’s failure to notify it timely, Party A shall bear corresponding liabilities for compensation. The application for drawdown filed by Party A is irrevocable; After approval by Party B, Party A is obligated to apply for drawdown according to the above-mentioned application for drawdown.

 

 

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party A can make self-service drawdown at any time within the loan limit and loan term through Party B’s online banking and other electronic channels according to its own fund use plan, without a written application for drawdown to Party B.

 

 

The loan funds shall be transferred to the settlement account (account number: [***]) opened by Party A at Party B, or paid as entrusted by Party A to its counterparty as agreed.

 

  (2)

Loan payment method

Loan payment falls into independent payment and entrusted payment. Under any of the following circumstances, entrusted payment should be adopted:

 

8


 

Loan funds with the amount of a single sum exceeding [/] (inclusive) shall be subject to entrusted payment by the lender;

 

 

This loan applies the entrusted payment method.

 

 

[/]

 

 

[/]

 

 

[/]

In case of entrusted payment by Party B, Party B shall have the right to check whether the payee, payment amount and other information listed in the payment application submitted by Party A are consistent with the corresponding business contract and other certification materials before the loan funds are issued and paid. After the review and approval by Party B, according to the payment order (please refer to Annex 2 for the format) submitted by Party A, the loan funds will be transferred to the account of Party A’s counterparty as listed in the payment order by Party A through the settlement account (account number: [***]) opened by Party A at Party B.

Party B’s formal examination of the above-mentioned business contract and other documents does not mean that Party B confirms the authenticity and legal compliance of the relevant transaction, nor does it mean that Party B intervenes in any dispute between Party A and its counterparty or any third party, or in the liabilities and obligations that Party A should assume.

Where the loan is not paid to the bank account of Party A’s designated counterparty timely and successfully due to refund by the bank of deposit where Party A’s counterparty opens the account or due to wrong information provided by Party A or any other reason, Party B will not bear any liability, and Party A shall bear all risks, liabilities and losses of both parties caused hereby. Party A shall not use the funds refunded by the bank of deposit where Party A’s counterparty opens the account without Party B’s review and approval.

 

  (3)

Payment management

 

 

After the loan is issued, Party B shall have the right to regularly or irregularly review and check whether Party A uses the loan funds as agreed in this Contract, and Party A is obligated to fully cooperate and timely provide the records and materials for the use of loan funds as required by Party B, including but not limited to business contracts related to the payment of loan funds, and other transaction vouchers and materials that can prove the use of funds. Where it’s found by Party B in the inspection that the use of loan funds is inconsistent with the intended use under this Contract, it has the right to require Party A to make correction within a specified period. If Party A refuses to correct, Party B shall be entitled to deal with it according to the provisions of Articles 13.4 and 13.6 hereunder. For “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party A shall also provide Party B with invoices, transaction contracts, transaction statements or accounting documents, and other certification materials for the use of loan funds within 7 days after each sum of loan funds is issued. For other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, Party A shall provide the above-mentioned certification materials for the use of loan funds at any time as required by Party B.

 

 

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, if Party A applies independent payment, it shall provide Party B with business contracts related to the payment of loan funds and other transaction materials proving the use of loan funds in the previous quarter before the 10th day of the next month after the end of each quarter, and summarize and report the payment of loan funds. Party B shall have the right to check whether the loan payment is consistent with the intended use and whether the payment is made based on the project progress by account analysis, voucher verification and field investigation.

 

9


 

Under any of the following circumstances of Party A during loan issuance and payment under this Contract, Party B shall have the right to negotiate with Party A to supplement or change the conditions for loan issuance and payment, or stop the issuance and payment of loan funds as appropriate:

 

  A.

The credit status declines, and the profitability of main business is not good;

 

  B.

Party A fails to use the loan funds as agreed in this Contract;

 

  C.

Party A violates the provisions of this Contract, and avoids the entrusted payment by Party B by splitting large amount into small ones.

 

8.

Other provisions:

[/]

Article VI     Repayment

 

1.

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, the loan under this Contract shall be repaid by the following Method (1):

 

  (1)

Pay interest on a regular basis and repay the principal upon maturity of the loan;

 

  (2)

Repay the principal and interest in one lump sum.

 

  (3)

Other methods: [/]

 

2.

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, Party A shall repay the loan principal according to the following Plan (1):

 

  (1)

Repayment Schedule

 

     
Sequence    Repayment date    Repayment amount
     
1    October 19, 2021    RMB¥5000000.00

 

10


  (2)

[/]

 

3.

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party A can repay the loan principal in whole or in part corresponding to the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode under this Contract at any time through electronic channels such as Party B’s online banking according to its own business needs. Both parties hereby confirm that if Party A repays all or part of the loan principal in a self-service manner under this mode, Party B will not charge liquidated damages or impose restrictions on the number of times. If Party A repays the principal in full, the interest will also be paid off with the principal. If Party A partially repays the principal, it may independently choose to repay each sum of loan funds according to the corresponding loan certificate (IOU), and the loan interest shall be calculated separately. If the partially repaid amount can offset both the loan principal and interest under the loan certificate (IOU) of a single sum of loan funds, the loan interest will be paid off with the principal; if not, the interest will be charged continuously for the remaining principal after repayment.

 

4.

Party A shall remit the amount of no less than the principal and interest payable to the account (account number: [***]) opened by Party A at Party B before the end of business hours at the repayment date. This account will serve as the repayment account of Party A, and Party A hereby authorizes Party B to automatically deduct the loan principal and interest from this account.

 

5.

If the amount repaid or paid by Party A is insufficient to repay or pay the total amount of payments that should be repaid or paid in this period, the repaid amount shall be used to pay the following expenses in the order:

 

  (1)

Pay all expenses payable, liquidated damages, compensation, etc. generated according to this Contract and relevant laws and regulations;

 

  (2)

Pay default interest and compound interest payable;

 

  (3)

Pay the interest payable;

 

  (4)

Pay the principal payable.

If the amount repaid or paid by Party A is insufficient to repay or pay all payments in the same order, it shall be used to pay off the payments incurred first.

 

6.

Voluntary advance repayment in other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”

 

  (1)

Where Party A repays the loan wholly or partially in advance, all the following conditions shall be satisfied:

 

 

Party A has paid all due payables to Party B before the advance repayment date;

 

 

Party A shall file a written application for advance repayment to Party B at least 20 banking days before the proposed advance repayment date, and obtain the written consent of Party B;

 

 

Except the advance repayment of all loan funds hereunder, the advance repayment amount shall be integral multiples of RMB [/]0,000, and the amount of any advance repayment shall be no less than RMB [/]0,000.

 

 

Party B shall be entitled to charge liquidated damages from Party A at a fee rate of [/]% from the date of advance repayment by Party A. The liquidated damages shall be calculated according to the formula below: Liquidated damages = advance repayment amount * remaining loan term (calculated in years) * loan rate applicable to the advance repayment date as agreed in this Contract * fee rate.

 

11


 

Party A shall also pay Party B the interest for the advance repayment amount and other expenses payable (including liquidated damages) during the advance repayment.

 

  (2)

Unless otherwise agreed by Party B in writing, Party A shall not make repayment in advance for more than [/] times within the loan term. The loan principal repaid in advance shall be repaid in reverse order, that is, the loan principal shall be repaid in reverse order against the repayment plan as agreed in this Contract.

 

  (3)

The application for advance repayment is irrevocable. After Party B agrees in writing to Party A’s advance repayment, Party A shall repay the loan hereunder in advance according to the amount and date specified in the application for advance repayment. Where Party B agrees in writing to Party A’s advance repayment, but Party A fails to repay the loan in advance according to the amount and date specified in the application, Party B shall have the right to regard the loan as an overdue loan.

 

  (4)

Where Party B agrees in writing to Party A’s advance repayment, interest of the loan repaid in advance shall be calculated based on the actual use days of this part of loan.

Article VII     Loan Restructuring

Where Party A fails to repay the due loan on schedule, it shall file a written application for loan restructuring to Party B at least one month before the maturity date of the current loan. If Party B agrees to Party A’s application, both parties shall sign a loan restructuring agreement. If Party B disagrees, Party A shall still repay the due loan at the date as agreed in this Contract, otherwise, Party B shall have the right to regard the loan as an overdue loan.

Article VIII     Loan Guarantee

 

1.

The loan under this Contract adopts the following guarantee mode:

[Warranty]

For the aforesaid guarantee, Party B and the guarantor shall enter into the following guarantee contract with respect to the specific guarantee matters in this Contract:

 

     
Serial
No.
  Contract No.    Contract name
     

1

  2020 SYZB Zi No.
811208071607
   Maximum Guarantee Contract

 

2.

During the loan term, if the above guarantee mode is changed or the specific guarantee registration formalities cannot be handled when this Contract is signed, Party A hereby irrevocably promises and agrees that: Party A guarantees to change the guarantee mode as agreed by both parties at that time, and will urge the guarantor after change to sign relevant guarantee document and/or to go through relevant guarantee registration formalities within three days after the requirements for handling guarantee registration formalities are met, otherwise, Party A will be deemed as breach of contract, and Party B shall have the right to investigate Party A’s liability for breach of contract and take corresponding remedial measures as agreed in this Contract.

 

12


Article IX     Representations and Warranties of Party A

 

1.

Party A is a Chinese legal person or other organization legally established in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China. It has the capacity for civil rights and capacity for civil conduct required for signing and performing this Contract according to law, and can independently bear civil liabilities. Moreover, Party A has obtained all necessary and legal internal and external approvals and authorizations for signing this Contract.

 

2.

All documents (including but not limited to trade background and contracts and other certification materials for fund use provided by Party A) and statements related to this loan and provided by Party A according to law and Party B’s requirements are valid, legal, true, accurate and complete.

 

3.

The signing and performance of this Contract by Party A shall not violate the provisions of laws, regulations and other documents legally binding on it, the Articles of Association of Party A, and the contracts, agreements and other documents signed between Party A and any third party. The representative of Party A who signs this Contract and related documents has legally obtained necessary authorizations stipulated by Party A and has the right to sign the foregoing contract or documents.

 

4.

Except for the guarantee as agreed in this Contract or approved by Party B in writing, Party A and its guarantor do not set any other guarantee on the collaterals provided by them under this Contract, and there isn’t any third-party right in any other form against the assets, which may damage Party B’s interests, or any circumstance or possibility of sealing-up, detention, freezing, preservation, etc. of the assets; There are no records of outstanding non-performing loans, outstanding advances or outstanding interest arrears of Party A in Credit Reference System of the People’s Bank of China. In addition, the actual controller and guarantor of Party A have no overdue loans in the Credit Reference System of the People’s Bank of China at present.

 

5.

Except for the breach of contract, and litigation, arbitration and administrative punishment procedures that have been disclosed to and accepted by Party B, Party A does not have any other breach of contract or potential breach of contract, nor does it involve in any other ongoing or possible litigation, arbitration or administrative punishment procedures.

 

6.

Party A guarantees that the funds will be used strictly according to the intended use of the loan as agreed hereunder, and that the short-term loan will not be used for a long term. In addition, Party A also guarantees that the loan funds will not be used for investment in securities, real estate, futures market and equity capital, and for private lending, illegal fund-raising and other fields prohibited by relevant policies in any form, and that it will not misappropriate the loan.

 

7.

Party A guarantees that the source of funds used to repay the loan to Party B is legal and compliant.

 

8.

Party A shall abide by the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China on anti-money laundering, and shall not participate in illegal and criminal activities such as money laundering, terrorist financing and proliferation financing; Besides, it shall actively cooperate with Party B’s client identification and due diligence, provide true, accurate and complete client information, and comply with Party B’s relevant management regulations on anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing. For the clients suspected of being involved in money laundering and terrorist financing with reasonable reasons, Party B will take necessary control measures in accordance with the regulatory provisions of the People’s Bank of China on anti-money laundering.

 

13


Article X     Party A’s Commitments

 

1.

Party A shall provide Party B with the statements and other documents that truthfully reflect its operating and financial conditions on a regular basis or at any time as required by Party B. In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party A shall also mail the invoices, transaction contracts, transaction statements or accounting documents and other certification materials for fund use to the address designated by Party B within 7 days from the drawdown date (in other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, these materials shall be provided at any time as required by Party B) or Party B’s staff may collect relevant materials in person. Party A commits that the above-mentioned materials provided are all valid, true and complete.

 

2.

During the loan term, any change in Party A’s operating decisions, including but not limited to share transfer, restructuring, large-amount financing, asset sale, merger, consolidation, separation, shareholding system reform, joint venture, cooperation, joint operation, contractual leasing, foreign investment, substantial increase in debt financing, changes in business scope and registered capital, changes in the company’s Articles of Association, etc., which may affect Party B’s rights and interests, shall be notified to Party B in writing at least 30 days in advance and get Party B’s prior written consent. Besides, Party A shall bear the liability for satisfaction or pay off the loan in advance or provide the guarantee acceptable by Party A.

 

3.

Party A shall actively cooperate with Party B in its business condition, loan payment management and management after loan, including the investigation, understanding and supervision on the basic information of enterprise, use of loan funds, operation management, financial and operation status, settlement transactions and connected transactions by on-site or off-site inspection. All expenses incurred by Party B due to Party A’s obstruction shall be borne by Party A.

 

4.

Without the prior written consent of Party B, Party A shall not transfer the debts hereunder in any way or transfer them in disguised form.

 

5.

Where Party A disposes of all or part of its assets or operating income by transfer, lease or setting guarantee for debts other than those under this Contract, it shall notify Party B in writing at least 30 days in advance and obtain Party B’s prior written consent.

 

6.

In case of any of the following events, Party A shall notify Party B in writing within 3 days from the date of occurrence or possible occurrence, and submit relevant materials:

 

  (1)

Force majeure events or events of default related to the loan;

 

  (2)

Party A or its controlling shareholder is involved in any litigation, arbitration, investigation for criminal responsibilities, administrative punishment, closedown, suspension of business, restructuring, dissolution, application for bankruptcy, acceptance of bankruptcy application, adjudication of bankruptcy, revocation of business license, rescission, deterioration of financial position, etc.;

 

  (3)

Board members and senior management of Party A are suspected of being involved in important cases or economic disputes, or are given administrative punishment by relevant departments;

 

  (4)

Liability accidents are caused by violation of relevant laws and regulations, regulatory provisions or industry standards on food safety, work safety and environmental protection, which have had or may impose adverse impact on the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder.

 

14


  (5)

Any event that has adverse impact on the repayment of debts under this Contract.

 

7.

If the guarantor is subject to the circumstances, including but not limited to close down, suspension of business, application for bankruptcy, acceptance of bankruptcy application, adjudication of bankruptcy, dissolution, revocation of business license, rescission, operating loss, etc., and partially or completely loses the guarantee ability corresponding to this loan, or the collateral, pledge and pledge right used for loan guarantee under this Contract are devalued, Party A shall provide new guarantee acceptable by Party B.

 

8.

During the loan term, if Party A changes the corporate name, legal representative, person-in-charge, domicile, telephone number and fax, it shall notify Party B in writing within three days after the change.

 

9.

Party A shall promptly report to Party B in writing the connected transactions that have occurred or are about to occur and account for more than 10% (inclusive) of Party A’s net assets, including but not limited to the association relationship of transaction parties, transaction items and nature, transaction amount or corresponding proportion, and pricing policy (including transactions with no amount or only symbolic amount).

 

10.

Party A shall comply with relevant regulations in production and operation, and related behaviors thereof, including but not limited to industrial policies, fiscal and tax policies, and regulations on market access, environmental assessment, energy conservation and emission reduction, energy consumption and pollution control, resource utilization, land and urban planning, labor safety, etc.

Article XI     Rights and Obligations of the Parties

 

1.

Party A shall have the right to withdraw and use the loan within the term for intended use as agreed in this Contract.

 

2.

Party A shall pay off loan principal and interest, and relevant expenses as agreed in this Contract.

 

3.

Party A agrees that Party B may provide its credit information for the Financial Credit Information Basic Database and/or credit bureaus approved by the People’s Bank of China. It also authorizes and agrees that Party B may inquire, download, copy, print and use its credit information from the websites of Financial Credit Information Basic Database and/or credit bureaus approved by the People’s Bank of China, or relevant units and departments for the purpose of this Contract, and use it for legal and compliant purposes related to this Contract; If Party A fails to repay the loan principal and interest as agreed hereunder, it shall bear adverse credit consequences arising therefrom.

 

4.

Party A agrees that Party B has the right to transfer the creditor’s rights and corresponding guarantee rights to a third party during the existence period of the loan without obtaining Party A’s consent. When Party A provides guarantee by itself, it agrees to continuously undertake relevant guarantee liability to the transferee of creditor’s rights after the transfer. Party A irrevocably authorizes Party B to re-sign a contract with the third party as Party A’s agent.

 

5.

Party A agrees that during the existence period of the loan, Party B has the right to act as the initiator of credit asset securitization to trust the creditor’s rights and corresponding guarantee rights under this Contract to a trustee, so as to set up a special purpose trust, and the trustee will issue the asset-backed securities. If Party A provides guarantee by itself, it agrees to continuously assume the guarantee liability to the aforesaid trustee. Party A agrees that where Party B publishes the transfer of its creditor’s rights and corresponding guarantee rights through special purpose trust by an announcement (newspaper or website, etc.), it shall be deemed to have notified Party A.

 

15


6.

Where Party A provides guarantee by itself, Party A understands and agrees that if Party B transfers or trusts the creditor’s rights hereunder to any third party, which requires going through guarantee transfer formalities, Party A is obligated to cooperate with Party B unconditionally and bear relevant expenses according to regulations. Where the guarantee transfer registration is not handled, Party A promises to give up the right of defense enjoyed thereby. If Party A fails to handle transfer registration in accordance with relevant laws and regulations, stipulations of the registration administrative department or requirements of Party B, Party B shall have the right to require Party A to bear the liability for breach of contract and to bear all expenses (including but not limited to legal costs, attorney fees, travel expenses, etc.).

 

7.

Party B shall have the right to check, supervise and learn about Party A’s business condition, use of loan funs and connected transactions. Party B is entitled to check and learn about Party A’s business condition and use of loan funds at least once every quarter, and to decide whether to stop issuing the loan or handling the business under this Contract according to the inspection results.

 

8.

Provided that Party A has fulfilled its obligations under this Contract and complies with the conditions for loan issuance by Party B, Party B shall issue the loan to Party A in full and on schedule.

 

9.

Party B shall have the right to request Party A to provide relevant documents according to examination demand for loan issuance, and Party B shall keep confidential the materials, documents and information provided by and related to Party A, except those that should be inquired or disclosed according to the provisions of laws and regulations, and the requirements of government departments.

 

10.

Party B shall have the right to recover the loans partially or wholly in advance according to Party A’s repayment of funds.

 

11.

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party B shall be entitled to suspend Party A’s business function of as-needed drawdown and repayment as the case may be, without bearing any liability for breach of contract.

Article XII     Account

Party A shall open the following accounts in Item 1 and/or Item 2 at Party B (multiple choices are allowed):

 

1.

Settlement account with account number of [***], on which both parties make an agreement as follows:

 

  (1)

The funds of this loan shall be issued and paid through this account. Party B has the right to manage and control the payment of loan funds as agreed in this Contract, and supervise the use of loan funds according to the agreed purpose.

 

  (2)

[/]

 

2.

Fund repayment account with account number of [***], on which both parties make an agreement as follows:

 

  (1)

Party A shall provide information on the inflow and outflow of funds in this account, and Party B shall have the right to carry out supervision.

 

  (2)

[/]

 

16


3.

[/] account with account number of [/], on which both parties make an agreement as follows:

[/]

Article XIII     Liability for Breach

 

1.

After this Contract comes into force, both parties shall perform their respective obligations under this Contract. If either party violates any provision, commitment or warranty hereunder, it shall bear corresponding liability for breach of contract.

 

2.

Without Party B’s written consent, in other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, if Party A fails to withdraw loan funds at the drawdown date specified in this Contract, Party B shall have the right to charge liquidated damages according to the actual overdue days at the interest rate as agreed in this Contract.

 

3.

Event of default:

 

  (1)

Party A violates any representation, warranty or commitment under this Contract, or the certificates and documents related to this loan and submitted to Party B, and the representations and warranties in Article 9 hereunder are proved to be untrue, inaccurate, incomplete or intentionally misleading, and violate the commitments in Article 10 and Party A’s obligations in Article 11 hereunder;

 

  (2)

Party A fails to pay the loan funds in the way agreed in Article 5.7 hereunder;

 

  (3)

Party A fails to use the loan for the agreed purpose, changes the intended use of loan funds without authorization, misappropriates the loan or uses the loan to engage in illegal transactions;

 

  (4)

Party A fails to repay the loan principal and interest and other payables under this Contract as agreed, or fails to fulfill its obligations in accordance with this Contract;

 

  (5)

Party A conceals important operating and financial facts from Party B;

 

  (6)

Party A fraudulently obtains this loan by a false contract with the controlling shareholder and other affiliated company;

 

  (7)

Party A transfers its property at a low price or free of charge; reduces or exempts the debts of third parties; is lazy in exercising a claim or other rights; The funds in any account of Party A (including but not limited to the fund repayment account) fluctuates abnormally; it is determined through Party B’s supervision and inspection that the profitability of Party A’s main business declines, which may affect the realization of Party B’s creditor’s rights; The loan funds are used abnormally; Party A violates Party B’s regulatory requirements for the fund repayment account;

 

  (8)

Party A or its controlling shareholder is subject to closedown, suspension of business, application for or being applied for liquidation, dissolution or restructuring, takeover, custody or similar legal procedures, application for bankruptcy, acceptance of bankruptcy application, adjudication of bankruptcy, revocation of business license, rescission, private financing, or any litigation, arbitration or criminal or administrative punishment that imposes adverse consequences on its own business or property status, which Party B thinks may affect or damage or has affected or damaged Party B’s rights and interests under this Contract;

 

  (9)

Any change is made to Party A’s domicile, business scope, legal representative, person-in-charge, executive partner and other industrial and commercial registration matters, or the controlling shareholder/actual controller, or any external investment is made, which imposes adverse impact on or threatens the realization of Party B’s creditor’s rights;

 

17


  (10)

Party A suffers any financial loss, asset loss or asset loss arising from external guarantee, or other financial crisis, which Party B thinks may affect or damage or has affected or damaged Party B’s rights and interests under this Contract;

 

  (11)

Party A’s controlling shareholder and other affiliated companies suffer a crisis in operation or finance, or there is any connected transaction between Party A and its controlling shareholder or other affiliated company, which affects normal operation of Party A, or imposes adverse impact on or threatens the realization of Party B’s creditor’s rights;

 

  (12)

In case of any adverse change in Party A’s industry, which seriously affects or threatens the realization of Party B’s creditor’s rights. The circumstances described in this clause are not force majeure events;

 

  (13)

Cross default. Where Party A defaults in performing other debt documents and fails to make correction within the applicable grace period, which leads to any of the following circumstances, it also constitutes a breach of this Contract, namely, a cross default:

 

 

Party A’s debts in other debt documents are declared or can be declared to be due in an accelerated manner;

 

 

Although Party A’s debts in other debt documents are not declared or cannot be declared to be due in an accelerated manner, there is a default in payment.

Other debt documents refer to the loan contracts signed between Party A and its creditors (including Party B and other third parties) and guarantee documents thereof, and Party A’s bond project documents for public or non-public offering

 

  (14)

Party A refuses to accept Party B’s supervision and inspection on its use of loan funds and related operation and financial activities;

 

  (15)

Any shareholder, legal representative, person-in-charge, senior manager or actual controller of Party A is missing and out of touch; suspected of involving in corruption, bribery, fraud, illegal operation or other criminal offences; involved in illegal fund-raising, on-lending with high interest, etc., which Party B thinks may affect or damage or has affected or damaged Party B’s rights and interests under this Contract;

 

  (16)

Party A’s guarantor violates any provision of guarantee contract or involves in any default under the guarantee contract;

 

  (17)

The collateral or pledge hereunder is sealed up, detained, reported for loss, stopped for payment, or subject to other compulsory measures, or disputes over its ownership, or is or may be damaged by any third party, or is adversely affected on its safety or integrity;

 

  (18)

Party A violates relevant laws, regulations, regulatory provisions or industry standards on food safety, work safety and environmental protection, which results in any liability accident;

 

  (19)

Other events that endanger or damage, or may endanger or damage Party B’s rights and interests, or other circumstances where Party A fails to perform other provisions of this Contract;

 

  (20)

Others [/]

 

4.

In case of any of the aforesaid events of default, the following remedial measures may be taken by Party B:

 

  (1)

Unilaterally stop or terminate the issuance of any fund that Party A has not withdrawn under this Contract (including the loan that Party A has served the application for drawdown but has not actually withdrawn);

 

18


  (2)

Directly and unilaterally announce that the loan hereunder is due immediately without Party A’s consent, and require Party A to make repayment promptly. The date on which Party B requires Party A to repay the aforesaid funds will be the early maturity date of the debts hereunder:

 

  (3)

Immediately execute the mortgage, pledge or other guarantee under this Contract and guarantee documents;

 

  (4)

Party B has the right to deduct money directly from any account opened by Party A at China CITIC Bank to offset its debts under this Contract:

 

  (5)

Exercise any other right and implement any remedial measure available according to relevant laws and regulations.

 

5.

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party B has the right to suspend the business function of “as-needed drawdown and repayment” initiated by Party A under any of the following circumstances:

 

  (1)

Party A misappropriates the loan or fails to timely provide true and effective certification materials for the use of loan funds as agreed;

 

  (2)

The name of counterparty’s account, to which the loan withdrawn by Party A is paid contains sensitive fields such as realty, house property, real estate, properties, property, microloan, guarantee, equity, options, futures, securities, trust and fund;

 

  (3)

Any of Party A’s loans from Party A or any other bank is overdue;

 

  (4)

Any of the loans of Party A’s actual controller or spouse hereof from Party B or any other bank is overdue;

 

  (5)

Other circumstances where Party B deems it necessary to suspend.

In case Party B suspends Party A’s business function of as-needed drawdown and repayment as specified above, Party A shall repay the loan principal and interest payable, and the unused loan amount is not available by Party A. In case Party A needs to apply for recovering this function, it must submit relevant materials to Party B again, and with Party B’s written approval, the function can be recovered.

 

6.

Where Party A fails to repay the principal as agreed in this Contract, Party B shall have the right to charge default interest by the following Method ① in addition to exercising the rights specified in Article 13.4 hereunder. Party A agrees that the amount of above-mentioned default interest shall be subject to the calculation result of Party B:

 

 

The default interest shall be settled based on the loan rate applicable to this Contract at that time plus the annual interest rate of 154 basis points (1 basis point =0.01%) according to the actual overdue days;

 

 

The default interest shall be settled based on the loan rate applicable to this Contract at that time plus the default interest rate of [/]% according to the actual overdue days.

 

7.

Where Party A fails to use the loan for the purpose as agreed in this Contract, Party B shall be entitled to not only exercise the rights specified in Article 13.4 hereunder, but also charge default interest for the part misappropriated in default by the following Method from the misappropriation date. Party A agrees that the amount of above-mentioned default interest shall be subject to the calculation result of Party B:

 

 

The default interest shall be settled based on the loan rate applicable to this Contract at that time plus the annual interest rate of 288.3 basis points (1 basis point =0.01%) according to the using days in default:

 

19


 

The default interest shall be settled based on the loan rate applicable to this Contract at that time plus the default interest rate of [/]% according to the using days in default.

 

8.

For the loan which is overdue and not used for the purpose as agreed in this Contract, Party B shall have the right to charge default interest according to the default interest rate specified in Article 13.6 and Article 13.7 hereunder, whichever is higher.

 

9.

For the interest (including the interest corresponding to the principal declared by Party B to be fully or partially due) that Party A fails to pay on time and default interest, compound interest shall be charged at default interest rate for overdue loan by the interest settlement method as agreed hereunder from the overdue date to the full settlement date; For the loan which is overdue and not used for the purpose as agreed in this Contract, compound interest shall be charged with the greater amount, and shall not be concurrently imposed.

 

10.

All expenses incurred by Party B in realizing its creditor’s rights (including but not limited to legal fees, arbitration fees, execution fees, insurance premiums, travel expenses, attorney fees, property preservation fees, notarization and authentication fees, translation fees, evaluation and auction fees, etc.) shall be borne by Party A.

Article XIV     Continuity of Obligations

All obligations of Party A under this Contract are of continuity, and fully binding on its successors, receivers, transferees and the subjects after its merger, restructuring and change of name. These obligations will not be affected by any dispute, claim and legal procedure, any instruction of superiors, and any contract and document signed between Party A and any natural person or legal person, nor will they be changed due to Party A’s bankruptcy, insolvency, loss of enterprise qualification, change in its Articles of Association, and any essential change.

Article XV     Notarization

 

1.

Where either party to this Contract requests notarization, it shall be notarized in the notary office stipulated by the state.

 

2.

Where Party B requires a notarial certificate with enforcement effect, Party A agrees that Party B can apply to the notary office for such a notarial certificate with this Contract. If Party B fails to pay off the loan principal and interest, as well as relevant expenses legally payable by Party A in full within the repayment period agreed in this Contract, Party B may apply to the relevant court for enforcement with this notarial certificate according to law.

Article XVI     Validity of this Contract

Where a certain clause or part thereof in this Contract becomes invalid now or in the future, the validity of this Contract and other clauses thereof or other contents of this clause will not be affected.

 

Article XVII     Other Matters Agreed

 

This Contract is signed at No.251, Changxu Road, Suzhou City, and is under the jurisdiction of the court in the signing place.

 

In the event of any conflict between this article and other clauses hereunder, this article shall prevail.

  

 

20


Article XVIII     Application of Law and Dispute Resolution

This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding the laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan for the purpose of this Contract).

Article XIX     Dispute Resolution

Any dispute arising from or related to this Contract shall be settled by both parties through negotiation. If the negotiation fails, both parties agree to settle it by the following 2nd method:

 

1.

Apply to the [/] Arbitration Commission for arbitration according to the arbitration rules of the Commission in effect at that time;

 

2.

Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court with jurisdiction in Party B’s domicile.

Article XX     Force Majeure Event

 

1.

Force majeure event in this Contract refers to the unforeseeable, unavoidable and insurmountable objective circumstances that cause either party to fail to perform this Contract normally, including war, strike, enforcement of martial law, severe flood, fire, windstorm, earthquake and other accidents which are recognized as force majeure by both parties through negotiation.

 

2.

In case either party cannot perform the contract due to any force majeure event, it may be partially or fully exempted from performing its liabilities or obligations under this Contract according to the influence of the force majeure. However, the party suffering from force majeure shall notify the other party in writing in a timely manner, so as to reduce the losses that may be caused to the other party, and shall also provide appropriate proofs for the occurrence and duration of the force majeure event within a reasonable period. Meanwhile, the affected party should also try its best to reduce the possible impact of the event on the other party.

 

3.

In case of any force majeure event, both parties shall immediately negotiate with each other within a reasonable period to find out a fair and reasonable solution, and try their best to minimize the consequences of the force majeure event.

Article XXI     Cumulativeness of Party B’s Rights

The rights of Party B under this Contract are cumulative, which does not affect or exclude any other right that Party B may enjoy to Party A according to relevant laws and other contracts. Unless otherwise indicated by Party in writing, Party B’s failure in exercise, partial exercise and/or delayed exercise of any of its rights shall not constitute a waiver or partial waiver of this right, nor shall it affect, prevent or hinder Party B’s continued exercise of this right or its exercise of any other right.

Article XXII     Entry-into-force, Change and Dissolution of the Contract

 

1.

This Contract shall come into force after being signed by the legal representative/person-in-charge or authorized agent of Party A and the person-in-charge or authorized agent of Party B, and stamped with their official seals or special seals for contract, and shall be valid for    years. If both parties hope to continue the transactions under this Contract after the expiration, both parties shall sign a contract again. However, the termination of this Contract will not affect the effectiveness of the existing transactions between both parties under this Contract at that time.

 

2.

After this Contract comes into effect, unless otherwise specified in this Contract, neither Party A nor Party B can change or dissolve this Contract without authorization. If it is indeed necessary to change or dissolve this Contract, both parties shall reach a written agreement through negotiation.

 

21


3.

After this Contract takes effect, in case Party A transfers its debts hereunder wholly or partially to a third party, it shall provide Party B with written documents proving that the guarantor agrees to the transfer and is willing to continuously undertake the guarantee obligations, or provide any new guarantee, and obtain Party B’s written consent.

Article XXIII     Others

 

1.

For the purpose of this Contract, “banking day” refers to the bank’s business day on which the bank will accept general corporate business, excluding national statutory holidays and public holidays.

 

2.

As an integral part of this Contract, the annexes hereunder shall have the same legal effect as this Contract. During the performance of this Contract, in case of any inconsistency or contradiction between the specific contents of annexes and the contents of this Contract, the former shall prevail.

 

3.

For matters not covered herein, a written agreement may be reached by both parties separately as an annex to this Contract. Any annex, modification or supplement of this Contract shall be an integral part of this Contract and have the same legal effect as this Contract.

 

4.

Notice and service

 

  (1)

Notices and requirements under this Contract, collection of debts involved in this Contract, legal instruments of litigation (arbitration), or other correspondence shall be delivered or sent to the address or contact information as specified at the head of this Contract.

 

  (2)

Any notice, requirement, debt collection letter or other correspondence given by Party B to Party A under this Contract shall be deemed to have been served once it’s sent out if delivered by telex, phone, fax and email; deemed to have been served on the 3rd day after its mailing if delivered by postal letter; and deemed to have been served at the time of receipt by Party A if delivered by special personnel. If Party A rejects it, the deliverer may record the service process by taking photos and recording videos, and detain the instruments, and it shall also be deemed to have been served.

 

  (3)

The judicial organ or arbitration agency may also deliver relevant (legal) instrument to Party A according to the address and contact information specified at the head of this Contract. In case it is not signed for by anyone or is rejected by Party A, the date of return of the (legal) document shall be deemed as the date of service; If Party A rejects the instrument delivered by personal service, the deliverer may record the service process by taking photos and recording videos, and detain the (legal) instrument, and it shall also be deemed to have been served. Where Party A provides wrong contact information or fails to notify relevant parties of the new contact information after change in time, which results in the failure to serve any (legal) instrument or its return, the date of return of the (legal) instrument shall be deemed as the date of service.

 

  (4)

Where the above-mentioned contact information provided by either party is changed, it shall notify the other party in writing within three days after the change; Once the debts under this Contract are brought into litigation or arbitration, the change shall also be notified to the trial agency in writing, otherwise, the notice or any other instrument delivered according to the original contact information shall also be deemed to have been served even if the party making such change doesn’t receive it at all.

 

22


5.

This Contract is made in duplicate, one for Party A, one for Party B, and / kept by relevant department, and all of these copies have the same legal effect.

 

6.

Party B has drawn Party A’s attention to the clauses exempting or limiting its liabilities under this Contract by bold, black and highlighted characters, and also fully explained the relevant clauses as required by Party A. Both parties understand and have no objection to all the clauses of this Contract.

(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank)

Annex:

 

1.

Sample of Seal Reserved by Party A

 

2.

Format of Payment Order

 

23


(This page is intentionally left blank. It is the signature page of Working Capital (in RMB) Loan Contract numbered 2020 SYD Zi No.811208071607)

 

Party A

 

 

(Official Seal or Special Seal for Contract)

  /s/ Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.
  Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.

Legal representative/person-in-charge (seal):

(Or authorized agent): /s/ Cao Wei

 

Party B

 

(Official Seal or Special Seal for Contract)

 

Signature of the person-in-charge

(Or authorized agent): /s/ Zhao Yuanxin

 

 

 

/s/ China CITIC Bank Co., Ltd., Suzhou Branch

China CITIC Bank Co., Ltd., Suzhou Branch

 

24

EX-4.25

Exhibit 4.25

No. 2020 SYD Zi No.811208071621

Working Capital (in RMB) Loan Contract

(Ver. 3.0, 2018)

 

LOGO

 


Instructions for Filling

 

I.

This Contract shall be filled out with blue-black or black sign pen or pen.

 

II.

All blanks herein shall be filled out completely with clear and legible handwriting.

 

III.

The currency shall be filled out in Chinese characters rather than currency symbol. Chinese name of the currency should be added before the amount in words, and currency symbol before the amount in figures.

 

IV.

Excess spaces or spaces not filled out in this Contract can be handled by drawing broken lines or oblique lines, stamping the seal or filling in the words “this space is intentionally left blank”.

 

V.

If the loan under this Contract applies the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, the corresponding maximum guarantee contract shall be filled in Article Loan Guarantee hereunder.

 

1


Working Capital (in RMB) Loan Contract

(Ver. 3.0, 2018)

 

Party A:    Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.
Legal representative:    Cao Wei

Domicile:

   Building 12, Block B, Biomedical Industrial Park Phase II, No. 218, Sangtian Street, Suzhou Industrial Park

Zip code:

   215000

Contact person:

   [***]

Tel.:

   [***]

Fax:

   /

Email:

   /
Bank of deposit and account number:    [***]

 

Party B:    China CITIC Bank Co., Ltd., Suzhou Branch
Person-in-charge:    [***]
Domicile:    West Building of Financial Harbor Business Center, No.266, East Suzhou Avenue, Suzhou Industrial Park
Zip code:    215000
Contact person:    [***]
Tel.:    [***]
Fax:   
Email:    [***]@citicbank.com

Signed in: Suzhou City

Signed on: December 17, 2020

 

2


WHEREAS: Party A hereby applies to Party B for working capital loan due to financing demand. In order to clarify the rights and obligations of both parties, Party A and Party B have entered into the contract as follows through equal consultation, and in accordance with the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, Interim Measures for the Administration of Working Capital Loans and other relevant laws, regulations and rules:

 

Article I

Loan Type

Party B agrees to provide a working capital loan for Party A as agreed in this Contract.

 

Article II

Loan Amount (Principal, the Same Below) and Loan Term

 

1.

Party B agrees to provide a working capital loan for Party A according to the following Mode (1):

 

  (1)

Other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”: The loan amount in this mode is RMB (in words): Five Million (in figures): RMB LOGO 5,000,000, with the loan term from December 17, 2020 to October 19, 2021.

 

  (2)

The “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode The loan amount in this mode is RMB (in words): [/] (in figures): RMB LOGO [/], with the loan term from [/] to [/]. The loan amount in “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode is a revolving credit limit. Party A can apply to Party B for drawdown and repayment of the loan at any time within the above-mentioned loan amount and loan term, and the loan amount released after repayment is available for drawdown again within the loan term.

 

2.

Both parties hereby clarify that the clauses explicitly applicable to a certain mode under this Contract shall only apply to that mode, while other clauses shall apply to both modes (i.e., other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” and “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode).

 

3.

The actual loan term, actual drawdown date, loan amount and actual loan rate for initial drawdown shall be subject to the term, date, amount and interest rate specified in the loan certificate (IOU) under this Contract, which is an integral part of this Contract and has equal legal effect with this Contract.

 

Article III

Loan Purpose

 

1.

The loan under this Contract shall be used for:

Supplementing the working capital

Where Party A chooses the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, the loan under this Contract shall only be used to meet the demand of Party A for working capital in daily production and operation.

 

2.

Without written consent of Party B, Party A shall not change the intended use of the loan. Party A shall not use the above loan for investment in fixed assets, real estate, equity, futures, securities, trusts, funds, guarantee, options, microloans, etc., or for private lending, illegal fund-raising and other fields and purposes prohibited by relevant policies, or for the fields and purposes prohibited for production and operation, and shall not arbitrarily misappropriate the loan funds, otherwise, it shall bear all losses caused to Party B.

 

3.

Where Party A changes the intended use of the loan without Party B’s written consent, or illegally use the loan in violation of the Lending General Provisions or other laws and regulations, Party B will not be liable for any consequence arising therefrom.

 

3


Article IV

Loan Rate and Interest Settlement

 

1.

Loan rate

 

  (1)

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, the loan rate hereunder shall be annual interest rate. If the interval time between the actual drawdown date of a single sum under this Contract and the signing date of this Contract is within six months (inclusive), the loan rate shall be implemented according to the following Method ②:

 

 

Loan rate = pricing base rate on the signing date of this Contract + [/] basis points (1 basis point = 0.01%);

 

 

Loan rate = pricing base rate on the actual drawdown date of the loan + [/] basis points (1 basis point = 0.01%);

 

  (2)

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, if the interval time between the actual drawdown date of a single sum under this Contract and the signing date of this Contract is within six months (inclusive), the loan rate = (1-year /5-year) (loan term) loan prime rate (LPR) on the signing date of this Contract [/] + [/] basis points (1 basis point =0.01%), and the loan rate hereunder -shall be [/]%.

 

  (3)

If the interval time between the actual drawdown date of a single sum and the signing date of this Contract exceeds six months, Party B shall have the right to adjust the interest rate of this loan according to its relevant policies on interest rate at that time. The specific loan rate adjustment method shall be re-defined in writing through negotiation between both parties, and the actual interest rate for initial drawdown of this loan shall be subject to that specified in the loan certificate (IOU).

 

2.

Interest rate adjustment method

 

  (1)

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, the interest rate adjustment method for this loan shall be determined by the following Method ①.

 

 

Fixed interest rate. The interest rate will remain unchanged within the loan term.

 

 

Floating interest rate. The interest rate will be adjusted according to the following Method [/], and the adjusted loan rate will be the interest rate determined by adjusting the pricing base rate applicable on the interest rate adjustment date according to the method specified in Article 4.1 hereunder. If the interest rate adjustment date coincides with the release date of pricing base rate, the interest rate adjustment time shall be the end of that day.

 

  A.

From the actual drawdown date, the interest rate will be adjusted once every (in words) [/] (☐ month/☐ quarter/☐ half a year/☐ year). The interest rate adjustment date shall be the day corresponding to the actual drawdown date in the adjustment month. In case of no corresponding day in the adjustment month, the last day of the adjustment month shall be the interest rate adjustment date.

 

  B.

From the actual drawdown date, the initial interest rate adjustment date is determined to be [/], and the interest rate will be adjusted once every (in words) [/] (☐ month/☐ quarter/☐ half a year/☐ year) from initial interest rate adjustment date. The interest rate adjustment date shall be the day corresponding to the initial interest rate adjustment date in the adjustment month. In case of no corresponding day in the adjustment month, the last day of the adjustment month shall be the interest rate adjustment date.

 

4


  C.

Adjustment at a fixed date, that is, the interest rate adjustment date is set to be [/] every year within the loan term (for example, July 1).

 

  (2)

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, the loan rate under this Contract will be fixed, which will remain unchanged within the loan term.

 

  (3)

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, when floating interest rate is applied to the interest rate adjustment method, the pricing base rate applicable to this loan on the contract signing date, the actual drawdown date and the interest rate adjustment date shall be determined by the following Method [/]:

 

 

The latest (1-year /5-year) (loan term) LPR [/] published by the National Interbank Funding Center at the current time.

 

 

The (overnight /1-week /2-week /1-month /2-month /3-month /6-month /9-month /1-year) (loan term) Shanghai Interbank Offered Rate [/] published by the National Interbank Funding Center on the previous working day.

 

 

Other methods negotiated by both parties: [/]

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, if fixed interest rate is applied to the interest rate adjustment method, the pricing base rate applicable to this loan on the contract signing date and the actual drawdown date shall be the latest 1-year (1-year/ 5-year) (loan term) LPR published by the National Interbank Funding Center at the current time.

 

  (4)

In case the state cancels the pricing base rate, the pricing base rate will no longer be published in the market, or the financing cost of Party B cannot be offset according to the current loan rate, Party B shall have the right to re-determine the loan rate according to national interest rate policies in the same period, based on the principle of fairness and good faith, and by reference to industry practices, interest rate conditions and other factors, and then notify Party A. In case of any objection, Party A shall negotiate with Party B. If the negotiation fails within five working days from the date when Party B issues the notice, Party B shall be entitled to declare the loan hereunder to be due ahead of schedule, and Party A shall immediately pay off the remaining loan principal and interest.

 

3.

Interest settlement

 

  (1)

Interest settlement of the loan under this Contract not in the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode

 

 

This loan bears interest from the actual drawdown date, and the interest payable by Party A under this Contract shall be settled according to the following formula: Interest payable by Party A = actual loan balance * actual number of days during interest period * annual interest rate /360 days.

Where the actual loan balance changes during the interest period, the interest shall be settled by segments according to the actual number of days.

 

 

For the loan with non-lump-sum repayment of principal and interest, the initial interest settlement date shall be December 20, 2020, and the interest shall be settled according to the following Method A:

 

  A.

The interest shall be settled on a monthly basis, i.e., on the 20th day of each month (if the loan rate is not uniform during the interest period, the interest shall be settled by segments according to the actual number of days);

 

5


  B.

The interest shall be settled on a quarterly basis, i.e., on the 20th day of each month (if the loan rate is not uniform during the interest period, the interest shall be settled by segments according to the actual number of days);

 

  C.

Other time agreed upon by both parties: [/].

 

  (2)

Interest settlement of the loan under this Contract in the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode

 

 

During the loan term, the interest settlement date and interest payable for different loans of Party A shall be determined respectively according to the self-service repayment date of Party A.

 

 

When Party A repays the loan principal, the corresponding interest shall also be paid off, which shall be settled on a daily basis, and the loan repayment date shall be the corresponding interest settlement date of the loan. Now, interest payable by Party A = actual loan balance * actual number of days during interest period * annual interest rate /360 days.

 

  (3)

Party A shall reserve the corresponding amount in the account opened by Party B (account number: [***]) before the end of business hours of Party B on each interest settlement date, and authorize Party B to deduct the interest directly from this account on the interest settlement date; If Party A chooses to pay interest to Party B by other methods, it shall ensure that the interest can be transferred into the account on time. If the interest settlement date is not a banking day, the amount shall be remitted in advance in the previous banking day. Where Party B fails to receive the corresponding interest in full on the interest settlement date, Party A will be deemed to fail to pay interest on time.

 

4.

When the loan is due, the interest shall be paid off with the principal. If the maturity date of the loan is a legal holiday or public holiday, and the loan is repaid on the last banking day before such holiday, the interest shall be settled at the contract interest rate, but the interest settled at the contract interest rate corresponding to the number of days between the maturity date and the repayment date shall be deducted; If the loan is repaid on the first banking day after the legal holiday or public holiday, the interest corresponding to the number of days between the maturity date and the repayment date shall be charged at the contract interest rate. If the loan is not repaid on the first banking day after the legal holiday or public holiday, the interest shall be charged for the overdue loan from that date.

 

Article V

Issuance and Payment of the Loan

 

1.

Preconditions for initial drawdown

Party A shall fully comply with the following conditions for initial drawdown:

[/]

 

2.

Preconditions for initial drawdown

For each drawdown under this Contract (including initial drawdown), Party A must also comply with the following conditions:

 

  (1)

Party A does not violate the regulations or provisions of this Contract, guarantee document and other relevant documents.

 

  (2)

The guarantee document continues to be valid, and there are no or will be no adverse changes in the guarantee that Party B thinks may be detrimental to the realization of its creditor’s rights.

 

6


  (3)

The collateral or pledge under the guarantee document isn’t sealed up, and the creditor’s rights under the maximum guarantee are not determined.

 

  (4)

There are no adverse changes in Party A’s financial position that may endanger or delay it to perform or prevent it from performing its obligations and responsibilities under this Contract and guarantee document.

 

  (5)

Party A has signed or provided Party B with the documents agreed or reasonably requested by Party B.

 

  (6)

Party A has opened relevant accounts as agreed in this Contract or as required by Party B.

 

  (7)

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party A should also conform to the access conditions for credit products of small and micro enterprises set by Party B and relevant system requirements of the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” business function of small and micro enterprises. Party A hasn’t misappropriated any loan from Party B, and there are no records of outstanding non-performing loans, outstanding advances or outstanding interest arrears in the Credit Reference System of the People’s Bank of China. In addition, the actual controller or guarantor of Party A has no overdue loans in the Credit Reference System of the People’s Bank of China at present. Moreover, Party A is not a borrower involving the restructured loan business.

 

  (8)

[/]

 

  (9)

Other conditions required by Party B.

 

3.

Drawdown plan

 

  (1)

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, Party A shall withdraw funds according to the following Plan ①, and the planned drawdown date shall be a banking day, otherwise, it shall be adjusted to the previous banking day.

 

 

Drawdown Schedule

 

   

Planned drawdown date

  

Drawdown amount

   
December 17, 2020    RMB¥5000000

 

 

[/]

 

  (2)

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party A can make self-service drawdown at any time within the loan limit and loan term through Party B’s online banking and other electronic channels according to its own fund use plan.

 

  (3)

Party B has the right to review the loan amount every (in words) [/] months (no more than 12 months) from the contract signing date, so as to decide whether to continuously provide Party A with or adjust the unused loan amount.

 

4.

Where Party A or the guarantor fails to fulfill all legal or contractual obligations hereunder, including but not limited to Party A’s failure to provide complete loan materials within the period stipulated by Party A, and the guarantor’s failure to complete the guarantee registration formalities as scheduled, Party A agrees that Party B is entitled to change the above drawdown plan. In case the loan term changes due to the change of drawdown plan, the provisions of Article 3.3 of this Contract shall apply.

 

7


5.

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, Party A shall withdraw funds according to the drawdown plan as agreed in this Contract; Without the written consent of Party B, Party A shall not change the drawdown plan. In case of any change in the planned drawdown date and/or drawdown amount, a written application shall be submitted to Party B [/] banking days before the planned drawdown date specified in this Contract. Party B agrees to give Party A a drawdown grace period of [/] banking days. For the loan that has not been withdrawn after the expiration of grace period, Party B shall have the right to cancel the loan, may not allow Party A to withdraw the funds any more, and is entitled to require Party A to bear the liability for breach of contract according to Article 13.2 hereunder.

 

6.

Where the loan principal actually issued by Party B changes due to the circumstances specified in Article 5.5 hereunder, the loan principal under this Contract shall be calculated based on the loan certificate (IOU) actually generated under this Contract.

 

7.

Issuance and Payment of the Loan

 

  (1)

Application for drawdown

 

 

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, Party A shall file an application for drawdown to Party B no less than [/] banking days before each drawdown date, and submit the loan certificate (IOU) and all drawdown documents as agreed in this Contract and required by Party B. Party A shall reserve the seal used for drawdown by its authorized staff (please refer to Annex I for the format, or separately provide Party B with a seal card for safekeeping in its special folder. If Party A reserves multiple seals, the use of any seal shall be regarded as the declaration of Party A’s intention). When filing a business application, Party A’s staff shall issue the seal consistent with the reserved seal. Party B is only responsible for formal review of the seal provided by Party A’s staff against the reserved seal, and can accept Party A’s business application after verification. In case of any change to the above reserved seal, Party A shall notify Party B in written form with official seal or special seal for contract on the day of change. If Party B suffers any loss due to Party A’s failure to notify it timely, Party A shall bear corresponding liabilities for compensation. The application for drawdown filed by Party A is irrevocable; After approval by Party B, Party A is obligated to apply for drawdown according to the above-mentioned application for drawdown.

 

 

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party A can make self-service drawdown at any time within the loan limit and loan term through Party B’s online banking and other electronic channels according to its own fund use plan, without a written application for drawdown to Party B.

 

 

The loan funds shall be transferred to the settlement account (account number: [***]) opened by Party A at Party B, or paid as entrusted by Party A to its counterparty as agreed.

 

  (2)

Loan payment method

Loan payment falls into independent payment and entrusted payment. Under any of the following circumstances, entrusted payment should be adopted:

 

 

Loan funds with the amount of a single sum exceeding [/] (inclusive) shall be subject to entrusted payment by the lender;

 

 

This loan applies the entrusted payment method.

 

8


 

[/]

 

 

[/]

 

 

[/]

In case of entrusted payment by Party B, Party B shall have the right to check whether the payee, payment amount and other information listed in the payment application submitted by Party A are consistent with the corresponding business contract and other certification materials before the loan funds are issued and paid. After the review and approval by Party B, according to the payment order (please refer to Annex 2 for the format) submitted by Party A, the loan funds will be transferred to the account of Party A’s counterparty as listed in the payment order by Party A through the settlement account (account number: [***]) opened by Party A at Party B.

Party B’s formal examination of the above-mentioned business contract and other documents does not mean that Party B confirms the authenticity and legal compliance of the relevant transaction, nor does it mean that Party B intervenes in any dispute between Party A and its counterparty or any third party, or in the liabilities and obligations that Party A should assume.

Where the loan is not paid to the bank account of Party A’s designated counterparty timely and successfully due to refund by the bank of deposit where Party A’s counterparty opens the account or due to wrong information provided by Party A or any other reason, Party B will not bear any liability, and Party A shall bear all risks, liabilities and losses of both parties caused hereby. Party A shall not use the funds refunded by the bank of deposit where Party A’s counterparty opens the account without Party B’s review and approval.

 

  (3)

Payment management

 

 

After the loan is issued, Party B shall have the right to regularly or irregularly review and check whether Party A uses the loan funds as agreed in this Contract, and Party A is obligated to fully cooperate and timely provide the records and materials for the use of loan funds as required by Party B, including but not limited to business contracts related to the payment of loan funds, and other transaction vouchers and materials that can prove the use of funds. Where it’s found by Party B in the inspection that the use of loan funds is inconsistent with the intended use under this Contract, it has the right to require Party A to make correction within a specified period. If Party A refuses to correct, Party B shall be entitled to deal with it according to the provisions of Articles 13.4 and 13.6 hereunder. For “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party A shall also provide Party B with invoices, transaction contracts, transaction statements or accounting documents, and other certification materials for the use of loan funds within 7 days after each sum of loan funds is issued. For other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, Party A shall provide the above-mentioned certification materials for the use of loan funds at any time as required by Party B.

 

 

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, if Party A applies independent payment, it shall provide Party B with business contracts related to the payment of loan funds and other transaction materials proving the use of loan funds in the previous quarter before the 10th day of the next month after the end of each quarter, and summarize and report the payment of loan funds. Party B shall have the right to check whether the loan payment is consistent with the intended use and whether the payment is made based on the project progress by account analysis, voucher verification and field investigation.

 

9


 

Under any of the following circumstances of Party A during loan issuance and payment under this Contract, Party B shall have the right to negotiate with Party A to supplement or change the conditions for loan issuance and payment, or stop the issuance and payment of loan funds as appropriate:

 

  A.

The credit status declines, and the profitability of main business is not good;

 

  B.

Party A fails to use the loan funds as agreed in this Contract;

 

  C.

Party A violates the provisions of this Contract, and avoids the entrusted payment by Party B by splitting large amount into small ones.

 

  (2)

Other provisions:

[/]

 

Article VI

Repayment

 

1.

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, the loan under this Contract shall be repaid by the following Method (1):

 

  (1)

Pay interest on a regular basis and repay the principal upon maturity of the loan;

 

  (2)

Repay the principal and interest in one lump sum.

 

  (3)

Other methods: [/]

 

2.

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, Party A shall repay the loan principal according to the following Plan (1):

 

  (1)

Repayment Schedule

 

     

Sequence

  

Repayment date

   Repayment amount
     
1    October 19, 2021    RMB¥5000000.00

 

  (2)

[/]

 

3.

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party A can repay the loan principal in whole or in part corresponding to the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode under this Contract at any time through electronic channels such as Party B’s online banking according to its own business needs. Both parties hereby confirm that if Party A repays all or part of the loan principal in a self-service manner under this mode, Party B will not charge liquidated damages or impose restrictions on the number of times. If Party A repays the principal in full, the interest will also be paid off with the principal. If Party A partially repays the principal, it may independently choose to repay each sum of loan funds according to the corresponding loan certificate (IOU), and the loan interest shall be calculated separately. If the partially repaid amount can offset both the loan principal and interest under the loan certificate (IOU) of a single sum of loan funds, the loan interest will be paid off with the principal; if not, the interest will be charged continuously for the remaining principal after repayment.

 

10


4.

Party A shall remit the amount of no less than the principal and interest payable to the account (account number: [***]) opened by Party A at Party B before the end of business hours at the repayment date. This account will serve as the repayment account of Party A, and Party A hereby authorizes Party B to automatically deduct the loan principal and interest from this account.

 

5.

If the amount repaid or paid by Party A is insufficient to repay or pay the total amount of payments that should be repaid or paid in this period, the repaid amount shall be used to pay the following expenses in the order:

 

  (1)

Pay all expenses payable, liquidated damages, compensation, etc. generated according to this Contract and relevant laws and regulations;

 

  (2)

Pay default interest and compound interest payable;

 

  (3)

Pay the interest payable;

 

  (4)

Pay the principal payable.

If the amount repaid or paid by Party A is insufficient to repay or pay all payments in the same order, it shall be used to pay off the payments incurred first.

 

6.

Voluntary advance repayment in other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”

 

  (1)

Where Party A repays the loan wholly or partially in advance, all the following conditions shall be satisfied:

 

 

Party A has paid all due payables to Party B before the advance repayment date;

 

 

Party A shall file a written application for advance repayment to Party B at least banking days before the proposed advance repayment date, and obtain the written consent of Party B;

 

 

Except the advance repayment of all loan funds hereunder, the advance repayment amount shall be integral multiples of RMB [/]0,000, and the amount of any advance repayment shall be no less than RMB [/]0,000.

 

 

Party B shall be entitled to charge liquidated damages from Party A at a fee rate of [/]% from the date of advance repayment by Party A. The liquidated damages shall be calculated according to the formula below: Liquidated damages = advance repayment amount * remaining loan term (calculated in years) * loan rate applicable to the advance repayment date as agreed in this Contract * fee rate.

 

 

Party A shall also pay Party B the interest for the advance repayment amount and other expenses payable (including liquidated damages) during the advance repayment.

 

  (2)

Unless otherwise agreed by Party B in writing, Party A shall not make repayment in advance for more than [/] times within the loan term. The loan principal repaid in advance shall be repaid in reverse order, that is, the loan principal shall be repaid in reverse order against the repayment plan as agreed in this Contract.

 

  (3)

The application for advance repayment is irrevocable. After Party B agrees in writing to Party A’s advance repayment, Party A shall repay the loan hereunder in advance according to the amount and date specified in the application for advance repayment. Where Party B agrees in writing to Party A’s advance repayment, but Party A fails to repay the loan in advance according to the amount and date specified in the application, Party B shall have the right to regard the loan as an overdue loan.

 

11


  (4)

Where Party B agrees in writing to Party A’s advance repayment, interest of the loan repaid in advance shall be calculated based on the actual use days of this part of loan.

 

Article VII

Loan Restructuring

Where Party A fails to repay the due loan on schedule, it shall file a written application for loan restructuring to Party B at least one month before the maturity date of the current loan. If Party B agrees to Party A’s application, both parties shall sign a loan restructuring agreement. If Party B disagrees, Party A shall still repay the due loan at the date as agreed in this Contract, otherwise, Party B shall have the right to regard the loan as an overdue loan.

 

Article VIII

Loan Guarantee

 

1.

The loan under this Contract adopts the following guarantee mode:

[Warranty]

For the aforesaid guarantee, Party B and the guarantor shall enter into the following guarantee contract with respect to the specific guarantee matters in this Contract:

 

     

Serial

No.

 

Contract No.

  Contract name
     
1  

2020 SYZB Zi No.

811208071607

  Maximum Guarantee Contract

 

2.

During the loan term, if the above guarantee mode is changed or the specific guarantee registration formalities cannot be handled when this Contract is signed, Party A hereby irrevocably promises and agrees that: Party A guarantees to change the guarantee mode as agreed by both parties at that time, and will urge the guarantor after change to sign relevant guarantee document and/or to go through relevant guarantee registration formalities within three days after the requirements for handling guarantee registration formalities are met, otherwise, Party A will be deemed as breach of contract, and Party B shall have the right to investigate Party A’s liability for breach of contract and take corresponding remedial measures as agreed in this Contract.

 

Article IX

Representations and Warranties of Party A

 

1.

Party A is a Chinese legal person or other organization legally established in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China. It has the capacity for civil rights and capacity for civil conduct required for signing and performing this Contract according to law, and can independently bear civil liabilities. Moreover, Party A has obtained all necessary and legal internal and external approvals and authorizations for signing this Contract.

 

12


2.

All documents (including but not limited to trade background and contracts and other certification materials for fund use provided by Party A) and statements related to this loan and provided by Party A according to law and Party B’s requirements are valid, legal, true, accurate and complete.

 

3.

The signing and performance of this Contract by Party A shall not violate the provisions of laws, regulations and other documents legally binding on it, the Articles of Association of Party A, and the contracts, agreements and other documents signed between Party A and any third party. The representative of Party A who signs this Contract and related documents has legally obtained necessary authorizations stipulated by Party A and has the right to sign the foregoing contract or documents.

 

4.

Except for the guarantee as agreed in this Contract or approved by Party B in writing, Party A and its guarantor do not set any other guarantee on the collaterals provided by them under this Contract, and there isn’t any third-party right in any other form against the assets, which may damage Party B’s interests, or any circumstance or possibility of sealing-up, detention, freezing, preservation, etc. of the assets; There are no records of outstanding non-performing loans, outstanding advances or outstanding interest arrears of Party A in Credit Reference System of the People’s Bank of China. In addition, the actual controller and guarantor of Party A have no overdue loans in the Credit Reference System of the People’s Bank of China at present.

 

5.

Except for the breach of contract, and litigation, arbitration and administrative punishment procedures that have been disclosed to and accepted by Party B, Party A does not have any other breach of contract or potential breach of contract, nor does it involve in any other ongoing or possible litigation, arbitration or administrative punishment procedures.

 

6.

Party A guarantees that the funds will be used strictly according to the intended use of the loan as agreed hereunder, and that the short-term loan will not be used for a long term. In addition, Party A also guarantees that the loan funds will not be used for investment in securities, real estate, futures market and equity capital, and for private lending, illegal fund-raising and other fields prohibited by relevant policies in any form, and that it will not misappropriate the loan.

 

7.

Party A guarantees that the source of funds used to repay the loan to Party B is legal and compliant.

 

8.

Party A shall abide by the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China on anti-money laundering, and shall not participate in illegal and criminal activities such as money laundering, terrorist financing and proliferation financing; Besides, it shall actively cooperate with Party B’s client identification and due diligence, provide true, accurate and complete client information, and comply with Party B’s relevant management regulations on anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing. For the clients suspected of being involved in money laundering and terrorist financing with reasonable reasons, Party B will take necessary control measures in accordance with the regulatory provisions of the People’s Bank of China on anti-money laundering.

 

Article X

Party A’s Commitments

 

1.

Party A shall provide Party B with the statements and other documents that truthfully reflect its operating and financial conditions on a regular basis or at any time as required by Party B. In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party A shall also mail the invoices, transaction contracts, transaction statements or accounting documents and other certification materials for fund use to the address designated by Party B within 7 days from the drawdown date (in other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, these materials shall be provided at any time as required by Party B) or Party B’s staff may collect relevant materials in person. Party A commits that the above-mentioned materials provided are all valid, true and complete.

 

13


2.

During the loan term, any change in Party A’s operating decisions, including but not limited to share transfer, restructuring, large-amount financing, asset sale, merger, consolidation, separation, shareholding system reform, joint venture, cooperation, joint operation, contractual leasing, foreign investment, substantial increase in debt financing, changes in business scope and registered capital, changes in the company’s Articles of Association, etc., which may affect Party B’s rights and interests, shall be notified to Party B in writing at least days in advance and get Party B’s prior written consent. Besides, Party A shall bear the liability for satisfaction or pay off the loan in advance or provide the guarantee acceptable by Party A.

 

3.

Party A shall actively cooperate with Party B in its business condition, loan payment management and management after loan, including the investigation, understanding and supervision on the basic information of enterprise, use of loan funds, operation management, financial and operation status, settlement transactions and connected transactions by on-site or off-site inspection. All expenses incurred by Party B due to Party A’s obstruction shall be borne by Party A.

 

4.

Without the prior written consent of Party B, Party A shall not transfer the debts hereunder in any way or transfer them in disguised form.

 

5.

Where Party A disposes of all or part of its assets or operating income by transfer, lease or setting guarantee for debts other than those under this Contract, it shall notify Party B in writing at least days in advance and obtain Party B’s prior written consent.

 

6.

In case of any of the following events, Party A shall notify Party B in writing within days from the date of occurrence or possible occurrence, and submit relevant materials:

 

  (1)

Force majeure events or events of default related to the loan;

 

  (2)

Party A or its controlling shareholder is involved in any litigation, arbitration, investigation for criminal responsibilities, administrative punishment, closedown, suspension of business, restructuring, dissolution, application for bankruptcy, acceptance of bankruptcy application, adjudication of bankruptcy, revocation of business license, rescission, deterioration of financial position, etc.;

 

  (3)

Board members and senior management of Party A are suspected of being involved in important cases or economic disputes, or are given administrative punishment by relevant departments;

 

  (4)

Liability accidents are caused by violation of relevant laws and regulations, regulatory provisions or industry standards on food safety, work safety and environmental protection, which have had or may impose adverse impact on the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder.

 

  (4)

Any event that has adverse impact on the repayment of debts under this Contract.

 

7.

If the guarantor is subject to the circumstances, including but not limited to closedown, suspension of business, application for bankruptcy, acceptance of bankruptcy application, adjudication of bankruptcy, dissolution, revocation of business license, rescission, operating loss, etc., and partially or completely loses the guarantee ability corresponding to this loan, or the collateral, pledge and pledge right used for loan guarantee under this Contract are devalued, Party A shall provide new guarantee acceptable by Party B.

 

8.

During the loan term, if Party A changes the corporate name, legal representative, person-in-charge, domicile, telephone number and fax, it shall notify Party B in writing within three days after the change.

 

14


9.

Party A shall promptly report to Party B in writing the connected transactions that have occurred or are about to occur and account for more than 10% (inclusive) of Party A’s net assets, including but not limited to the association relationship of transaction parties, transaction items and nature, transaction amount or corresponding proportion, and pricing policy (including transactions with no amount or only symbolic amount).

 

10.

Party A shall comply with relevant regulations in production and operation, and related behaviors thereof, including but not limited to industrial policies, fiscal and tax policies, and regulations on market access, environmental assessment, energy conservation and emission reduction, energy consumption and pollution control, resource utilization, land and urban planning, labor safety, etc.

 

Article XI

Rights and Obligations of the Parties

 

1.

Party A shall have the right to withdraw and use the loan within the term for intended use as agreed in this Contract.

 

2.

Party A shall pay off loan principal and interest, and relevant expenses as agreed in this Contract.

 

3.

Party A agrees that Party B may provide its credit information for the Financial Credit Information Basic Database and/or credit bureaus approved by the People’s Bank of China. It also authorizes and agrees that Party B may inquire, download, copy, print and use its credit information from the websites of Financial Credit Information Basic Database and/or credit bureaus approved by the People’s Bank of China, or relevant units and departments for the purpose of this Contract, and use it for legal and compliant purposes related to this Contract; If Party A fails to repay the loan principal and interest as agreed hereunder, it shall bear adverse credit consequences arising therefrom.

 

4.

Party A agrees that Party B has the right to transfer the creditor’s rights and corresponding guarantee rights to a third party during the existence period of the loan without obtaining Party A’s consent. When Party A provides guarantee by itself, it agrees to continuously undertake relevant guarantee liability to the transferee of creditor’s rights after the transfer. Party A irrevocably authorizes Party B to re-sign a contract with the third party as Party A’s agent.

 

5.

Party A agrees that during the existence period of the loan, Party B has the right to act as the initiator of credit asset securitization to trust the creditor’s rights and corresponding guarantee rights under this Contract to a trustee, so as to set up a special purpose trust, and the trustee will issue the asset-backed securities. If Party A provides guarantee by itself, it agrees to continuously assume the guarantee liability to the aforesaid trustee. Party A agrees that where Party B publishes the transfer of its creditor’s rights and corresponding guarantee rights through special purpose trust by an announcement (newspaper or website, etc.), it shall be deemed to have notified Party A.

 

6.

Where Party A provides guarantee by itself, Party A understands and agrees that if Party B transfers or trusts the creditor’s rights hereunder to any third party, which requires going through guarantee transfer formalities, Party A is obligated to cooperate with Party B unconditionally and bear relevant expenses according to regulations. Where the guarantee transfer registration is not handled, Party A promises to give up the right of defense enjoyed thereby. If Party A fails to handle transfer registration in accordance with relevant laws and regulations, stipulations of the registration administrative department or requirements of Party B, Party B shall have the right to require Party A to bear the liability for breach of contract and to bear all expenses (including but not limited to legal costs, attorney fees, travel expenses, etc.).

 

15


7.

Party B shall have the right to check, supervise and learn about Party A’s business condition, use of loan funds and connected transactions. Party B is entitled to check and learn about Party A’s business condition and use of loan funds at least once every quarter, and to decide whether to stop issuing the loan or handling the business under this Contract according to the inspection results.

 

8.

Provided that Party A has fulfilled its obligations under this Contract and complies with the conditions for loan issuance by Party B, Party B shall issue the loan to Party A in full and on schedule.

 

9.

Party B shall have the right to request Party A to provide relevant documents according to examination demand for loan issuance, and Party B shall keep confidential the materials, documents and information provided by and related to Party A, except those that should be inquired or disclosed according to the provisions of laws and regulations, and the requirements of government departments.

 

10.

Party B shall have the right to recover the loans partially or wholly in advance according to Party A’s repayment of funds.

 

11.

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party B shall be entitled to suspend Party A’s business function of as-needed drawdown and repayment as the case may be, without bearing any liability for breach of contract.

 

Article XII

Account

Party A shall open the following accounts in Item 1 and/or Item 2 at Party B (multiple choices are allowed):

 

1.

Settlement account with account number of [***], on which both parties make an agreement as follows:

 

  (1)

The funds of this loan shall be issued and paid through this account. Party B has the right to manage and control the payment of loan funds as agreed in this Contract, and supervise the use of loan funds according to the agreed purpose.

 

  (2)

[/]

 

2.

Fund repayment account with account number of [***], on which both parties make an agreement as follows:

 

  (1)

Party A shall provide information on the inflow and outflow of funds in this account, and Party B shall have the right to carry out supervision.

 

  (2)

[/]

 

3.

[/] account with account number of [/], on which both parties make an agreement as follows:

 

  [/]

 

Article XIII

Liability for Breach

 

1.

After this Contract comes into force, both parties shall perform their respective obligations under this Contract. If either party violates any provision, commitment or warranty hereunder, it shall bear corresponding liability for breach of contract.

 

16


2.

Without Party B’s written consent, in other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, if Party A fails to withdraw loan funds at the drawdown date specified in this Contract, Party B shall have the right to charge liquidated damages according to the actual overdue days at the interest rate as agreed in this Contract.

 

3.

Event of default:

 

  (1)

Party A violates any representation, warranty or commitment under this Contract, or the certificates and documents related to this loan and submitted to Party B, and the representations and warranties in Article 9 hereunder are proved to be untrue, inaccurate, incomplete or intentionally misleading, and violate the commitments in Article 10 and Party A’s obligations in Article 11 hereunder;

 

  (2)

Party A fails to pay the loan funds in the way agreed in Article 5.7 hereunder;

 

  (3)

Party A fails to use the loan for the agreed purpose, changes the intended use of loan funds without authorization, misappropriates the loan or uses the loan to engage in illegal transactions;

 

  (4)

Party A fails to repay the loan principal and interest and other payables under this Contract as agreed, or fails to fulfill its obligations in accordance with this Contract;

 

  (5)

Party A conceals important operating and financial facts from Party B;

 

  (6)

Party A fraudulently obtains this loan by a false contract with the controlling shareholder and other affiliated company;

 

  (7)

Party A transfers its property at a low price or free of charge; reduces or exempts the debts of third parties; is lazy in exercising a claim or other rights; The funds in any account of Party A (including but not limited to the fund repayment account) fluctuates abnormally; It is determined through Party B’s supervision and inspection that the profitability of Party A’s main business declines, which may affect the realization of Party B’s creditor’s rights; The loan funds are used abnormally; Party A violates Party B’s regulatory requirements for the fund repayment account;

 

  (8)

Party A or its controlling shareholder is subject to closedown, suspension of business, application for or being applied for liquidation, dissolution or restructuring, takeover, custody or similar legal procedures, application for bankruptcy, acceptance of bankruptcy application, adjudication of bankruptcy, revocation of business license, rescission, private financing, or any litigation, arbitration or criminal or administrative punishment that imposes adverse consequences on its own business or property status, which Party B thinks may affect or damage or has affected or damaged Party B’s rights and interests under this Contract;

 

  (9)

Any changes is made to Party A’s domicile, business scope, legal representative, person-in-charge, executive partner and other industrial and commercial registration matters, or the controlling shareholder/actual controller, or any external investment is made, which imposes adverse impact on or threatens the realization of Party B’s creditor’s rights;

 

  (10)

Party A suffers any financial loss, asset loss or asset loss arising from external guarantee, or other financial crisis, which Party B thinks may affect or damage or has affected or damaged Party B’s rights and interests under this Contract;

 

  (11)

Party A’s controlling shareholder and other affiliated companies suffer a crisis in operation or finance, or there is any connected transaction between Party A and its controlling shareholder or other affiliated company, which affects normal operation of Party A, or imposes adverse impact on or threatens the realization of Party B’s creditor’s rights;

 

17


  (12)

In case of any adverse change in Party A’s industry, which seriously affects or threatens the realization of Party B’s creditor’s rights. The circumstances described in this clause are not force majeure events;

 

  (13)

Cross default. Where Party A defaults in performing other debt documents and fails to make correction within the applicable grace period, which leads to any of the following circumstances, it also constitutes a breach of this Contract, namely, a cross default:

 

 

Party A’s debts in other debt documents are declared or can be declared to be due in an accelerated manner;

 

 

Although Party A’s debts in other debt documents are not declared or cannot be declared to be due in an accelerated manner, there is a default in payment.

Other debt documents refer to the loan contracts signed between Party A and its creditors (including Party B and other third parties) and guarantee documents thereof, and Party A’s bond project documents for public or non-public offering

 

  (14)

Party A refuses to accept Party B’s supervision and inspection on its use of loan funds and related operation and financial activities;

 

  (15)

Any shareholder, legal representative, person-in-charge, senior manager or actual controller of Party A is missing and out of touch; suspected of involving in corruption, bribery, fraud, illegal operation or other criminal offences; involved in illegal fund-raising, on-lending with high interest, etc., which Party B thinks may affect or damage or has affected or damaged Party B’s rights and interests under this Contract;

 

  (16)

Party A’s guarantor violates any provision of guarantee contract or involves in any default under the guarantee contract;

 

  (17)

The collateral or pledge hereunder is sealed up, detained, reported for loss, stopped for payment, or subject to other compulsory measures, or disputes over its ownership, or is or may be damaged by any third party, or is adversely affected on its safety or integrity;

 

  (18)

Party A violates relevant laws, regulations, regulatory provisions or industry standards on food safety, work safety and environmental protection, which results in any liability accident;

 

  (19)

Other events that endanger or damage, or may endanger or damage Party B’s rights and interests, or other circumstances where Party A fails to perform other provisions of this Contract;

 

  (20)

Others [/]

 

4.

In case of any of the aforesaid events of default, the following remedial measures may be taken by Party B:

 

  (1)

Unilaterally stop or terminate the issuance of any fund that Party A has not withdrawn under this Contract (including the loan that Party A has served the application for drawdown but has not actually withdrawn);

 

  (2)

Directly and unilaterally announce that the loan hereunder is due immediately without Party A’s consent, and require Party A to make repayment promptly. The date on which Party B requires Party A to repay the aforesaid funds will be the early maturity date of the debts hereunder:

 

  (3)

Immediately execute the mortgage, pledge or other guarantee under this Contract and guarantee documents;

 

18


  (4)

Party B has the right to deduct money directly from any account opened by Party A at China CITIC Bank to offset its debts under this Contract:

 

  (5)

Exercise any other right and implement any remedial measure available according to relevant laws and regulations.

 

5.

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party B has the right to suspend the business function of “as-needed drawdown and repayment” initiated by Party A under any of the following circumstances:

 

  (1)

Party A misappropriates the loan or fails to timely provide true and effective certification materials for the use of loan funds as agreed;

 

  (2)

The name of counterparty’s account, to which the loan withdrawn by Party A is paid contains sensitive fields such as realty, house property, real estate, properties, property, microloan, guarantee, equity, options, futures, securities, trust and fund;

 

  (3)

Any of Party A’s loans from Party A or any other bank is overdue:

 

  (4)

Any of the loans of Party A’s actual controller or spouse hereof from Party B or any other bank is overdue;

 

  (5)

Other circumstances where Party B deems it necessary to suspend.

In case Party B suspends Party A’s business function of as-needed drawdown and repayment as specified above, Party A shall repay the loan principal and interest payable, and the unused loan amount is not available by Party A. In case Party A needs to apply for recovering this function, it must submit relevant materials to Party B again, and with Party B’s written approval, the function can be recovered.

 

6.

Where Party A fails to repay the principal as agreed in this Contract, Party B shall have the right to charge default interest by the following Method in addition to exercising the rights specified in Article 13.4 hereunder. Party A agrees that the amount of above-mentioned default interest shall be subject to the calculation result of Party B:

 

 

The default interest shall be settled based on the loan rate applicable to this Contract at that time plus the annual interest rate of 154 basis points (1 basis point =0.01%) according to the actual overdue days;

 

 

The default interest shall be settled based on the loan rate applicable to this Contract at that time plus the default interest rate of [/]% according to the actual overdue days.

 

7.

Where Party A fails to use the loan for the purpose as agreed in this Contract, Party B shall be entitled to not only exercise the rights specified in Article 4.44 hereunder, but also charge default interest for the part misappropriated in default by the following Method from the misappropriation date. Party A agrees that the amount of above-mentioned default interest shall be subject to the calculation result of Party B:

The default interest shall be settled based on the loan rate applicable to this Contract at that time plus the annual interest rate of 288.3 basis points (1 basis point =0.01%) according to the using days in default;

The default interest shall be settled based on the loan rate applicable to this Contract at that time plus the default interest rate of [/]% according to the using days in default.

 

8.

For the loan which is overdue and not used for the purpose as agreed in this Contract, Party B shall have the right to charge default interest according to the default interest rate specified in Article 13.6 and Article 13.7 hereunder, whichever is higher.

 

19


9.

For the interest (including the interest corresponding to the principal declared by Party B to be fully or partially due) that Party A fails to pay on time and default interest, compound interest shall be charged at default interest rate for overdue loan by the interest settlement method as agreed hereunder from the overdue date to the full settlement date; For the loan which is overdue and not used for the purpose as agreed in this Contract, compound interest shall be charged with the greater amount, and shall not be concurrently imposed.

 

10.

All expenses incurred by Party B in realizing its creditor’s rights (including but not limited to legal fees, arbitration fees, execution fees, insurance premiums, travel expenses, attorney fees, property preservation fees, notarization and authentication fees, translation fees, evaluation and auction fees, etc.) shall be borne by Party A.

 

Article XIV

Continuity of Obligations

All obligations of Party A under this Contract are of continuity, and fully binding on its successors, receivers, transferees and the subjects after its merger, restructuring and change of name. These obligations will not be affected by any dispute, claim and legal procedure, any instruction of superiors, and any contract and document signed between Party A and any natural person or legal person, nor will they be changed due to Party A’s bankruptcy, insolvency, loss of enterprise qualification, change in its Articles of Association, and any essential change.

 

Article XV

Notarization

 

1.

Where either party to this Contract requests notarization, it shall be notarized in the notary office stipulated by the state.

 

2.

Where Party B requires a notarial certificate with enforcement effect, Party A agrees that Party B can apply to the notary office for such a notarial certificate with this Contract. If Party B fails to pay off the loan principal and interest, as well as relevant expenses legally payable by Party A in full within the repayment period agreed in this Contract, Party B may apply to the relevant court for enforcement with this notarial certificate according to law.

 

Article XVI

Validity of this Contract

Where a certain clause or part thereof in this Contract becomes invalid now or in the future, the validity of this Contract and other clauses thereof or other contents of this clause will not be affected.

 

Article XVIIOther Matters Agreed

  

 

This Contract is signed at No.251, Changxu Road, Suzhou City, and is under the jurisdiction of the court in the signing place.

 

In the event of any conflict between this article and other clauses hereunder, this article shall prevail.

 

Article XVIIIApplication of Law and Dispute Resolution

 

This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding the laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan for the purpose of this Contract).

  

 

20


Article XIX

Dispute Resolution

Any dispute arising from or related to this Contract shall be settled by both parties through negotiation. If the negotiation fails, both parties agree to settle it by the following 2nd method:

 

1.

Apply to the [/] Arbitration Commission for arbitration according to the arbitration rules of the Commission in effect at that time;

 

2.

Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court with jurisdiction in Party B’s domicile.

 

Article XX

Force Majeure Event

 

1.

Force majeure event in this Contract refers to the unforeseeable, unavoidable and insurmountable objective circumstances that cause either party to fail to perform this Contract normally, including war, strike, enforcement of martial law, severe flood, fire, windstorm, earthquake and other accidents which are recognized as force majeure by both parties through negotiation.

 

2.

In case either party cannot perform the contract due to any force majeure event, it may be partially or fully exempted from performing its liabilities or obligations under this Contract according to the influence of the force majeure. However, the party suffering from force majeure shall notify the other party in writing in a timely manner, so as to reduce the losses that may be caused to the other party, and shall also provide appropriate proofs for the occurrence and duration of the force majeure event within a reasonable period. Meanwhile, the affected party should also try its best to reduce the possible impact of the event on the other party.

 

3.

In case of any force majeure event, both parties shall immediately negotiate with each other within a reasonable period to find out a fair and reasonable solution, and try their best to minimize the consequences of the force majeure event.

 

Article XXI

        Cumulativeness of Party B’s Rights

The rights of Party B under this Contract are cumulative, which does not affect or exclude any other right that Party B may enjoy to Party A according to relevant laws and other contracts. Unless otherwise indicated by Party in writing, Party B’s failure in exercise, partial exercise and/or delayed exercise of any of its rights shall not constitute a waiver or partial waiver of this right, nor shall it affect, prevent or hinder Party B’s continued exercise of this right or its exercise of any other right.

 

Article XXII        

Entry-into-force, Change and Dissolution of the Contract

 

1.

This Contract shall come into force after being signed by the legal representative/person-in-charge or authorized agent of Party A and the person-in-charge or authorized agent of Party B, and stamped with their official seals or special seals for contract, and shall be valid for years. If both parties hope to continue the transactions under this Contract after the expiration, both parties shall sign a contract again. However, the termination of this Contract will not affect the effectiveness of the existing transactions between both parties under this Contract at that time.

 

2.

After this Contract comes into effect, unless otherwise specified in this Contract, neither Party A nor Party B can change or dissolve this Contract without authorization. If it is indeed necessary to change or dissolve this Contract, both parties shall reach a written agreement through negotiation.

 

3.

After this Contract takes effect, in case Party A transfers its debts hereunder wholly or partially to a third party, it shall provide Party B with written documents proving that the guarantor agrees to the transfer and is willing to continuously undertake the guarantee obligations, or provide any new guarantee, and obtain Party B’s written consent.

 

21


Article XXIII

Others

 

1.

For the purpose of this Contract, “banking day” refers to the bank’s business day on which the bank will accept general corporate business, excluding national statutory holidays and public holidays.

 

2.

As an integral part of this Contract, the annexes hereunder shall have the same legal effect as this Contract. During the performance of this Contract, in case of any inconsistency or contradiction between the specific contents of annexes and the contents of this Contract, the former shall prevail.

 

3.

For matters not covered herein, a written agreement may be reached by both parties separately as an annex to this Contract. Any annex, modification or supplement of this Contract shall be an integral part of this Contract and have the same legal effect as this Contract.

 

4.

Notice and service

 

  (1)

Notices and requirements under this Contract, collection of debts involved in this Contract, legal instruments of litigation (arbitration), or other correspondence shall be delivered or sent to the address or contact information as specified at the head of this Contract.

 

  (2)

Any notice, requirement, debt collection letter or other correspondence given by Party B to Party A under this Contract shall be deemed to have been served once it’s sent out if delivered by telex, phone, fax and email; deemed to have been served on the 3rd day after its mailing if delivered by postal letter; and deemed to have been served at the time of receipt by Party A if delivered by special personnel. If Party A rejects it, the deliverer may record the service process by taking photos and recording videos, and detain the instruments, and it shall also be deemed to have been served.

 

  (3)

The judicial organ or arbitration agency may also deliver relevant (legal) instrument to Party A according to the address and contact information specified at the head of this Contract. In case it is not signed for by anyone or is rejected by Party A, the date of return of the (legal) document shall be deemed as the date of service; If Party A rejects the instrument delivered by personal service, the deliverer may record the service process by taking photos and recording videos, and detain the (legal) instrument, and it shall also be deemed to have been served. Where Party A provides wrong contact information or fails to notify relevant parties of the new contact information after change in time, which results in the failure to serve any (legal) instrument or its return, the date of return of the (legal) instrument shall be deemed as the date of service.

 

  (4)

Where the above-mentioned contact information provided by either party is changed, it shall notify the other party in writing within three days after the change; Once the debts under this Contract are brought into litigation or arbitration, the change shall also be notified to the trial agency in writing, otherwise, the notice or any other instrument delivered according to the original contact information shall also be deemed to have been served even if the party making such change doesn’t receive it at all.

 

22


5.

This Contract is made in duplicate, one for Party A, one for Party B, and / kept by relevant department, and all of these copies have the same legal effect.

 

6.

Party B has drawn Party A’s attention to the clauses exempting or limiting its liabilities under this Contract by bold, black and highlighted characters, and also fully explained the relevant clauses as required by Party A. Both parties understand and have no objection to all the clauses of this Contract.

(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank)

Annex:

 

1.

Sample of Seal Reserved by Party A

 

2.

Format of Payment Order

 

23


(This page is intentionally left blank. It is the signature page of Working Capital (in RMB) Loan Contract numbered 2020 SYD Zi No.811208071621)

 

Party A

 

 

(Official Seal or Special Seal for Contract)

  /s/ Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.
  Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.

Legal representative/person-in-charge (seal):

(Or authorized agent): /s/ Cao Wei

 

Party B

 

(Official Seal or Special Seal for Contract)

 

Signature of the person-in-charge

(Or authorized agent): /s/ Zhao Yuanxin

 

 

 

/s/ China CITIC Bank Co., Ltd., Suzhou Branch

China CITIC Bank Co., Ltd., Suzhou Branch

 

24

EX-4.26

Exhibit 4.26

No.: 2021 SYD Zi No.811208077578

Working Capital (in RMB) Loan Contract

(Ver. 1.0, 2021)

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


Instructions for Filling

 

I.

This Contract shall be filled out with blue-black or black sign pen or pen.

 

II.

All blanks herein shall be filled out completely with clear and legible handwriting.

 

III.

The currency shall be filled out in Chinese characters rather than currency symbol. Chinese name of the currency should be added before the amount in words, and currency symbol before the amount in figures.

 

IV.

Excess spaces or spaces not filled out in this Contract can be handled by drawing broken lines or oblique lines, stamping the seal or filling in the words “this space is intentionally left blank”.

 

V.

If the loan under this Contract applies the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, the corresponding maximum guarantee contract shall be filled in Article VIII Loan Guarantee hereunder.

 

VI.

Before signing this Contract, please carefully read and fully understand the terms of the Contract, and be clear about the corresponding legal consequences. Your signing of this Contract shall be deemed to have agreed and accepted all the terms of this Contract.

 

1


Working Capital (in RMB) Loan Contract

 

Party A:    Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.
Legal representative:    Cao Wei
Domicile:    Building 12, Block B, Biomedical Industrial Park Phase II, No. 218, Sangtian Street, Suzhou Industrial Park
Bank of deposit and account number:    Sales Office: [***]
Party B:    China CITIC Bank Co., Ltd., Suzhou Branch
Person-in-charge:    Zhao Yuanxin
Domicile:    West Building of Financial Harbor Business Center, No.266, East Suzhou Avenue, Suzhou Industrial Park

Signed in: Suzhou City

Signed on: March 30, 2021

 

2


WHEREAS: Party A applies to Party B for a working capital loan, to clarify the rights and obligations of Party A and Party B, the following Contract is hereby reached through equal consultation by both parties in accordance with the Civil Code of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant laws, regulations, and rules:

Article I Loan Type

Party B agrees to provide a working capital loan for Party A as agreed in this Contract.

 

Article II

Loan Amount (Principal, the Same Below) and Loan Term

 

1.

Party B agrees to provide a working capital loan for Party A according to the following Mode (1):

 

  (1)

Other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”: The loan amount in this mode is (in words): RMB 10 million only, (in numbers): RMB ¥10,000,000, with the loan term from March 30, 2021 to March 30, 2022.

 

  (2)

The “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode: The loan amount in this mode is (in words): RMB[/] (in numbers): RMB ¥[/], with the loan term from [/] to [/]. The loan amount in “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode is under a revolving credit limit. Party A can apply to Party B for drawdown of the loan at any time within the above-mentioned loan amount and loan term, make repayment at any time with the term of the loan certificate (IOU) corresponding to the single loan, and the loan amount released after repayment is available for drawdown again within the loan term.

 

2.

Both parties hereby clarify that the clauses explicitly applicable to a certain mode under this Contract shall only apply to that mode, while other clauses shall apply to both modes (i.e., other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” and “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode).

 

3.

The actual loan term, actual drawdown date, loan amount and actual loan rate for initial drawdown shall be subject to the term, date, amount and interest rate specified in the loan certificate (IOU) under this Contract, which is an integral part of this Contract and has equal legal effect with this Contract.

 

4.

This Contract is ☐applicable/☑not applicable to (please mark “☑” in ☐) the following terms:

As a specific business contract under the Comprehensive Credit Contract (contract number:[/]): this Contract shall constitute a complete contract system with and is inseparable from the Comprehensive Credit Contract. The loan under this Contract shall occupy the comprehensive line of credit under the Comprehensive Credit Contract. The definitions and other relevant agreements referred to in the Comprehensive Credit Contract shall also apply to this Contract; In case of any inconsistency in any definitions and other relevant agreements between the two contracts, this Contract shall prevail.

 

Article III

Loan Purpose

 

1.

The loan under this Contract shall be used for:

Supplementing the working capital

Where Party A chooses the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, the loan under this Contract shall only be used to meet the demand of Party A for working capital in daily production and operation.

 

3


2.

Without written consent of Party B, Party A shall not change the intended use of the loan. Party A shall not invest the above loan in fixed assets, real estate, equity, futures, securities, trusts, funds, guarantees, options, and small loans, for private loans, in fields that the regulator prohibits bank loans from entering or supporting, and in fields and purposes prohibited by national laws and policies such as prohibited production (operation) and illegal fund-raising. The loan is prohibited from being arbitrarily misappropriated, and otherwise Party A shall bear any losses caused therefrom to Party B.

 

3.

Where Party A changes the intended use of the loan without Party B’s written consent, or illegally use the loan in violation of the Lending General Provisions or other laws and regulations, Party B will not be liable for any consequence arising therefrom.

 

Article IV

Loan Rate and Interest Settlement

 

1.

Loan rate

 

  (1)

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, the loan rate hereunder shall be annual interest rate. If the interval time between the actual drawdown date of a single sum under this Contract and the signing date of this Contract is within six months (inclusive), the loan rate shall be implemented according to the following Method ②:

 

 

Loan rate = pricing base rate on the signing date of this Contract + / basis points (1 basis point = 0.01%);

 

 

Loan rate = pricing base rate on the actual drawdown date of the loan + 15 basis points (1 basis point = 0.01%).

 

  (2)

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, if the interval time between the actual drawdown date of a single sum under this Contract and the signing date of this Contract is within six months (inclusive), the loan rate = (1-year /5 year) (loan term) loan prime rate (LPR) on the signing date of this Contract [/] + [/] basis points (1 basis point =0.01%), and the loan rate hereunder -shall be [/]%.

 

  (3)

If the interval time between the actual drawdown date of a single sum and the signing date of this Contract exceeds six months, Party B shall have the right to adjust the interest rate of this loan according to its relevant policies on interest rate at that time. The specific loan rate adjustment method shall be re-defined in writing through negotiation between both parties, and the actual interest rate for initial drawdown of this loan shall be subject to that specified in the loan certificate (IOU).

 

2.

Interest rate adjustment method

 

  (1)

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, the interest rate adjustment method for this loan shall be determined by the following Method ①.

 

 

Fixed interest rate. The interest rate will remain unchanged within the loan term.

 

 

Floating interest rate. The interest rate will be adjusted according to the following Method [/], and the adjusted loan rate will be the interest rate determined by adjusting the pricing base rate applicable on the interest rate adjustment date according to the method specified in Article 4.1 hereunder. If the interest rate adjustment date coincides with the release date of pricing base rate, the interest rate adjustment time shall be the end of that day.

 

  A.

From the actual drawdown date, the interest rate will be adjusted once every (in words) [/] (☐ month/☐ quarter/☐ half a year/☐ year). The interest rate adjustment date shall be the day corresponding to the actual drawdown date in the adjustment month. In case of no corresponding day in the adjustment month, the last day of the adjustment month shall be the interest rate adjustment date.

 

4


  B.

From the actual drawdown date, the initial interest rate adjustment date is determined to be [/], and the interest rate will be adjusted once every (in words) [/] (☐ month/☐ quarter/☐ half a year/☐ year) from initial interest rate adjustment date. The interest rate adjustment date shall be the day corresponding to the initial interest rate adjustment date in the adjustment month. In case of no corresponding day in the adjustment month, the last day of the adjustment month shall be the interest rate adjustment date.

 

  C.

Adjustment at a fixed date, that is, the interest rate adjustment date is set to be [/] every year within the loan term (for example, July 1).

 

  (2)

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, the loan rate under this Contract will be fixed, which will remain unchanged within the loan term.

 

  (3)

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, when floating interest rate is applied to the interest rate adjustment method, the pricing base rate applicable to this loan on the contract signing date, the actual drawdown date and the interest rate adjustment date shall be determined by the following Method [/]:

 

 

The latest (1-year /5-year) (loan term) LPR [/] published by the National Interbank Funding Center at the current time.

 

 

The (overnight /1-week /2-week /1-month /2-month /3-month /6-month /9-month /1-year) (loan term) Shanghai Interbank Offered Rate [/] published by the National Interbank Funding Center on the previous working day.

 

 

Other methods negotiated by both parties: [/]

 

  (4)

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, if fixed interest rate is applied to the interest rate adjustment method, the pricing base rate applicable to this loan on the contract signing date and the actual drawdown date shall be the latest 1-year (1-year/ 5-year) (loan term) LPR published by the National Interbank Funding Center at the current time.

 

  (5)

In case the state cancels the pricing base rate, the pricing base rate will no longer be published in the market, or the financing cost of Party B cannot be offset according to the current loan rate, Party B shall have the right to re-determine the loan rate according to national interest rate policies in the same period, based on the principle of fairness and good faith, and by reference to industry practices, interest rate conditions and other factors, and then notify Party A. In case of any objection, Party A shall negotiate with Party B. If the negotiation fails within five working days from the date when Party B issues the notice, Party B shall be entitled to declare the loan hereunder to be due ahead of schedule, and Party A shall immediately pay off the remaining loan principal and interest.

 

  (6)

The ‘loan rate adjustment method’ agreed in this Article herein is also applicable to default interest and compound interest.

 

3.

Interest settlement

 

  (1)

Interest settlement of the loan under this Contract not in the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode

 

 

This loan bears interest from the actual drawdown date, and the interest payable by Party A under this Contract shall be settled according to the following formula: Interest payable by Party A = actual loan balance * actual number of days during interest period * annual interest rate /360 days.

Where the actual loan balance changes during the interest period, the interest shall be settled by segments according to the actual number of days.

 

5


 

For the loan with non-lump-sum repayment of principal and interest, the initial interest settlement date shall be April 20, 2021, and the interest shall be settled according to the following Method A:

 

  A.

The interest shall be settled on a monthly basis, i.e., on the 20th day of each month (if the loan rate is not uniform during the interest period, the interest shall be settled by segments according to the actual number of days);

 

  B.

The interest shall be settled on a quarterly basis, i.e., on the 20th day of each month (if the loan rate is not uniform during the interest period, the interest shall be settled by segments according to the actual number of days);

 

  C.

Other time agreed upon by both parties: [/].

 

  (2)

Interest settlement of the loan under this Contract in the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode

 

 

During the loan term, the interest settlement date and interest payable for different loans of Party A shall be determined respectively according to the self-service repayment date of Party A.

 

 

When Party A repays the loan principal, the corresponding interest shall also be paid off, which shall be settled on a daily basis, and the loan repayment date shall be the corresponding interest settlement date of the loan. Now, interest payable by Party A = actual loan balance * actual number of days during interest period * annual interest rate /360 days.

 

  (3)

Party A shall, before the close of business of Party B on each interest settlement date, deposit the corresponding amount in the account opened by Party B (account number: [***]). Party A hereby irrevocably authorizes Party B to directly deduct from the account and is obliged to keep the fund in the account sufficient to repay the current payables before final deduction by Party B; If Party A chooses to pay interest to Party B by other methods, it shall ensure that the interest can be transferred into the account on time. If the interest settlement date is a non-bank working day, Party A shall remit the fund on the previous bank working day in advance, and is obliged to keep the fund in the account sufficient to repay the current payables before final deduction by Party B. Failure to receive the corresponding amount of interest in full by Party B shall be deemed as Party A’s failure to pay the interest on time.

 

4.

When the loan is due, the interest shall be paid off with the principal. If the maturity date of the loan is a legal holiday or public holiday, and Party A has the right to repay the loan on the last banking day before such holiday, the interest shall be settled at the contract interest rate, but the interest settled at the contract interest rate corresponding to the number of days between the maturity date and the repayment date shall be deducted; If the loan is repaid on the first banking day after the legal holiday or public holiday, the interest corresponding to the number of days between the maturity date and the repayment date shall be charged at the contract interest rate. If the loan is not repaid on the first banking day after the legal holiday or public holiday, the interest shall be charged for the overdue loan from that date.

 

Article V

Issuance and Payment of the Loan

 

1.

Preconditions for initial drawdown

Party A shall fully comply with the following conditions for initial drawdown:

[/]

 

6


2.

Preconditions for each drawdown

For each drawdown under this Contract (including initial drawdown), Party A must also comply with the following conditions:

 

  (1)

Party A does not violate the regulations or provisions of this Contract, guarantee document and other relevant documents.

 

  (2)

The guarantee document continues to be valid, and there are no or will be no adverse changes in the guarantee that Party B thinks may be detrimental to the realization of its creditor’s rights.

 

  (3)

The collateral or pledge under the guarantee document isn’t sealed up, and the creditor’s rights under the maximum guarantee are not determined.

 

  (4)

There are no adverse changes in Party A’s financial position that may endanger or delay it to perform or prevent it from performing its obligations and responsibilities under this Contract and guarantee document.

 

  (5)

Party A has signed or provided Party B with the documents agreed or reasonably requested by Party B.

 

  (6)

Party A has opened relevant accounts as agreed in this Contract or as required by Party B.

 

  (7)

In the ‘as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party A should also conform to the access conditions for credit products of small and micro enterprises set by Party B and relevant system requirements of the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” business function of small and micro enterprises. Party A hasn’t misappropriated any loan from Party B, and there are no records of outstanding non-performing loans, outstanding advances or outstanding interest arrears in the Credit Reference System of the People’s Bank of China. In addition, the actual controller or guarantor of Party A has no overdue loans in the Credit Reference System of the People’s Bank of China at present. Moreover, Party A is not a borrower involving the restructured loan business.

 

  (8)

There are no laws and regulations or regulatory requirements that prohibit or restrict the origination of the loan under this Contract.

 

  (9)

[/]

 

  (10)

Other conditions required by Party B.

 

3.

Drawdown plan

 

  (1)

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, Party A shall withdraw funds according to the following Plan ①, and the planned drawdown date shall be a banking day, otherwise, it shall be adjusted to the previous banking day.

 

 

Drawdown Schedule

 

Planned drawdown date

   Drawdown amount  

March 30, 2021

     RMB ¥10000000.00  

 

 

[ ]

 

  (2)

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party A can make self-service drawdown at any time within the loan limit and loan term through Party B’s online banking and other electronic channels according to its own fund use plan.

 

  (3)

Party B has the right to review the loan amount every (in words) [/] months (no more than 12 months) from the contract signing date, so as to decide whether to continuously provide Party A with or adjust the unused loan amount.

 

7


4.

Where Party A or the guarantor fails to fulfill all legal or contractual obligations hereunder, including but not limited to Party A’s failure to provide complete loan materials within the period stipulated by Party A, and the guarantor’s failure to complete the guarantee registration formalities as scheduled, Party A agrees that Party B is entitled to change the above drawdown plan. In case the loan term changes due to the change of drawdown plan, the provisions of Article 2.3 of this Contract shall apply.

 

5.

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, Party A shall withdraw funds according to the drawdown plan as agreed in this Contract; Without the written consent of Party B, Party A shall not change the drawdown plan. In case of any change to the planned withdrawal date and/or withdrawal amount, Party A shall submit a written application to Party B [/] bank working days before the planned withdrawal date agreed herein. After approved by Party B, Party A can withdraw money as per the changed withdrawal date and/or withdrawal amount. If Party A fails to withdraw money as per the changed withdrawal date and/or withdrawal amount, Party B has the right to cancel the loan and no longer allow Party A to withdraw it.

 

6.

Where the loan principal actually issued by Party B changes due to the circumstances specified in Article 5.5 hereunder, the loan principal under this Contract shall be calculated based on the loan certificate (IOU) actually generated under this Contract.

 

7.

Issuance and Payment of the Loan

 

  (1)

Application for drawdown

 

 

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, Party A shall file an application for drawdown to Party B no less than [/] banking days before each drawdown date, and submit the loan certificate (IOU) and all drawdown documents as agreed in this Contract and required by Party B. Party A shall reserve the seal used for drawdown by its authorized staff (please refer to Annex I for the format, or separately provide Party B with a seal card for safekeeping in its special folder. If Party A reserves multiple seals, the use of any seal shall be regarded as the declaration of Party A’s intention). When filing a business application, Party A’s staff shall issue the seal consistent with the reserved seal. Party B is only responsible for formal review of the seal provided by Party A’s staff against the reserved seal, and can accept Party A’s business application after verification. In case of any change to the above reserved seal, Party A shall notify Party B in written form with official seal or special seal for contract on the day of change. If Party B suffers any loss due to Party A’s failure to notify it timely, Party A shall bear corresponding liabilities for compensation. The application for drawdown filed by Party A is irrevocable; After approval by Party B, Party A is obligated to apply for drawdown according to the above-mentioned application for drawdown.

 

 

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode. Party A can make self-service drawdown at any time within the loan limit and loan term through Party B’s online banking and other electronic channels according to its own fund use plan, without sending a written drawdown application to Party B.

 

 

The loan funds shall be transferred to the settlement account (account number: [***]) opened by Party A at Party B, or paid as entrusted by Party A to its counterparty as agreed. Once the loan fund is received by the above settlement account. it is deemed that Party B has fulfilled its loan obligation. Party A shall bear all risks, liabilities and losses that occur after the loan fund is received by the above settlement account, such as freezing and deduction by the competent authority, and compensate Party B for all losses suffered therefrom.

 

8


  (2)

Loan payment method

Loan payment falls into independent payment and entrusted payment. Under any of the following circumstances, entrusted payment should be adopted:

 

 

Loan funds with the amount of a single sum exceeding [/] (inclusive) shall be subject to entrusted payment by the lender;

 

 

This loan applies the entrusted payment method.

 

 

[/]

 

 

[/]

 

 

[/]

In case of entrusted payment by Party B, Party B shall have the right to check whether the payee, payment amount and other information listed in the payment application submitted by Party A are consistent with the corresponding business contract and other certification materials before the loan funds are issued and paid. After the review and approval by Party B, according to the payment order (please refer to Annex 2 for the format) submitted by Party A, the loan funds will be transferred to the account of Party A’s counterparty as listed in the payment order by Party A through the settlement account (account number: [***]) opened by Party A at Party B.

Party B’s formal examination of the above-mentioned business contract and other documents does not mean that Party B confirms the authenticity and legal compliance of the relevant transaction, nor does it mean that Party B intervenes in any dispute between Party A and its counterparty or any third party, or in the liabilities and obligations that Party A should assume.

Where the loan is not paid to the bank account of Party A’s designated counterparty timely and successfully due to refund by the bank of deposit where Party A’s counterparty opens the account or due to wrong information provided by Party A or any other reason, Party B will not bear any liability, and Party A shall bear all risks, liabilities and losses of both parties caused hereby. Party A shall not use the funds refunded by the bank of deposit where Party A’s counterparty opens the account without Party B’s review and approval.

 

(3)

Payment management

 

 

After the loan is issued, Party B shall have the right to regularly or irregularly review and check whether Party A uses the loan funds as agreed in this Contract, and Party A is obligated to fully cooperate and timely provide the records and materials for the use of loan funds as required by Party B, including but not limited to business contracts related to the payment of loan funds, and other transaction vouchers and materials that can prove the use of funds. Where it’s found by Party B in the inspection that the use of loan funds is inconsistent with the intended use under this Contract, it has the right to require Party A to make correction within a specified period. If Party A refuses to correct, Party B shall be entitled to deal with it according to the provision of Articles XIII hereunder. For “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party A shall also provide Party B with invoices, transaction contracts, transaction statements or accounting documents, and other certification materials for the use of loan funds within 7 days after each sum of loan funds is issued; For other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, Party A shall provide the above-mentioned certification materials for the use of loan funds at any time as required by Party B.

 

 

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, if Party A applies independent payment, it shall provide Party B with business contracts related to the payment of loan funds and other transaction materials proving the use of loan funds in the previous quarter, and summarize and report the payment of loan funds. Party B shall have the right to check whether the loan payment is consistent with the intended use and whether the payment is made based on the project progress by account analysis, voucher verification and field investigation.

 

9


 

Under any of the following circumstances of Party A during loan issuance and payment under this Contract, Party B shall have the right to negotiate with Party A to supplement or change the conditions for loan issuance and payment, or stop the issuance and payment of loan funds as appropriate:

 

  A.

The credit status declines, and the profitability of main business is not good;

 

  B.

Party A fails to use the loan funds as agreed in this Contract;

 

  C.

Party A violates the provisions of this Contract, and avoids the entrusted payment by Party B by splitting large amount into small ones.

 

8.

Other provisions:

[/]

 

Article VI

Repayment

 

1.

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, the loan under this Contract shall be repaid by the following Method (1):

 

  (1)

Pay interest on a regular basis and repay the principal upon maturity of the loan;

 

  (2)

Repay the principal and interest in one lump sum.

 

  (3)

Other methods: [/]

 

2.

In other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, Party A shall repay the loan principal according to the following Plan (1):

 

  (1)

Repayment Schedule:

 

Sequence

   Repayment date      Repayment amount  

1

     March 30, 2022        RMB ¥ 10000000  

 

  (2)

[/]

 

3.

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party A can repay the loan principal in whole or in part corresponding to the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode under this Contract at any time through electronic channels such as Party B’s online banking according to its own business needs. Party A and Party B hereby confirm that in this mode, Party A is free from times limit to make self-service repayment of the loan principal. If Party A repays the principal in full, the interest will also be paid off with the principal. If Party A partially repays the principal, it may independently choose to repay each sum of loan funds according to the corresponding loan certificate (IOU), and the loan interest shall be calculated separately. The partially repaid amount can offset both the loan principal and interest under the loan certificate (IOU) of a single sum of loan funds, the loan interest will be paid off with the principal; if not, the interest will be charged continuously for the remaining principal after repayment.

 

4.

Party A shall remit the amount of no less than the principal and interest payable to the account (account number: [***]) opened by Party A at Party B before the end of business hours at the repayment date. This account will serve as the repayment account of Party A, and Party A hereby authorizes Party B to automatically deduct the loan principal and interest from this account.

 

5.

If the amount repaid or paid by Party A is insufficient to repay or pay the total amount of payments that should be repaid or paid in this period, the repaid amount shall be used to pay the following expenses in the order:

 

10


  (1)

Pay all expenses payable, liquidated damages, compensation, etc. generated according to this Contract and relevant laws and regulations;

 

  (2)

Pay default interest and compound interest payable;

 

  (3)

Pay the interest payable;

 

  (4)

Pay the principal payable.

If the amount repaid or paid by Party A is insufficient to repay or pay all payments in the same order, it shall be used to pay off the payments incurred first.

 

6.

Voluntary advance repayment in other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”.

 

  (1)

Voluntary advance repayment in other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” shall be subject to the method X as follows:

 

 

According to its own business needs, Party A can repay all or part of its loan principal in other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” herein through electronic channels such as Party B’s online banking at any time.

 

 

Party A can repay all or part of the loan in advance only after all the following conditions are met:

 

  A

Party A has paid all due payables to Party B before the advance repayment date;

 

  B

Party A shall file a written application for advance repayment to Party B at least banking days before the proposed advance repayment date, and obtain the written consent of Party B;

 

  C

Except the advance repayment of all loan funds hereunder, the advance repayment amount shall be integral multiples of RMB [/]0,000, and the amount of any advance repayment shall be no less than RMB [/]0,000.

 

  D

Party A shall also pay Party B the interest for the advance repayment amount and other expenses payable during the advance repayment.

 

  E

Unless otherwise agreed by Party B in writing, Party A shall not make repayment in advance for more than [/] times within the loan term.

 

  F

Other conditions [/].

 

  (2)

The application for advance repayment is irrevocable. After agreed by Party B in writing, Party A shall repay the loan under this Contract in advance according to the amount and date recorded in the advance repayment application, and otherwise Party B has the right to regard this loan as an overdue loan.

 

  (3)

The loan principal repaid in advance shall be repaid in reverse order, that is, the loan principal shall be repaid in reverse order against the repayment plan as agreed in this Contract. The loan interest involved in advance repayment shall be calculated according to the actual use days of such loan, and paid off together with the principal.

 

Article VII

Loan Restructuring

Where Party A fails to repay the due loan on schedule, it shall file a written application for loan restructuring to Party B at least one month before the maturity date of the current loan. If Party B agrees to Party A’s application, both parties shall sign a loan restructuring agreement. If Party B disagrees, Party A shall still repay the due loan at the date as agreed in this Contract, otherwise, Party B shall have the right to regard the loan as an overdue loan.

 

11


Article VIII

Loan Guarantee

 

1.

The loan guarantees under this Contract include the guarantee stipulated in this article herein and other relevant guarantees, subject to the specific guarantee contract.

 

Serial No.

  

Contract No.

  

Contract name

1    2020 SYZBZ No. 811208071607    Maximum Guarantee Contract

 

2.

During the loan term, if the above guarantee mode is changed or the specific guarantee registration formalities cannot be handled when this Contract is signed, Party A hereby irrevocably promises and agrees that: Party A guarantees to change the guarantee mode as agreed by both parties at that time, and will urge the guarantor after change to sign relevant guarantee document and/or to go through relevant guarantee registration formalities within three days after the requirements for handling guarantee registration formalities are met, otherwise, Party A will be deemed as breach of contract, and Party B shall have the right to investigate Party A’s liability for breach of contract and take corresponding remedial measures as agreed in this Contract.

 

Article IX

Representations and Warranties of Party A

 

1.

Party A is a Chinese corporate or unincorporated organization established and effectively existing in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China. It has the capacity for civil rights and conduct necessary to sign and perform this Contract according to law, can independently assume civil liabilities, and has independent property and assets as well as the right to conduct business within the scope of its business license. Also, Party A and the signatory who signs this Contract on behalf of Party A have obtained all necessary and legal internal and external approvals and authorizations for signing this Contract. Party A shall ensure that the actual situation of Party A is consistent with the items registered.

 

2.

All documents (including but not limited to trade background and contracts and other certification materials for fund use provided by Party A) and statements related to this loan and provided by Party A according to law and Party B’s requirements are valid, legal, true, accurate and complete.

 

3.

The signing and performance of this Contract by Party A shall not violate the provisions of laws, regulations and other documents legally binding on it, the Articles of Association of Party A, and the contracts, agreements and other documents signed between Party A and any third party. The representative of Party A who signs this Contract and related documents has legally obtained necessary authorizations stipulated by Party A and has the right to sign the foregoing contract or documents.

 

4.

Except for the guarantees stipulated in this Contract or agreed by Party B in writing, Party A and its guarantor do not establish any other guarantees on the secured assets under this Contract provided by them. Such assets neither bear other forms of third-party rights that may harm Party B’s interests on the assets (including but not limited to establishing residency rights and lease rights on the mortgaged real estate, and providing pledges, mortgages or other guarantees to any third party), nor involve any disputes or have any defects of ownership, such as sealing up, detention, freezing, or taking other compulsory measures; There are no records of outstanding non-performing loans, outstanding advances or outstanding interest arrears of Party A in Credit Reference System of the People’s Bank of China. In addition, the actual controller and guarantor of Party A have no overdue loans in the Credit Reference System of the People’s Bank of China at present.

 

12


5.

Except for the breach of contract, and litigation, arbitration and administrative punishment procedures that have been disclosed to and accepted by Party B, Party A does not have any other breach of contract or potential breach of contract, nor does it involve in any other ongoing or possible litigation, arbitration or administrative punishment procedures.

 

6.

Party A guarantees that the loan shall be used for the purposes agreed herein, not used as long-term loans, not be invested in securities, real estate, futures and equity in any form, not en-lent and used to purchase other financial products for arbitrage, used in fields prohibited by policies such as illegal fund-raising, and not misappropriated.

 

7.

Party A guarantees that the source of funds used to repay the loan to Party B is legal and compliant.

 

8.

Party A shall abide by the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China on anti-money laundering, and shall not participate in illegal and criminal activities such as money laundering, terrorist financing and proliferation financing; Party A shall actively cooperate with Party B in customer identification and due diligence, provide true, accurate and complete customer information, and comply with Party B’s anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing management regulations. For customers suspected of money laundering and terrorist financing on reasonable grounds, Party B will take necessary control measures according to the anti-money laundering regulatory provisions of the People’s Bank of China.

 

9.

The online banking user names, login passwords, and digital certificates provided to Party A and its authorized online banking operators are security tools for Party A to confirm their identity while handling business on Party B’s online banking platform. Party A shall properly keep the above-mentioned security tools for identity confirmation. All operations performed using security tools of Party A and its authorized online banking operators, such as online banking user names, login passwords, and digital certificates, shall be deemed as Party A’s actions. The electronic information records generated therefrom shall serve as valid evidence of Party A’s operations, and the consequences arising therefrom shall be undertaken by Party A.

 

Article X

Party A’s Commitments

 

1.

Party A shall provide Party B with the statements and other documents that truthfully reflect its operating and financial conditions on a regular basis or at any time as required by Party B. In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party A shall also mail the invoices, transaction contracts, transaction statements or accounting documents and other certification materials for fund use to the address designated by Party B within 7 days from the drawdown date (in other modes than the “as-needed drawdown and repayment”, these materials shall be provided at any time as required by Party B) or Party B’s staff may collect relevant materials in person. Party A commits that the above-mentioned materials provided are all valid, true and complete.

 

2.

During the loan period, Party A shall inform Party B in writing at least 30 working days in advance and gain a prior written consent from Party B to implement the loan repayment responsibilities, pay off the loan in advance or provide a guarantee approved by Party B before making any changes in its operating decisions, including but not limited to debt to equity, reorganization, large-scale financing, acquisition and reorganization, asset or debt restructuring, asset disposal, mergers, consolidation, demerger, shareholding reforms, joint ventures, cooperation, joint operation, contracting and leasing, foreign investment, reaching an agreement or arrangement with anyone to share its income or profits, providing any form of capital or financial support to anyone, substantial increase in debt financing, changes in business scope and registered capital, changes in the articles of association and other circumstances that may affect Party B’s rights and interests.

 

13


3.

Party A shall actively cooperate with Party B in its business condition, loan payment management and management after loan, including the investigation, understanding and supervision on the basic information of enterprise, use of loan funds, operation management, financial and operation status, settlement transactions and connected transactions by on-site or off-site inspection. All expenses incurred by Party B due to Party A’s obstruction shall be borne by Party A.

 

4.

Without the prior written consent of Party B, Party A shall not transfer the debts hereunder in any way or transfer them in disguised form.

 

5.

Where Party A disposes of all or part of its assets or operating income by transfer, lease or setting guarantee for debts other than those under this Contract, it shall notify Party B in writing at least days in advance and obtain Party B’s prior written consent.

 

6.

In case of any of the following events, Party A shall notify Party B in writing within days from the date of occurrence or possible occurrence, and submit relevant materials:

 

  (1)

Force majeure events or events of default related to the loan;

 

  (2)

Party A and its actual controller and controlling shareholder are involved in litigation, arbitration, criminal investigation, administrative punishment, suspension of business, closure of business, reorganization, dissolution, filing for bankruptcy, acceptance of bankruptcy applications, being declared bankrupt, being revoked business licenses, being canceled, deterioration of financial conditions, or sealing up, freezing, detention or supervision of assets;

 

  (3)

Party A’s board directors and senior management undergo any major changes, such as personnel changes and inability to perform their duties, and are subject to administrative penalties by relevant departments due to being suspected of major cases or economic disputes;

 

  (4)

Liability accidents are caused by violation of relevant laws and regulations, regulatory provisions or industry standards on food safety, work safety and environmental protection, which have had or may impose adverse impact on the fulfillment of its obligations hereunder.

 

  (5)

Any violation of this Contract, related business contracts or articles of association;

 

  (6)

Any event that has adverse impact on the repayment of debts under this Contract.

 

7.

If the guarantor is subject to the circumstances, including but not limited to closedown, suspension of business, application for bankruptcy, acceptance of bankruptcy application, adjudication of bankruptcy, dissolution, revocation of business license, rescission, operating loss, etc., and partially or completely loses the guarantee ability corresponding to this loan, or the collateral, pledge and pledge right used for loan guarantee under this Contract are devalued, Party A shall provide new guarantee acceptable by Party B.

 

8.

During the loan period, any change to Party A’s name, registered address, and legal representative/person in charge shall be notified to Party B in writing within 3 days after the change.

 

9.

Party A shall promptly report to Party B in writing the connected transactions that have occurred or are about to occur and account for more than 10% (inclusive) of Party A’s net assets, including but not limited to the association relationship of transaction parties, transaction items and nature, transaction amount or corresponding proportion, and pricing policy (including transactions with no amount or only symbolic amount).

 

10.

Party A shall comply with relevant regulations in production and operation, and related behaviors thereof, including but not limited to industrial policies, fiscal and tax policies, and regulations on market access, environmental assessment, energy conservation and emission reduction, energy consumption and pollution control, resource utilization, land and urban planning, labor safety, etc.

 

11.

Party A promises to truthfully disclose the marital status of its actual controller (if any) to Party B.

 

14


Article XI

Rights and Obligations of the Parties

 

1.

Party A shall have the right to withdraw and use the loan within the term for intended use as agreed in this Contract.

 

2.

Party A shall pay off loan principal and interest, and relevant expenses as agreed in this Contract.

 

3.

Party A agrees that Party B may provide its credit information for the Financial Credit Information Basic Database and/or credit bureaus approved by the People’s Bank of China. It also authorizes and agrees that Party B may inquire, download, copy, print and use its credit information from the websites of Financial Credit Information Basic Database and/or credit bureaus approved by the People’s Bank of China, or relevant units and departments for the purpose of this Contract, and use it for legal and compliant purposes related to this Contract; If Party A fails to repay the loan principal and interest as agreed hereunder, it shall bear adverse credit consequences arising therefrom.

 

4.

Party A authorizes Party B the right to query, download, copy, print, and use Party A’s account transaction information, including but not limited to transaction details and account statements, for Party B’s examination and approval, post-loan management or necessary notarization and as information/evidence submitted to judicial organs, arbitration institutions, and supervisory organs.

 

5.

Party A knows and agrees that during the duration of the loan, Party B has the right to transfer the creditor’s rights and corresponding security rights to a third party and provide financial institutions who are potential transferees with the Contract and loan-related materials within the necessary scope in accordance with laws and regulations, without a separate consent of Party A. When Party A provides guarantee by itself, it agrees to continuously undertake relevant guarantee liability to the transferee of creditor’s rights after the transfer.

 

6.

Party A agrees that during the duration of the loan, Party B has the right to, as an originator of credit assets securitization, entrust a trustee to establish a special-purpose trust using the creditor’s rights and corresponding security rights under this Contract and provide this Contract and loan-related materials to the trustee for issuing asset-backed securities. When Party A provides guarantee by itself, it agrees to continuously undertake relevant guarantee liability to the aforesaid trustee. Party A agrees that where Party B publishes the transfer of its creditor’s rights and corresponding guarantee rights through special purpose trust by an announcement (newspaper or website, etc.), it shall be deemed to have notified Party A.

 

7.

Where Party A provides guarantee by itself, Party A understands and agrees that if Party B transfers or trusts the creditor’s rights hereunder to any third party, which requires going through guarantee transfer formalities, Party A is obligated to cooperate with Party B unconditionally and bear relevant expenses according to regulations. Where the guarantee transfer registration is not handled, Party A promises to give up the right of defense enjoyed thereby. If Party A fails to handle transfer registration in accordance with relevant laws and regulations, stipulations of the registration administrative department or requirements of Party B, Party B shall have the right to require Party A to bear the liability for breach of contract and to bear all expenses (including but not limited to legal costs, attorney fees, travel expenses, etc.).

 

15


8.

Party B shall have the right to check, supervise and learn about Party A’s business condition, use of loan funds and connected transactions. Party B is entitled to check and learn about Party A’s business condition and use of loan funds at least once every quarter, and to decide whether to stop issuing the loan or handling the business under this Contract according to the inspection results.

 

9.

Provided that Party A has fulfilled its obligations under this Contract and complies with the conditions for loan issuance by Party B, Party B shall issue the loan to Party A in full and on schedule.

 

10.

Party B shall have the right to request Party A to provide relevant documents according to examination demand for loan issuance, and Party B shall keep confidential the materials, documents and information provided by and related to Party A, except those that should be inquired or disclosed according to the provisions of laws and regulations, and the requirements of government departments.

 

11.

Party B shall have the right to recover the loans partially or wholly in advance according to Party A’s repayment of funds.

 

12.

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party B shall be entitled to suspend Party A’s business function of as-needed drawdown and repayment as the case may be, without bearing any liability for breach of contract.

 

Article XII

Account

Party A shall open the following accounts in Item 1 and/or Item 2 at Party B (multiple choices are allowed):

 

1.

Settlement account with account number of [***], on which both parties make an agreement as follows:

 

  (1)

The funds of this loan shall be issued and paid through this account. Party B has the right to manage and control the payment of loan funds as agreed in this Contract, and supervise the use of loan funds according to the agreed purpose.

 

  (2)

[/]

 

2.

Fund repayment account with account number: [***], on which both parties make an agreement as follows:

 

  (1)

Party A shall provide information on the inflow and outflow of funds in this account, and Party B shall have the right to carry out supervision.

 

  (2)

[/]

 

3.

[/] account with account number: [/], on which both parties make an agreement as follows:

[/]

 

Article XIII

Liability for Breach

 

1.

After this Contract comes into force, both parties shall perform their respective obligations under this Contract. If either party violates any provision, commitment or warranty hereunder, it shall bear corresponding liability for breach of contract.

 

2.

Event of default:

(1) Party A violates any obligation, statement, guarantee or promise under this Contract, or any certificates, documents or contracts relating to this Loan provided by Party A to Party B are proven to be illegal, untruthful, incorrect, incomplete or intentionally misleading;

 

16


  (2)

Party A fails to pay the loan funds in the way agreed in Article 5.7 hereunder;

 

  (3)

Party A fails to use the loan for the agreed purpose, changes the intended use of loan funds without authorization, misappropriates the loan or uses the loan to engage in illegal transactions;

 

  (4)

Party A fails to repay the loan principal and interest and other payables under this Contract as agreed, or fails to fulfill its obligations in accordance with this Contract;

 

  (5)

Party A conceals important operating and financial facts from Party B;

 

  (6)

Party A fraudulently obtains this loan by a false contract with the controlling shareholder and other affiliated company;

 

  (7)

Party A transfers its property at a low price or free of charge; purchases the property of others at an unreasonably high price or provides guarantee for the debts of others; reduces or exempts the debts of third parties; maliciously extends the performance period of third-party debts; is lazy in exercising a claim or other rights; The funds in any account of Party A (including but not limited to the fund repayment account) fluctuates abnormally; It is determined through Party B’s supervision and inspection that the profitability of Party A’s main business declines, which may affect the realization of Party B’s creditor’s rights; The loan funds are used abnormally; Party A violates Party B’s regulatory requirements for the fund repayment account;

 

  (8)

Party A or its controlling shareholder is subject to closedown, suspension of business, application for or being applied for liquidation, dissolution or restructuring, takeover, custody or similar legal procedures, application for bankruptcy, acceptance of bankruptcy application, adjudication of bankruptcy, revocation of business license, rescission, private financing, or any litigation, arbitration or criminal or administrative punishment that imposes adverse consequences on its own business or property status, which Party B thinks may affect or damage or has affected or damaged Party B’s rights and interests under this Contract;

 

  (9)

Any changes is made to Party A’s domicile, business scope, legal representative, person-in-charge, executive partner and other industrial and commercial registration matters, or the controlling shareholder/actual controller, or any external investment is made, which imposes adverse impact on or threatens the realization of Party B’s creditor’s rights;

 

  (10)

Party A suffers any financial loss, asset loss or asset loss arising from external guarantee, or other financial crisis, which Party B thinks may affect or damage or has affected or damaged Party B’s rights and interests under this Contract;

 

  (11)

Party A’s controlling shareholder and other affiliated companies suffer a crisis in operation or finance, or there is any connected transaction between Party A and its controlling shareholder or other affiliated company, which affects normal operation of Party A, or imposes adverse impact on or threatens the realization of Party B’s creditor’s rights;

 

  (12)

In case of any adverse change in Party A’s industry, which seriously affects or threatens the realization of Party B’s creditor’s rights. The circumstances described in this clause are not force majeure events;

 

  (13)

Where Party A defaults in performing other debt documents and fails to make correction within the applicable grace period, which leads to any of the following circumstances, it also constitutes a breach of this Contract, namely, a cross default:

 

 

Party A’s debts in other debt documents are declared or can be declared to be due in an accelerated manner;

 

 

Although Party A’s debts in other debt documents are not declared or cannot be declared to be due in an accelerated manner, there is a default in payment.

 

17


Other debt documents refer to the loan contracts signed between Party A and its creditors (including Party B and other third parties) and guarantee documents thereof, and Party A’s bond project documents for public or non-public offering.

 

  (14)

Party A refuses to accept Party B’s supervision and inspection on its use of loan funds and related operation and financial activities;

 

  (15)

Any shareholder, legal representative, person-in-charge, senior manager or actual controller of Party A is missing and out of touch; suspected of involving in corruption, bribery, fraud, illegal operation or other criminal offences; involved in illegal fund-raising, which Party B thinks may affect or damage or has affected or damaged Party B’s rights and interests under this Contract;

 

  (16)

Party A’s guarantor violates any provisions of the guarantee contract or has an event of default under the guarantee contract, or the guarantor (natural person) or its actual controller is missing and out of touch;

 

  (17)

The collateral or pledge hereunder is sealed up, detained, reported for loss, stopped for payment, or subject to other compulsory measures, or disputes over its ownership, or is or may be damaged by any third party, or is adversely affected on its safety or integrity;

 

  (18)

Party A violates relevant laws, regulations, regulatory provisions or industry standards on food safety, work safety and environmental protection, which results in any liability accident;

 

  (19)

Party A en-lends the loan fund or uses it to purchase other financial products for arbitrage;

 

  (20)

Other events that endanger or damage, or may endanger or damage Party B’s rights and interests, or other circumstances where Party A fails to perform other provisions of this Contract;

 

  (21)

Others: [/]

 

3.

In case of any of the aforesaid events of default, the following remedial measures may be taken by Party B:

 

  (1)

Without the consent of Party A, unilaterally stop or terminate the issuance of any fund that Party A has not withdrawn under this Contract (including the loan that Party A has served the application for drawdown but has not actually withdrawn);

 

  (2)

Directly and unilaterally announce that the loan hereunder is due immediately without Party A’s consent, and require Party A to make repayment promptly. The date on which Party B requires Party A to repay the aforesaid funds will be the early maturity date of the debts hereunder;

 

  (3)

Immediately execute the mortgage, pledge or other guarantee under this Contract and guarantee documents;

 

  (4)

Party B has the right to freeze any account opened by Party A in any business institution of China CITIC Bank Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “China CITIC Bank”), and directly deduct money from Party A’s account to offset Party A’s debts under this Contract, without obtaining the consent of Party A; If the deducted money is foreign exchange, Party A is obliged to assist Party B in foreign exchange settlement and surrender or trading and bear the exchange rate risk;

 

  (5)

Exercise any other right and implement any remedial measure available according to relevant laws and regulations.

 

18


4.

In the “as-needed drawdown and repayment” mode, Party B has the right to suspend the business function of “as-needed drawdown and repayment” initiated by Party A under any of the following circumstances:

 

  (1)

Party A misappropriates the loan or fails to timely provide true, complete and effective certification materials for the use of loan funds as agreed;

 

  (2)

The name of counterparty’s account, to which the loan withdrawn by Party A is paid contains sensitive fields such as realty, house property, real estate, properties, property, microloan, guarantee, equity, options, futures, securities, trust and fund;

 

  (3)

Any of Party A’s loans from Party A or any other bank is overdue;

 

  (4)

Any of the loans of Party A’s actual controller or spouse hereof from Party B or any other bank is overdue;

 

  (5)

Other circumstances where Party B deems it necessary to suspend.

In case Party B suspends Party A’s business function of as-needed drawdown and repayment as specified above, Party A shall repay the loan principal and interest payable, and the unused loan amount is not available by Party A. In case Party A needs to apply for recovering this function, it must submit relevant materials to Party B again, and with Party B’s written approval, the function can be recovered.

 

5.

Where Party A fails to repay the principal as agreed in this Contract, Party B shall have the right to charge default interest by the following Method in addition to exercising the rights specified in Article 13.3, 13.4 hereunder. Party A agrees that the amount of above-mentioned default interest shall be subject to the calculation result of Party B:

 

 

The default interest shall be settled based on the loan rate applicable to this Contract at that time plus the annual interest rate of 160 basis points (1 basis point =0.01%) according to the actual overdue days;

 

 

The default interest shall be settled based on the loan rate applicable to this Contract at that time plus the default interest rate of [/]% according to the actual overdue days.

 

6.

Where Party A fails to use the loan for the purpose as agreed in this Contract, Party B shall be entitled to not only exercise the rights specified in Article 13.3 and 13.4 hereunder, but also charge default interest for the part misappropriated in default by the following Method from the misappropriation date. Party A agrees that the amount of above-mentioned default interest shall be subject to the calculation result of Party B:

 

 

The default interest shall be settled based on the loan rate applicable to this Contract at that time plus the annual interest rate of 300 basis points (1 basis point =0.01%) according to the using days in default;

 

 

The default interest shall be settled based on the loan rate applicable to this Contract at that time plus the default interest rate of [/]% according to the using days in default.

 

7.

For the loan which is overdue and not used for the purpose as agreed in this Contract, Party B shall have the right to charge default interest according to the default interest rate specified in Article 13.5 and Article 13.6 hereunder, whichever is higher.

 

8.

For the interest (including the interest corresponding to the principal declared by Party B to be fully or partially due) that Party A fails to pay on time and default interest, compound interest shall be charged at default interest rate for overdue loan by the interest settlement method as agreed hereunder from the overdue date to the full settlement date; For the loan which is overdue and not used for the purpose as agreed in this Contract, compound interest shall be charged with the greater amount, and shall not be concurrently imposed.

 

9.

All expenses incurred by Party B in realizing its creditor’s rights (including but not limited to legal fees, arbitration fees, execution fees, insurance premiums, travel expenses, attorney fees, property preservation fees, notarization and authentication fees, translation fees, evaluation and auction fees, etc.) shall be borne by Party A.

 

19


Article XIV

Continuity of Obligations

All obligations of Party A under this Contract are of continuity, and fully binding on its successors, receivers, transferees and the subjects after its merger, restructuring and change of name. These obligations will not be affected by any dispute, claim and legal procedure, any instruction of superiors, and any contract and document signed between Party A and any natural person or legal person, nor will they be changed due to Party A’s bankruptcy, insolvency, loss of enterprise qualification, change in its Articles of Association, and any essential change.

 

Article XV

Notarization

 

1.

Where either party to this Contract requests notarization, it shall be notarized in the notary office stipulated by the state.

 

2.

If Party B proposes to apply for a notarial deed with a compulsory execution effect, Party A agrees that Party B can provide this Contract to the notary office for handling the notarial deed. The notarial fee paid for the notarial deed shall be borne by [/]. If Party B’s loan principal and interest and related expenses that Party A ought to bear according to law fail to be fully repaid within the repayment period agreed in this Contract, Party B may present the notarial deed to the relevant court for compulsory execution according to the law.

 

Article XVI

Validity of this Contract

If a clause or part of a clause under this Contract becomes invalid now or in the future,

this Contract and other clauses or other content of such clause under this Contract shall remain valid

 

Article XVII

Other Matters Agreed

This Contract is signed at No.251, Changxu Road, Suzhou City, and is under the jurisdiction of the court in the signing place.

In the event of any conflict between this article and other clauses hereunder, this article shall prevail.

 

/s/ China CITIC Bank Co., Ltd., Suzhou Branch (Seal)

Special Seal of China CITIC Bank Co., Ltd., Suzhou Branch for Contract for Credit Business of the Company

             

/s/ Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.

 

Article XVIII

Application of Law and Dispute Resolution

This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding the laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan for the purpose of this Contract).

 

20


Article XIX

Dispute Resolution

Any dispute arising from or related to this Contract shall be settled by both parties through negotiation; If the negotiation fails, both parties agree to settle it by the following 2nd method:

 

1.

Apply to [/] for arbitration in the place [/] according to the currently effective arbitration rules of the arbitral agency;

 

2.

Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court with jurisdiction in the place where Party B’s domicile is located.

 

Article XX

Force Majeure Event

 

1.

Force majeure event in this Contract refers to the unforeseeable, unavoidable and insurmountable objective circumstances that cause either party to fail to perform this Contract normally, including war, strike, enforcement of martial law, severe flood, fire, windstorm, earthquake and other accidents which are recognized as force majeure by both parties through negotiation.

 

2.

In case either party cannot perform the contract due to any force majeure event, it may be partially or fully exempted from performing its liabilities or obligations under this Contract according to the influence of the force majeure. However, the party suffering from force majeure shall notify the other party in writing in a timely manner, so as to reduce the losses that may be caused to the other party, and shall also provide appropriate proofs for the occurrence and duration of the force majeure event within a reasonable period. Meanwhile, the affected party should also try its best to reduce the possible impact of the event on the other party.

 

3.

In case of any force majeure event, both parties shall immediately negotiate with each other within a reasonable period to find out a fair and reasonable solution, and try their best to minimize the consequences of the force majeure event.

 

Article XXI

Cumulativeness of Party B’s Rights

The rights of Party B under this Contract are cumulative, which does not affect or exclude any other right that Party B may enjoy to Party A according to relevant laws and other contracts. Unless otherwise indicated by Party in writing, Party B’s failure in exercise, partial exercise and/or delayed exercise of any of its rights shall not constitute a waiver or partial waiver of this right, nor shall it affect, prevent or hinder Party B’s continued exercise of this right or its exercise of any other right.

 

Article XXII

Entry-into-force, Change and Dissolution of the Contract

 

1.

This Contract shall come into force after being signed by the legal representative/ person-in-charge or authorized agent of Party A and the person-in-charge or authorized agent of Party B, and stamped with their official seals or special seals for contract, and shall be valid for one years. If both parties hope to continue the transactions under this Contract after the expiration, both parties shall sign a contract again. However, the termination of this Contract will not affect the effectiveness of the existing transactions between both parties under this Contract at that time.

 

2.

After this Contract comes into effect, unless otherwise specified in this Contract, neither Party A nor Party B can change or dissolve this Contract without authorization; If it is indeed necessary to change or dissolve this Contract, both parties shall reach a written agreement through negotiation.

 

3.

After this Contract takes effect, without Party B’s written consent, Party A shall not transfer all or any part of its rights or obligations under this Contract and its annexes. After this Contract takes effect, in case Party A transfers its debts hereunder wholly or partially to a third party, it shall provide Party B with written documents proving that the guarantor agrees to the transfer and is willing to continuously undertake the guarantee obligations, or provide any new guarantee, and obtain Party B’s written consent.

 

21


Article XXIII

Miscellaneous

 

1.

For the purpose of this Contract, “banking day” refers to the bank’s business day on which the bank will accept general corporate business, excluding national statutory holidays and public holidays.

 

2.

As an integral part of this Contract, the annexes hereunder shall have the same legal effect as this Contract. During the performance of this Contract, in case of any inconsistency or contradiction between the specific contents of annexes and the contents of this Contract, the former shall prevail.

 

3.

For matters not covered herein, a written agreement may be reached by both parties separately as an annex to this Contract. Any annex, modification or supplement of this Contract shall be an integral part of this Contract and have the same legal effect as this Contract.

 

4.

Notice and service

Except as otherwise agreed in this Contract, the following agreement is hereby reached by both parties on the service address for all kinds of notices, letters, attachments, agreements and other documents involved in this Contract as well as relevant documents and legal instruments (including contact information, the same below) and legal consequences in case of any dispute:

 

(1)

The effective service address confirmed by both parties:

 

The effective service address confirmed by Party A is as follows
Contact address    F5 Building 3, 418 Guilin Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai
Zip code    200233
Contact person    [***]
Tel.    [***]
Electronic delivery    Email   
   Fax   
   Mobile phone number   
   WeChat account   
The effective service address confirmed by Party A is as follows
Contact address    West Building of Financial Harbor Business Center, No.266, East Suzhou Avenue, Suzhou Industrial Park
Zip code    215000
Contact person    [***]
Tel.    [***]
Electronic delivery    Email   
   Fax   
   Mobile phone number   
   WeChat account   

 

22


(2)

In case of any change to the service address confirmed by both parties herein, the changing party shall notify the other party in writing within 3 days from the date of the change. Both parties agree and recognize that China CITIC Bank and its branches can display reminders, announcements, notices, and changes to contact addresses and postal codes related to the Contract on its online banking, mobile banking, official website and other channels. Any information shall, once displayed (subject to the effective date if any), be deemed to be notified/served to the other party. When any arbitration, civil litigation, and enforcement procedures are ongoing, any change to the service address of either party shall be notified to the arbitral agency and court in writing on the day of the change. If either party fails to perform the obligation of notifying and informing, the service address confirmed by that party shall still be regarded as the valid service address.

 

(3)

The service addresses confirmed by both parties in this clause herein shall apply to all kinds of notices, letters, attachments, agreements and other documents generated in the process of fulfilling this Contract, as well as relevant documents and legal instruments (including but not limited to various procedural documents, such as bills of prosecution, arbitration applications, notifications of case acceptance, notices of response to prosecutions, subpoenas, notices of proof, notices of payment; various legal instruments, such as arbitration awards, judgments, rulings, and mediation papers) in case of any dispute arising from this Contract, including relevant case materials and legal instruments during first instance, second instance, rehearing, retrial, and enforcement processes (including disposal of collaterals) after notarization, arbitration, civil litigation procedures. Except as otherwise agreed in paragraph (2) of this article herein, if one party sends any of the above-mentioned documents to the service addresses above, it shall be deemed to have been served on the following dates:

 

  1)

For postal delivery (including express mails, ordinary mails, and registered mails), the third day after the date of delivery shall be regarded as the date of service;

 

  2)

If by telephone, fax, e-mail, WeChat or other electronic communication methods, the date of delivery shall be regarded as the date of service;

 

  3)

If by person, the date of receipt by the recipient shall be regarded as the date of service; If the recipient refuses a notice, the sender may record the delivery process by taking photos and videos and retain the documents, the notice shall also be deemed to have been served;

 

  4)

If the above modes are adopted simultaneously, whichever is faster shall prevail.

If any legal instruments, enforcement documents, arbitration awards, execution certificates of notary organizations and other legal documents or related documents fail to be served, served in time, or received by any party because the service address provided or confirmed by the party is inaccurate, the service address fails to be notified or informed to the other party, court, arbitration agency, or notary agency in time after changed, or the party or its appointed recipient refuses to accept, the party shall bear all possible legal consequences arising therefrom because they are deemed to be served once delivered by the other party, court, arbitration agency, or notary agency according to the aforesaid effective delivery rules. Both parties agree that the court, arbitration agency or notary agency may deliver legal instruments using one or more delivery modes. The date of service is subject to whichever is faster among the foresaid modes.

 

23


(4)

This article herein is a special clause explicitly agreed by both parties in the Contract, and its effectiveness is independent of other clauses in this Contract. No matter whether the other clauses of this Contract are deemed invalid or revoked by the court, arbitration agency or other competent authorities for any reason, this article herein shall remain valid.

 

5.

This Contract is made in duplicate, one for Party A, one for Party B, and / kept by relevant department, and all of these copies have the same legal effect.

 

6.

Party B has drawn Party A’s attention to the clauses exempting or limiting its liabilities under this Contract by bold, black and highlighted characters, and also fully explained the relevant clauses as required by Party A. Party A has read all the clauses of this Contract, thoroughly and fully understood the meaning of each clause and the corresponding legal consequences, and agreed to abide by the above clauses. Both parties understand and have no objection to all the clauses of this Contract.

(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank)

 

Annex:

 

1.

Sample of Seal Reserved by Party A

 

2.

Format of Payment Order

 

24


(This page is intentionally left blank. It is the signature page of Working Capital (in RMB) Loan Contract numbered 2021 SYD Zi No.811208077578)

 

Party A
(Official Seal or Special Seal for Contract)

/s/ Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.

Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.
Legal representative/person-in-charge (seal)
(Or authorized agent):  

/s/ Cao Wei (Seal)

Party B
(Official Seal or Special Seal for Contract)

/s/ Suzhou Branch of China CITIC Bank Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Suzhou Branch of China CITIC Bank Co., Ltd.
Signature of the person-in-charge
(Or authorized agent):  

/s/ Zhao Yuanxin (Seal)

 

25


Annex I:

Sample of Seal Reserved by Party A

Sample 1 of Seal Reserved by Party A: __________________

Sample 2 of Seal Reserved by Party A: __________________

Sample 3 of Seal Reserved by Party A: __________________

 

Sealed by Party A: (Official Seal or Special Seal for Contract)
Legal Representative/leader (or Authorized agent):

                 

 

26


Annex 2: Format of Payment Order

Power of Attorney on Payment

(Applicable to entrusted payment of a bank)

China CITIC Bank Co., Ltd., ________ Branch:

According to the Working Capital (in RMB) Loan Contract numbered ___________________________ (“Loan Contract”), you are hereby entrusted to transfer the payment amount from the Company’s settlement account (account number:___________ to the following accounts of the Company’s counterparties below on the payment date. The specific disbursement schedule is: ____________________________________________. Please refer to the attached documents for relevant business contracts.

 

Full name of the Counterparty 1   
Bank of deposit:   
Account No.:   
Payment amount:    (in words): (in figures): RMB
Payment date:   

Date:

Full name of the Counterparty 2   
Bank of deposit:   
Account No.:   
Payment amount:    (in words): (in figures): Yuan
Payment date:   

Date

Full name of the Counterparty 3   
Bank of deposit:   
Account No.:   
Payment amount:    (in words): (in figures): RMB
Payment date:   

Date

 

27


Full name of the Counterparty 4   
Bank of deposit:   
Account No.:   
Payment amount:    (in words): (in figures): Yuan
Payment date:   

Date

Full name of the Counterparty 5   
Bank of deposit:   
Account No.:   
Payment amount:    (in words): (in figures): Yuan
Payment date:   

Date

Full name of the Counterparty 6   
Bank of deposit:   
Account No.:   
Payment amount:    (in words): (in figures): Yuan
Payment date:   

Date

The Company confirms:

 

(1)

The statements, guarantees, and promises made by the Company in the Loan Contract are still true, accurate and complete on the day when this Power of Attorney is made; and

 

(2)

The Company neither violates any agreement of the Loan Contract nor conducts any event of default or potential event of default specified in the Loan Contract; and

 

(3)

This Power of Attorney is irrevocable.

Annex: Business Contract ______ copies

 

Company

Name: (Company official seal or reserved seal)

Legal Representative/leader (or Authorized agent): ________________

Date: ________________

 

28

EX-4.27

Exhibit 4.27

Edition in June 2018

Contract of Maximum Guarantee

(Model Text)

 

Serial No. 11200S1520011A002

                           

 

Creditor:  

Suzhou Branch of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

 
Domicile:  

No.125 Wangdun Road, Suzhou Industrial Park

 
Legal Representative/Principal:  

Wang Xuexiang

 

 

 

Guarantor (Enterprise):  

Gracell Bioscience (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

 
Domicile:  

10/F, Building No. 1, No.926 Yishan Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

 
Legal Representative/Principal:  

Cao Wei

 

.

 

Guarantor (Natural Person):  

 

 
Domicile:  

 

 
Type of Certificate:                         Certificate No.:                           

Signed at: Suzhou Industrial Park

 

1


Important Reminders for Signing of Contract

To safeguard your rights and interests, you should carefully read, check and confirm the following matters before this Contract is signed:

1. You have the right to sign this Contract; if the execution requires the consent of others, their full authorizations shall be obtained;

2. You have carefully read and fully understood the terms hereof, with special attention to the content regarding the liabilities that Industrial Bank should duly undertake, be exempted from or restricted, and those in black font;

3. You and your company have fully understood the meaning of the terms hereof and the corresponding legal consequences, and are willing to accept these terms;

4. The contract text provided by Industrial Bank is only a model text, which leaves blank lines after the relevant clauses of the contract and adds “Supplementary Provisions” at the end of the contract so that all parties hereto can modify, supplement or reduce any provision(s) of this Contract;

5. If you have any questions about this Contract, you are highly advised to consult Industrial Bank in time.

 

2


WHEREAS, the Guarantor hereby, of his/her own accord, provides a guarantee for the debts incurred continuously by the Creditor and Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Debtor”) within a certain period of time. NOW, THEREFORE, to clarify the rights and obligations of both Parties and abide by their credit, both Parties hereto make and enter into this Contract in accordance with relevant national laws and regulations for mutually observing the terms and conditions specified herein below.

Article 1 Definition and Interpretation

Unless otherwise agreed in writing by both Parties:

1. The definitions and interpretations agreed in the Master Contract (as defined herein below) shall apply to the provisions hereof.

2. “Creditor’s Rights” or principal creditor’s claims shall include all borrowings in local and foreign currencies, trade financing (including the opening of international and domestic letters of credit, trust receipts, packaged loans, import and export bill advance, overdraft, factoring, buyer’s credit, order financing, forfaiting, agency payment and other international, domestic trade financing services), bill business (including bill acceptance, bill discount, bill repurchase, guaranteed reimbursement of commercial bills, commercial bill guarantee, bill guarantee, and other bill business), guarantee business (including international and domestic guarantees, standby letters of credit and other guarantee businesses), precious metal trading (including gold leasing, agency of precious metal trading, pledge financing of precious metals, and other services of precious metals), creditor’s rights in local and foreign currencies arising from on-balance-sheet or off-balance-sheet financial businesses such as lending/borrowing and derivative trading (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, the Creditor’ Expenses for Realization of the Claims) so provided to the Debtor in accordance with the Master Contract the Debtor’s application to the Creditor, upon the approval of the Creditor after the Debtor makes an application to the Creditor. During the performance of the Master Contract, the Creditor and the Debtor may, through negotiation, adjust, change or supplement specific business varieties, which shall be subject to the specific business contracts signed by the Creditor and the Debtor under the Master Contract, and are not limited to the scope of business varieties explicitly listed above.

The “Creditor’s Rights” mentioned herein shall correspond to the Debtor’s “debts” in terms of content. The Creditor’s Rights against the Debtor under the Master Contract correspond to the Debtor’s debts to the Creditor thereunder.

3. “Principal” refers to the principal under all on-and off-balance sheet creditor’s rights set out in the Paragraph 2 of this Article when the Creditor handles business for the Debtor, including but not limited to the principal of a loan in local and foreign currency, the principal of trade financing, bank acceptance bills, discount bills and advances, advances under letters of guarantee and letters of credit, the principal of the Creditor’s guarantee liability for the Debtor’s guarantee, and the principal of creditor’s rights under other types of on-and off-balance sheet financial businesses, etc.

4. “Maximum Guaranteed Principal” refers to the maximum principal expressly agreed by both Parties in order to clarify the scope of creditor’s rights guaranteed herein. Regardless of the number of claims of creditor’s rights and the amount of each claim, the Guarantor shall bear joint and several guarantee liabilities for the balance of all creditor’s rights to the extent of the Guaranteed Maximum Principal.

5. “Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount” refers to an uninterrupted continuous period expressly agreed by both Parties in order to clarify the scope of the creditor’s rights guaranteed herein; for the creditor’s rights incurred during this period, the Guarantor shall bear joint and several guarantee liabilities for all the balance of creditor’s rights to the extent of the Guaranteed Maximum Principal, irrespective of whether the repayment period of the Debtor’s single debt exceeds this period.

 

3


6. “the Creditor’ Expenses for Realization of the Claims” refers to the litigation (arbitration) fees, attorney fees, travel expenses, enforcement fees, preservation fees and other expenses for realization of the claims so paid by the Creditor upon realizing its claims through litigation, arbitration, application to a notary office for issuing an enforcement certificate, and the like.

7. The Creditor controls the balance of its creditor’s rights towards the Debtor. The balance refers to the sum of the creditor’s rights towards the Debtor that occurred within the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount, including the due balance and the due but outstanding balance.

(1) The due balance refers to the balance of all outstanding debts of which debt performance period expires.

(2) The due but outstanding refers to the balance of all debts that the Debtor and the Guarantor have not yet fulfilled their repayment obligations at the expiration of debt performance period.

8. The term “Master Contract” refers to the contract for credit line (hereinafter referred to “Master Contract”) signed by the Creditor and the Debtor and all the “Sub-contracts” under which the credit line is used within the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount, as well as any contract that separately defines the amount of each debt, the fulfillment period of the debt and other rights and obligations.

Among them, the term “Sub-contract” refers to a contract that is made and entered into by both Parties, for the purpose of specifying the amount of each principal creditor’s right, the repayment period of the principal creditor’s right and other rights and obligations, when the Debtor handles all kinds of financing, guarantee and other on- and off-balance sheet financial businesses within the credit line determined by the Creditor and approved by the Creditor in accordance with the contract for credit line. The contract for credit line has sub-contracts which have the equal legal effect as the Master Contract as an integral part thereof. Without a limited form, any sub-contract can be formed in such a manner that the Creditor considers it appropriate in view of its business needs, such as application for issuing a L/C, application for bill purchase, contract, and agreement. The Sub-contract shall prevail, given any inconsistency between the Master Contract and Sub-contract.

9. For the purpose of this Contract, the “Business Day” refers to a Business Day of Industrial Bank. Where a withdrawal or repayment date falls on a non-Business Day during the performance of the Contract, such date will be postponed to the next Business Day.

Article 2 Guaranteed Principal Creditor’s Rights

The principal creditor’s rights guaranteed by this Contract include:

1. Any contract signed by the Creditor and the Debtor for the purpose of specifying the amount of each debt, debt performance period, and other rights and obligations, during the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount.

2. All creditor’s rights to the Debtor arising under the above-mentioned Master Contract constitute the creditor’s rights to the Master Contract guaranteed by this contract. As per a specific creditor’s right, the currency, principal amount, interest rate and the Debtor’s debt performance period shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Master Contract.

 

4


Article 3 Guaranteed Maximum Principal

1. The Guaranteed Maximum Principal hereunder is RMB (in capitals) Thirty Million Yuan Only.

2. The Guarantor shall, no more than such Guaranteed Maximum Principal, bear joint and several guarantee liabilities for all the balance of creditor’s rights (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, the Creditor’ Expenses for Realization of the Claims, etc.), irrespective of the number of creditor’s claims and the amount and time limit of each claim.

Article 4 Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount

1. The guaranteed amount is in effect from May 6, 2020 to March 19, 2021.

2. Unless otherwise agreed in this Contract, the occurrence date of the guaranteed debts herein must be within the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount, and the expiration date of each debt may exceed the expiry date of the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount. Nevertheless, the Guarantor shall bear joint and several guarantee liabilities for the guaranteed creditor’s rights, regardless of whether the expiration date of a single debt of the Debtor exceeds the expiry date of the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount.

Article 5 Mode of Guarantee

1. The Guarantor shall jointly and severally assume the guarantee liability under this Contract. Where the Debtor fails to repay due debts as set forth in the Master Contract (including without limitation the debts to be recovered ahead of schedule by the Creditor due to a breach of contract of the Debtor or the Guarantor), the Guarantor shall perform the liability for repayment of debts on its behalf as set out herein.

2. Where this Contract involves more than one guarantor, all guarantors shall jointly and severally assume the guarantee liability to the Creditor.

3. Where the Debtor fails to repay the interest on schedule as agreed in the Master Contract when the fulfillment period of the principal debt expires, the Guarantor shall bear joint and several guarantee liability in accordance with the Contract.

4. If, during the performance of the principal debt, the Creditor announces that the performance period of the debt expires ahead of schedule in accordance with the Master Contract, then the Guarantor shall jointly and severally assume the guarantee liability for the debts due ahead of schedule and other debts within the scope of guarantee.

Article 6 Scope of Guarantee

1. The Creditor’s rights guaranteed herein (hereinafter referred to as “Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights”) are all the creditor’s rights formed against the Debtor by the Creditor for providing all borrowings, financing, guarantees and other on- and off-balance sheet financial services to the Debtor in accordance with the Master Contract, including, without limitation, the principal of creditor’s rights, interest accrued thereon (including penalty interest and compound interest), liquidated damages, damages, and the Creditor’ Expenses for Realization of the Claims.

2. For trade financing, acceptance, bill repurchase, guarantee and other financing businesses handled by the Creditor for the Debtor during the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount, the creditor’s rights to the Debtor that occur only after the expiration of the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount as a result of the Debtor’s refusal to pay, the Creditor’s advance and other acts shall also constitute a part of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights.

 

5


3. As to the principal, interest, other expenses, term of performance and purpose of each claim, rights and obligations of each party enjoyed by the Creditor arising from the Debtor’s handling of all financing, guarantees and other on- and off-balance sheet financial services under the Master Contract, as well as any and all other matters in connection therewith, the provisions under relevant agreements, contracts, applications, notices, vouchers and other relevant legal documents under the Master Contract shall prevail, and the issuance or execution of such documents need not be confirmed by the Guarantor.

4. For the avoidance of doubts, all expenses and expenditures arising from or in connection with the preparation, perfection, performance or enforcement of this Contract by the Creditor or exercise of its rights hereunder (including but without limitation, lawyer fees, litigation (arbitration) fees, fees for applying to a notary office for issuing an execution certificate, etc.) shall constitute a part of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights.

Article 7 Guarantee Period

The guarantee period hereunder is:

1. The guarantee period is calculated separately in accordance with a single financing provided by the Creditor to the Debtor under the Master Contract, namely, two years commencing from the expiration date of debt performance period under the financing.

2. If the financing determined in a single master contract expires in installments, the guarantee period of each debt shall be two years, which commences from the expiration date of the performance period of each financing thereunder.

3. If the principal creditor’s rights are repaid in installments, the guarantee period of creditor’s rights per installation shall also be calculated in installments, and the guarantee period shall be two years from the expiration date of each installment of creditor’s rights.

4. If the Creditor and the Debtor reach an agreement for an extension to the valid term of any financing under the Master Contract, the Guarantor shall, pursuant to the provisions hereof, still undertake the guarantee liabilities for each financing under the Master Contract, even though such extension does not need the consent of the Guarantor. For each extended financing, the guarantee period is two years, which commences from the expiration date of debt performance period otherwise specified in the extension agreement.

5. Where the Creditor announces the early maturity of debts in conformity with the provisions of laws and regulations or the Master Contract, the guarantee period is two years, which commences from the expiration date of debt performance period as notified by the Creditor to the Debtor.

6. The guarantee period under any bank acceptance draft, L/C and guarantees shall be two years from the date of advance payment by the Creditor; if the advance payment is made in installments, the guarantee period shall be calculated respectively from the date of each installation.

7. The guarantee period of commercial bill discount is two years from the maturity date of the discounted bill.

8. For other on- and off-balance sheet financial services provided by the Creditor for the Debtor, the guarantee period shall be two years from the expiration date of the debt performance period under the financial service so provided.

 

6


Article 8 Demand Guarantee

The debts of the Guarantor under this Contract are payable on demand. As long as the Creditor submits a debt collection notice document listing the number of the guarantee contract and the balance of the creditor’s rights to the Guarantor, the Guarantor shall immediately perform the repayment responsibility and give up all defenses upon receipt.

Article 9 Guarantor’s Representations and Commitments

The Guarantor hereby, of its own accord, makes the following representations and commitments and bears legal responsibility for the authenticity of the content so represented and committed:

1. It/he is an independent legal subject which has all necessary capacities for civil rights and civil conduct, and provides relevant certificates, permits, certificates and other documents as required by Creditor from time to time.

2. It/he is fully able to perform all obligations and responsibilities hereunder, and repays debts arising from any and all financing, guarantees and other on-and off-balance sheet financial businesses of the Debtor under the Master Contract to the Creditor, of its/his own accord, to the extent of which such liability for repayment of debts will in no case be reduced or exempted as a result of any changes in instructions or financial standing. The Guarantor, in case of being a natural person, further undertakes that its guardian and property receiver will bear the guarantee liability hereunder to the Creditor to the extent of the Guarantor’s property, upon the occurrence of the following circumstances: 1) the Guarantor is missing or announced to be missing; or 2) the Guarantor is out of reach or his/her whereabouts are unknown; or 3) the Guarantor loses his/her necessary capacity for civil conduct; In the event where the Guarantor dies or is declared dead, the guarantee liability hereunder to be duly undertaken by him/her to the Creditor shall be limited to his/her heritage.

3. It/he has full authorization and legal rights to execute this Contract, with which it/he has obtained and performed all its internal approvals and authorizations or other relevant procedures necessary for the execution and performance of this Contract, as well as any and all necessary approvals, registrations, authorizations, consents, permits or other relevant procedures of any government department or other authorities required for the execution and performance of this Contract; furthermore, all approvals, registrations, consents, permits, authorizations and other relevant procedures essential to the execution of this Contract remain in legal and valid.

4. If the Guarantor is an enterprise, its execution of this Contract shall be in compliance with the enterprise’s relevant articles of association, internal decisions and resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting and the Board of Directors. No execution of this Contract may be in contradiction with or in violation of any articles of association, contracts, resolutions of shareholders’ meeting and Board of Directors of as well as its corporate policies.

5. The execution and performance of this Contract is based on the true intention of the Guarantor. Neither execution nor performance of the above Contract is in breach of any laws, regulations, rules or provisions of the Contract binding upon the Guarantor. This Contract is legal, valid and enforceable. If this Contract is held to be invalid due to any defects of the Guarantor’s rights at the time of execution and performance of this Contract, the Guarantor will forthwith indemnify the Creditor against any and all losses unconditionally.

 

7


6. All documents, financial statements and other information provided by the Guarantor to the Creditor hereunder are true, complete, accurate and effective.

7. The Guarantor should obtain the written consent of the Creditor in advance prior to any changes in its ownership structure or major management personnel or the occurrence of any other major events and major transactions.

8. The Guarantor shall be entitled to, without the prejudice to the Debtor’s future repayment of debts, recover money from the Debtor after the fulfillment of its guarantee liability specified herein. Notwithstanding, where the Debtor faces both the Guarantor’s request for money recovery and any payment demand of the Creditor under the Master Contract, the Guarantor agrees that the Debtor has priority in repayment of debts to the Creditor.

9. Where the Debtor and the Guarantor have signed or will sign a counter-guarantee contract for the guarantee obligations hereunder, the counter-guarantee contract shall in no case damage any rights of the Creditor hereunder, in law or in fact.

10. If, before the full repayment of the guaranteed debts, the Guarantor’s guarantee ability is reduced to the extent of which it is insufficient to guarantee all the debts, for whatever reasons, the Creditor has the right to require the Guarantor to provide a new and effective guarantee to cover all the debts.

11. There has been no lawsuit, arbitration or administrative penalty against the Guarantor or its property that is extant or pending, or threatened to occur, to the knowledge of the Guarantor; besides, there has been no liquidation or closure or other similar procedure against the Guarantor, irrespective of whether it is initiated on its own initiative or by a third party.

12. In case of the Creditor is involved in any litigation or arbitration or other disputes between the Creditor and the Guarantor or any third party arising out of or in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder, and is therefore forced to have disputes with the Guarantor and any third party, the Guarantor shall bear litigation or arbitration fees, and attorney fees paid by the Creditor and other expenses incurred therefrom.

13. If there are other guarantees under the Master Contract (including but not limited to guarantee, mortgage, pledge, standby L/C and any other form of guarantee), the Guarantor hereby agrees that the Creditor may waive part of the security interest or the priority of the security interest (including the circumstance in which the collateral is provided by the Debtor), and change the priority of the collateral by signing an agreement with any mortgagor/pledgor (including the circumstance in which the mortgagor/pledgor is the Debtor) and the amount of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights; in such a case, the Guarantor shall still assume all the guarantee liabilities in accordance with the provisions hereof.

14. The Guarantor, in case of an enterprise, undertakes that the information publicized in the national enterprise credit information publicity system is true, complete, legal and effective, and further warrants that it will continue to agree with the Creditor to inquire about the information in the system, irrespective of whether the enterprise chooses to make the same publicized or not. The Guarantor agrees to, upon the request of the Creditor, conduct capital verification and provide the capital verification report issued by a professional institution.

 

8


15. The Guarantor shall forthwith notify the Creditor in writing of any breach of contract hereunder and under any financing contract, guarantee contract or other contract so concluded and signed by the Guarantor and any department or institution of Industrial Bank (including subsidiaries of Industrial Bank), other banks, non-bank financial institutions or enterprises.

16. Where the Guarantor intends to go through registration with the State Administration for Industry and Commerce or other relevant departments of the State regarding its establishment, change or cancellation of registration, it shall notify the Creditor prior to its application for registration, and immediately deliver a copy of the relevant registration to the Creditor upon the completion of registration.

17. The Guarantor hereby represents and authorizes as follows: The Creditor is entitled to, when necessary, make investigations on the credit standing of the Guarantor in accordance with the Regulations on Credit Investigation Management and other national laws and regulations, submit the relevant information of this Contract and other relevant information to the basic database of financial credit information and the credit reporting system established or approved by the above-mentioned departments and institutions while agreeing that such relevant information can be legally inquired.

Article 10 The Guarantor’s Obligation to Disclose Significant Transactions and Events to the Creditor

1. The Guarantor shall promptly notify the Creditor in writing of its major transactions and events.

2. During the valid term of this Contract, the Creditor shall be informed of, thirty (30) calendar days in advance, any change of shares, restructuring, merger, split-up, shareholding system reform, joint venture, cooperation, joint venture, contracting, leasing, change of business scope and registered capital, transfer of substantial assets, contingent liabilities and other matters, or any matters with potential or serious impact on its ability to bear liabilities. Any change involving 5% of the equities shall be approved in advance by the Creditor.

3. A written notice shall be served to the Creditor on the very day of occurrence of the following circumstances, such as the Guarantor’s suspension of business, shutdown, declaration of bankruptcy, dissolution, revocation of business license, cancellation, deterioration of financial standing, or any other major events with potential or serious impact on its ability to bear liabilities.

4. A written notice shall be served to the Debtor on the very day of occurrence of the following circumstances: 1) where a major lawsuit, an arbitration case or other major dispute occurs between the Guarantor and any third party, or 2) where the Guarantor’s substantial assets are seized, sealed up, frozen, enforced or otherwise subject to any measures with the equal legal effect, either of which is threatened to potentially or seriously affect its ability to bear liabilities.

5. The Guarantor undertakes that it will in no case endanger the creditor’s rights by using any legal disputes between it and any third party (including disputes over basic trade contracts).

 

9


Article 11 Rights of the Creditor

1. In the event where the Debtor fails to repay debts as set forth in the Master Contract or the Guarantor fails to perform this Contract, both the Guarantor and his/her spouse hereby irrevocably authorize the Creditor to, without the necessity to go through legal procedures such as litigation or arbitration, directly deduct the equal amount from any account opened by the Guarantor and his/her spouse with the Creditor and any affiliate or subsidiary of Industrial Bank for repayment of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights, in which case the Guarantor and his/her spouse agree the order of money deduction is at the discretion of the Creditor. Where the currency of money deduction in any account of the Guarantor and his/her spouse is different from the currency of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights, the amount to be deducted shall be converted according to the intermediate price announced by the Creditor on the day of deduction. Where any account agreed in this paragraph involves wealth management products or structured deposits and the like, the Guarantor and his/her spouse hereby irrevocably authorize the Creditor to, on their behalf, directly initiate the application for redemption of relevant products or take other necessary measures to ensure the smooth money deduction by the Creditor, whereupon the Guarantor and his/her spouse shall render cooperation to the extent of necessity.

2. The Creditor is entitled to, at any time, require the Guarantor to provide its financial reports, financial statements and other information reflecting its business performance and credit standing.

3. In the event where the Debtor fails to repay debts in accordance with this Contract, the Creditor has the right to require the Guarantor to assume all the guarantee liabilities hereunder in preference to other rights of guaranty, regardless of whether the Creditor has other rights of guaranty (including but not limited to guarantee, mortgage, pledge, letter of guarantee, standby L/C and any other form of guarantee) to the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights. The Guarantor hereby, of its/his own accord, waives the defense with which it/he may require the Creditor to first perform the guarantee provided by the Debtor and all other defense against the Creditor in accordance with the Guarantee Law and the Property Law.

4. Before or after the determination of the Creditor’s Rights guaranteed herein, the Creditor is entitled to, without the consent of the Guarantor, transfer all or portion of the Creditor’s Rights and the corresponding rights of guaranty thereof under the Master Contract to a third party (or establishment of trust, asset management plan, or other special-purpose carriers). The Guarantor agrees to, in accordance with this Contract, provide guarantee for the Creditor’s Rights (if any), whether they have been transferred or not, for the transferee of Creditor’s Rights (or establishment of trust, asset management plan, or other special-purpose carriers) and the original creditor (if any).

5. Where the Guarantor, in case of being an enterprise, breaches the Contract, or may endanger the Creditor to realize its creditor’s rights, the Creditor has the right to require the accelerated maturity of the obligation of capital contribution by the Guarantor and its shareholders, in which case the Guarantor shall subscribe capital in a timely manner at the request of the Creditor. The Creditor has the right to demand the Guarantor and its shareholders not distribute dividends.

Article 12 Alterations to the Master Contract

The Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees as follows: The Creditor and the Debtor may, through negotiation, amend or change the Master Contract, or allow an extension to the financing, guarantee and other on-and off-balance sheet financial business under the Master Contract, all of which shall be deemed to have been approved by the Guarantor in advance, without further notice; nevertheless, and the Guarantor’s guarantee liability shall not be reduced or exempted therefore.

 

10


Article 13 Default Events and Liability for Breach of Contract

1. Both the Creditor and the Guarantor shall, upon the execution of this Contract, perform their respective obligations hereunder. Either party which fails to perform this Contract or fails to fully perform its/his obligations hereunder shall bear the corresponding liability for breach of contract.

2. In any of the following circumstances, the Guarantor is deemed to break the Contract:

(1) Any certificate and document submitted by the Guarantor to the Creditor and any of the representations and commitments under Article 9 hereof prove to be untrue, inaccurate, incomplete or intentionally misleading;

(2) The Guarantor is in breach of its disclosure obligation of major transactions and major events as specified in Article 10 above;

(3) The Guarantor falls into the deterioration of its credit standing and financial status, or loss of its business creditworthiness, or obviously weakening of its solvency (including contingent liabilities), or loss of its guarantee liability due to any factors other than the Guarantor;

(4) The Guarantor suspends business, goes out of business, is declared bankrupt, dissolved, or has its business license revoked or withdrawn, etc.;

(5) The Guarantor or its controlling shareholder, actual controller or any related party is involved in any significant litigation, arbitration or other dispute, or its substantial assets are detained, sealed up, frozen, enforced or subject to other measures of the equal effect;

(6) The solvency of the Guarantor may be affected adversely in any of the following circumstances occurring to the Guarantor or its legal representative or actual controller, or any of its directors, supervisors and senior executives: a) he/she is put under criminal detention, or subject to compulsory measures; b) he/she is missing or declared missing; c) he/she loses the necessary capacity for civil conduct; d) he/she is out of reach, or is declared death, but he/she has no legatee, property receiver or heir, and his/her legatee, property receiver or heir, if any, refuses to accept inheritance or bequest, or his/her guardian, heir, legatee or property receiver refuses to continue to perform this Contract; e) he/she transfers assets or attempts to transfer assets under the guise of change of marriage relationship, in each case of which;

(7) The Guarantor commits a breach of contract hereunder and under any of its financing contracts, guarantee contracts or other contracts so executed with any department or institution of Industrial Bank (including subsidiaries of Industrial Bank), other banks, non-bank financial institutions or enterprises;

(8) The Guarantor causes any other events that endanger, damage or are likely endanger or damage the rights and interests of the Creditor or violate other terms of this Contract.

3. The Creditor has the right to take one or more of the following measures in response to a breach of contract by the Guarantor:

(1) Requiring the Guarantor to correct the breach of contract within a prescribed time limit;

(2) Announcing the prematurity of the performance period of principal debts;

 

11


(3) Requiring the Guarantor to provide a new and effective guarantee in full amount;

(4) Requiring the Guarantor to immediately perform the guarantee liability;

(5) Requiring the Guarantor to pay a liquidated damage equivalent to 20% of the principal of financing, guarantee and other on-and off-balance sheet financial business under the Master Contract;

(6) Requiring the Guarantor to indemnify the Creditor against all losses arising from or out of the breach of contract;

(7) Revoking the Guarantor’s act of damaging the Creditor’s interests in accordance with law;

(8) Directly deducting the equal amount from any account opened by the Guarantor and his/her spouse with the Creditor and any of affiliates and subsidiaries of Industrial Bank to repay for the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights, with the order of money deduction being at the discretion of the Creditor. Where the currency of money deduction in any account of the Guarantor and his/her spouse is different from the currency of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights, the amount to be deducted shall be converted according to the intermediate price of the exchange rate announced by the Creditor on the day of deduction. Where any account for money deductions involves wealth management products or structured deposits and the like, the Creditor may be entitled to, on behalf of the Guarantor and his/her spouse, directly initiate the application for redemption of relevant products or take other necessary measures to ensure the smooth money deduction by the Creditor, whereupon the Guarantor and his/her spouse shall render cooperation to the extent of necessity;

(9) Investigating the Guarantor’s liability for breach of contract by other legal means.

The Guarantor undertakes to cooperate with the Creditor to implement the above measures and waive all defenses accordingly.

Article 14 Independence of the Guarantor’s Obligations

1. The Guarantor’s obligations hereunder are independent and shall in no case be affected by the relationship between either party hereto and a third party, unless otherwise agreed herein.

2. The guarantee established herein is independent, whereupon this Guarantee Contract shall, in any case, survive the invalidity of the Master Contract so guaranteed herein. The Guarantor shall also bear joint and several liability for the debts incurred by the Debtor arising from the return of property or compensation for losses, even if the Master Contract is held to be invalid.

3. Under no circumstances may the Guarantor’s guarantee liability be prejudiced as a result of the Debtor’s breach of the Master Contract (including but not limited to the Debtor’s failure to use for the purposes specified in the sub-contract), whereupon the Guarantor shall not request to reduce or exempt its/his guarantee liability on this ground.

Article 15 Continuity of Obligations

1. All obligations of the Guarantor hereunder are continuous, and have equal binding force upon its guardians, heirs, titleholders, receivers, assignees, and the surviving subject after merger, reorganization and name change.

2. The Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the Creditor may continuously provide a revolving financing, guarantee, and other on- and off-balance sheet financial services to the Debtor in accordance with the Master Contract. The Guarantor shall provide joint and several liability guarantee for all creditor’s rights arising from the Creditor’s provision of all financial services, regardless of the number of times of the Debtor’s business handling and the amount and duration of each financial service.

 

12


3. This Contract is a continuous guarantee, whereupon any interim payment or repayment by the Debtor for all or portion of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights shall in no case be deemed as a discharge of the Guarantor’s guarantee liability hereunder. The Guarantor shall be liable for the payment of the final balance for the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights.

4. Where all or portion of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights is discharged or liquidated on the basis of any payment, guarantee or other disposition, but such payment, guarantee or other disposition is declared invalid or the debts concerned must be repaid as a result of bankruptcy, liquidation or other similar proceedings, the Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall continue to be valid as if the aforesaid discharge or repayment had not yet occurred.

Article 16 Arrangement of Subrogation

The Guarantor hereby expressly affirms that the Creditor has the right to exercise its/his subrogation of any Creditor’s Rights, accounts receivable and other property rights vested in by the Guarantor against a third party, in the event where the Guarantor is unable to or fails to undertake its/his guarantee liability and has no sufficient property to repay the advance payment to the Creditor. The Guarantor will, of its/his own accord, waive the defense against the Creditor in such a case.

Article 17 Arrangement for Offset

No right of the Creditor to the Guarantor under this Contract or other transactions may be subject to any set-off right of the Guarantor or any third party against the Creditor.

Article 18 Document Exchange, Correspondence and Notice

1. The Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that the following addresses shall be used as the effective address of service of all notices under this Contract and all legal instruments of relevant proceedings (arbitration) and notarization, and other legal documents upon the occurrence of a dispute (including but not limited to various notices and documents of the parties hereto), complaints (or arbitration applications) served by the court or arbitration tribunal, and legal documents such as evidence, summon, notice of respondence to action, notice of court session, order of payment, judgment (verdict), ruling, mediation document, notice of enforcement, notice of performance within a time limit, etc., regarding the procedures for litigation or arbitration, and for realization of guaranteed real right, and at the stage of execution, as well as all notices and legal documents served by notary authorities):

(1) To the Guarantor (in case of an enterprise):

 

1.

Name of recipient: Gracell Bioscience (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.;

Address of recipient: 10/F, Building No. 1, No.926 Yishan Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Zip Code: 200000;      Telephone: [***]

Contact person [***]

 

2.

Name of designated recipient (if any):                     ;

Address of designated recipient:                     ;

Zip Code:                     ; Telephone:                     .

 

13


(2) To the Guarantor (in case of a natural person):

 

1.

Name of recipient:                     ;

Address of recipient:                     ;

Zip Code:                     ;    Telephone:                     .

 

2.

Name of designated recipient (if any):

Address of designated recipient:                     ;

Zip Code:                     ;     Telephone:                     .

(3) The Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that any of the following electronic mailing addresses is also a valid address for service:

 

1.

Fax No.:                     ;

 

2.

E-mail address:                     ;

 

3.

Telephone number for SMS: [***]

 

4.

WeChat account No.:                     ;

 

5.

QQ account No.:                     ;

(4) The Guarantor’s spouse:

 

1.

Name of recipient:                     ;

Address of recipient:                     ;

Zip Code:                     ;     Telephone:                     .

 

2.

The Guarantor’s spouse hereby acknowledges and agrees that any of the following electronic mailing addresses is also a valid address for service:

Fax No.:                     ;

E-mail address:                     ;

Telephone number for SMS:                     ;

WeChat account No.:                     ;

QQ account No.:                     ;

2. The address for service so provided in the first paragraph of this Article shall be applicable to non-litigation stage and procedures of first instance, second instance, retrial, execution, realization of real right guaranteed, supervision procedure and compulsory notarization after a dispute enters arbitration and litigation procedure. In the event of any change in the above-mentioned address for service, the Guarantor shall notify the Creditor in writing in advance (during the period of litigation or arbitration, a written prior notice shall be served to the arbitration tribunal or the court, and to the original notary authority if the compulsory notarization has been handled) to reconfirm the address for service and obtain the acknowledgement for receipt. If a prior written notice is not given, it shall be deemed that the address for service remains unchanged, to the extent of which the corresponding legal consequences shall be borne by the Guarantor and the address for service as set forth in the first paragraph of this Article shall remain effective.

 

14


3. Any document, correspondence, notice and legal document mentioned above shall be deemed to have been served on the following dates as long as they are sent to any address for service so provided in the first paragraph of this Article (service to the designated agent shall be deemed to have been served to the recipient himself/herself):

(1) If sent by postal delivery (including express mail, ordinary mail and registered mail), a notice shall be deemed to have been served on the fifth Business Day as from the date of mailing;

(2) If sent by facsimile, e-mail, SMS, WeChat, QQ or other electronic mailing addresses, a notice shall be deemed to have been served on the date of sending;

(3) If sent by hand, a notice shall be deemed to have been served on the day when the recipient signs for it. If the recipient refuses a notice, the sender may record the delivery process by taking photos and videos and retain the documents, the notice shall also be deemed to have been served.

4. Where a notice is not actually served to the recipient as a result of the Guarantor’s failure to provide or confirm the accurate or true address for service, or to send a timely notice to local and arbitral authorities, people’s courts and notary officers, the Guarantor shall bear the corresponding legal consequences, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been effectively served:

(1) If sent by mail, the notice shall be deemed to have been served on the day when the documents are returned;

(2) If delivered by hand, the notice shall be deemed to have been served on the date when the person serving it records the information on the proof of service on the spot;

(3) If sent by electronic means, the notice shall be deemed to have been served on the date when it is delivered.

5. The Creditor’s address for service is the domicile specified herein. Where the Creditor sends a notice by making an announcement on its website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets, the notice shall be deemed to have been served on the date of announcement. Under no circumstances may the Creditor be liable for any transmission error, omission or delay in mail, fax, telephone or any other telecommunication systems.

6. The Parties agree that the company chops, office seals, accounting seals, contract seals, and receipt & delivery seals of each party, and credit business seal of the Creditor are valid seals for notification or contact, service of legal documents and correspondences among the Parties. All staff members of the Guarantor are the authorized recipients of documents, correspondence and notifications.

7. This Article is defined as an independent clause in this Contract, without being subject to the validity of this Contract and other clauses hereof.

Article 19 Applicable Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution

1. The conclusion, execution, performance, dissolution, interpretation and dispute resolution of this Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding the laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan solely for the purpose of this Contract).

 

15


2. Any dispute arising from or out of this Contract shall be settled through friendly negotiation between the Guarantor and the Creditor; where the friendly negotiation fails, the Parties hereto agree to settle the dispute by the first method as follows:

(1) Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court at the domicile of the Creditor.

(2) Apply to     /     Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with the Commission’s arbitration rules in effect upon the application. Both Parties agree to choose a summary procedure for trial to the extent permitted by the Rules for Arbitration. The arbitral award is final and binding upon all parties. The arbitral tribunal will hold its hearing at     /    .

(3) Other methods:     /    .

3. The articles of this Contract not involved in the dispute shall still be performed during the litigation. Under no circumstances may the Guarantor refuse to perform any of its/his obligations hereunder on the ground of dispute resolution.

Article 20 Effectiveness of Contract and Miscellaneous

1. This Contract shall take effect upon being signed or sealed by the Parties to this Contract, and remains in full and force until all Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights are paid off.

2. After this Contract takes effect, the Guarantor need not confirm each term of the Master Contract so executed by the Creditor and the Debtor.

3. The Guarantor has fully read all the terms and conditions of this Contract, with special attention paid to the clauses hereof in black font. At the request of the Guarantor, the Creditor has explained the terms and conditions hereof, whereupon the Guarantor has fully understood the meaning of each clause hereof and the corresponding legal consequences, and of its own accord, provides guarantee for the Debtor to the Master Contract while performing the obligations as agreed herein.

4. During the valid term of this Contract, any tolerance, grace, preference or delay granted by the Creditor to the Debtor and the Guarantor in exercising their respective rights or interests hereunder, may neither damage, affect or preclude all rights and interests that the Creditor is entitled to, in accordance with relevant laws and administrative regulations as well as the provisions hereof, nor shall it be regarded as a waiver of rights and interests by the Creditor or a prejudice to any of the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder.

5. The Creditor is entitled to, in view of its management needs, authorize or entrust other branches of Industrial Bank to perform the Master Contract and its rights and obligations under this contract (including but not limited to entrusting other branches of Industrial Bank to execute relevant contracts), or transfer its rights and obligations under the Master Contract and this Contract to other branches of Industrial Bank for management. No acts of the Creditor requires the consent of the Guarantor separately; nevertheless, the Guarantor still bears the guarantee liability in accordance with this Contract. Other branches of Industrial Bank authorized or managed by the Creditor have the right to bring lawsuits to the court or refer any dispute over the Master Contract and this Contract to any arbitration institution for adjudication.

6. Where the Master Contract is intended for issuance of a L/C, a letter of guarantee or a standby L/C by the Creditor to the Debtor, any amendments or supplements to the L/C, letter of guarantee or standby L/C under the Master Contract by the Creditor and the Debtor, or financing under the L/C, shall be deemed to have been approved by the Guarantor in advance, in which case the Guarantor shall still bear the guarantee liability in accordance with this Contract.

7. The appendix(es) (if any) to this Contract constitute(s) an integral part of this Contract and shall have the equal legal effect as the text hereof.

 

16


8. During the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount prescribed herein, a series of contracts, agreements and other legal documents signed between the Creditor and the Debtor in respect of a creditor-debtor relationship shall be deemed to be guaranteed by this Contract unless this Contract does not provide the guarantee as it is expressly stipulated in such contracts, agreements and other legal documents.

9. The Parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, for commercial bills issued, accepted or endorsed by the Debtor, if the holder handles discount business (including cash transfer business) or pledge financing business with the Creditor, during the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount, then the discount agreement or pledge financing agreement so executed between the holder and the Creditor shall be regarded as the Master Contract guaranteed by this Contract, in which case the Creditor’s Rights under the discount agreement or pledge financing agreement fall under the scope of guaranty hereunder, and the Guarantor agrees to assume joint and several guarantee liability in accordance with this Contract.

9. This Contract is made in duplicate, with the Creditor holding      (copy), the Guarantor holding      (copy),      holding      (copy), and the Debtor holding one copy, which shall be updated as required. All Parties hereto shall properly keep this Contract.

Article 21 Notarization and Voluntary Acceptance of Enforcement

1. This Contract shall be notarized in a notary authority specified by the State, upon the request of either party hereto for notarization.

2. The Contract shall, once notarized for compulsory execution, have the enforcement potency. Where the Guarantor fails to perform this Contract or improperly performs its obligations hereunder, or where the Creditor may realize the Creditor’s Rights as stipulated by laws and regulations and agreed herein, the Guarantor hereby agrees that the Creditor may apply with a notary office to issue an enforcement certificate with the enforcement potency, whereupon the Guarantor, of its/his own accord, accepts to be governed by the enforcement measures directly applied by the Creditor to a people’s court with jurisdiction over the enforcement certificate. Besides, the Guarantor undertakes not to raise any objection or defense as it/he knows the corresponding legal consequences.

3. The Parties agree as follows: The notary office shall be entitled to, prior to the issuance of an enforcement certificate, verify the facts regarding the Guarantor’s nonperformance of obligations or improper performance and other relevant breach of contract by mail, telephone, facsimile, e-mail, SMS, WeChat, QQ, personal service, and interview, or a combination of such means, in accordance with the provisions of “Document Exchange, Correspondence and Notice” herein above. By telephone or interview, a notice shall be deemed to have been served at the end of the interview or phone call; By mail, facsimile, e-mail, SMS, WeChat, QQ, and personal service, a notice shall be deemed to have been served on the delivery date as set out in the provisions of “Document Exchange, Correspondence and Notice” herein above.

4. In case of any objection to the verified facts in accordance with the preceding paragraphs, the Guarantor shall, within five (5) Business Days from the date of service, file a claim with the notary office and produce sufficient evidence in proof of its/his objection. Where the evidence is not provided on schedule or the notary office believes that the evidence is insufficient to support the Guarantor’s claim, the Guarantor shall be determined to have acknowledged the nonperformance of obligations or improper performance, and other relevant facts regarding breach of contract, and agrees that the notary office shall issue an enforcement certificate upon the application of the Creditor. In case that the notary office otherwise has any provisions on the verification method and the period of burden of proof, such provisions shall prevail.

Article 22 Supplementary Terms

 

17


The Creditor (Company Seal):     Principal or Authorized Signatory (Signature/Seal):

/s/ Suzhou Branch of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

   

/s/ Wang Xuexiang (Seal)

Suzhou Branch of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.    
    Date:

 

18


The Guarantor (Enterprise):     Legal Representative or Authorized Signatory (Signature):
Guarantor (Official Seal):    

/s/ Gracell Bioscience (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

   

/s/ Cao Wei

Gracell Bioscience (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.    
    May 6, 2020
Guarantor (Natural Person):     Certificate Type and Certificate No.:
Guarantor (Signature):    
    Date:

The Guarantor’s spouse hereby commits as follows specifically:

 

I, the Guarantor’s spouse, hereby agree the Guarantor to execute and perform this Guarantee Contract. I have fully understood the accurate meaning of the terms thereunder, and agree to provide joint and several liability guarantee for the debts thereunder with our community property in accordance with the Guarantee Contract. Where the Creditor needs to dispose of the Guarantor’s property and our community property as a result of the Creditor’s exercise of its rights under the Guarantee Contract, I hereby agree and accept the disposition and arrangement of the Creditor, without raising any objection or defense.

The Guarantor’s Spouse (Signature):     Certificate Type and Certificate No.:
    Date:

 

19

EX-4.28

Exhibit 4.28

Edition in June 2018

Contract of Maximum Guarantee

(Model Text)

 

Serial No. 11200S1520011A001

                           

 

Creditor:  

Suzhou Branch of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.

 
Domicile:  

No.125 Wangdun Road, Suzhou Industrial Park

 
Legal Representative/Principal:  

Wang Xuexiang

 

 

 

Gracell Biotechnologies

(Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

 

Guarantor (Enterprise):  

Gracell Biotechnologies (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

 
Domicile:  

12/F, Building No. 1, No.926 Yishan Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

 
Legal Representative/Principal:  

Cao Wei

 

 

Guarantor (Natural Person):  

 

 
Domicile:  

 

 
Type of Certificate:                          Certificate No.:                           

Signed at: Suzhou Industrial Park

 

1


Important Reminders for Signing of Contract

To safeguard your rights and interests, you should carefully read, check and confirm the following matters before this Contract is signed:

1. You have the right to sign this Contract; if the execution requires the consent of others, their full authorizations shall be obtained;

2. You have carefully read and fully understood the terms hereof, with special attention to the content regarding the liabilities that Industrial Bank should duly undertake, be exempted from or restricted, and those in black font;

3. You and your company have fully understood the meaning of the terms hereof and the corresponding legal consequences, and are willing to accept these terms;

4. The contract text provided by Industrial Bank is only a model text, which leaves blank lines after the relevant clauses of the contract and adds “Supplementary Provisions” at the end of the contract so that all parties hereto can modify, supplement or reduce any provision(s) of this Contract;

5. If you have any questions about this Contract, you are highly advised to consult Industrial Bank in time.

 

2


WHEREAS, the Guarantor hereby, of his/her own accord, provides a guarantee for the debts incurred continuously by the Creditor and Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Debtor”) within a certain period of time. NOW, THEREFORE, to clarify the rights and obligations of both Parties and abide by their credit, both Parties hereto make and enter into this Contract in accordance with relevant national laws and regulations for mutually observing the terms and conditions specified herein below.

Article 1 Definition and Interpretation

Unless otherwise agreed in writing by both Parties:

1. The definitions and interpretations agreed in the Master Contract (as defined herein below) shall apply to the provisions hereof.

2. “Creditor’s Rights” or principal creditor’s claims shall include all borrowings in local and foreign currencies, trade financing (including the opening of international and domestic letters of credit, trust receipts, packaged loans, import and export bill advance, overdraft, factoring, buyer’s credit, order financing, forfaiting, agency payment and other international, domestic trade financing services), bill business (including bill acceptance, bill discount, bill repurchase, guaranteed reimbursement of commercial bills, commercial bill guarantee, bill guarantee, and other bill business), guarantee business (including international and domestic guarantees, standby letters of credit and other guarantee businesses), precious metal trading (including gold leasing, agency of precious metal trading, pledge financing of precious metals, and other services of precious metals), creditor’s rights in local and foreign currencies arising from on-balance-sheet or off-balance-sheet financial businesses such as lending/borrowing and derivative trading (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, the Creditor’ Expenses for Realization of the Claims) so provided to the Debtor in accordance with the Master Contract the Debtor’s application to the Creditor, upon the approval of the Creditor after the Debtor makes an application to the Creditor. During the performance of the Master Contract, the Creditor and the Debtor may, through negotiation, adjust, change or supplement specific business varieties, which shall be subject to the specific business contracts signed by the Creditor and the Debtor under the Master Contract, and are not limited to the scope of business varieties explicitly listed above.

The “Creditor’s Rights” mentioned herein shall correspond to the Debtor’s “debts” in terms of content. The Creditor’s Rights against the Debtor under the Master Contract correspond to the Debtor’s debts to the Creditor thereunder.

3. “Principal” refers to the principal under all on-and off-balance sheet creditor’s rights set out in the Paragraph 2 of this Article when the Creditor handles business for the Debtor, including but not limited to the principal of a loan in local and foreign currency, the principal of trade financing, bank acceptance bills, discount bills and advances, advances under letters of guarantee and letters of credit, the principal of the Creditor’s guarantee liability for the Debtor’s guarantee, and the principal of creditor’s rights under other types of on-and off-balance sheet financial businesses, etc.

4. “Maximum Guaranteed Principal” refers to the maximum principal expressly agreed by both Parties in order to clarify the scope of creditor’s rights guaranteed herein. Regardless of the number of claims of creditor’s rights and the amount of each claim, the Guarantor shall bear joint and several guarantee liabilities for the balance of all creditor’s rights to the extent of the Guaranteed Maximum Principal.

5. “Validity Period of Guaranteed Amou nt” refers to an uninterrupted continuous period expressly agreed by both Parties in order to clarify the scope of the creditor’s rights guaranteed herein; for the creditor’s rights incurred during this period, the Guarantor shall bear joint and several guarantee liabilities for all the balance of creditor’s rights to the extent of the Guaranteed Maximum Principal, irrespective of whether the repayment period of the Debtor’s single debt exceeds this period.

 

3


6. The “Creditor’ Expenses for Realization of the Claims” refers to the litigation (arbitration) fees, attorney fees, travel expenses, enforcement fees, preservation fees and other expenses for realization of the claims so paid by the Creditor upon realizing its claims through litigation, arbitration, application to a notary office for issuing an enforcement certificate, and the like.

7. The Creditor controls the balance of its creditor’s rights towards the Debtor. The balance refers to the sum of the creditor’s rights towards the Debtor that occurred within the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount, including the due balance and the due but outstanding balance.

(1) The due balance refers to the balance of all outstanding debts of which debt performance period expires.

(2) The due but outstanding refers to the balance of all debts that the Debtor and the Guarantor have not yet fulfilled their repayment obligations at the expiration of debt performance period.

8. The term “Master Contract” refers to the contract for credit line (hereinafter referred to “Master Contract”) signed by the Creditor and the Debtor and all the “Sub-contracts” under which the credit line is used within the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount, as well as any contract that separately defines the amount of each debt, the fulfillment period of the debt and other rights and obligations.

Among them, the term “Sub-contract” refers to a contract that is made and entered into by both Parties, for the purpose of specifying the amount of each principal creditor’s right, the repayment period of the principal creditor’s right and other rights and obligations, when the Debtor handles all kinds of financing, guarantee and other on- and off-balance sheet financial businesses within the credit line determined by the Creditor and approved by the Creditor in accordance with the contract for credit line. The contract for credit line has sub-contracts which have the equal legal effect as the Master Contract as an integral part thereof. Without a limited form, any sub-contract can be formed in such a manner that the Creditor considers it appropriate in view of its business needs, such as application for issuing a L/C, application for bill purchase, contract, and agreement. The Sub-contract shall prevail, given any inconsistency between the Master Contract and Sub-contract.

9. For the purpose of this Contract, the “Business Day” refers to a Business Day of Industrial Bank. Where a withdrawal or repayment date falls on a non-Business Day during the performance of the Contract, such date will be postponed to the next Business Day.

Article 2 Guaranteed Principal Creditor’s Rights

The principal creditor’s rights guaranteed by this Contract include:

1. Any contract signed by the Creditor and the Debtor for the purpose of specifying the amount of each debt, debt performance period, and other rights and obligations, during the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount.

2. All creditor’s rights to the Debtor arising under the above-mentioned Master Contract constitute the creditor’s rights to the Master Contract guaranteed by this contract. As per a specific creditor’s right, the currency, principal amount, interest rate and the Debtor’s debt performance period shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Master Contract.

 

4


Article 3 Guaranteed Maximum Principal

1. The Guaranteed Maximum Principal hereunder is RMB (in capitals) Thirty Million Yuan Only.

2. The Guarantor shall, no more than such Guaranteed Maximum Principal, bear joint and several guarantee liabilities for all the balance of creditor’s rights (including principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, the Creditor’ Expenses for Realization of the Claims, etc.), irrespective of the number of creditor’s claims and the amount and time limit of each claim.

Article 4 Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount

1. The guaranteed amount is in effect from May 6, 2020 to March 19, 2021.

2. Unless otherwise agreed in this Contract, the occurrence date of the guaranteed debts herein must be within the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount, and the expiration date of each debt may exceed the expiry date of the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount. Nevertheless, the Guarantor shall bear joint and several guarantee liabilities for the guaranteed creditor’s rights, regardless of whether the expiration date of a single debt of the Debtor exceeds the expiry date of the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount.

Article 5 Mode of Guarantee

1. The Guarantor shall jointly and severally assume the guarantee liability under this Contract. Where the Debtor fails to repay due debts as set forth in the Master Contract (including without limitation the debts to be recovered ahead of schedule by the Creditor due to a breach of contract of the Debtor or the Guarantor), the Guarantor shall perform the liability for repayment of debts on its behalf as set out herein.

2. Where this Contract involves more than one guarantor, all guarantors shall jointly and severally assume the guarantee liability to the Creditor.

3. Where the Debtor fails to repay the interest on schedule as agreed in the Master Contract when the fulfillment period of the principal debt expires, the Guarantor shall bear joint and several guarantee liability in accordance with the Contract.

4. If, during the performance of the principal debt, the Creditor announces that the performance period of the debt expires ahead of schedule in accordance with the Master Contract, then the Guarantor shall jointly and severally assume the guarantee liability for the debts due ahead of schedule and other debts within the scope of guarantee.

Article 6 Scope of Guarantee

1. The Creditor’s rights guaranteed herein (hereinafter referred to as “Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights”) are all the creditor’s rights formed against the Debtor by the Creditor for providing all borrowings, financing, guarantees and other on- and off-balance sheet financial services to the Debtor in accordance with the Master Contract, including, without limitation, the principal of creditor’s rights, interest accrued thereon (including penalty interest and compound interest), liquidated damages, damages, and the Creditor’ Expenses for Realization of the Claims.

2. For trade financing, acceptance, bill repurchase, guarantee and other financing businesses handled by the Creditor for the Debtor during the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount, the creditor’s rights to the Debtor that occur only after the expiration of the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount as a result of the Debtor’s refusal to pay, the Creditor’s advance and other acts shall also constitute a part of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights.

 

5


3. As to the principal, interest, other expenses, term of performance and purpose of each claim, rights and obligations of each party enjoyed by the Creditor arising from the Debtor’s handling of all financing, guarantees and other on- and off-balance sheet financial services under the Master Contract, as well as any and all other matters in connection therewith, the provisions under relevant agreements, contracts, applications, notices, vouchers and other relevant legal documents under the Master Contract shall prevail, and the issuance or execution of such documents need not be confirmed by the Guarantor.

4. For the avoidance of doubts, all expenses and expenditures arising from or in connection with the preparation, perfection, performance or enforcement of this Contract by the Creditor or exercise of its rights hereunder (including but without limitation, lawyer fees, litigation (arbitration) fees, fees for applying to a notary office for issuing an execution certificate, etc.) shall constitute a part of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights.

Article 7 Guarantee Period

The guarantee period hereunder is:

1. The guarantee period is calculated separately in accordance with a single financing provided by the Creditor to the Debtor under the Master Contract, namely, two years commencing from the expiration date of debt performance period under the financing.

2. If the financing determined in a single master contract expires in installments, the guarantee period of each debt shall be two years, which commences from the expiration date of the performance period of each financing thereunder.

3. If the principal creditor’s rights are repaid in installments, the guarantee period of creditor’s rights per installation shall also be calculated in installments, and the guarantee period shall be two years from the expiration date of each installment of creditor’s rights.

4. If the Creditor and the Debtor reach an agreement for an extension to the valid term of any financing under the Master Contract, the Guarantor shall, pursuant to the provisions hereof, still undertake the guarantee liability for each financing under the Master Contract, even though such extension does not need the consent of the Guarantor. For each extended financing, the guarantee period is two years, which commences from the expiration date of debt performance period otherwise specified in the extension agreement.

5. Where the Creditor announces the early maturity of debts in conformity with the provisions of laws and regulations or the Master Contract, the guarantee period is two years, which commences from the expiration date of debt performance period as notified by the Creditor to the Debtor.

6. The guarantee period under any bank acceptance draft, L/C and guarantees shall be two years from the date of advance payment by the Creditor; if the advance payment is made in installments, the guarantee period shall be calculated respectively from the date of each installation.

7. The guarantee period of commercial bill discount is two years from the maturity date of the discounted bill.

8. For other on- and off-balance sheet financial services provided by the Creditor for the Debtor, the guarantee period shall be two years from the expiration date of the debt performance period under the financial service so provided.

 

6


Article 8 Demand Guarantee

The debts of the Guarantor under this Contract are payable on demand. As long as the Creditor submits a debt collection notice document listing the number of the guarantee contract and the balance of the creditor’s rights to the Guarantor, the Guarantor shall immediately perform the repayment responsibility and give up all defenses upon receipt.

Article 9 Guarantor’s Representations and Commitments

The Guarantor hereby, of its own accord, makes the following representations and commitments and bears legal responsibility for the authenticity of the content so represented and committed:

1. It/he is an independent legal subject which has all necessary capacities for civil rights and civil conduct, and provides relevant certificates, permits, certificates and other documents as required by Creditor from time to time.

2. It/he is fully able to perform all obligations and responsibilities hereunder, and repays debts arising from any and all financing, guarantees and other on-and off-balance sheet financial businesses of the Debtor under the Master Contract to the Creditor, of its/his own accord, to the extent of which such liability for repayment of debts will in no case be reduced or exempted as a result of any changes in instructions or financial standing. The Guarantor, in case of being a natural person, further undertakes that its guardian and property receiver will bear the guarantee liability hereunder to the Creditor to the extent of the Guarantor’s property, upon the occurrence of the following circumstances: 1) the Guarantor is missing or announced to be missing; or 2) the Guarantor is out of reach or his/her whereabouts are unknown; or 3) the Guarantor loses his/her necessary capacity for civil conduct; In the event where the Guarantor dies or is declared dead, the guarantee liability hereunder to be duly undertaken by him/her to the Creditor shall be limited to his/her heritage.

3. It/he has full authorization and legal rights to execute this Contract, with which it/he has obtained and performed all its internal approvals and authorizations or other relevant procedures necessary for the execution and performance of this Contract, as well as any and all necessary approvals, registrations, authorizations, consents, permits or other relevant procedures of any government department or other authorities required for the execution and performance of this Contract; furthermore, all approvals, registrations, consents, permits, authorizations and other relevant procedures essential to the execution of this Contract remain in legal and valid.

4. If the Guarantor is an enterprise, its execution of this Contract shall be in compliance with the enterprise’s relevant articles of association, internal decisions and resolutions of the shareholders’ meeting and the Board of Directors. No execution of this Contract may be in contradiction with or in violation of any articles of association, contracts, resolutions of shareholders’ meeting and Board of Directors of as well as its corporate policies.

5. The execution and performance of this Contract is based on the true intention of the Guarantor. Neither execution nor performance of the above Contract is in breach of any laws, regulations, rules or provisions of the Contract binding upon the Guarantor. This Contract is legal, valid and enforceable. If this Contract is held to be invalid due to any defects of the Guarantor’s rights at the time of execution and performance of this Contract, the Guarantor will forthwith indemnify the Creditor against any and all losses unconditionally.

 

7


6. All documents, financial statements and other information provided by the Guarantor to the Creditor hereunder are true, complete, accurate and effective.

7. The Guarantor should obtain the written consent of the Creditor in advance prior to any changes in its ownership structure or major management personnel or the occurrence of any other major events and major transactions.

8. The Guarantor shall be entitled to, without the prejudice to the Debtor’s future repayment of debts, recover money from the Debtor after the fulfillment of its guarantee liability specified herein. Notwithstanding, where the Debtor faces both the Guarantor’s request for money recovery and any payment demand of the Creditor under the Master Contract, the Guarantor agrees that the Debtor has priority in repayment of debts to the Creditor.

9. Where the Debtor and the Guarantor have signed or will sign a counter-guarantee contract for the guarantee obligations hereunder, the counter-guarantee contract shall in no case damage any rights of the Creditor hereunder, in law or in fact.

10. If, before the full repayment of the guaranteed debts, the Guarantor’s guarantee ability is reduced to the extent of which it is insufficient to guarantee all the debts, for whatever reasons, the Creditor has the right to require the Guarantor to provide a new and effective guarantee to cover all the debts.

11. There has been no lawsuit, arbitration or administrative penalty against the Guarantor or its property that is extant or pending, or threatened to occur, to the knowledge of the Guarantor; besides, there has been no liquidation or closure or other similar procedure against the Guarantor, irrespective of whether it is initiated on its own initiative or by a third party.

12. In case of the Creditor is involved in any litigation or arbitration or other disputes between the Creditor and the Guarantor or any third party arising out of or in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder, and is therefore forced to have disputes with the Guarantor and any third party, the Guarantor shall bear litigation or arbitration fees, and attorney fees paid by the Creditor and other expenses incurred therefrom.

13. If there are other guarantees under the Master Contract (including but not limited to guarantee, mortgage, pledge, standby L/C and any other form of guarantee), the Guarantor hereby agrees that the Creditor may waive part of the security interest or the priority of the security interest (including the circumstance in which the collateral is provided by the Debtor), and change the priority of the collateral by signing an agreement with any mortgagor/pledgor (including the circumstance in which the mortgagor/pledgor is the Debtor) and the amount of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights; in such a case, the Guarantor shall still assume all the guarantee liabilities in accordance with the provisions hereof.

14. The Guarantor, in case of an enterprise, undertakes that the information publicized in the national enterprise credit information publicity system is true, complete, legal and effective, and further warrants that it will continue to agree with the Creditor to inquire about the information in the system, irrespective of whether the enterprise chooses to make the same publicized or not. The Guarantor agrees to, upon the request of the Creditor, conduct capital verification and provide the capital verification report issued by a professional institution.

 

8


15. The Guarantor shall forthwith notify the Creditor in writing of any breach of contract hereunder and under any financing contract, guarantee contract or other contract so concluded and signed by the Guarantor and any department or institution of Industrial Bank (including subsidiaries of Industrial Bank), other banks, non-bank financial institutions or companies.

16. Where the Guarantor intends to go through registration with the State Administration for Industry and Commerce or other relevant departments of the State regarding its establishment, change or cancellation of registration, it shall notify the Creditor prior to its application for registration, and immediately deliver a copy of the relevant registration to the Creditor upon the completion of registration.

17. The Guarantor hereby represents and authorizes as follows: The Creditor is entitled to, when necessary, make investigations on the credit standing of the Guarantor in accordance with the Regulations on Credit Investigation Management and other national laws and regulations, submit the relevant information of this Contract and other relevant information to the basic database of financial credit information and the credit reporting system established or approved by the above-mentioned departments and institutions while agreeing that such relevant information can be legally inquired.

Article 10 The Guarantor’s Obligation to Disclose Significant Transactions and Events to the Creditor

1. The Guarantor shall promptly notify the Creditor in writing of its major transactions and events.

2. During the valid term of this Contract, the Creditor shall be informed of, thirty (30) calendar days in advance, any change of shares, restructuring, merger, split-up, shareholding system reform, joint venture, cooperation, joint venture, contracting, leasing, change of business scope and registered capital, transfer of substantial assets, contingent liabilities and other matters, or any matters with potential or serious impact on its ability to bear liabilities. Any change involving 5% of the equities shall be approved in advance by the Creditor.

3. A written notice shall be served to the Creditor on the very day of occurrence of the following circumstances, such as the Guarantor’s suspension of business, shutdown, declaration of bankruptcy, dissolution, revocation of business license, cancellation, deterioration of financial standing, or any other major events with potential or serious impact on its ability to bear liabilities.

4. A written notice shall be served to the Debtor on the very day of occurrence of the following circumstances: 1) where a major lawsuit, an arbitration case or other major dispute occurs between the Guarantor and any third party, or 2) where the Guarantor’s substantial assets are seized, sealed up, frozen, enforced or otherwise subject to any measures with the equal legal effect, either of which is threatened to potentially or seriously affect its ability to bear liabilities.

5. The Guarantor undertakes that it will in no case endanger the creditor’s rights by using any legal disputes between it and any third party (including disputes over basic trade contracts).

 

9


Article 11 Rights of the Creditor

1. In the event where the Debtor fails to repay debts as set forth in the Master Contract or the Guarantor fails to perform this Contract, both the Guarantor and his/her spouse hereby irrevocably authorize the Creditor to, without the necessity to go through legal procedures such as litigation or arbitration, directly deduct the equal amount from any account opened by the Guarantor and his/her spouse with the Creditor and any affiliate or subsidiary of Industrial Bank for repayment of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights, in which case the Guarantor and his/her spouse agree the order of money deduction is at the discretion of the Creditor. Where the currency of money deduction in any account of the Guarantor and his/her spouse is different from the currency of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights, the amount to be deducted shall be converted according to the intermediate price announced by the Creditor on the day of deduction. Where any account agreed in this paragraph involves wealth management products or structured deposits and the like, the Guarantor and his/her spouse hereby irrevocably authorize the Creditor to, on their behalf, directly initiate the application for redemption of relevant products or take other necessary measures to ensure the smooth money deduction by the Creditor, whereupon the Guarantor and his/her spouse shall render cooperation to the extent of necessity.

2. The Creditor is entitled to, at any time, require the Guarantor to provide its financial reports, financial statements and other information reflecting its business performance and credit standing.

3. In the event where the Debtor fails to repay debts in accordance with this Contract, the Creditor has the right to require the Guarantor to assume all the guarantee liabilities hereunder in preference to other rights of guaranty, regardless of whether the Creditor has other rights of guaranty (including but not limited to guarantee, mortgage, pledge, letter of guarantee, standby L/C and any other form of guarantee) to the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights. The Guarantor hereby, of its/his own accord, waives the defense with which it/he may require the Creditor to first perform the guarantee provided by the Debtor and all other defense against the Creditor in accordance with the Guarantee Law and the Property Law.

4. Before or after the determination of the Creditor’s Rights guaranteed herein, the Creditor is entitled to, without the consent of the Guarantor, transfer all or portion of the Creditor’s Rights and the corresponding rights of guaranty thereof under the Master Contract to a third party (or establishment of trust, asset management plan, or other special-purpose carriers). The Guarantor agrees to, in accordance with this Contract, provide guarantee for the Creditor’s Rights (if any), whether they have been transferred or not, for the transferee of Creditor’s Rights (or establishment of trust, asset management plan, or other special-purpose carriers) and the original creditor (if any).

5. Where the Guarantor, in case of being an enterprise, breaches the Contract, or may endanger the Creditor to realize its creditor’s rights, the Creditor has the right to require the accelerated maturity of the obligation of capital contribution by the Guarantor and its shareholders, in which case the Guarantor shall subscribe capital in a timely manner at the request of the Creditor. The Creditor has the right to demand the Guarantor and its shareholders not distribute dividends.

Article 12 Alterations to the Master Contract

The Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees as follows: The Creditor and the Debtor may, through negotiation, amend or change the Master Contract, or allow an extension to the financing, guarantee and other on-and off-balance sheet financial business under the Master Contract, all of which shall be deemed to have been approved by the Guarantor in advance, without further notice; nevertheless, and the Guarantor’s guarantee liability shall not be reduced or exempted therefore.

 

10


Article 13 Default Events and Liability for Breach of Contract

1. Both the Creditor and the Guarantor shall, upon the execution of this Contract, perform their respective obligations hereunder. Either party which fails to perform this Contract or fails to fully perform its/his obligations hereunder shall bear the corresponding liability for breach of contract.

2. In any of the following circumstances, the Guarantor is deemed to break the Contract:

(1) Any certificate and document submitted by the Guarantor to the Creditor and any of the representations and commitments under Article 9 hereof prove to be untrue, inaccurate, incomplete or intentionally misleading;

(2) The Guarantor is in breach of its disclosure obligation of major transactions and major events as specified in Article 10 above;

(3) The Guarantor falls into the deterioration of its credit standing and financial status, or loss of its business creditworthiness, or obviously weakening of its solvency (including contingent liabilities), or loss of its guarantee liability due to any factors other than the Guarantor;

(4) The Guarantor suspends business, goes out of business, is declared bankrupt, dissolved, or has its business license revoked or withdrawn, etc.;

(5) The Guarantor or its controlling shareholder, actual controller or any related party is involved in any significant litigation, arbitration or other dispute, or its substantial assets are detained, sealed up, frozen, enforced or subject to other measures of the equal effect;

(6) The solvency of the Guarantor may be affected adversely in any of the following circumstances occurring to the Guarantor or its legal representative or actual controller, or any of its directors, supervisors and senior executives: a) he/she is put under criminal detention, or subject to compulsory measures; b) he/she is missing or declared missing; c) he/she loses the necessary capacity for civil conduct; d) he/she is out of reach, or is declared death, but he/she has no legatee, property receiver or heir, and his/her legatee, property receiver or heir, if any, refuses to accept inheritance or bequest, or his/her guardian, heir, legatee or property receiver refuses to continue to perform this Contract; e) he/she transfers assets or attempts to transfer assets under the guise of change of marriage relationship, in each case of which;

(7) The Guarantor commits a breach of contract hereunder and under any of its financing contracts, guarantee contracts or other contracts so executed with any department or institution of Industrial Bank (including subsidiaries of Industrial Bank), other banks, non-bank financial institutions or units;

(8) The Guarantor causes any other events that endanger, damage or are likely endanger or damage the rights and interests of the Creditor or violate other terms of this Contract.

3. The Creditor has the right to take one or more of the following measures in response to a breach of contract by the Guarantor:

(1) Requiring the Guarantor to correct the breach of contract within a prescribed time limit;

(2) Announcing the prematurity of the performance period of principal debts;

 

11


(3) Requiring the Guarantor to provide a new and effective guarantee in full amount;

(4) Requiring the Guarantor to immediately perform the guarantee liability;

(5) Requiring the Guarantor to pay a liquidated damage equivalent to 20% of the principal of financing, guarantee and other on-and off-balance sheet financial business under the Master Contract;

(6) Requiring the Guarantor to indemnify the Creditor against all losses arising from or out of the breach of contract;

(7) Revoking the Guarantor’s act of damaging the Creditor’s interests in accordance with law;

(8) Directly deducting the equal amount from any account opened by the Guarantor and his/her spouse with the Creditor and any of affiliates and subsidiaries of Industrial Bank to repay for the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights, with the order of money deduction being at the discretion of the Creditor. Where the currency of money deduction in any account of the Guarantor and his/her spouse is different from the currency of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights, the amount to be deducted shall be converted according to the intermediate price of the exchange rate announced by the Creditor on the day of deduction. Where any account for money deductions involves wealth management products or structured deposits and the like, the Creditor may be entitled to, on behalf of the Guarantor and his/her spouse, directly initiate the application for redemption of relevant products or take other necessary measures to ensure the smooth money deduction by the Creditor, whereupon the Guarantor and his/her spouse shall render cooperation to the extent of necessity;

(9) Investigating the Guarantor’s liability for breach of contract by other legal means.

The Guarantor undertakes to cooperate with the Creditor to implement the above measures and waive all defenses accordingly.

Article 14 Independence of the Guarantor’s Obligations

1. The Guarantor’s obligations hereunder are independent and shall in no case be affected by the relationship between either party hereto and a third party, unless otherwise agreed herein.

2. The guarantee established herein is independent, whereupon this Guarantee Contract shall, in any case, survive the invalidity of the Master Contract so guaranteed herein. The Guarantor shall also bear joint and several liability for the debts incurred by the Debtor arising from the return of property or compensation for losses, even if the Master Contract is held to be invalid.

3. Under no circumstances may the Guarantor’s guarantee liability be prejudiced as a result of the Debtor’s breach of the Master Contract (including but not limited to the Debtor’s failure to use for the purposes specified in the sub-contract), whereupon the Guarantor shall not request to reduce or exempt its/his guarantee liability on this ground.

Article 15 Continuity of Obligations

1. All obligations of the Guarantor hereunder are continuous, and have equal binding force upon its guardians, heirs, titleholders, receivers, assignees, and the surviving subject after merger, reorganization and name change.

2. The Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the Creditor may continuously provide a revolving financing, guarantee, and other on- and off-balance sheet financial services to the Debtor in accordance with the Master Contract. The Guarantor shall provide joint and several liability guarantee for all creditor’s rights arising from the Creditor’s provision of all financial services, regardless of the number of times of the Debtor’s business handling and the amount and duration of each financial service.

 

12


3. This Contract is a continuous guarantee, whereupon any interim payment or repayment by the Debtor for all or portion of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights shall in no case be deemed as a discharge of the Guarantor’s guarantee liability hereunder. The Guarantor shall be liable for the payment of the final balance for the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights.

4. Where all or portion of the Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights is discharged or liquidated on the basis of any payment, guarantee or other disposition, but such payment, guarantee or other disposition is declared invalid or the debts concerned must be repaid as a result of bankruptcy, liquidation or other similar proceedings, the Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall continue to be valid as if the aforesaid discharge or repayment had not yet occurred.

Article 16 Arrangement of Subrogation

The Guarantor hereby expressly affirms that the Creditor has the right to exercise its/his subrogation of any Creditor’s Rights, accounts receivable and other property rights vested in by the Guarantor against a third party, in the event where the Guarantor is unable to or fails to undertake its/his guarantee liability and has no sufficient property to repay the advance payment to the Creditor. The Guarantor will, of its/his own accord, waive the defense against the Creditor in such a case.

Article 17 Arrangement for Offset

No right of the Creditor to the Guarantor under this Contract or other transactions may be subject to any set-off right of the Guarantor or any third party against the Creditor.

Article 18 Document Exchange, Correspondence and Notice

1. The Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that the following addresses shall be used as the effective address of service of all notices under this Contract and all legal instruments of relevant proceedings (arbitration) and notarization, and other legal documents upon the occurrence of a dispute (including but not limited to various notices and documents of the parties hereto), complaints (or arbitration applications) served by the court or arbitration tribunal, and legal documents such as evidence, summon, notice of respondence to action, notice of court session, order of payment, judgment (verdict), ruling, mediation document, notice of enforcement, notice of performance within a time limit, etc., regarding the procedures for litigation or arbitration, and for realization of guaranteed real right, and at the stage of execution, as well as all notices and legal documents served by notary authorities):

 

(1)

To the Guarantor (in case of an enterprise):

 

1.

Name of recipient: Gracell Biotechnologies (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.;

Address of recipient: 12/F, Building No. 1, No.926 Yishan Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai

Zip Code: 200000;     Telephone: [***]

Contact person [***]

 

2.

Name of designated recipient (if any):                                           ;

Address of designated recipient:                                           ;

Zip Code:                     ;     Telephone:                     .

 

13


(2)

To the Guarantor (in case of a natural person):

 

1.

Name of recipient:                                           .

Address of recipient:                                           ;

Zip Code:                     ;     Telephone:                     .

 

2.

Name of designated recipient (if any):

Address of designated recipient:                                           ;

Zip Code:                     ;     Telephone:                     .

 

(3)

The Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that any of the following electronic mailing addresses is also a valid address for service:

 

1.

Fax No.:                                           ;

 

2.

E-mail address:                                           ;

 

3.

Telephone number for SMS: [***]

 

4.

WeChat account No.:                                           ;

 

5.

QQ account No.:                                           ;

 

(4)

The Guarantor’s spouse:

 

1.

Name of recipient:                                           ;

Address of recipient:                                           ;

Zip Code:                     ;     Telephone:                     .

 

2.

The Guarantor’s spouse hereby acknowledges and agrees that any of the following electronic mailing addresses is also a valid address for service:

Fax No.:                                           ;

E-mail address:                                           ;

Telephone number for SMS:                                           ;

WeChat account No.:                                           ;

QQ account No.:                                           ;

2. The address for service so provided in the first paragraph of this Article shall be applicable to non-litigation stage and procedures of first instance, second instance, retrial, execution, realization of real right guaranteed, supervision procedure and compulsory notarization after a dispute enters arbitration and litigation procedure. In the event of any change in the above-mentioned address for service, the Guarantor shall notify the Creditor in writing in advance (during the period of litigation or arbitration, a written prior notice shall be served to the arbitration tribunal or the court, and to the original notary authority if the compulsory notarization has been handled) to reconfirm the address for service and obtain the acknowledgement for receipt. If a prior written notice is not given, it shall be deemed that the address for service remains unchanged, to the extent of which the corresponding legal consequences shall be borne by the Guarantor and the address for service as set forth in the first paragraph of this Article shall remain effective.

 

14


3. Any document, correspondence, notice and legal document mentioned above shall be deemed to have been served on the following dates as long as they are sent to any address for service so provided in the first paragraph of this Article (service to the designated agent shall be deemed to have been served to the recipient himself/herself):

(1) If sent by postal delivery (including express mail, ordinary mail and registered mail), a notice shall be deemed to have been served on the fifth Business Day as from the date of mailing;

(2) If sent by facsimile, e-mail, SMS, WeChat, QQ or other electronic mailing addresses, a notice shall be deemed to have been served on the date of sending;

(3) If sent by hand, a notice shall be deemed to have been served on the day when the recipient signs for it. If the recipient refuses a notice, the sender may record the delivery process by taking photos and videos and retain the documents, the notice shall also be deemed to have been served.

4. Where a notice is not actually served to the recipient as a result of the Guarantor’s failure to provide or confirm the accurate or true address for service, or to send a timely notice to local and arbitral authorities, people’s courts and notary officers, the Guarantor shall bear the corresponding legal consequences, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been effectively served:

(1) If sent by mail, the notice shall be deemed to have been served on the day when the documents are returned;

(2) If delivered by hand, the notice shall be deemed to have been served on the date when the person serving it records the information on the proof of service on the spot;

(3) If sent by electronic means, the notice shall be deemed to have been served on the date when it is delivered.

5. The Creditor’s address for service is the domicile specified herein. Where the Creditor sends a notice by making an announcement on its website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets, the notice shall be deemed to have been served on the date of announcement. Under no circumstances may the Creditor be liable for any transmission error, omission or delay in mail, fax, telephone or any other telecommunication systems.

6. The Parties agree that the company chops, office seals, accounting seals, contract seals, and receipt & delivery seals of each party, and credit business seal of the Creditor are valid seals for notification or contact, service of legal documents and correspondences among the Parties. All staff members of the Guarantor are the authorized recipients of documents, correspondence and notifications.

7. This Article is defined as an independent clause in this Contract, without being subject to the validity of this Contract and other clauses hereof.

Article 19 Applicable Law, Jurisdiction and Dispute Resolution

1. The conclusion, execution, performance, dissolution, interpretation and dispute resolution of this Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding the laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan solely for the purpose of this Contract).

2. Any dispute arising from or out of this Contract shall be settled through friendly negotiation between the Guarantor and the Creditor; where the friendly negotiation fails, the Parties hereto agree to settle the dispute by the first method as follows:

 

15


(1) Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court at the domicile of the Creditor.

(2) Apply to     /     Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with the Commission’s arbitration rules in effect upon the application. Both Parties agree to choose a summary procedure for trial to the extent permitted by the Rules for Arbitration. The arbitral award is final and binding upon all parties. The arbitral tribunal will hold its hearing at     /    .

(3) Other methods:     /    .

3. The articles of this Contract not involved in the dispute shall still be performed during the litigation. Under no circumstances may the Guarantor refuse to perform any of its/his obligations hereunder on the ground of dispute resolution.

Article 20 Effectiveness of Contract and Miscellaneous

1. This Contract shall take effect upon being signed or sealed by the Parties to this Contract, and remains in full and force until all Guaranteed Creditor’s Rights are paid off.

2. After this Contract takes effect, the Guarantor need not confirm each term of the Master Contract so executed by the Creditor and the Debtor.

3. The Guarantor has fully read all the terms and conditions of this Contract, with special attention paid to the clauses hereof in black font. At the request of the Guarantor, the Creditor has explained the terms and conditions hereof, whereupon the Guarantor has fully understood the meaning of each clause hereof and the corresponding legal consequences, and of its own accord, provides guarantee for the Debtor to the Master Contract while performing the obligations as agreed herein.

4. During the valid term of this Contract, any tolerance, grace, preference or delay granted by the Creditor to the Debtor and the Guarantor in exercising their respective rights or interests hereunder, may neither damage, affect or preclude all rights and interests that the Creditor is entitled to, in accordance with relevant laws and administrative regulations as well as the provisions hereof, nor shall it be regarded as a waiver of rights and interests by the Creditor or a prejudice to any of the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder.

5. The Creditor is entitled to, in view of its management needs, authorize or entrust other branches of Industrial Bank to perform the Master Contract and its rights and obligations under this contract (including but not limited to entrusting other branches of Industrial Bank to execute relevant contracts), or transfer its rights and obligations under the Master Contract and this Contract to other branches of Industrial Bank for management. No acts of the Creditor requires the consent of the Guarantor separately; nevertheless, the Guarantor still bears the guarantee liability in accordance with this Contract. Other branches of Industrial Bank authorized or managed by the Creditor have the right to bring lawsuits to the court or refer any dispute over the Master Contract and this Contract to any arbitration institution for adjudication.

6. Where the Master Contract is intended for issuance of a L/C, a letter of guarantee or a standby L/C by the Creditor to the Debtor, any amendments or supplements to the L/C, letter of guarantee or standby L/C under the Master Contract by the Creditor and the Debtor, or financing under the L/C, shall be deemed to have been approved by the Guarantor in advance, in which case the Guarantor shall still bear the guarantee liability in accordance with this Contract.

7. The appendix(es) (if any) to this Contract constitute(s) an integral part of this Contract and shall have the equal legal effect as the text hereof.

 

16


8. During the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount prescribed herein, a series of contracts, agreements and other legal documents signed between the Creditor and the Debtor in respect of a creditor-debtor relationship shall be deemed to be guaranteed by this Contract unless this Contract does not provide the guarantee as it is expressly stipulated in such contracts, agreements and other legal documents.

9. The Parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, for commercial bills issued, accepted or endorsed by the Debtor, if the holder handles discount business (including cash transfer business) or pledge financing business with the Creditor, during the Validity Period of Guaranteed Amount, then the discount agreement or pledge financing agreement so executed between the holder and the Creditor shall be regarded as the Master Contract guaranteed by this Contract, in which case the Creditor’s Rights under the discount agreement or pledge financing agreement fall under the scope of guaranty hereunder, and the Guarantor agrees to assume joint and several guarantee liability in accordance with this Contract.

10. This Contract is made in duplicate, with the Creditor holding      (copy), the Guarantor holding      (copy),      holding      (copy), and the Debtor holding one copy, which shall be updated as required. All Parties hereto shall properly keep this Contract.

Article 21 Notarization and Voluntary Acceptance of Enforcement

1. This Contract shall be notarized in a notary authority specified by the State, upon the request of either party hereto for notarization.

2. The Contract shall, once notarized for compulsory execution, have the enforcement potency. Where the Guarantor fails to perform this Contract or improperly performs its obligations hereunder, or where the Creditor may realize the Creditor’s Rights as stipulated by laws and regulations and agreed herein, the Guarantor hereby agrees that the Creditor may apply with a notary office to issue an enforcement certificate with the enforcement potency, whereupon the Guarantor, of its/his own accord, accepts to be governed by the enforcement measures directly applied by the Creditor to a people’s court with jurisdiction over the enforcement certificate. Besides, the Guarantor undertakes not to raise any objection or defense as it/he knows the corresponding legal consequences.

3. The Parties agree as follows: The notary office shall be entitled to, prior to the issuance of an enforcement certificate, verify the facts regarding the Guarantor’s nonperformance of obligations or improper performance and other relevant breach of contract by mail, telephone, facsimile, e-mail, SMS, WeChat, QQ, personal service, and interview, or a combination of such means, in accordance with the provisions of “Document Exchange, Correspondence and Notice” herein above. By telephone or interview, a notice shall be deemed to have been served at the end of the interview or phone call; By mail, facsimile, e-mail, SMS, WeChat, QQ, and personal service, a notice shall be deemed to have been served on the delivery date as set out in the provisions of “Document Exchange, Correspondence and Notice” herein above.

4. In case of any objection to the verified facts in accordance with the preceding paragraphs, the Guarantor shall, within five (5) Business Days from the date of service, file a claim with the notary office and produce sufficient evidence in proof of its/his objection. Where the evidence is not provided on schedule or the notary office believes that the evidence is insufficient to support the Guarantor’s claim, the Guarantor shall be determined to have acknowledged the nonperformance of obligations or improper performance, and other relevant facts regarding breach of contract, and agrees that the notary office shall issue an enforcement certificate upon the application of the Creditor. In case that the notary office otherwise has any provisions on the verification method and the period of burden of proof, such provisions shall prevail.

Article 22 Supplementary Terms

 

17


The Creditor (Company Seal):     Principal or Authorized Signatory (Signature/Seal):
/s/ Suzhou Branch of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.     /s/ Wang Xuexiang (Seal)
Suzhou Branch of Industrial Bank Co., Ltd.     Date:

 

18


The Guarantor (in case of an enterprise):     Legal Representative or Authorized Signatory (Signature):
Guarantor (Official Seal):    
   

/s/ Cao Wei

 

May 6, 2020

 
 
 
/s/ Gracell Biotechnologies (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.    
Gracell Biotechnologies (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.    

 

Guarantor (Natural Person):     Certificate Type and Certificate No.:
Guarantor (Signature):    
    Date:

 

The Guarantor’s spouse hereby commits as follows specifically:

 

I, the Guarantor’s spouse, hereby agree the Guarantor to execute and perform this Guarantee Contract. I have fully understood the accurate meaning of the terms thereunder, and agree to provide joint and several liability guarantee for the debts thereunder with our community property in accordance with the Guarantee Contract. Where the Creditor needs to dispose of the Guarantor’s property and our community property as a result of the Creditor’s exercise of its rights under the Guarantee Contract, I hereby agree and accept the disposition and arrangement of the Creditor, without raising any objection or defense.

 

The Guarantor’s Spouse (Signature):     Certificate Type and Certificate No.:
    Date:

 

19

EX-4.29

Exhibit 4.29

Contract No.: [2020 SYZBZ No. 811208071607]

Contract of Maximum Guarantee

(Version 2.0, 2018)

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


Filling Instructions

1. This Contract shall be filled out with a blue black or black roller pen or pen.

2. This Contract shall be filled out completely, and the handwriting shall be clear and neat.

3. The currency shall be filled out in Chinese instead of a currency symbol. The Chinese name of the currency shall be added before the monetary amount in words and the currency symbol shall be added before the monetary amount in figures.

4. Any excessive blank space or unfilled blank space in this Contract may be handled by marking a broken line or slash, affixing a seal indicating “Blank Below” or filling out the words “Blank Below”.

 

1


Contract of Maximum Guarantee

Guarantor: Gracell Biotechnologies (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as Party A)

 

(The institution should fill out here)    (The individual should fill out here)
   12/F, Building No. 1, No.926   
Domicile:    Yishan Road, Xuhui District, Shanghai    Type of Certificate:
Postal Code:    200030    Certificate No.:
Contact Person:    [***]    Domicile:
Telephone:    [***]    Postal Code:
Fax:    /    Employer:
Email:    /    Telephone:
Legal Representative: Cao Wei    Email:
Opening Bank and Account No.: [***]   

Creditor: Suzhou Branch of China CITIC Bank Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as Party B)

Domicile: West Building, Financial Port Business Center, 266 Suzhou Avenue East, Suzhou Industrial Park

Postal Code: 215000

Contact Person: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Fax: /

Email: [***]@citicbank.com

Legal Representative/Principal: [***]

Signed at: Suzhou City

Contract Signing Date: December 09, 2020

 

2


In order to ensure the discharge of multiple creditor’s rights between Party B and Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “Master Contract Debtor”) within a certain period and guarantee the realization of Party B’s creditor’s rights, Party A is willing to provide the Maximum Amount Guarantee for the debtor’s discharge of the debts, and Party B agrees to accept the Maximum Amount Guarantee provided by Party A. NOW, THEREFORE, according to the General Provisions of the Civil Law of the People’s Republic of China, the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, the Guarantee Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant laws and regulations, Party A and Party B reach the following agreement through equal negotiation:

Article 1 Definitions

1.1 “Maximum Amount Guarantee” refers to the guarantee provided by Party A to Party B within the limit of the maximum creditor’s right amount as agreed in this Contract in respect of the continuous multiple creditor’s rights enjoyed by Party B to the Master Contract Debtor within a certain period. In the event of any circumstance specified herein under which Party A shall bear the guarantee liability, Party B has the right to require Party A to bear the guarantee liability within the limit of the maximum creditor’s right amount.

Article 2 Creditor’s Right under the Master Contracts and the Guarantee

2.1 A series of contracts, agreements and other legal documents signed by Party B and the Master Contract Debtor to form the relationship of creditor’s right and debts within the period specified in Article 2.2 of this Contract are the master contracts of this Contract (hereinafter referred to as the “Master Contracts”).

2.2 The creditor’s right guaranteed by Party A under this Contract refer to a series of creditor’s right enjoyed by Party B according to the Master Contracts signed with the Master Contract Debtor during the period from December 9, 2020 to December 9, 2021 (including the commencement date and expiry date of the period).

If the specific business handled by Party B for the Master Contract Debtor is a bill, a letter of credit, a letter of guarantee, a commercial acceptance bill discount guarantee (including the circumstance that the Master Contract Debtor is the acceptor and holder, etc.) or other contingent liability business, Party A irrevocably undertakes and warrants that as long as the contract signing date corresponding to the said business, the opening date or expiry date of the bill, the letter of credit or the letter of guarantee or Party B’s actual advance payment date or guarantee liability discharge date occurs within the period specified in this section, all the creditor’s rights formed by Party B based on the said business shall be included in the guarantee scope of this Contract, and Party A is willing to bear the corresponding guarantee liability.

 

3


If the specific business handled by Party B for the Master Contract Debtor is factoring business, Party A irrevocably undertakes and warrants that as long as the signing date of the factoring contract or the date of performance of the repurchase liability corresponding to the said business occurs within the period specified in this section, all the creditor’s rights formed by Party B based on the said business shall be included in the guarantee scope of this Contract, and Party A is willing to bear the corresponding guarantee liability.

2.3 The limit of the maximum creditor’s right amount as guaranteed by Party A under this Contract shall be the limit determined in the following manner (1):

(1) (Currency) [RMB] (Amount in words): RMB FIFTY MILLION ONLY.

(2) Principal of creditors’ rights (Currency) [/] (Amount in words): The sum of [/] and corresponding interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, and all expenses incurred in realizing the creditor’s rights and security rights (including but not limited to litigation costs, arbitration fees, attorney fees, travel expenses, assessment fees, ownership transfer fees, preservation fees, announcement fees, notarization and certification fees, translation fees, execution fees, etc.) and all other expenses payable.

2.4 In Article 2.3 of this article, “principal” refers to the principal of creditor’s rights enjoyed by Party B to the Master Contract Debtor, including but not limited to the loan principal in domestic and foreign currencies that the principal debtor shall repay as well as the amount of bank acceptance bills, the amount of the letter of credit and the amount of the letter of guarantee, all of which the principal debtor has applied for.

2.5 Party A and Party B agree through negotiation that the creditor’s rights enjoyed by Party B under the contract and listed in the appendix hereto List of Creditor’s Rights Transferred to the Maximum Amount Guarantee signed by Party B and the Master Contract Debtor before this Contract comes into force shall also be transferred to the scope of creditor’s rights under the Maximum Amount Guarantee of this Contract.

 

4


Article 3 Scope of Guarantee

3.1 The scope of this guarantee includes the principal creditor’s rights under the Master Contracts, interest, penalty interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, expenses incurred in realizing the creditor’s rights (including but not limited to litigation costs, arbitration fees, attorney fees, travel expenses, assessment fees, ownership transfer fees, preservation fees, announcement fees, execution fees, etc.) and all other expenses payable.

Article 4 Mode of Guarantee

4.1 The guarantee method under this Contract is a joint liability guarantee. If the debtor fails to discharge or does not fully discharge its debt upon expiry of the discharge period of a single debt under the Master Contracts, Party B shall have the right to directly require Party A to bear the guarantee liability.

Article 5 Guarantee Period

5.1 The guarantee period under this Contract is three years from the date of expiry of the debt discharge period under the Master Contracts, that is, three years from the date of expiry of the debt discharge period agreed by the debtor according to a specific business contract. The guarantee period under each specific business contract shall be calculated separately.

5.2 The period for the Master Contract Debtor’s discharge of the debt shall be subject to the provisions of the Master Contracts. However, if the debt under the Master Contracts becomes mature ahead of schedule according to the provisions of laws, regulations and rules or pursuant to the provisions of the Master Contracts or both parties to the Master Contracts agree to extend the debt discharge period and obtain the consent of Party A, then the debt under the Master Contracts shall become mature ahead of schedule, or the maturity date thereof shall be extended to the date when the debt discharge period expires. If the Master Contracts stipulate that the debtor shall repay the debts in installments, the maturity date of the last debt shall be the date when the debt discharge period under the Master Contracts expires.

 

5


If the business under the Master Contracts is a letter of credit or a bank acceptance bill, the date when Party B makes an advance payment according to the letter of credit or the bank acceptance bill shall be the date when the debt discharge period of the Master Contract Debtor expires.

If the business under the Master Contracts is a letter of guarantee, the date when Party B actually performs the guarantee liability according to the letter of guarantee shall be the date when the debt discharge period of the Master Contract Debtor expires.

If the business under the Master Contracts is factoring business, the repurchase price payment date stipulated in the factoring contract shall be the date when the debt discharge period of the Master Contract Debtor expires.

If the business under the Master Contracts is other contingent liability business, the actual payment date of Party B shall be the date when the debt discharge period of the Master Contract Debtor expires.

Article 6 Party A’s Representations and Warranties

6.1 (Applicable to institutions) Party A is a Chinese legal person or other institution established according to the laws of the People’s Republic of China, has the capacity for civil rights and conduct necessary for signature and performance of this Contract, and can bear civil liabilities independently, and Party A has obtained all necessary and legal internal and external approvals and authorizations for signature of this Agreement.

(Applicable to individuals) Party A is a natural person having the capacity for civil rights and conduct necessary for signature and performance of this Contract according to the laws of the People’s Republic of China, can bear civil liabilities independently, has no bad credit record such as overdue loans, interest in arrears or malicious overdraft of credit cards, has no criminal record, and complies with all the requirements of laws and regulations for guarantors.

 

6


6.2 Party A fully understands and agrees to all the terms of the Master Contracts, and recognizes the authenticity of the transactions related to the Master Contracts. Party A voluntarily provides a guarantee for the Master Contract Debtor, and all its expressions of intention under this Contract are true. Party A undertakes that even if the actual use of the credit amount by the Master Contract Debtor is inconsistent with the provisions of the Master Contracts (including but not limited to repaying one loan with another loan), Party A will still bear the guarantee liability according to the provisions of this Contract.

6.3 The provisions of this guarantee by Party A will not be restricted or prohibited in any way, and will not cause any illegal circumstance.

6.4 All materials and information provided by Party A are legal, truthful, accurate and complete. Except for the circumstances disclosed to Party B in writing, Party A has not refrained from disclosing to Party B any other major liabilities (including contingent liabilities), breaches of contracts, litigation, arbitration or other major matters affecting its assets that may affect the performance of this Contract.

6.5 Party A undertakes as follows: When the Master Contract Debtor fails to discharge any mature debt or there occurs any circumstance under which the Guarantor shall bear the guarantee liability, Party B has the right to directly require Party A to bear the guarantee liability within the scope of its guarantee without the prior exercise of other guarantee rights (including but not limited to the prior disposal of the property guarantee provided by the Master Contract Debtor and/or the third party), whether Party B has any other guarantee for the creditor’s rights under the Master Contracts or not (including but not limited to any guarantee, security, letter of guarantee, standby letter of credit or other guarantee method provided by the Master Contract Debtor and/or the third party); If the guarantee scope of this Contract includes multiple creditor’s rights, Party B has the right to determine the repayment order and proportion among the creditor’s rights.

6.6 If Party B waives any other guarantee right enjoyed by it (whether the guarantee is provided by the debtor or a third party) or changes the order or content of the said guarantee right for any reason, resulting in the loss or reduction of Party B’s repayment priority under the said guarantee right, Party A undertakes that the guarantee liability to Party B shall not be exempted or reduced for this reason.

 

7


6.7 Party A shall comply with the anti-money laundering laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China, and shall not participate in criminal activities such as suspected money laundering, terrorist financing and proliferation financing. Party A shall actively cooperate with Party B in customer identification and due diligence, provide true, accurate and complete customer information, and comply with Party B’s anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing management regulations. For customers suspected of money laundering and terrorist financing on reasonable grounds, Party B will take necessary control measures according to the anti-money laundering regulatory provisions of the People’s Bank of China.

Article 7 Party A’s Rights and Obligations

7.1 (Applicable to institutions) In the case of any circumstance that may or is sufficient to affect Party A’s guarantee ability during the term of this Contract, including but not limited to its equity conversion, restructuring, merger, division, joint-stock reform, joint venture, cooperation, joint operation, contracting, change of business scope and registered capital, transfer of major assets, etc., Party A shall notify Party B in writing thirty (30) days in advance. If Party A disposes of its major assets by transferring, leasing or creating a guarantee for debts other than those under this Contract, it shall obtain the prior written consent of Party B.

(Applicable to individuals) In the case of any circumstance that may or is sufficient to affect the guarantee ability of the enterprises in which Party A is the controlling shareholder or the actual controller, including but not limited to these enterprises’ equity conversion, restructuring, merger, division, joint-stock reform, joint venture, cooperation, joint operation, contracting, change of business scope and registered capital, transfer of major assets, etc., Party A shall notify Party B in writing three (3) days in advance.

7.2 (Applicable to institutions) In case of any circumstance that may or is sufficient to affect Party A’s guarantee ability during the term of this Contract, including but not limited to its business suspension, business closure or application for bankruptcy, acceptance of its bankruptcy application, declaration of bankruptcy, dissolution, revocation of its business license, its cancelation, deterioration of its financial status or its involvement in any litigation, arbitration, criminal, civil or administrative punishment and economic dispute, Party A shall notify Party B in writing within three (3) days after the occurrence or possible occurrence of the said circumstance.

 

8


(Applicable to individuals) In case of any circumstance that may or is sufficient to affect the guarantee ability of the enterprises in which Party A is the controlling shareholder or the actual controller during the term of this Contract, including but not limited to business suspension, business closure or application for bankruptcy, acceptance of its bankruptcy application, declaration of bankruptcy, dissolution, revocation of its business license, its cancelation, deterioration of its financial status or its involvement in any litigation, arbitration, criminal, civil or administrative punishment and economic dispute, Party A shall notify Party B in writing within three (3) days after the occurrence or possible occurrence of the said circumstance.

7.3 (Applicable to institutions) If Party A’s legal representative, leader or controlling shareholder is involved in any circumstance that may affect its guarantee ability during the term of this Contract, including but not limited change in his/her nationality, domicile or marital status, his/her unemployment, disability or critical illness, deterioration of his/her financial status or his/her involvement in any litigation, arbitration, criminal, civil or administrative punishment and economic dispute, Party A shall notify Party B in writing within three (3) days after the occurrence or possible occurrence of the said circumstance.

(Applicable to individuals) If Party A is involved in any circumstance that may affect its guarantee ability during the term of this Contract, including but not limited change in his/her nationality, domicile or marital status, his/her unemployment, disability or critical illness, deterioration of his/her financial status or his/her involvement in any litigation, arbitration, criminal, civil or administrative punishment and economic dispute, Party A shall notify Party B in writing within three (3) days after the occurrence or possible occurrence of the said circumstance.

7.4 If Party A changes its name, address, contact information or other information during the term of this Contract, it shall notify Party B in writing within three (3) days after such change.

 

9


7.5 If Party A is involved in any of the circumstances set forth in Articles 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 of this article during the term of this Contract, Party A warrants that it will properly implement all the guarantee liabilities under this Contract according to the requirements of Party B and provide a specific scheme for the implementation of the guarantee liabilities.

7.6 Party A undertakes that its representations and warranties are true, effective and complete. If Party A breaches Article 6 of this Contract during the term of this Contract, Party A warrants that it will properly implement all the guarantee liabilities under this Contract according to the requirements of Party B and provide a specific scheme for the implementation of the guarantee liabilities.

7.7 If Party B and the Master Contract Debtor agree to change the Master Contracts, except for extension of the term or increase in the debt amount of the Master Contract Debtor, Party A is not required to separately obtain the consent of Party A, and Party A shall continue to bear the guarantee liability for the creditor’s rights under the changed Master Contracts according to the provisions of this Contract.

In case of extension of the Master Contracts or the increase in the debt amount of the Master Contract Debtor with the approval of Party A, Party A shall continue to bear the guarantee liability for the creditor’s rights under the unchanged Master Contracts according to the provisions of this Contract.

7.8 During the guarantee period, Party A shall not provide any third party with any guarantee beyond its own affordability.

7.9 (Applicable to individuals) During the term of this Contract, Party A shall, according to the requirements of Party B, truthfully provide information and relevant legal documents that effectively prove its ability to perform the contract, such as the information on his/her personal identity, occupation, income, expenses, liabilities, guarantee and economic disputes with others.

7.10 If the debtor fails to repay any debt as agreed in the Master Contracts upon expiry of the debt discharge period under the Master Contracts or early maturity of the debt of the Master Contracts as agreed in the Master Contracts, Party B has the right to directly require Party A to bear the guarantee liability. For any claim made by Party B, Party A warrants that it will not refuse to pay or defend such claim for any reason.

 

10


7.11 Party A has the obligation to provide Party B with a balance sheet and a description of all external guarantees, and to provide Party B with statements and other documents that truly reflect its financial status on a regular basis or at any time upon Party B’s request.

7.12 If the business under the Master Contracts is a domestic letter of credit, the buyer’s financing under a domestic letter of credit, an import letter of credit or import bill advance/entrusted import payment business, and if Party B or its designee or authorizer or the confirming bank or negotiating bank of the letter of credit makes external payment or other payment, Party A shall have an irrefutable guarantee obligation, and Party A shall not present any exemption or defense because any judicial or administrative organ issues a stop payment order or injunction against the payment obligation under the letter of credit, or takes measures to seal up, detain or freeze the property related to the letter of credit or similar measures, or due to the discrepancy between the letter of credit and relevant documents.

7.13 Under the pickup guarantee, the endorsement of the bill of lading and the authorized pickup, Party A shall not present any exemption or defense due to the Master Contract Debtor’s refusal to pay the amount of the corresponding letter of credit.

7.14 If Party B transfers the creditor’s rights under the Master Contracts during the term of this Contract, Party A agrees to continue to bear the guarantee liability to the transferee of the creditor’s rights according to the provisions of this Contract.

7.15 Party A agrees to authorize Party B to inquire about Party A’s credit records from the basic financial credit information database and the credit reference institutions approved by the People’s Bank of China, and agrees that Party B may provide the credit information related to Party A to the basic financial credit information database and the credit reference institutions approved by the People’s Bank of China.

Article 8 Party B’s Rights and Obligations

8.1 If the Master Contract Debtor fails to discharge all or part of the debts as agreed on the date when the debt discharge period of the Master Contracts expires, Party B has the right to require Party A to bear the guarantee liability as agreed herein.

 

11


8.2 Party B does not need to notify Party A when signing a specific business contract with the debtor for the specific credit extension business under the Master Contracts.

8.3 In case of any circumstance affecting Party A’s guarantee ability, including but not limited to the circumstances stipulated in Articles 9.1.2 to 9.1.9 of this Contract, Party B has the right to require Party A to provide an additional guarantee accepted by Party B.

8.4 Party B shall maintain the confidentiality of the materials, documents and information about Party A that are provided by Party A, except those that shall be consulted or disclosed according to laws, regulations, rules or the requirements of competent authorities.

Article 9 Assumption of the Guarantee Liability

9.1 If any of the following circumstances occurs during the term of this Contract, Party B has the right to require Party A to perform the guarantee liability or take corresponding legal measures against Party A or Party A’s property or property rights:

9.1.1 Party B is not repaid when any debt discharge period under the Master Contracts expires (including early expiry), or the Master Contract Debtor breaches other provisions of the Master Contracts;

9.1.2 Party A or the Master Contract Debtor stops business, goes out of business, applies for bankruptcy, is subject to acceptance of its bankruptcy application, is declared bankrupt, dissolved or liquidated, stops business for internal rectification, or is canceled, or its business license is revoked;

9.1.3 Party A suffers any major financial loss or asset loss, or any asset loss or other financial crisis attributable to its external guarantee, and fails to provide a corresponding guarantee or the guarantee provided by it cannot satisfy Party B;

9.1.4 Party A’s controlling shareholder and other related companies have a crisis in operation or finance, or Party A has a major related transaction with the controlling shareholder and other related companies, which affects Party A’s normal operation, and Party A fails to provide a corresponding guarantee or the guarantee provided by it cannot satisfy Party B;

 

12


9.1.5 Party A’s industry has undergone adverse changes, and Party A fails to provide a corresponding guarantee or the guarantee provided by it cannot satisfy Party B;

9.1.6 (Applicable to institutions) Party A’s senior executive is suspected of any major corruption, bribery, malpractice or illegal business case, and Party A fails to provide a corresponding guarantee or the guarantee provided by it cannot satisfy Party B;

(Applicable to individuals) Party A is subject to administrative or criminal punishment or is involved in any major civil legal dispute, which may or is sufficient to affect its guarantee ability, and fails to provide a corresponding guarantee or the guarantee provided by it cannot satisfy Party B;

9.1.7 Party A breaches Articles 7.5 and 7.6 of this Contract for failing to implement all the guarantee liabilities under this Contract or fails to provide a corresponding guarantee or the guarantee provided by it cannot satisfy Party B;

9.1.8 Cross Default. Party A breaches other debt documents and fails to cure such breach when the applicable grace period expires, which leads to any of the following circumstances and also constitutes a breach of this Contract, namely cross default:

(1) The maturity of the debt under other debt documents is declared or can be declared accelerated;

(2) Although the debt under other debt documents is not involved in the circumstance under which its maturity is declared or can be declared accelerated, there is a default on payment;

9.1.9 There occurs any other event that endangers or damages or may endanger or damage the rights and interests of Party B.

9.2 If Party B requires Party A to bear the guarantee liability, Party A shall pay Party B immediately according to the notified amount and method from the date of receipt of the written notice from Party B.

9.3 Party A shall repay the debts under the Master Contracts in the following order when performing the guarantee liability:

(1) Pay the fees, liquidated damages, damages, etc. payable under this Contract, the Master Contracts and relevant laws;

 

13


(2) Pay the penalty interest and compound interest payable under the Master Contracts;

(3) Pay the interest payable under the Master Contracts;

(4) Pay the principal payable under the Master Contracts;

If Party A fails to repay or pay all the amounts in the same order when performing the guarantee liability, Party B has the right to choose the proportion and order of repayment.

9.4 When Party A fails to perform its obligations according to Articles 7.5, 7.6, 9.1 and 9.2 of this Contract, or Party A fails to repay or pay all the amounts in the same order when performing the guarantee liability, Party A authorizes Party B to directly make deduction from any account opened by Party A in China CITIC Bank and/or exercise the right to dispose of Party A’s property or property rights legally occupied and managed by Party B for the purpose of repaying the debts under the Master Contracts. If the currency in the account is different from that of the creditor’s rights in the Master Contracts when Party B deducts an amount from Party A’s account, such amount shall be converted according to the exchange rate published by Party B on the date of deduction.

9.5 If Party B alone brings a lawsuit against Party A when the Master Contract Debtor enters into bankruptcy proceedings, the expenses paid by Party B for this reason, including but not limited to the litigation costs and attorney fees, shall be borne by Party A, and Party A has no objection to that.

Article 10 Liability for Breach of Contract

10.1 After this Contract comes into force, both parties shall perform the obligations agreed in this Contract. If either party fails to perform or does not fully perform the obligations agreed in this Contract, it shall bear the corresponding liability for breach of contract and compensate for the losses caused thereby to the other party.

10.2 If the representations and warranties made by Party A in Article 6 of this Contract are untrue, inaccurate, incomplete or intentionally misleading, causing losses to Party B, compensation shall be made for such losses.

 

14


10.3 If this Contract becomes invalid due to Party A’s fault, Party A shall compensate Party B for all losses within the scope of guarantee.

Article 11 Accumulation of Rights

11.1 Party B’s rights under this Contract are cumulative and shall not affect or exclude any rights Party B may have against Party A according to laws and other contracts. Unless Party B indicates in writing, Party B’s failure to exercise, partial exercise of and/or delay in exercising any of its rights shall not constitute a waiver or partial waiver of such right, or affect, prevent or hinder Party B’s continued exercise of such right or exercise of any other right.

Article 12 Continuity of Obligations

12.1 All the obligations and joint and several liabilities of Party A under this Contract shall be continuous, and shall be fully binding on its property heirs or devisees, legal agents, receivers and transferees, and any subject after its merger, division, restructuring, joint-stock reform, name change, etc., and none of them shall be affected by any dispute, claim or legal procedure, or any contract or document signed by the Master Contract Debtor and any natural person or legal person, or be changed in any way due to the Master Contract Debtor’s bankruptcy, insolvency, loss of the enterprise qualification, change of the articles of association or essential change.

Article 13 Notarization of Enforcement

13.1 If Party B requires, Party A agrees to apply to a notary organ for the notarization of the enforcement of this Contract, and the notary organ shall grant the enforcement force to this Contract according to law. The notary organ shall be selected by Party B, and the notarization fees paid for the notarization of the enforcement shall be borne by Party A. Party A undertakes that if Party A fails to perform or does not fully perform its obligations under this Contract, Party A will voluntarily accept the enforcement by the judicial organ without going through litigation or arbitration procedures. Party B has the right to directly apply to the notary organ for the issuance of an enforcement certificate and to the people’s court with jurisdiction for enforcement. The amount of principal and interest of the enforced creditor’s rights and other related expenses shall be calculated by Party B according to the standards and methods agreed in this Contract, and Party A waives all rights of defense at the same time. The service address and service effect confirmation method of the enforcement certificate notarizing the enforcement and other relevant notices and documents shall be based on this Contract.

 

15


13.2 Party A and Party B confirm that they have a completely clear understanding of the meaning, content, procedure and effect of the enforcement notarization in relevant laws, regulations and normative documents.

Article 14 Other Agreed Matters

 

This Contract is signed at 251 Changxu Road, Suzhou City, and is under the jurisdiction of the court in the place where this Contract is signed.

 

In case of any conflict between this article and other provisions, this article shall prevail.

 

Article 15 Governing Law

 

15.1 This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (for the purpose of this Contract, excluding the laws of Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan).

 

Article 16 Dispute Resolution

  

 

 

Gracell Biotechnologies (Shanghai)
Co., Ltd. (Seal)

16.1 Any dispute arising from or in connection with this Contract shall be settled by both parties through negotiation; If the negotiation fails, both parties agree to adopt the following solution (2):

(1) Apply to [    ] Arbitration Commission for arbitration according to its arbitration rules in force at the time of application for arbitration;

(2) Bring a lawsuit to the people’s court with jurisdiction in the place where Party B is located.

 

16


Article 17 Validity of the Contract

17.1 This Contract is independent of the Master Contracts. If the Master Contracts become invalid for any reason, the validity of this Contract will not be affected, and this Contract shall remain valid. The effect of Party A’s joint and several guarantee liability under this Contract shall be applicable to the legal liability of the Master Contract Debtor after the Master Contracts become invalid (including but not limited to return and compensation for losses).

17.2 If a clause or part of a clause of this Contract becomes or will become invalid, the invalid clause or part shall not affect the validity of this Contract and the other clauses of this Contract or other contents of such clause.

Article 18 Effectiveness, Change and Rescission of the Contract

18.1 (Applicable to institutions) This Contract shall come into force after being signed (signed or stamped with name seals) and stamped with official seals or contract-specific seals by the legal representative or authorized agent of Party A and the legal representative/leader or authorized agent of Party B.

(Applicable to individuals) This Contract shall come into force after being signed (signed or stamped with name seals) by the Party A himself/herself or his/her authorized agent and being signed (signed or stamped with name seals) and stamped with official seal or contract-specific seal by the legal representative/leader or authorized agent of Party B.

18.2 After this Contract comes into force, neither Party A nor Party B shall change or rescind this Contract without authorization, except as already agreed in this Contract; If it is actually necessary to change or rescind this Contract, both parties shall reach a consensus through negotiation and enter into a written agreement.

 

17


Article 19 Others

19.1 For matters not covered by this Contract, Party A and Party B may separately reach a written agreement as an appendix to this Contract. Any appendix, amendment or supplement to this Contract shall constitute an integral part of this Contract and shall have the same legal effect as this Contract.

19.2 Notice and Service

19.2.1 Any notice or demand hereunder, or any legal document for debt collection or litigation (arbitration) in connection with this Contract or other communication may be delivered or sent to the address or contact information specified in the first part of this Contract.

19.2.2 If any notice, demand, debt collection letter or other communication given by Party B to Party A under this Contract is sent by telex, telephone, fax or email, it shall be deemed to have been served on Party A as soon as it is sent; Any postal letter shall be deemed to have been served on Party A on the third day from the date of posting; In case of personal delivery, the date of Party A’s signature and receipt shall be deemed as the date of service. In case of Party A’s rejection, the deliverer may record the delivery process by taking photos or recording videos, and shall retain the document, in which case it shall also be deemed to have been served.

19.2.3 Any judicial organ or arbitration organ may also send relevant (legal) documents to Party A according to the address and contact information specified in Article 19.2.1 of this Contract. If no one signs for them or Party A rejects them, the date when the (legal) documents are returned shall be deemed as the date of service; If Party A rejects the document delivered directly, the deliverer may take photos or record videos to record the delivery process, and shall retain the (legal) document, in which case it shall also be deemed to have been served. If Party A provides wrong contact information or fails to inform Party A of the changed contact information in time, resulting in the failure of service or return of any (legal) document, the date of return of the (legal) document shall be deemed as the date of service.

 

18


19.2.4 If the said contact information provided by Party A is changed, Party A shall notify Party B in writing within three (3) days after such change; After the debt under this Contract enters into the litigation or arbitration stage, it shall inform the trial organ in writing. Otherwise, any notice or other document sent according to the original contact information shall be deemed to have been served even if it is not received by the changing party.

19.3 This Contract is made in duplicate, one for Party A and one for Party B.

19.4 Party B has drawn Party A’s attention to the terms of exemption or limitation of its liability under this Contract through bold, blacked and highlighted lettering and other reasonable methods, and has fully explained relevant terms as required by Party A; Party A and Party B have no objection to the understanding of all the terms and contents of this Contract.

(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank)

 

19


(This page contains no text as the signature page of the Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract numbered 2020 SYZBZ No. 811208071607)

 

Party A: [    ]     (The individual should fill out here)
(The institution should fill out here)     Signature of Myself/Authorized Agent:
(Official Seal or Contract Seal)    

/s/ Gracell Biotechnologies (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Legal Representative (or Authorized Agent)     Gracell Biotechnologies (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
   

Confirmation by the spouse: I have known the above provisions of the contract, and have no objection to Party A’s assumption of the guarantee liability hereunder (including but not limited to the disposition of the community property of husband and wife), and Party A’s service address (including the changed address) is my service address.

 

Signature of Party A’s spouse/Authorized Agent:

/s/ Cao Wei (Seal)

   

 

Party B: [    ]

(Official Seal or Contract Seal)

/s/ Suzhou Branch of China CITIC Bank Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Suzhou Branch of China CITIC Bank Co., Ltd.

Legal Representative/Leader (or Authorized Agent) Zhao Yuanxin

Appendixes List of Creditor’s Rights Transferred to the Maximum Amount Guarantee

 

20


Appendixes

List of Creditor’s Rights Transferred to the Maximum Amount Guarantee

 

Serial
No.

  

Contract
No.

  

Contract Name

  

Amount of Principal
Creditor’s Rights under
the Contract

  

Remarks

           
           
           

 

1

EX-8.1

Exhibit 8.1

Significant Subsidiaries, Consolidated Entity and Subsidiary of Consolidated Affiliated Entity of the Registrant

 

Subsidiary

  

Place of Incorporation

Gracell Biotechnologies Holdings Limited

  

British Virgin Islands

Gracell Biotechnologies (HK) Limited

  

Hong Kong

Gracell Biopharmaceuticals, Inc.

  

United States

Gracell Bioscience (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

  

People’s Republic of China

Gracell Biomedicine (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

  

People’s Republic of China

Consolidated Variable Interest Entity

  

Place of Incorporation

Gracell Biotechnologies (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

  

People’s Republic of China

Consolidated Variable Interest Entity

  

Place of Incorporation

Suzhou Gracell Biotechnologies Co., Ltd.

  

People’s Republic of China

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12.1

Certification by the Principal Executive Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, William Wei Cao, certify that:

1.    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.;

2.    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.    The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

(a)    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)    [intentionally omitted]

(c)    Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)    Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.    The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 23, 2021
By:  

/s/ William Wei Cao

Name:   William Wei Cao
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
EX-12.2

Exhibit 12.2

Certification by the Principal Financial Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Yili Kevin Xie, certify that:

1.    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Gracell Biotechnologies;

2.    Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.    The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

(a)    Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)    [intentionally omitted]

(c)    Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)    Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.    The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)    All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)    Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 23, 2021
By:  

/s/ Yili Kevin Xie

Name:   Yili Kevin Xie
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
EX-13.1

Exhibit 13.1

Certification by the Principal Executive Officer

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Gracell Biotechnologies Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, William Wei Cao, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

(1)    The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)    The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: April 23, 2021
By:  

/s/ William Wei Cao

Name:   William Wei Cao
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
EX-13.2

Exhibit 13.2

Certification by the Principal Financial Officer

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Gracell (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Yili Kevin Xie, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

(1)    The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)    The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: April 23, 2021
By:  

/s/ Yili Kevin Xie

Name:   Yili Kevin Xie
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
EX-15.1

Exhibit 15.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-253486) of Gracell Biotechnologies Inc. of our report dated April 23, 2021 relating to the financial statements, which appears in this Form 20-F.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Zhong Tian LLP

Shanghai, the People’s Republic of China

April 23, 2021

EX-15.2

Exhibit 15.2

Date: April 23, 2021

Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.

Building 12, Block B, Phase II

Biobay Industrial Park

218 Sangtian St.

Suzhou Industrial Park, 215123

People’s Republic of China

Dear Sir or Madam:

Gracell Biotechnologies Inc. (the “Company”)

We are attorneys-at-law qualified to practise in the Cayman Islands and have been asked to provide this consent to you with regard to the laws of the Cayman Islands in relation to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2020 (the “Annual Report”), which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in the month of April 2021.

We hereby consent to the reference to our firm and the summary of our opinion under the heading “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation— Cayman Islands Taxation” in the Annual Report, and further consent to the incorporation by reference of the summary of our opinion under these headings into the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-253486) pertaining to the Company’s Third Amended and Restated 2017 Employee Stock Option Plan and the 2020 Share Incentive Plan. We also consent to the filing of this consent letter with the SEC as an exhibit to the Annual Report.

In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, or under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, in each case, as amended, or the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully,

/s/ Harney Westwood & Riegels

Harney Westwood & Riegels

EX-15.3

Exhibit 15.3

Date: April 23, 2021

Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.

Building 12, Block B, Phase II

Biobay Industrial Park

218 Sangtian St.

Suzhou Industrial Park, 215123

People’s Republic of China

Dear Sir/Madam:

We hereby consent to the reference to our firm and the summary of our opinion under the headings, “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure”, “Item 4. Information on the Company—C. Organizational Structure”, “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Regulations” and “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—PRC Taxation” in Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Annual Report”), which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in the month of April 2021, and further consent to the incorporation by reference of the summary of our opinion under these headings into the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-253486) pertaining to Gracell Biotechnologies Inc.’s Third Amended and Restated 2017 Employee Stock Option Plan and the 2020 Share Incentive Plan. We also consent to the filing of this consent letter with the SEC as an exhibit to the Annual Report.

In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, or under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, in each case, as amended, or the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Yours Sincerely,

/s/ AllBright Law Offices

AllBright Law Offices